Dear Brethren and Sisters:

You ask in regard to meat-eating. I will say that it is quite true that nearly all animal flesh is diseased. Many people are eating meat filled with consumption and cancerous germs. At the present day animals are suffering from all kinds of deadly diseases.

PC.001.002

The Lord has been teaching His people that it is for their spiritual and physical good to abstain from flesh-eating. There is no need to eat the flesh of dead animals.

PC.001.003

After the curse was pronounced upon the human family, God permitted man to eat flesh-meat. This He did that life might be shortened. The punishment of death has been pronounced upon the race, and the permission to eat flesh-meat was one of the means used by God to inflict this punishment.

PC.001.004

When the Lord took His people from Egypt, He did not give them flesh-meat to eat till they mourned and wept in His ears, saying, «Who shall give us flesh to eat? We remember the flesh, which we did eat in Egypt freely; the cucumbers, and the melons, and the leeks, and the onions, and the garlick; but now our soul is dried away; there is nothing at all beside this manna, before our eyes.» Then the Lord gave them flesh to eat. He sent them quails from heaven, but we read, «While the flesh was yet between their teeth, ere it was chewed, the wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people, and the Lord smote the people with a very great plaque.»

PC.001.005

The light God has given His people is that by eating the flesh and blood of dead animals, man becomes animalized. His lower passions are greatly strengthened by such a diet.

PC.001.006

Worldly physicians can not account for the rapid increase of disease among the human family. But we know that much of this suffering is caused by the eating of dead flesh.

PC.001.007

Over thirty years ago I was often in great weakness. Many prayers were offered in my behalf. It was thought that flesh-meat would give me vitality, and this was therefore my principal article of diet. But instead of gaining strength I grew weaker and weaker. I often fainted from exhaustion. Light came to me, showing me the injury men and women were doing to the mental, moral, and physical faculties by the use of flesh-meat. I was shown that the whole human structure is affected by this diet, that by it man strengthens the animal propensities and the appetite for liquor.

PC.001.008

I at once cut meat out of my bill of fare. After that I was at times at or in places where I was compelled to eat a little meat. But for many years not a morsel of the flesh of dead animals has passed my lips. Neither has meat been placed upon my table. My visitors have been given wholesome, nourishing food, but no meat.

PC.001.009

Wise counsel and righteous practices are needed now, if the people of God succeed in preserving clear minds and healthy bodies. We must give close attention to eating, drinking, and dressing. The entire body of believers needs to make a decided reform. A high profession, followed by a disregard of the laws of life, shows a faithless life. Lack of fidelity, want of stability, slavery to wrong habits,—this is the sure result of such a course. Those who follow this course are not consistent Christians. Salvation means deliverance from every habit which tends to drag humanity down. Transgression of the laws of our being is transgression of the laws of God.

PC.002.001

June 19, 1908 -8- MS. 73, ’08 Counsels Repeated Again representations have been made to me that all who have the care of the sick, in our sanitariums, should bear in mind that these institutions are established for a special work, and are to be conducted in a way that will bring honor to God.

PC.002.002

Our sanitariums should be established in retired places, that are free from all noise and confusion, such as the rumbling of carriages and street cars.

PC.002.003

The Lord has taught us that great efficacy for healing lies in a proper use of water. These treatments should be given skillfully. We have been instructed that in our treatment of the sick we should discard the use of drugs. There are simple herbs that can be used for the recovery of the sick, whose effect upon the system is very different from that of those drugs that poison the blood and endanger life.

PC.002.004

The number of our lady physicians should be increased. Care should be taken that lady nurses have the care of lady patients, and gentleman nurses of gentleman patients.

PC.002.005

I would say to our physicians, Never allow your patients to think that in the human being is power to heal the sick. You are to depend much more than you have done on the co-operation of the Great Physician in the work of healing disease. Your faith is to lay hold upon the efficacy of Christ to make effectual the effort put forth for the recovery of the sick.

PC.002.006

There are some in our institutions who claim to believe the principles of health reform, and yet who indulge in the use of flesh-meats and other foods which they know to be injurious to health. I say to such in the name of the Lord, Do not accept positions in our institutions while you refuse to live the principles for which our institutions stand; for by doing this you make doubly hard the work of teachers and leaders who are striving to carry the work on right lines. Clear the King’s highway. Cease to block the way of the message He sends.

PC.002.007

I have been shown that the principles that were given us in the early days of the message are to be regarded as just as important by our people today as they were then. There are some who have never followed the light given us on the question of diet. It is time now to take the light from under the bushel, and let it shine forth in clear, bright rays.

PC.003.001

Some who are not willing to receive the light, but who prefer to walk in ways of their own choosing, will search the Testimonies to find something in them to encourage the spirit of unbelief and disobedience. Thus a spirit of disunion will be brought in; for the spirit which leads them to criticise the Testimonies will also lead them to watch their brethren to find in them something to condemn.

PC.003.002

Satan’s rebellion shut him out from the courts of heaven, and all who engaged with him in warfare against Christ were cast out with him. The exercise of Satan’s seductive arts against the government of heaven did not cease with his expulsion from the presence of God. Year by year they have grown more deceptive, more subtle, more determined. Every additional evidence rejected increases his power to resist the government of God and of Christ. And every ray of hope resisted, helps to create for him and his followers a hopeless future.

PC.003.003

Satan has turned men from the worship of the true Sabbath, which at the creation of the world God sanctified and blessed, and which on Mt. Sinai He repeated amid terrible majesty to His people. All who reject the sacred message regarding the requirements of the law of God, reject truth. God’s obedient people are to hold fast to truth in every line. This is the only hope of the soul when Satan seeks to take control of heart and mind.

PC.003.004

The resistance of truth leaves men captive to the will of Satan. Those who today hold fast to erroneous ideas, and feel satisfied with popular errors, rejecting a plain «Thus saith the Lord,» reveal that had they lived in the days of Christ, they would have helped to swell the cry of the murderous mob, «Crucify Him! Crucify Him!»

PC.003.005

God requires continual advancement from His people. They need to learn that indulged appetite is the greatest hindrance to mental improvement and soul sanctification. As a people, with all our profession of health reform, we eat too much. Indulgence of appetite is the greatest cause of physical and mental debility, and lies largely at the foundation of feebleness and premature death. Intemperance begins at our tables, when we use an unwise combination of foods. Let the individual who is seeking to possess purity of spirit, bear in mind that in Christ there is power to control the appetite. —

PC.003.006

Dec. 28, 1904 S-343-’04 «Elmshaven,» Sanitarium, Cal. Dec. 27, 1904

Dear Brother and Sister Simpson; I can now feel at rest in regard to the positions that you have been chosen to fill in the Glendale Sanitarium. Those bearing the chief responsibilities in that institution can be a great help to one another if they will seek to understand the Lord’s instruction. I have great hope that as you and Brother and Sister Burden fill your important places, you will realize the presence of a spiritual helper, One who is ever ready to be the head of your councils. I pray that you will feel His divine presence. Under His guidance none of you need become discouraged.

PC.003.007

I am sure that you will find Brother Ballenger a great help to your Board. He visits many places, and his influence will work for the upbuilding of the two Southern California sanitariums.

PC.004.001

The strength of the combination of workers in the Glendale Sanitarium depends on their souls being imbued with heavenly love. Christ clothed His divinity with humanity that human beings might lay hold upon His merits, and that they might recognize obedience to God’s law as the virtue of the covenant of grace.

PC.004.002

Worldly policy plans are not to be woven into the pattern that the Lord’s people have been given. To those who receive Him, Christ gives power to become the sons of God, even to as many as believe on His name. God declares, «I will put My laws in their minds.» David’s prayer expresses this same precious assurance:»Blessed are the undefiled in the way, who walk in the law of the Lord. Blessed are they that keep His testimonies, and that seek Him with the whole heart. They also do no iniquity, they walk in His way. Thou hast commanded me to keep Thy precepts diligently. Then shall I not be ashamed, when I have respect unto all Thy commandments. I will praise Thee with uprightness of heart, when I shall have learned Thy righteous judgments. Wherewithal shall a young man cleanse his way? By taking heed thereto according to Thy word. With my whole heart have I sought Thee; O, let me not wander from Thy commandments.»

PC.004.003

Here is our strength. The Lord will just as surely lead the workers in the Glendale Sanitarium, as He led David, if they will unite to do His will.

PC.004.004

There is a great work to be done in bringing the principles of health reform to the notice of the people. Public meetings should be held to introduce the subject, and schools should be held in which those who are interested can be told more particularly about our health foods and how a wholesome, nourishing, appetizing diet can be provided without the use of meat, tea, or coffee.

PC.004.005

Thus we did in the early history of our work. We taught the people by demonstration that we can safely depend for the sustenance of life upon the productions which God gave our first parents in Eden.

PC.004.006

Let men engage in this work who can speak on the principles of health reform. You need not feel that you must depend upon Dr. Kellogg or upon any other man from afar. No, no. At the dedication of the Glendale Sanitarium, let your most intelligent speakers on the subject of health reform come to the front. And remember that God would have the workers in the two Southern California Sanitariums lean wholly upon His wisdom.

PC.004.007

Make as much as possible of the dedicatory services to arouse an interest in health reform. Press home the temperance question with all the force of the Holy Spirit’s unction. Show the need of total abstinence from all intoxicating liquor. Show the terrible harm that is wrought in the human system by the use of tobacco and alcohol. Explain your methods of giving treatment. Let the talks given be such as will enlighten your hearers. God has mercy on the unrighteous. This service will be an opportunity to tell what health reform really is.

PC.004.008

Such services will give the Sanitarium a publicity that will be a great help to it in its work. We must study Christ’s methods. He accepted invitations to feasts given by wealthy men. He went to these feasts because He knew that there He would have opportunity to present the truth. We must study how to reach the masses with the truth for this time. As we strive to do this, God will bring to the minds of those not of our faith convictions that can not be turned aside with a joke. They will be convinced that we have the truth.

PC.005.001

Tell them of the principles that we hold, and of why we have established the Sanitarium,—that, under the guidance of God, it may be a help in relieving suffering humanity. Tell them that medical missionary work is to prepare people for the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who are true and loyal to His commandments. Let it be understood that the love of God alone can keep His people true in the self-denial and self-sacrifice that they are called to endure for Christ’s sake. Repeat often the first three verses of the fourteenth chapter of John. This scripture is a panacea for trouble, disappointment, and affliction. A conviction that the hope of eternal life is sure causes the heart to overflow with gratitude and thanksgiving. —

PC.005.002

Jan. 3, 1906 B.-16-’06 «Elmshaven,» Sanitarium, Cal. Nov. 26, 1905

Dear Brother and Sister Belden: The past night I have slept better than I have for years. I have no pain. My mind is clear, and I can do much work if I have a chance. I am now seventy-eight years old. I am grateful to my heavenly Father that I am able to do my writing. My appetite is excellent. We have been favored with Brother and Sister King to be our helpers. Both are very useful workers. Sister King is my cook, and the food comes on to the table in an appetizing shape for my workers. This is what we need: simple food prepared in a simple, wholesome and relishable manner. We have no butter and no meat on our table. We do not think fried potatoes are healthful, for there is more or less grease or butter used in preparing them. Good baked or boiled potatoes served up with cream and a sprinkling of salt are more healthful. The remnants of Irish and sweet potatoes are prepared with a little cream and salt and rebaked, and not fried; they are excellent. I have had a good appetite and relish my food, and am perfectly satisfied with the portion which I select, which I know does not injure my digestive organs. Others can eat food which I can not, such as lentils and beans. We are favored with the services of Brother and Sister King; they are a blessing to us, and we are thankful for their help. Sister Nelson was highly prized as our housekeeper and cook, and we would have kept her if she would have remained. She wished to perfect her education as a nurse, which position she will fill and do good service. This was understood when she came to us. We were troubled at the thought of her leaving us, as she had done good service and was an excellent caretaker both indoors and out of doors. We thought it would be difficult to supply her place, but it would not be doing Sister Nelson justice to keep her here when she desired a change and we considered that she ought to have it. So I let her go. I am glad and thankful that we have secured Sister King, as the matron of our home, and her husband to be a care-taker outside of the home and inside when needed. They served one year at Healdsburg College and gave good satisfaction. So we are doing well notwithstanding our fears.

PC.006.001

I am grateful to my heavenly Father for the preservation of my health for the close application to prepare a repetition of the experiences we have had in the past, as we have prepared testimonies in regard to our first labors and the matter is in print. We have a large amount of matter which the Lord has given me, which light and instruction should not be hid under a bushel or under a bed. The warnings and the messages that the Lord has graciously given me to correct the errors that would come in, and to set things in order, the people should have, for the enemy will continue to work to bring in false theories and to mingle with the truth strange suppositions. These appear as light to those who receive them, but they are deceptive theories that will be brought in as tares sown among the wheat. The Lord has for the last fifty years been instructing me when the seducing theories would arise that they were not to be received, and I must do as did Moses and Joshua: Repeat the errors of the past and the gracious working out of the Lord’s will. I praise His holy name.

PC.006.002

The sadness of my heart is beyond expression because I must show directly to all the medical missionaries that they are not fulfilling their calling. The Lord has been speaking to Dr. Kellogg through His word, but he would not understand that word. He would not change his course of action, and for the last thirty years especially, my message has been given to him, which message he has in strongest assertions professed to believe. But when the plain reproofs came to him through the messenger God has chosen, just prior to the time of the conference at South Lancaster, he decidedly stated that I was no longer his friend because I stated the facts as they had been presented to me by the Lord. But he had set his mind upon a course of action that the Lord would not sustain him in pursuing. His mistakes were presented before him; likewise the dangers of growing out of these mistakes. Our ministers were tempted. They must be on guard, and not in any way be seduced from the straight line of the work God had given them to do, but stand firm like men. Be strong, yea, be strong. Then the Doctor became set and determined, and for a time he had been losing the balance of his mind. He went to Europe and we urged him to come to Australia; to throw off care for a time and have nothing to do to weary and depress his mind. But although he received the message sent him, he did not accept the invitation. At that time his financial outlook was anything but favorable.

PC.006.003

Warnings had been given me for twenty years that Doctor Kellogg was embracing too much. He could not have a well-balanced mind, and he lost patience and brotherly kindness if interrupted in carrying out his purpose and intentions. The Lord sent him warnings that he was endangering himself. Warnings had come to him that unless he guarded his mind he would become overwrought and make mistakes in speech and mistakes in selecting his men to be his helpers and he would not take kindly to any one that questioned his course.

PC.006.004

Dr. Kellogg had been represented to me as chosen for a physician. My husband and myself united in taking three promising young men from their humble labors, and placing in the hands of each one thousand dollars to obtain an education in medical lines. This had been the selection that the Lord put into the mind of my husband. The Lord had given light and preference to these three youth, and they were to give themselves to the work of physicians.

PC.007.001

Urgent invitations are sent me to visit Washington, to attend an important meeting. Several are urging my presence. I would gladly attend these meetings, but a great work is before me, and I must keep at this work; for it is of great importance. This work is the bringing out of the warnings that have been given me for Dr. Kellogg. As he will present anything and everything possible to make of no effect the testimonies that the Lord has given me, I must do my part to meet the situation just now.

PC.007.002

I thought I would take this matter up before, but light came that Dr. Kellogg, united with his associates, was doing a special work. Their plans were being laid, and I was to allow them to make the first move; for then there would be a necessity to «meet it,» and I would be saved from much blame.

PC.007.003

After this light came, I said to my son, «I will heed this warning. I can see the force of it.»

PC.007.004

In the visions of the night, I was in an assembly of physicians, and I saw the work that was being planned. Then I said to my son, «I must get everything in readiness; for soon we shall see the necessity of having the armor on, ready for action. In that meeting many things were said which I can and must meet. I must work now.» And we did work.

PC.007.005

Letters copied from my diary were sent to Elders Daniells and Irwin, and they were prepared for the issue. You will see by the copies enclosed what took place in Battle Creek. I need not go over the same ground. (signed) Ellen G. White —

PC.007.006

August 13, ’12-5 MS 59-1912 Fragments Dear Brother Kress: In the past you have practised health reform too rigorously for your own good. Once, when you were very sick, the Lord gave me a message to save your life. You have been too strenuous in restricting your diet to certain articles of food. While I was praying for you, words were given me for you to set you in the right path. The message was sent that you were to allow yourself a more generous diet. The use of flesh meat was not advised. Directions were given as to the food to be taken. You followed directions given, rallied, and are still with us.

PC.007.007

I often think of the instruction then given you. I have been given so many precious messages to bear to the sick and the afflicted. For this I am grateful, and I praise the Lord. (signed) Ellen G. White

PC.008.001

Work in the Cities I have been pleading with the Lord to roll the burden on the watchmen. Presidents of Conferences and church elders must work. Two and two laborers are to be sent forth into the unworked cities. No man is to be authorized to carry the work alone.

PC.008.002

I am charged to repeat the warnings given in the past,—that it is not by making a great display that the work in New York and other places is to be carried forward. In the past mistakes have been made in the work in New York, mistakes which placed an erroneous stamp on the work, and left a wrong impression on the minds of those who witnessed the wonderful performance. Much time has thus been lost, and many false impressions made, regarding our work and the truth we believe. —

PC.008.003

MS. -24-a. Per Ardua, Williams St., Granville, N.S.W. April 23, 1894 …The Lord would have every one acknowledge that He is the rightful owner of all the goods which He has lent us to trade upon. He says to us, Render back to Me the tithes and gifts and offerings, as a token of your loyalty to Me, and of your dependence upon Me, and I will bless you, and you shall be channels of blessing. Your gratitude offerings will be a token of your sense of obligation to Me. The gratitude that ends simply in words, has no particular value; for faith is made perfect by works, and without works your profession of faith is of no worth. God is continually giving, and the human agent is continually receiving. When we become weary of returning to the Lord His own, His blessing will be withheld from us. As long as we are dependent upon God’s bounty, our obligations to render gratitude offerings to Him are upon us. (signed) Ellen G. White —

PC.008.004

June 9, ’08-6- MS.-65-’08 Labor to be Given to Lakeport and the Surrounding Settlements …The Lord is calling His people to go forth into the highways and byways, and call men and women to come to the gospel feast. If His servants will put their hearts into the work of proclaiming the truth to those who know it not, they may be assured that angels who minister unto those who shall be heirs of salvation, will give them grace and power and efficiency for their labors, and that the Spirit of God will go before them to impress hearts to respond to their efforts. The Lord will work through those who will open the Scriptures to the people who have made their homes in these retired places of the country. I appeal to my brethren and sisters to unite in doing this good work, and carry it to completion…

PC.008.005

The people who live in the country places are often more easily reached than are those who dwell in the thickly populated cities. Here among the scenes of nature, Christian character is more easily formed than amid the wickedness of city life. When the truth takes hold of the hearts of the simple-hearted, and the Spirit of God works upon their minds, leading them to respond to the proclamation of the Word, there will be some raised up to help support the cause of God both by their means and their labors…

PC.009.001

From the camp-meeting we may take with us a better understanding of our home duties. There are lessons to be learned here regarding the work the Lord would have our sisters do in their homes. They are to learn to cultivate politeness of speech when speaking to husband and children. They are to study how they may help to bring every member of the family under discipline to God. Let fathers and mothers realize that they are under obligation to make home pleasant and attractive, and that obedience is not to be obtained by scolding and threats. Many parents have yet to learn that no good is accomplished by outbursts of scolding. Many do not consider the need of speaking kindly to the children. They do not remember that these little ones are bought with a price, and are the purchased possession of of the Lord Jesus…

PC.009.002

In our labors at the camp-meetings more attention should be given to the work of teaching the principles of health and temperance reform; these questions are to take an important place in our efforts at this time. My message is, Educate, educate on the question of temperance. In our schools let only those teachers be employed who will exert a reformatory influence in matters of eating and drinking and dressing. Encourage the spirit of self-denial and self-sacrifice. In all our sanitarium and school work, let matters pertaining to health reform take a leading part. The Lord desires to make our sanitariums an educating force in every place. Whether they are large or small institutions, their responsibility remains the same. The Saviour’s commission to us is, «Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.»…

PC.009.003

There are many of our people who, if they would go out of the cities, and begin to labor in these byways, and also highways, would recover physical health. I urge our brethren to go out as missionaries, two and two, to these country places. Go in humility. Christ has given an example, and the Lord will certainly bless the efforts of those who will move out in the fear of God, bearing the message the Saviour gave to the first disciples, «The Kingdom of God is come nigh unto you.» (signed) Ellen G. White. —

PC.009.004

Oct. 10, ’11-5 Ms. 23—’11 Regarding the Testimonies Regarding the testimonies, nothing is ignored; nothing is cast aside; but time and place must be considered. Nothing must be done untimely. Some matters must be withheld because some persons would make an improper use of the light given. Every jot and tittle is essential and must appear at an opportune time. In the past, the testimonies were carefully prepared before they were sent out for publication. And all matter is still carefully studied after the first writing.

PC.010.001

Accusations Tell them to eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God. Place His Word before them. There will be those who will misinterpret and misrepresent. Their eyes have been blinded, and they will set forth the figures and interpretations that Satan has worked out for them, and entirely wrong meaning will be placed upon the words that Sister White has spoken. Satan is just as verily claiming to be Christ’s child as did Judas, who was on the accusing side. They have educated themselves in Satan’s school of misstating. A description of them is given in the third chapter of Zechariah. Nothing in the world is so dear to God as His church. Satan was worked upon human minds, and will continue to betray sacred trust in a spurious way.

PC.010.002

… I can see plainly that should every one who thinks he is qualified to write books, follow his imagination and have his productions published, insisting that they be recommended by our publishing houses, there would be plenty of tares sown broadcast in our world. Many from among our own people are writing to me, asking with earnest determination the privilege of using my writings to give force to certain subjects which they wish to present to the people in such a way as to leave a deep impression upon them.

PC.010.003

It is true that there is a reason why some of these matters should be presented; but I would not venture to give my approval in using the testimonies in this way, or to sanction the placing of matter which is good in itself in the way which they propose.

PC.010.004

The persons who make these propositions, for aught I know, may be able to conduct the enterprise of which they write in a wise manner; but nevertheless I dare not give the least license for using my writings in the manner which they propose. In taking account of such an enterprise, there are many things that must come into consideration; for in using the testimonies to bolster up some subject which may impress the mind of the author, the extracts may give a different impression than that which they would were they read in their original connections….

PC.010.005

I am not prepared to advise that we make the matter of meat eating a test question with our people. There are some things on this subject that I can write out to be read before the churches, which it is essential for believers to understand; but when it comes to making this a test question, I dare not place it before the people in that positive way. There are those who would stumble over such a presentation, and there are others who would make of it a stone of stumbling.

PC.010.006

Let us give this matter due consideration. I am prepared to stand for some things; but not yet are we as a people fully ready for this issue. There should be first a fair representation of the subject, and it should be considered in all its bearings. Read carefully the record of Genesis 18:6-8.

PC.010.007

The Lord has given us much instruction on the subject of meat-eating; and from the light He has given we should not prepare meat and place it on our tables for our families. If meat is not placed before them the temptation to eat it is removed. (signed) Ellen G. White

PC.011.001

The following is quoted from a letter written to Elder J.A.Burden, Nov. 25, 1908, File No. B-332—’08

PC.011.002

Christ will instruct those who manifest a teachable spirit. Among those who heed His instruction He will raise up men and women to act as His agents. But those who follow their own wisdom, fearing to walk in harmony with the revealed plans of the Lord, can be but a hindrance to the work He desires to be performed. You, Brother Burden, have seen how the Lord has wrought when men have not placed themselves directly in the way of the working of His plans.

PC.011.003

We are engaged in an important and an essential work. We must carry on an aggressive warfare. We are to stand for the true Protestant principles; for the policies of the papacy will edge their way into every place possible, to proscribe liberty of conscience. Every eye must now be single to the glory or God. Those who have been seeking to undermine the confidence of our people in the testimonies that God has given for their benefit, and in the leadings of Providence in our work, will some day be revealed as having acted a part similar to that acted by Judas.

PC.011.004

Judas was tempted and tried, but not rising above his temptations and trials, he lost ground, and finally went so far as to betray his Lord. Christ permitted him to go with the other disciples on their evangelistic tours, but he often manifested a spirit of superiority. He sought to exercise authority over his brethren. This spirit, unchecked and restrained, opened the way for the enemy to work upon his mind and heart, until at length he went so far as to betray his Lord and Saviour with a treacherous kiss.

PC.011.005

There are today, among the professed people of God, some who are walking in the same path as did Judas. Unless they are converted, they will some day be numbered among the open enemies of God’s work for this time. —

PC.011.006

The following is from a letter addressed «Dear Brethren in the Ministry and the Medical Missionary Work,» written April 10, 1905, File B.-317—’05;

PC.011.007

The cloud of divine wrath was gathering over Jerusalem. Christ saw the city beleaguered. He saw it lost. In a voice full of tears He exclaimed, «If thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy peace! but now they are hid from thine eyes.»

PC.011.008

I present this feeble representation of a terrible picture, to those who today are going over the same ground, refusing the messages of the grace of God, rejecting the warnings against a course of wickedness. The ground trodden by the Jewish leaders is being trodden today by those who have made light of the warnings from heaven, with looks, with words, with gesticulations. I have heard the ridicule of the warnings sent them and refused by them, I know that the same spirit that existed in the days of Christ exists today. The blessings that the Saviour longs to bestow He is forced to withhold, because of the contempt manifested by the men who give proof in their lives that they reject all warnings, all entreaties, all efforts for their salvation. They know not the day of their visitation. They despise the evidence of God’s working, and history is being repeated.

PC.012.001

The following paragraphs are taken from a letter to Dr. George A. Hare, written December 2, 1903, File H.260—’03

PC.012.002

We want the Washington sanitarium to be established upon different principles, and conducted upon different plans from those that have been followed in the Battle Creek Sanitarium. We shall not, therefore, go to Battle Creek to receive counsel regarding the establishment of this institution. The time has come when we must move under the direction of our great Leader, the divine Commander.

PC.012.003

Please do not delay. Consecrate yourself to God, and He will be to you a present help in time of need. By doing the work that awaits your presence and assistance, depending entirely upon God for guidance and direction, you will obtain an invaluable experience.

PC.012.004

God always has men of His appointment to step into the places where work needs to be done, men with whom and by whom He can work. A special work is committed to each one of God’s workers. To every man the Lord has entrusted talents, gifts that correspond to the needs of some place.

PC.012.005

The Lord will give understanding to every one who will fully connect with His work. We are not left to trust in human wisdom. In the Lord is wisdom, and it is our privilege to look to Him for counsel.

PC.012.006

To no one man is given all the qualifications for every branch of the Lord’s work. We are all members of God’s family, in all in a greater or less degree entrusted with God-given talents, for the use of which we are held responsible. Whether our talent be great or small, we are to use it in God’s service, and we are to recognize the right of every one else to use the gifts entrusted to them.

PC.012.007

Never should we disparage the smallest physical, intellectual, or spiritual capital. Some may trade in pennies and farthings, and by God’s blessing, and unwearied diligence, these humble ones may make successful investments, and make a gain proportionate to the capital entrusted to them. No one should make light of any humble worker, who is filling his place, and is doing a work that some must do, however small that work may seem.

PC.012.008

O how my heart is grieved, as I see men who have had great opportunities, seeking to place in a circumscribed sphere, some one who, with encouragement, might develop to fill a position of great usefulness. The Lord makes use of vessels both large and small. Many whose lives are filled with activity and earnestness need from others counsel and encouragement, and words of approval. God looks with pleasure upon the improvement made by His children as they help and encourage one another.

PC.012.009

All, whether entrusted with a few or with many talents, are to blend together in unity. We need more of the spirit of the Saviour that we may help those who have been restricted and hindered. How much we may help them in their efforts to rise will never be known till it is made manifest in the judgment. We should have a word of encouragement to speak to all, remembering that there are a diversity of gifts. Some who desire to fill a large place and do some great service, overlook the little things that must be done by somebody, and forget that those who do these things need encouragement.

PC.013.001

If we pray much as we work, we shall gain more than if we give ourselves entirely to seeking for the wisdom that comes by experience. The Master-workman is supervising His workers. When, as I write, a new thought comes into my mind, I reverentially thank God for the appropriate word or sentence brought to my mind. —

PC.013.002

The following is quoted from page 3 of a manuscript written on the train from Norwich to Boston, en route for Lynn, Mass., Aug. 28, 1898, File MS.106, 1898:

PC.013.003

Those who have a hold of the truth theoretically, with their finger tips, as it were, who have not brought its principles into the inner sanctuary of the soul, but have kept the vital truth in the outer court, will see nothing sacred in the past history of this people which has made them what they are and has established them as earnest, determined missionary workers in the world. The truth for this time is precious, but those whose hearts have not been broken by falling on the Rock, Christ Jesus, will not see and understand what is truth. They will accept that which pleases their ideas and will begin to manufacture another foundation than that which is laid. They will flatter their own vanity and esteem, thinking that they are capable of removing the pillars of our faith.

PC.013.004

This will continue to be as long as time shall last. Any one who has been a close student of the Bible will see and understand the solemn position of those who are living in the closing scenes of this earth’s history. They will feel their own inefficiency and weakness, and will make it their first business to have not merely a form of godliness, but a vital connection with God. They will not dare to rest until Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. Self will die; pride will be expelled from the soul, and they will have the meekness and gentleness of Christ. —

PC.013.005

The paragraph quoted below is from a letter written Dec. 14, 1903, to Elder George I. Butler. File B—43—’03:

PC.013.006

We are on the earth as combatants. This is no time or place for us to be negligent, indifferent, or careless. We have a heaven to win and a hell to shun. There is frequently presented to me a scene of conflict and of determined opposition. How can it be otherwise when we are in an enemy’s country? —

PC.013.007

Below are given quotations from pages 2 and 3 of a manuscript entitled «The Work in Melbourne,» written June 29, 1905, File No. MS—76—’05:

PC.013.008

Let centers be no longer made in the cities. Let children no longer be exposed to the temptations of the cities that are ripe for destruction. The Lord has sent us warning and counsel to get out of the cities. Then let us make no more investments in the cities. Fathers and mothers, how do you regard the souls of your children? Are you preparing the members of your families for translation into the heavenly courts? Are you preparing them to become members of the royal family? children of the heavenly King? What shall it profit a man if he gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? How will ease, comfort, convenience, compare with the value of the souls of your children?

PC.014.001

There is not one family in a hundred who will be improved physically, mentally, or spiritually, by residence in the city. Faith, hope, love, happiness, can far better be gained in retired places, where there are fields, and hills and trees. Take your children away from the sights and sounds of the city, away from the rattle and din of street cars and teams, and their minds will become more healthy. It will be found easier to bring home to their hearts the truth of the word of God.

PC.014.002

The Lord would have the believers in Melbourne consider the example set by Battle Creek, and not pattern after it. God has sent warning after warning that our schools and publishing houses and sanitariums are to be established out of the city, in places where the youth may be taught most effectively what is truth. Let no one attempt to use the Testimonies to vindicate the establishment of large business interests in the cities. Do not make of no effect the light that has been given upon this subject.

PC.014.003

Men will arise speaking perverse things, to counter-work the very movements that the Lord is leading his servants to make. But it is time that men and women reasoned from cause to effect. It is too late, too late, to establish large business firms in the cities,—too late to call young men and women from the country to the city. Conditions are arising in the cities that will make it very hard for those of our faith to remain in them. It would therefore be a great mistake to invest money in the establishment of business interests in the cities. —

PC.014.004

The following is quoted from a manuscript written Aug. 25, 1897, No. 86. It was written at «Sunnyside,» Cooranbong;

PC.014.005

Your letter to me, under date of February 12, is received. Your question is, «Is it advisable to employ a good, Christian physician, who treats his patients on hygiene principles? In urgent cases, should we call in a worldly physician, because the Sanitarium doctors are all so busy that they have no time to devote to outside practice? Some say that when the Sanitarium doctors do use drugs, they give larger doses than ordinary doctors.»

PC.014.006

If the physicians are so busy that they cannot treat the sick outside of the institution, would it not be wiser for all to educate themselves in the use of simple remedies, than to venture to use drugs, that are given a long name to hide their real qualities? Why need any one be ignorant of God’s remedies,—hot water fomentations and cold and hot compresses? It is important to become familiar with the benefit of dieting in case of sickness. All should understand what to do themselves. They may call upon some one who understands nursing, but every one should have an intelligent knowledge of the house he lives in. All should understand what to do in case of sickness.

PC.014.007

Were I sick, I would just as soon call in a lawyer as a physician from among general practitioners. I would not touch their nostrums, to which they give Latin names. I am determined to know, in straight English, the name of everything that I introduce into my system.

PC.015.001

Those who make a practice of taking drugs sin against their intelligence and endanger their whole after life. There are herbs that are harmless, the use of which will tide over many apparently serious difficulties. But if all would seek to become intelligent in regard to their bodily necessities, sickness would be rare instead of common. An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure.

PC.015.002

You say, «The reason why I advise with you is because there are some who have never heard of the principles of health reform. Converts of the S.D.A. faith, whom one would naturally suppose would be easily led to see the beauty of hygienic remedies for the sick, are being taught to take the Lord for their Healer, without even using simple means and heaven-blessed agencies for the recovery and preservation of health. These agencies are excluded by close rooms and a neglect to procure pure water.» —

PC.015.003

Taken from Diary of April 25, ’99-6- File 68.

PC.015.004

The building work on our hospital has not yet commenced, but the land is being cleared preparatory to building. We need a hospital so much. On Thursday Sister Sara McEnterfer was called to see if she could do anything for Brother Palmer’s little son, who is eighteen months old. For several days he has had a painful swelling on the knee, supposed to be from the bite of some poisonous insect. Pulverized charcoal, mixed with flaxseed, was placed upon the swelling, and this poultice gave relief at once. The child had screamed with pain all night, but when this was applied, he slept. Today she has been to see the little one twice. She opened the swelling in two places, and a large amount of yellow matter and blood was discharged freely. The child was relieved of its great suffering. We thank the Lord that we may become intelligent in using the simple things within our reach to alleviate pain, and successfully remove its cause.

PC.015.005

Some matters have been deeply impressed upon my mind, and one is the necessity for much better facilities in the bathrooms. This is where impressions will be made upon minds. We must have conveniences in these rooms—massage tables, and a cot on which to give packs. All these things make their impression. Conversation will sometimes arise, and words will be spoken that will open a flood of light to the patient as to the best methods of caring for the human body, the temple of God. Therefore, the greatest care should be taken to observe decency and strict purity in conversation and in every action. A small, crowded bathroom leaves on the mind an impression of cheapness and commonness, and this should not be. —

PC.015.006

The following paragraphs are quoted from a letter to Elder W.C.White, Aug. 18, 1903, File W.186—’03:

PC.015.007

The ministerial evangelist who engages in the canvassing work is performing a service fully as important as that of preaching the gospel before a congregation Sabbath after Sabbath. God looks upon the faithful evangelistic canvasser with as much approval as He looks upon any faithful minister. Both workers have a light, and both are to shine in their respective spheres of influence. God calls upon every man to cooperate with the great Medical Missionary Worker, and to go forth into the highways and byways. Each man in his particular line of service, has a work to do for God. Such laborers, if converted, are true missionaries.

PC.016.001

Missionaries are needed in workshops. As they toil, they may realize that they are representing Christ and His mission on this earth. In every phase of physical labor God requires His agencies in missionary lines of effort to speak a word at the right time, to caution, to warn, to learn how to adapt themselves to the situation in which they find themselves, and in every respect to be representatives of Christ’s great medical missionary work.

PC.016.002

When Christ was living on this earth, how surprised would have been His associates, if, after becoming acquainted with Him, they had heard Him utter one word of impatience, one word of accusation or of faultfinding! He expects those who love Him and believe in Him, to represent Him in character.

PC.016.003

Although a man may be able to educate others to act as they should, yet if he does not glorify God himself with his lips, he had better first reveal in word and deed that he has received power to become a child of God, an heir of the kingdom, before attempting to teach others. After receiving his life-insurance papers as a member of the elect of God, his great desire henceforth will be to reveal Christ’s presence to his fellow men in missionary fields.

PC.016.004

Only those whose hearts are filled with the love of God and who reveal that Christ has given them His grace to adorn their office-work as missionaries for Him, should make application to engage in medical missionary work. Those who take up this line of missionary effort should look upon their work as a high and holy calling. This work is committed to them as a sacred trust; and wherever they may be, the Lord expects them to reveal the excellency of their mission. —

PC.016.005

Quotations from a letter written June 24, 1903, to Brother and Sister Kress, File K.—116—’03 .

PC.016.006

I certainly think that at present it would not be wise to invest two or three thousand dollars in electric light baths and in machinery to operate them. The prosperity of the Sanitarium is not dependent on electric light baths. It is dependent on the prayers and faith and labors of the workers…

PC.016.007

Strike the true keynote in the Sanitarium. When Jesus sent out the twelve disciples, He said, «As ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils; freely ye have received, freely give.»

PC.016.008

Let there be in the Sanitarium much prayer for the healing of the sick. We must depend more decidedly upon the great Healer. It is the miracle-working power of God that will give efficiency to the gospel message. As believers, are we not sons and daughters of God? Is not Christ our Elder Brother? Then shall we not believe that He will reveal His power in restoring the sick to health? Tell Him your wishes and desires, and plead the promise, «Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.» Christ can not too often be reminded of His pledged word.

PC.017.001

Let us not take ourselves out of the hand of God. Our medical missionary work should bear the similitude of the greatest Missionary this world has ever seen. Present the Lord Jesus, the great Healer, as the One upon whom you depend. The instruction that you give the patents in your parlor lectures will be received much more readily if you send to heaven a petition for the power that is above all human power.

PC.017.002

Encourage the patients to breathe the fresh air. Teach them how to breathe deep and how to exercise their muscles. Teach them to use the abdominal muscles in breathing. Encourage them to spend much time in the open air. Make the grounds so attractive that they will want to be out of doors. Provide some pleasant, easy work for those who are able to work. Show them how agreeable and health-giving this out-of-door work is. This is an education that will be invaluable to them after they return to their homes.

PC.017.003

Use nature’s remedies,—water, sunshine, and fresh air. Do not use drugs. Drugs never heal; they only change the features of the disease.

PC.017.004

Do not allow the helpers to overwork. Let the patients see nurses that are cheerful and bright, not nurses who, because they are overworked, are discouraged and downhearted. It is most inconsistent with the principles on which our sanitariums are founded for the nurses to be allowed to break down in their work.

PC.017.005

The workers are to practice the principles of health reform in all that they do,—standing, walking, breathing, eating, and dressing. They are to surround themselves with an atmosphere of praise. They are to cultivate the voice, keeping it pleasant and sympathetic. No work of discouragement is to be heard. Let the nurses and physicians face the light. Let them open the windows of the heart heavenward, that it may be flooded with the beams of the Sun of Righteousness. —

PC.017.006

Quoted from a letter addressed to Brethren Kilgore and Jacobs, June 26, 1902. File No. K—95—’02:

PC.017.007

In a certain place, preparations were being made to clear the land for the erection of a sanitarium. Light was given that there is health in the fragrance of the pine, the cedar, and the fir. And there are several other kinds of trees that have medicinal properties that are health-promoting. Let not such trees be ruthlessly cut down. Better change the site of the building than cut down these evergreen trees.

PC.017.008

…Our sanitariums should be surrounded with choice flowers, that by their growth and beauty they may reveal the advantages of culture. They teach us that it is our privilege to improve. God desires us to bring fragrance into our life-work. We are to be the plants of the Lord, serving Him in whatsoever way He wills. Let us do all in our power to beautify our characters.

PC.017.009

The Lord has entrusted His garden to skillful tenders whose work it is to care for His beautiful plants. Tender care must be given to the delicate plants. The useless off-shoots must be taken away. The bruised parts must be carefully bound up. So those who are weak in the faith must have fostering care. We are to bind to our stronger purposes the weaklings in the Lord’s garden, giving them support.

PC.018.001

From the endless variety of plants and flowers, we may learn an important lesson. All blossoms are not the same in form or color. Some possess healing virtues. Some are always fragrant. There are professing Christians who think it their duty to make every other Christian like themselves. This is man’s plan, not the plan of God. In the church of God there is room for characters as varied as are the flowers in the garden. In His spiritual garden there are many variety of flowers…

PC.018.002

Do that which presents itself in its time, demanding the first attention. Do not pass by the first duty to do the second. One duty accomplished prepares the way for the next. Readiness to engage in the second known duty brings the Lord’s blessing. And the second duty is more easily done if the first has been faithfully performed. The burden is off the soul. The heart is filled with the peace and gladness of Christ. —

PC.018.003

The following paragraph is quoted from a manuscript entitled, «The Time of the End,» written Oct. 9, 1903. File No. MS—122—’03:

PC.018.004

God may spare my life, that I may still work in His cause. Physically, I have always been as a broken vessel; and yet in my old age the Lord continues to move upon me by His Holy Spirit to write the most important books that have ever come before the churches in the world. The Lord is evidencing what He can do through weak vessels. The life that He spares I will use to His glory. And, when He may see fit to let me rest, His messages shall be of even more vital force than when the frail instrumentality through whom they were delivered, was living. —

PC.018.005

The following is taken from a letter written to Mrs. S.M.I.Henry, Dec.1,1898. File, H.—118:

PC.018.006

In the night I am aroused from my sleep, and I write in my diary many things that appear as new to me when read as to any who hear them. If I did not see the matter in my own handwriting, I should not think my pen had traced it…

PC.018.007

In the providence of God you have been led to the light, to obtain a knowledge of the truth, and the education you have received in the grand temperance work, in connection with your sister workers, is the education you need to bring into the work with men whose hearts are softened by the Spirit of God, and who are searching for the truth as for hidden treasure. For twenty years I have seen that the light would come to the women workers in the temperance lines. But with sadness I have discerned that many of them are becoming politicians, and that against God. They enter into questions and debates and theories of many things that they have no need to touch.

PC.019.001

Quotations from a letter to J.E.White, Jan. 5, 1903. (File W—11—’03)

PC.019.002

I cannot, at my own impulse, take up a work and launch out into it. I have to be impressed by the Spirit of God. I cannot write unless the Holy Spirit helps me. Sometimes I cannot write at all. Then again I am aroused at eleven, twelve, and one o’clock; and I can write as fast as my hand can move over the paper…

PC.019.003

Our missions and commissions are all different. No two persons are given precisely the same work. Each has his own manner of performing his work, and that manner must be Christ-like.

PC.019.004

God must show us every step of the way. Every hour we must have the new impulses of His Spirit. Love for Him should be the mainspring of our actions. Every hour has its duties, and every moment its cares. Let a controlling power from above check the hasty speech. Let your heart be filled with the kindest, most tender compassion. Never allow yourself to be ruled by impulse. Never get out of patience. New scenes are opening before us, and we need to hear a voice from heaven, directing us to the right or to the left, saying, «This is the way; walk ye in it.» God’s will, not ours, is to control. «A man’s heart deviseth his way; but the Lord directeth his steps.» —

PC.019.005

From a letter written November 16, 1905, addressed to «My dear Granddaughter Mabel.» (W.—329—A 1905.):

PC.019.006

I have the most precious matter to reproduce and place before the people in testimony form. While I am able to do this work, the people must have these things, to revive past truth, without one heretical sentence, in that which I have written. This, I am instructed, is to be a living letter to all in regard to my faith….

PC.019.007

We have every encouragement that if we daily surrender our wills to God, the promise will be fulfilled, «And of His fullness have we all received, and grace for grace.» Every revealing of the grace of Christ in our behalf is for us. We are to reveal His grace in our lives, in thought, word, and deed. Let us not lose our opportunity to speak and act Christ Jesus. We are to represent the mercy, the love, and the power of Christ,—the power that He has given us. «God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble. Therefore will not we fear, though the earth be removed, and though the mountains be carried into the midst of the sea.»

PC.019.008

Were it not for the power received through Christ, we would have no strength. But Christ has all power. «Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded; and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.» Here is our power, our comfort. Of ourselves we have no strength. But He says, «I am with you alway,» helping you to perform your duty, guiding, comforting, sanctifying, and sustaining you, giving you success in speaking words that will draw the attention of others to Christ, and awaken in their minds the desire to understand the hope and meaning of the truth, turning them from darkness to light and from the power of sin to God.

PC.020.001

It is a wonderful thought that human beings can speak the work of God, in simple words of comfort and encouragement. The humblest instruments will be used of God to sow the seeds of truth, which may spring up and bear fruit, because the one in whose heart they were sown needed help,—a kind thought, a kind word, made effective by the One who has said, «Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.» —

PC.020.002

File No. MS.-22- Sanitarium Battle Creek,Mich.Sept.1887 I have received letters from different states asking me to answer their inquiries in regard to the wisdom of investing means in building sanitariums, where the sick may be treated, and where there could be a right influence exerted, to point sick souls to Jesus, who is the great Physician of the soul as well as of the body. This is a question that cannot be answered in quick, Italian fashion with «Yes» or «No.» There are many sides to the question.

PC.020.003

Letters have come to me from Ohio. They have erected a health institution there. Some of our ministers and leading men in Ohio have acted a prominent part in the building of this institution, and now they find that they have no one that is able to run such an institution. There was monied men, I have been told, who would put thousands into this institution, but could not be induced to invest means in our home or foreign missions. I came fresh from Europe, where I had seen fields open before us on every side. Hearts were being softened, and were longing for the truth. Calls were constantly coming from all countries for books and for preachers. All was done that could be done, but there was an empty treasury, and a want of qualified men who had experience to do a good work in wisdom, presenting the truth as it is in Jesus. I attended camp-meetings. I tried to set the condition of things before the people, and besides that, wrote to several for means, either to loan or to donate. One of these returned answer that his means were invested in the Sanitarium in Ohio, and he could do nothing. Of some ten letters that we sent, only one was responded to. Brother Smouse, of Mount Pleasant, Iowa, sent one hundred dollars.

PC.020.004

The building of health institutions is in itself well enough, if the matter has been duly considered, if there has been prayerful, thoughtful investigation of the subject, and if those who enter upon the enterprise are discerning, careful, prayerful managers, and they begin to build, fully counting the cost, so they know whether they are able to finish that which they enter upon, or not.

PC.020.005

Have these brethren in Ohio unselfishly looked to God for light and wisdom how to invest as wise stewards the Lord’s money for the upbuilding of His cause and the advancement of His kingdom? Have they decided that the Lord’s means was in their hands? Or have they followed their own inclination, and in the place of selling and giving alms, or, in short, investing in the very work that is most essential to open the Word of God to all nations, tongues, and peoples, have they invested their means where they will be sure to get either honor or returns? The judgment will reveal the matter as it is. Every man’s work will be tested and proved by the Lord.

PC.021.001

If small institutions can be built in some localities, and there are discreet men and women to conduct these institutions, then we will say, Let them be built, if in so doing the cause is not in any way crippled for means to send missionaries to foreign countries, according to the commission Christ gave His disciples. They were to go to all nations, tongues, and peoples, beginning at Jerusalem, and He gave them promise: «Lo, I am with you alway, even to the end of the world.»

PC.021.002

I have found it no easy matter to secure means to invest in health institutions. But it has proved a still more difficult matter to secure persons who were qualified to conduct such institutions. It requires thoroughly balanced characters to do this work, not men who have some strong traits of character, but who are weak as children in other points. Plenty of physicians can be obtained who ceased to be students when they received their diplomas, who are self-inflated, who feel that they know all that is worth knowing, and what they do not know is not worth knowing. But this class are not the ones we want. When a physician enters upon his work as a practitioner, the more genuine, practical experience he has, the more fully will he feel his want of knowledge. If self-sufficient, he will read articles written in regard to disease and how to treat them without nature’s aid; he will grasp statements and weave them into his practice, and without deep research, without earnest study, without sifting every statement, he will merely become a mechanical worker. Because he knows so little, he will be ready to experiment upon human lives, and sacrifice not a few. This is murder, actual murder. He did not do this work with evil design, he had no malicious purposes; but life was sacrificed on account of his ignorance, because he was a superficial student, because he had not had that practice that would make him a safe man to be entrusted with human lives. It requires care-taking, deep, earnest taxation of the mind to carry the burden a physician should carry in learning his trade thoroughly. Every physician who has received a thorough education will be modest in his claims. It will not do for him to run any risk upon experimenting on human life, lest he be guilty of murder, and this be written against him in the books of heaven. There should be a careful, competent physician who will deal scarcely ever in drugs, and who will not boast that powerful poisons are far more effective than a smaller quantity carefully taken, It is true, it kills, if it does not cure; but drugs never cure. They change the order of difficulties, but never heal them, never remove the cause.

PC.021.003

We have deeply regretted that there were not a large number of institutions working from the hygienic principles that are now in existence. All these cannot be prepared upon a large scale, involving large expense; but the question is, will they preserve the principles of hygiene, or will they use the easier method of using drugs, to take the place of treating diseases without resorting to drug medications? There could be many hygienic institutions in all parts of our world, if there were plenty of means and plenty of persons who had the qualifications to manage such institutions. The physicians who shall be employed should not only have a book knowledge, but a practical experience to understand disease and its causes, and will feel the necessity, as soon as they are brought into positions of trust, to commence the work of carrying the burden necessary for them to bear, in order to do the most careful, thorough work. They will, if they are not closely connected with God, become careless and venturesome. The first labors of a physician should be to educate the sick and suffering the very course they should pursue to prevent disease. The greatest good can be done by our trying to enlighten the minds of all we can obtain access to, as to the best course for them to pursue to prevent sickness and suffering, and broken constitutions, and premature death; but those who do not care to undertake work that taxes their physical and mental powers will be ready to prescribe drug medication, which lays a foundation in the human organism for a two-fold greater evil than that which they claim to have relieved.

PC.022.001

A physician who has the moral courage to peril (imperil) his reputation in enlightening the understanding by plain facts, in showing the nature of disease and how to prevent it, and the dangerous practice of resorting to drugs, will have an up-hill business, but he will live and let live. He will not use his powerful drug medication, because of the knowledge he has acquired by studying books. He will, if a reformer, talk plainly in regard to the false appetites and ruinous self-indulgence, in dressing, in eating and drinking, in overtaxing to do a large amount of work in a given time, which has a ruinous influence upon the temper, the physical and mental powers. Knowledge is what is needed. Drugs are too often promised to restore health, and the poor sick are so thoroughly drugged with quinine, morphine, or some strong health-and life-destroying (word illegible), that nature may never make sufficient protest, but give up the struggle; and they may continue their wrong habits with hopeful impunity. Right and correct habits, intelligently and perseveringly practiced will be removing the cause of disease, and the strong drugs need not be resorted to. Many go on from step to step with their natural indulgences, which is bringing in just as unnatural condition of things as possible.

PC.022.002

Diseases of every stripe and type have been brought upon human beings by the use of tea and coffee and the narcotics, opium and tobacco. These hurtful indulgences must be given up, not only one, but all; for all are hurtful, and ruinous to the physical, mental, and moral powers, and should be discontinued from a health standpoint. The common use of the flesh of dead animals has had a deteriorating influence upon the morals, as well as the physical constitution. Ill-health in a variety of forms, if effect could be traced to the cause, would reveal the sure result of flesh eating. The disuse of meats, with healthful dishes nicely prepared to take the place of flesh meats, would place a large number of the sick and suffering ones in a fair way of recovering their health, without the use of drugs. But if the physicians encourage a meat-eating diet to his invalid patients, then he will make a necessity for the use of drugs. Nature will want some assistance to bring things to their proper condition, which may be found in the simplest remedies, especially in the use of nature’s own furnished remedies,—pure air, and with a precious knowledge of how to breathe; pure water, with a knowledge of how to apply it; plenty of sunlight in every room, if possible, in the house, and with an intelligent knowledge of what advantages are to be gained by its use. All these are powerful in their efficiency, and the patient who has obtained a knowledge of how to eat and dress healthfully, may live for comfort, for peace, for health; and will not be prevailed upon to put to his lips drugs, which, in the place of helping nature, paralyzes her powers. If the sick and suffering will do only as well as they know in regard to living out the principles of health reform perseveringly, they will, in nine cases out of ten, recover from their ailments.

PC.022.003

The feeble and suffering ones must be educated line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little, and there a little, until they will have respect for, and live in obedience to, the law that God has made to control the human organism. Those who sin against knowledge and light, and resort to the skill of a physician in administering drugs, will be constantly losing their hold on life. The less there is of drug-dosing, the more favorable will be their recovery to health. Drugs, in the place of helping nature, are constantly paralyzing her efforts. The health institutions for the sick will be the best places to educate the suffering ones to live in accordance with nature’s laws and cease their health-destroying practices in wrong habits in diet, in dress, that are in accordance with the world’s habits and customs, which are not at all after God’s order, they are doing a good work to enlighten our world.

PC.023.001

Drugs always have a tendency to break down and destroy vital forces, and nature becomes so crippled in her efforts, that the invalid dies, not because he needed to die, but because nature was outraged. If she had been left alone, she would have put forth her highest efforts to save life and health. Nature wants none of such help as so many claim that they have given her. Lift off the burdens placed upon her, after the customs of the fashion of this age, and you will see in many cases nature will right herself. The use of drugs is not favorable or natural to the laws of life and health. The drug medication gives nature two burdens to bear, in the place of one. She has two serious difficulties to overcome, in the place of one. There is now positive need even with physicians, reformers in the line of treatment of disease, that greater painstaking effort be made to carry forward and upward the work for themselves, and to interestedly instruct those who look to them for medical skill to ascertain the cause of their infirmities. They should call their attention in a special manner to the laws which God has established, which can not be violated with impunity. They dwell much on the working of disease, but do not, as a general rule, arouse the attention to the laws which must be sacredly and intelligently obeyed in such to prevent disease. Especially if the physician has not been correct in his dietetic practices, if his own appetite has not been restricted to a plain, wholesome diet, in a large measure discarding the use of the flesh of dead animals,—he loves meat, he has educated and cultivated a taste for unhealthful food. His ideas are narrow, and he will as soon educate and discipline the taste and appetite of his patients to love the things that he loves, as to give them the sound principles of health reform. He will prescribe for sick patients, flesh-meats, when it is the very worst diet that they can have; it stimulates, but does not give strength. They do not inquire into their former habits of eating and drinking, and take special notice of their erroneous habits which have been for many years laying the foundation of disease. Conscientious physicians should be prepared to enlighten those who are ignorant, and should with wisdom make out their prescriptions, prohibiting those things in their diet which he knows to be erroneous. He should plainly state the things which he regards as detrimental to the laws of health, and leave these suffering ones to work conscientiously to do those things for themselves which they can do, and thus place themselves in the right relation to the laws of life and health. When from an enlightened conscience they do the very best they know how to do, to preserve themselves in health, then in faith they may look to the great Physician, who is a healer of the body as well as of the soul. We are health reformers. Physicians should have wisdom and experience, and be thorough health reformers. Then they will be constantly educating by precept and example their patients from drugs. For they well know that the use of drugs may produce for the time being favorable results, but which will implant in the system that which will cause great difficulties hereafter, which they may never recover from during their lifetime. Nature must have a chance to do her work. Obstructions must be removed, and opportunity given her to exert her healing forces, which she will surely do, if every abuse is removed from her, and she has a fair chance.

PC.024.001

The sick should be educated to have confidence in nature’s great blessings which God has provided, and the most effective remedies for disease are pure soft water; the blessed god-given sunshine coming into the rooms of the invalids; living outdoors as much as possible; having healthful exercise; eating and drinking in foods that are prepared in the most healthful manner. To resort to the drugging process lays upon nature a most fearful, merciless burden from which they may never recover. There are many laboring under chronic diseases. They will swallow anything in the line of drugs prescribed by the unbelieving physician, when an intelligent knowledge that they are indulging in unnatural appetites which explains to them the cause of their suffering, if Christians, they would place themselves in a position as health reformers. They would change the cause which produces this sure result.

PC.024.002

There are many, many afflicted in our world with tobacco poison, but the physicians who are summoned to treat their patients under painful afflictions brought upon them by tobacco using,—are not instructed by these worldly physicians to let the poisons alone, in order that they may recover health; for many of these physicians use these poisons themselves. How can they, then, consistently enlighten the understanding of those who indulge in the poisonous narcotic, tobacco? The physician, if he is not a novice, can trace the effects back to the true cause, but he dares not forbid its use, because he indulges in it himself. Some will in an undecided, halfway manner advise the tobacco users to take less of this narcotic; but he does not say to them, This habit is killing you. They prescribe drugs to cure a disease which is the result of indulging unnatural appetites, and two evils are produced in the place of removing one.

PC.024.003

Thousands need to be educated patiently, kindly, tenderly, but decidedly, that nine-tenths of their complaints are created by their own course of action. The more they introduce drugs into the system, the more certainly do they interfere with the laws of nature and bring about the very difficulties they drug themselves to avoid. Let everyone who contemplates erecting an institution, carefully consider whether they are to make it an institution conducted upon the principles of health reform, or whether they design to copy the popular institutions all through our land. If an institution for health is conducted upon the principles of health reform, it will require for its management a large amount of faith, large amount of patience, a large amount of perseverance, a large amount of moral power, such as they have scarcely dreamed of, to make such an institution a success and to pay its own way. The managers will require moral backbone, as well as superior educated skill. Lectures need to be given in such an institution every day upon some points connected with the custom and habits of the people, of disease and its causes, and the only true course to be taken to prevent disease. All connected with our health institutions as managers and helpers should possess the very best ability, should have abundance of Christian courtesy, should practise universally Christian politeness, should be tender, pitiful, courteous. This is positively essential in order to leave the right impression upon the minds of sick people. While trying to educate them away from the habits and customs of the world, many will be glad to be enlightened, while many who are wedded to their own fashionable, health-destroying indulgences will be offended, and make it very unpleasant for those who wish to do them good; and some have not the moral courage to keep right on in the fear of the Lord. There is even among those who have intelligence in regard to the laws of life and health, a constant selfish indulgence in those things which are injurious to both soul and body. There is intemperance in eating, and in the many varieties of food taken at one meal. In the preparation of food, there are unhealthful mixtures which ferment in the stomach, and cause great distress. And yet these go on, continuing their indulgence, which lays the foundation for numerous difficulties. If these would have self-control, and educate their taste to eat only those things which the abused stomach can and will assimilate, they would save large expense in doctor bills, and avoid great sufferings.

PC.025.001

There are many who spend their money for that which is not bread—for tea, coffee, the large use of flesh meats. All of these produce their sure results in painful affliction. Many animals have been butchered, when their blood was in a high state of fever, apparently boiling with madness. Those who eat of these meats are subject to inflammation and blood-poisoning. Some have distressing spasms, some have great distress of the bowels. It is the work of the physician to educate those who are ignorant in regard to these things. There should be training-schools to educate nurses and prepare the minds to sense the danger and to see the importance of bringing in skill and tact in the preparation of foods which shall be substituted for the meat diet. This kind of education will pay in the end. Wisdom should be used not to remove meat all at once from those who have been in the habit of using it, but educate the mind to see the importance of the use of healthful foods.

PC.025.002

We must not go to work in building our institutions, until we shall carefully look the ground over and see whether we can complete that which we have in our mind to undertake. There is danger of making rash moves which will not bear the sanction of heaven, of erecting large buildings, and binding up a large amount of God’s means that is needed at the very time in other branches of the work in sustaining our poverty-stricken missions that are directly engaged in the salvation of souls. This means invested in this important work may not bring the greatest honor and flattering praise to the one who invests it; but in the heavenly records every dollar is placed to their account as treasures laid up that they will come into possession of when Christ shall come. Let none flatter themselves that it is an easy way to erect and conduct an institution upon health reform principles. It is not an easy matter to run an institution where the sick of all classes shall be treated. Every such institution should have as its managers and helpers the very best talents that the world can produce. Then they will have an educating school and be thoroughly disciplined and fitted, that representatives shall be sent out to any part of the world to impart their knowledge to those who are ignorant, and who greatly need it. This drill is to be kept up, until men and women are prepared to do the very best kind of work as educators, as well as all the time to be learning themselves, disciplining their powers to obtain increased knowledge, that they may as stewards of God have wisdom and light, that they can impart, too, that they are connected with in any branch of the work.

PC.026.001

In all our institutions there are many who are deficient in knowledge, who might be fitted to do a much better work, if they made the best use of the opportunities and privileges which God has given them. These will boast of their knowledge, when they are very ignorant of the things which they ought to know. If they knew themselves better, they would have a sense of their inefficiency; they would grasp the higher rounds of the ladder, without climbing with painstaking efforts round after round to reach this elevation. It is much easier to boast than to execute. In these institutions we have it (illegible corrections) a most puzzling question how to keep managers and helpers in harmonious working order. The very best kind of material is needed for the upbuilding of institutions for the sick. We have had an experience from the first establishment of the institution in the city of Battle Creek, and in the institution at St. Helena, and we feel compelled to say that it has cost much time and great amount of perplexity, and quite an amount of money, to get these institutions in working order. There have been counsels and painful reproofs given, most earnest entreaties and appeals made; one set of workmen discharged because inefficient, and others have been placed in their place. Step by step a little has been gained here and there. There has been much said in order to keep out licentious practices and improper familiarity between men and women. This has be to be met and reproved, and constantly guarded against, and the ones that are corrected become angry; in the place of reforming, they try to work their revenge upon the faithful workers in the institution. My own soul has been weighed down with burdens that are inexpressible, as I have tried in the fear of God to do my duty to all parties and to the institution. —

PC.026.002

Nov. 9, ’99-5- W-182- Maitland, N.S.W.,Nov. 6, ’99 Dear Brother Peter Wessels: I have some things to say to you which you need. There are places you might fill, places in which you might be a blessing in many ways. But erroneous ideas keep you from filling these places. Your character needs to be pruned; for there is a superfluous growth that needs to be cut away from you. The idea which you hold that no remedies should be used for the sick is an error. God does not heal the sick without the aid of the means of healing which lie within the reach of man; or when men refuse to be benefitted by the simple remedies that God has provided in pure air and water.

PC.026.003

There were physicians in Christ’s day and in the days of the apostles. Luke is called the beloved physician. He trusted in the Lord to make him skilful in the application of remedies. When the Lord told Hezekiah that He would spare his life for fifteen years, and as a sign that He would fulfill His promise, caused the sun to go back ten degrees, why did He not put His direct, restoring power upon the king? He told him to apply a bunch of figs to his sore, and that natural remedy blessed by God, healed him. The God of nature directs the human agent to use natural remedies now.

PC.026.004

I might go to any length in this matter, my brother, but I leave it now with a few instances. A brother was taken sick with inflammation of the bowels and bloody dysentery. The man was not a careful health reformer, but indulged his appetite. We were just preparing to leave Texas, where we had been laboring for several months, and we had carriages prepared to take away this brother and his family, and several others who were suffering from malarial fever. My husband and I thought we would stand this expense rather than have heads of several families die and leave their wives and children unprovided for. Two or three were taken in a spring wagon on spring mattresses. But this man who was suffering from inflammation of the bowels, sent for me to come to him. My husband and I decided that it would not do to move him. Fears were entertained that mortification had set in. Then the thought came to me like a communication from the Lord to take pulverized charcoal, put water upon it, and give this water to the sick man to drink, putting bandages of the charcoal over the bowels and stomach. We were about one mile from the city of Denison, but the sick man’s son went to a blacksmith’s shop, secured the charcoal, and pulverized it, and then used it according to the directions given. The result was that in half an hour there was a change for the better. We had to go on our journey and leave the family behind, but what was our surprise the following day to see their wagon overtake us. The sick man was lying in a bed in the wagon. The blessing of God had worked with the simple means used.

PC.027.001

I still remember another case. At our first camp-meeting here, held in Brighton, a young lady was taken sick on the ground, and remained sick during most of the meeting. She was thought to have typhoid fever, and although many prayers were offered in her behalf, she left the ground sick. Dr. M.C.Kellogg, half-brother to J.H.Kellogg, of Battle Creek, was attending her. He came to me one morning, and said, Sister Price is in great pain. I cannot relieve her. She cannot sleep, and every breath seems as though it would be her last. We prayed for her, and then like a flash of lightning there came to me the thought of the charcoal. «Send to the blacksmith for charcoal, and pulverize it, I said, «and put a poultice of it on her side.» He tried this, and in one hour he came to me and said, «That prescription was an inspiration from God. Sister Price could not have lived until now if no change had come. The sick one fell into a restful sleep; the crisis passed, and she began to amend. In a few days she was taken from Melbourne to her home in Melbourne (?), and is alive and well today.

PC.027.002

All these things teach us that we are to be very careful lest we receive radical ideas and impressions. Your ideas regarding drug medication, I must respect; but even in this you must not always let the patients know that you discard drugs entirely until they become intelligent on the subject. You often place yourself in positions where you hurt your influence and do no one any good, by expressing all your convictions. Thus you cut yourself away from the people. You should modify your strong prejudice.

PC.027.003

I cannot speak as fully on this subject as I would like to, but let me say, «Hide Peter Wessels in Christ.» Here I must leave you; for I have not time to write more. —

PC.028.001

L.B.00,P.255 File W.35 ’90 Battle Creek, Mich., Feb. 16, 1890 Dear Brother Wessels: I shall have to apologize for delaying to answer your letter. It seemed to be my duty to attend the ministerial institute, and to speak to the brethren assembled there. Then I am under the necessity of keeping four workers busy on different kinds of books. This with my much letter writing seems to keep me employed from three o’clock A.M. till seven o’clock P.M. I deeply sympathize with you, my brother, in your perplexities and trials. As to praying for the sick, it is too important a matter to be handled carelessly. I believe we should take everything to the Lord, and make known to God all our weaknesses, and specify all our perplexities. When in sorrow, when uncertain as to what course to pursue, two or three who are accustomed to pray should unite together in asking the Lord to let His light shine upon them, and to impart His special grace; and He will respect their petitions, He will answer their prayers. If we are under infirmities of body it is certainly consistent to trust in the Lord, making supplications to our God in our own case, and if we feel inclined to ask others in whom we have confidence, to unite with us in prayer to Jesus who is the mighty Healer, help will surely come if we ask in faith. I think we are altogether too faithless, too cold and lukewarm.

PC.028.002

I understand the text in James is to be carried out when a person is sick upon his bed; if he calls for the elders of the church, and they carry out the directions in James, anointing the sick with oil, in the name of the Lord, praying over him the prayer of faith. We read, «The prayer of faith shall save the sick, and the Lord shall raise him up; and if he hath committed sins, they shall be forgiven him.» It cannot be our duty to call for the elders of the church for every little ailment we have, for this would be putting a task upon the elders. If all should do this, their time would be fully employed,—they could do nothing else; but the Lord gives us the privilege of seeking Him individually in earnest prayer, of unburdening our souls to Him, keeping nothing from Him who has invited us, «Come unto me, all ye who are weary and heavy laden, and I will give you rest.» O how grateful we should be that Jesus is willing and able to bear all our infirmities and strengthen and heal all our diseases if it will be for our good and for His glory. Some died in the days of Christ and in the days of the apostles because the Lord knew just what was best for them. I would not speak one word to lessen your faith and perplex and worry you. There is never danger of our being too much in earnest and having too much confidence and trust in God. Be of good courage; look to Jesus constantly.

PC.028.003

Now in regard to that which we can do for ourselves. There is a point that requires careful, thoughtful consideration. I must become acquainted with myself, I must be a learner always as to how to take care of this building, the body God has given me, that I may preserve it in the very best condition of health. I must eat those things which will be for my very best good physically, and I must take special care to have my clothing such as will conduce to a healthful circulation of the blood. I must not deprive myself of exercise and air. I must get all the sunlight that it is possible for me to obtain. I must have wisdom to be a faithful guardian of my body. I should do a very unwise thing to enter a cool room when in a perspiration; I should show myself an unwise steward to allow myself to sit in a draught, and thus expose myself so as to take cold. I should be unwise to sit with cold feet and limbs and thus drive back the blood from the extremities to the brain or internal organs. I should always protect my feet in damp weather. I should eat regularly of the most healthful food which will make the best quality of blood, and I should not work intemperately if it is in my power to avoid doing so. And when I violate the laws God has established in my being, I am to repent and reform, and place myself in the most favorable condition under the doctors God has provided,—pure air, pure water, and the healing, precious sunlight. Water can be used in many ways to relieve suffering. Draughts of clear, hot water, taken before eating (half a quart, more or less), will never do any harm, but will rather be productive of good. A cup of tea made from catnip herb will quiet the nerves. Hop tea will induce sleep. Hop poultices over the stomach will relieve pain. If the eyes are weak, if there is pain in the eyes, or inflammation, soft flannel clothes wet in hot water and salt, will bring relief quickly. When the head is congested, if the feet and limbs are put in a bath with a little mustard, relief will be obtained. There are many more simple remedies which will do much to restore healthful action to the body. All these simple preparations the Lord expects us to use for ourselves, but man’s extremities are God’s opportunities. If we neglect to do that which is within the reach of nearly every family, and ask the Lord to relieve pain, when we are too indolent to make use of these remedies within our power, it is simply presumption. The Lord expects us to work in order that we obtain food. He does not propose that we shall gather the harvest unless we break the sod, till the soil, and cultivate the produce. Then God sends the rain and the sunshine and the clouds to cause vegetation to flourish. God works and man cooperates with God. Then there is seed time and harvest. God has caused to grow out of the ground, herbs for the use of man, and if we understand the nature of those roots and herbs, and make a right use of them, there would not be a necessity of running for the doctor, so frequently, and people would be in much better health than they are today. I believe in calling upon the Great Physician when we have used the remedies I have mentioned. In regard to manner of labor, we certainly need to be wise as serpents and harmless as doves. We might be very zealous, but it might be an unwise zeal, and serve to hedge up our way. Then there is danger of being so circumscribed in our work as to do very little good. —

PC.029.001

Extract from Ms. 115 ’07, dated— October 22, 1907

The great reason we have sanitariums is that these institutions may be agencies in bringing men and women to a position where they may be numbered among those who shall some day eat of the leaves of the tree of life, which are for the healing of the nations.

PC.029.002

«And there shall be no more curse; but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him.»

PC.029.003

Our sanitariums are established as institutions where patients and helpers may serve God. We desire to encourage as many as possible to act their part individually in living healthfully. We desire to encourage the sick to discard the use of drugs, and to substitute the simple remedies provided by God, as they are found in water, in pure air, in exercise, and in general hygiene.

PC.030.001

Some have asked me, «Why should we have sanitariums? Why should we not, like Christ, pray for the sick, that they may be healed miraculously.?»

PC.030.002

I have answered, «Suppose we were able to do this in all cases: how many would appreciate the healing? Would those who were healed become health reformers, or continue to be health destroyers?»

PC.030.003

Jesus Christ is the great healer, but He desires that by living in conformity with His laws, we may co-operate with Him in the recovery and the maintenance of health. Combined with the work of healing there must be an imparting of knowledge of how to resist temptation. Those who came to our sanitariums should be aroused to a sense of their own responsibility to work in harmony with the God of truth.

PC.030.004

We cannot heal. We cannot change the diseased condition of the body. But it is our part, as medical missionaries, as workers together with God, to use the means that He has provided. Then we should pray that God will bless these agencies. We do believe in God; we believe in a God who hears and answers prayer. He has said, «Ask, and ye shall received, seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.» —

PC.030.005

Extract from MS. 29, ’11 Any man, be he minister or layman, who seeks to compel or control the reason of any other man, becomes an agent of Satan, to do his work, and in the sight of the heavenly universe he bears the mark of Cain.

PC.030.006

The Wage Question .—Those engaged in the Master’s service are not to wait for a stipulated sum as their wages, as if the great Husbandman-householder would not deal truly with them. Murmurers will obtain no sympathy for their murmuring. A grumbling worker will always find something to grumble at; it is his heart that needs to be changed.

PC.030.007

The parable of the householder’s dealing with the workers in his vineyard represents God’s dealing with the human family. Had the hearts of the first laborers been purified from selfishness, they would have recognized the liberality of the householder in paying those who came at the eleventh hour, the same wages as he paid them who came at an earlier period.

PC.030.008

In the parable, the first laborers agreed to work for a stipulated sum, and they received the amount specified, nothing more. Those later hired believed the Master’s promise, «Whatsoever is right, that shall ye receive.» They showed their confidence in him by asking no question in regard to wages. They trusted his justice and equity. They were rewarded, not according to the amount of their labor, but according to the generosity of his purpose.

PC.030.009

So God desires us to trust in him who justifieth the ungodly. He does not deal with his servants after the manner of the world. The standard of men received no recognition.

PC.031.001

Those who are ever watching for something to find fault with in their brethren and sisters, show that they have no conception of God’s manner of dealing. The spirit of fault-finding and complaining is the spirit of the elder brother, but it finds a place in the hearts of many who rank as followers of Christ. The murmurer may be first in enduring hardships and in bearing burdens, but his unchristlike spirit spoils his service. —

PC.031.002

Extract from Letter B. 69 ’98 dated— August 29, 1898 As to drugs being used in our institutions, it is contrary to the light which the Lord has been pleased to give. The drugging business has done more harm to our world and killed more than it has helped or cured. The light was first given to me why institutions should be established, that is, sanitariums were to reform the medical practices of physicians. This is God’s method. The herbs that grow for the benefit of man, and the little handful of herbs kept and steeped for sudden ailments, have served tenfold, yes, one hundred-fold better purpose, than all the drugs hidden under mysterious names and dealt out to the sick. It is a delusion and farce, and the Lord has revealed to me that this practice would not preserve life, but would introduce into the system those things which should never be there, for they would do a deleterious work on the human organism.

PC.031.003

The living connection with the Great Physician is worth more than connection with a world of drugs. The soothing power of pure truth, seen, and maintained in all its bearings, is of a value no language can express, to people who are suffering with disease.

PC.031.004

Keep ever before the suffering sick the compassion and tenderness of Christ, and awaken their conscience to a belief in His power to relieve suffering, and lead them to faith and trust in Him, the great Healer, and you have gained a soul and ofttimes a life.

PC.031.005

Therefore, personal religion for all physicians in the sickroom is essential to success in giving the simple treatments without drugs. He who is a physician and guardian of the health and body, God would have every way educated to learn lessons of the Great Teacher, how to work in Christ and through Christ to save the souls of the sick. How can any physician know this until the Saviour shall be received as a personal Saviour to him who administers to suffering humanity?

PC.031.006

Religion should be made prominent in a most tender, sympathetic, compassionate way. No one of all the parties with whom he is acquainted can do as much for the sick one as a truly converted nurse and physician. Actions of purity, refinement in looks and words, and above all the sweet words of prayer, though few, yet if sincere, will be a sure anchor to the suffering ones.

PC.031.007

Of all men, the physician should be the most earnest, and sincere, full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, and then he can accomplish more than the minister in the pulpit.

PC.032.001

Extract from Letter K.159 ’02, dated— October 9, 1902 Our faith in eternal realities is weak, our sense of duty small, in view of the opportunities that we have to point souls to the Saviour as their only hope. We are not to be cold and indifferent in regard to giving efficacious remedies for the healing of the soul. It is our duty to make known the truth, not in our own strength, but in the strong faith, assurance and confidence that God imparts.

PC.032.002

In our sanitariums no day should be allowed to pass without something being done for the salvation of souls. We are to offer special prayers for the sick, both when with them and when away from them. Then when they inquire about the remedy for sin, our own souls, softened by the Holy Spirit, will be all aglow with a desire to help them give their hearts to God.

PC.032.003

All the nurses and helpers are to give treatments and perform other kinds of service in such a delicate, reverential way, and withal so solidly, thoroughly, and cheerfully, that the Sanitarium will prove a haven of rest.

PC.032.004

The individual worker in any line in the treatment of the sick and the afflicted in a medical institution, is to act as a Christian. He is to let his light shine forth in good works. His words are to magnify our Lord Jesus Christ. In the place of waiting for great opportunities to come before doing anything, he is to make the very best use of the talents lent him of God, in order that these talents may be constantly increased. He is not to think that he must be silent on religious subjects.

PC.032.005

It is highly important to know how to approach the sick with the comfort of a hope gained through faith in Christ Jesus and acceptance of His promises. When the awakened conscience cries out, «Lord, be merciful to me a sinner; make me thy child,» be ready to tell the sufferer, the once indifferent one, that there is hope for him, that in Jesus he will find a refuge.

PC.032.006

The Saviour is inviting every one, «Look unto Me, and live. Come unto Me, and find rest.» Those who in meekness and in love present the hope of the gospel to afflicted souls so much in need of this hope, are the mouthpiece of the One who gave Himself for all mankind, that He might become a healer, a tender, sympathetic, compassionate Saviour.

PC.032.007

Let every means be devised to bring out the saving of souls in our medical institutions. This is our work. If the spiritual work is left undone, there is no necessity of calling upon our people to build these institutions. Those who have no burning desire to save souls are not the ones who should connect with our sanitariums. —

PC.032.008

June 14, 1906 -8- B.172 — ’06 Sanitarium, California, June 14,’06 Dr. David Paulson and Elder W.S. Sadler Dear Brethren:- I have been working hard, and am weary, and yet I will not give up, for there is much to do. During the dedication of the Loma Linda Sanitarium, I spoke for a short time on the open platform on the lawn, while the wind was blowing. The exercises were very impressive. We also had an excellent meeting at the dedication of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium.

PC.033.001

I am glad that these sanitarium properties have come into the possession of our brethren and sisters in the Southern California Conference. For years we have worked at a disadvantage; but now I am so thankful that in the providence of God many facilities have been placed within our reach, and we can encourage our brethren in Southern California to awake to their opportunities. Every one in that field should be grateful to God; for He has wrought for us in a remarkable manner.

PC.033.002

The Sanitarium at Loma Linda, is in need of larger quarters for their treatment-rooms. An addition for this purpose will be built this summer. The Paradise Valley Sanitarium has added a large wing to the main building, and is now provided with excellent treatment-rooms. The second story of the new part is finished for the accommodation of patients, but the third story is not yet finished. However, both institutions are in running order, and are making good use of the facilities they have.

PC.033.003

Through circumstances that I could not well control, I have been suffering for some time from the weariness of constant anxiety. I am sensible to the fact that I am mortal, and that I must guard my physical mental and moral powers. The constant changing from place to place necessitated by travel, and the taking hold of public labor wherever I have gone, have been too much for me, in addition to the writings that I have been preparing day and night as the Lord has worked my mind by His Holy Spirit. And when I am meeting with evidences that these communications will be treated by some in accordance with the human judgment of those who shall receive them; when I realize that some are watching keenly for some words which have been traced by my pen and upon which they can place their human interpretations in order to sustain their positions and to justify a wrong course of action,— when I think of these things, it is not very encouraging to continue writing. Some of those who are certainly reproved, strive to make every word vindicate their own statements. The twistings and connivings and misrepresentations of the Word, are marvelous. Persons are linked together in this work. What one does not think of, another mind supplies.

PC.033.004

When the true converting power comes home to us as human agents, we see a power in God’s plans, and embrace the evidence of the divine remedy for sin. «If I walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin.» I can rely wholly and unmistakably upon the sure Word of prophecy.

PC.033.005

I am now carrying a very heavy burden for those who are lost in the mysteries of false science. I have had physical suffering of the heart; therefore I could not quickly answer the questions that you and Elder Sadler have presented to me. A severe cold has been upon me ever since the Loma Linda meeting. I assure you it is not because I do not respect you, Brethren Paulson and Sadler, that I do not answer your questions now. Pray for me, and I will pray for you; and as soon as I can, I will clear up, if possible, the misunderstandings regarding the work God has given me to do. Certainly a very great work is before us. I must now watch and pray and wait.

PC.034.001

«And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure.» — Extract from Letter F.35 ’04, dated Jan. 19, 1904

PC.034.002

The Lord has greatly helped me healthwise. Difficulties that I have had for twenty-five years have been removed. I have used no medicine, but for hours during the night season, when I was unable to sleep, I prayed for the healing power of God. I asked the Lord to restore my eyesight, to strengthen my heart, and to relieve the spinal difficulty. I have improved wonderfully. My health is better this winter than it has been for many years. The Great Physician has wrought in my behalf, and I praise His holy name. —

PC.034.003

From Document File, No. 111, dated Jan. 8, 1904 Many act as if health and disease were things entirely independent of their conduct, and entirely outside their control. They do not reason from cause to effect, and submit to feebleness and disease as a necessity. Violent attacks of sickness they believe to be special dispensations of Providence, or the result of some overruling, mastering power; and they resort to drugs as a cure for the evil. But the drugs taken to cure the disease weaken the system. If those who are sick would exercise their muscles daily, women as well as men, in outdoor work, using brain, bone, and muscle proportionately, weakness and languor would disappear. Health would take the place of disease, and strength the place of feebleness. —

PC.034.004

From MS. 83, 1908 Written June 25, 1908 I wish to make some statements regarding our sanitariums which I hope will not be misunderstood. The light given me is that where a sanitarium is established, there should also be a school. This can be placed near enough to the sanitarium so that the medical teachers can meet often with the students, yet it should not be so near that there will be danger of the students disturbing the patients or patrons of the health institution being a means of hindrance to the students.

PC.034.005

Education includes the important work of voice culture. The students are to be taught to give their reading and recitations such expression as will make their work interesting to the hearers. They are to be taught how to use the abdominal muscles in speaking, and this study will prove to be a remedy for many voice and chest difficulties, and the means of prolonging life.

PC.034.006

Let the same lessons be given to the patients. The physician should teach the patient how to breathe deeply, and this in many cases will be found to be a means of healing.

PC.035.001

Those who desire to become missionaries are to hear instruction from competent physicians, who will teach them how to care for the sick without the use of drugs. Such lessons will be of the highest value to those who go out to labor in foreign countries. And the simple remedies used will save many lives. —

PC.035.002

Drugs From MS No. 49, 1908. «Lessons from the Experience of Pentecost» Page 7: In our sanitariums, we advocate the use of simple remedies. We discourage the use of drugs, for they poison the current of the blood. In these institutions sensible instruction should be given, how to eat, how to drink, how to dress, and how to live so that the health may be preserved.

PC.035.003

Before there were any sanitariums amongst us, my husband and I began work in medical missionary lines. We would bring to our house cases that had been given up by the physicians to die. When we knew not what to do for them, we would pray to God most earnestly and He always sent His blessing. He is the mighty Healer, and He worked with us. We never had time or opportunity to take a medical course, but we had success as we moved out in the fear of God, and sought Him for wisdom at every step. This gave us courage in the Lord.

PC.035.004

Thus we combined prayer and labor. We used the simple water treatments, and then tried to fasten the eyes of the patient onto the great Healer. We told them what He could do for them. If we can inspire the patients with hope, this is greatly to their advantage. We want all that have any part to act in our sanitariums to have a firm grasp on the power of the Infinite. We believe in Him and in the power of His word. When we do our best for the recovery of the sick, we may then look for Him to be with us, that we may see of His salvation. We put too little confidence in the power of the hand that rules the world. —

PC.035.005

Extract from letter B.90 ’08, dated March 24, 1908. I have been shown that we should have many more women who can deal especially with the diseases of women, many more lady nurses who will treat the sick in a simple way and without the use of drugs.

PC.035.006

There are many simple herbs which, if our nurses would learn the value of, they could use in the place of drugs, and find very effective. Many times I have been applied to for advice as to what should be done in cases of sickness or accident, and I have mentioned some of these simple remedies, and they have proved helpful.

PC.036.001

On one such occasion a physician came to me in great distress. He had been called to attend a young woman who was dangerously ill. She had contracted fever while on the campground, and was taken to our school building, near Melbourne, Australia. But she became so much worse that it was feared she could not live.

PC.036.002

The physician, Dr. Merritt Kellogg, came to me and said, «Sister White, have you any light for me on this case? If relief cannot be given our sister, she can live but a few hours.»

PC.036.003

I replied, «Send to a blacksmith shop, and get some pulverised charcoal, make a poultice of it, and lay it over her stomach and sides.»

PC.036.004

The doctor hastened away to follow out my instructions. Soon he returned, saying, «Relief came in less than half an hour after the application of the poultices. She is now having the first natural sleep she has had for days.»

PC.036.005

I have ordered the same treatment for others who were suffering great pain, and it has brought relief, and been the means of saving life.

PC.036.006

My mother told me that snake bites and the sting of reptiles and poisonous insects could often be rendered harmless by the use of charcoal poultices.

PC.036.007

When working on the land at Avondale, Australia, the workmen would often bruise their hands and limbs, and this in many cases resulted in such severe inflammation that the worker would have to leave his work for some time. One came to me one day in this condition, with his hand tied in a sling. He was much troubled over the circumstance; for his help was needed in clearing the land. I said to him, «Go to the place where you have been burning the timber, and get me some charcoal from the eucalyptus tree, pulverize it, and I will dress your hand.» This was done, and the next morning he reported that the pain was gone. Soon he was ready to return to his work.

PC.036.008

I write these things that you may know that the Lord has not left us without the use of simple remedies which when used, will not leave the system in the weakened condition in which the use of drugs so often leaves it. We need well-trained nurses who can understand how to use the simple remedies that nature provides for restoration to health, and who can teach those who are ignorant of the laws of health how to use these simple but effective cures. —

PC.036.009

Extract from letter B.82, dated Feb. 20, ’08. This blending of our schools and sanitariums will prove an advantage in many ways. Through the instruction given by the sanitarium, students will learn how to avoid forming careless, intemperate habits of eating. Let the instruction be given in simple words. We have no need to use the many expressions used by worldly physicians, which are so difficult to understand that they must be interpreted by the physician. These long names are often used to conceal the character of the drugs being used to combat disease. We do not need these.

PC.037.001

Nature’s simple remedies will aid in recovery without leaving the deadly after-effects so often felt by those who use poisonous drugs. They destroy the power of the patient to help himself. This power the patients are to be taught to exercise by learning to eat simple, healthful foods, by refusing to overload the stomach with a variety of foods at one meal. All these things should be given showing how to preserve health, how to shun sickness, how to rest when rest is needed.

PC.037.002

There are many inventions which cost large sums of money, which it is just as well should not come into our work. They are not what our students need. Let the education given be simple in its nature. In giving us His Son the Father gave the most costly gift that heaven could bestow. This gift it is our privilege to use in our ministration to the sick. Let Christ be your dependence. Commit every case to the great Healer; let Him guide in every operation. The prayer offered in sincerity and in faith will be heard. This will give confidence to the physicians and courage to the sufferer.

PC.037.003

I have been instructed that we should lead the sick in our institutions to expect large things because of the faith of the physician in the great Healer who, in the years of His earthly ministry, went through the towns and villages of the land, and healed all who came to Him. None were turned empty away; He healed them all. Let the sick realize that, although unseen, Christ is present to bring relief and healing. —

PC.037.004

From letter K.100 ’03, dated, May 25, 1903 Be sure that the orchard has some means expended on it. It will respond to treatment. Give it the care that will enable it to do its best. I look upon that orchard as of great value to the institution.

PC.037.005

Do all that you possibly can to perfect the institution inside and out. Be sure that your premises are in the best of order. Let there be nothing about them that will make a disagreeable impression on the minds of the patients.

PC.037.006

Encourage the patients to live healthfully and to take an abundance of exercise. This will do much to restore them to health. Let seats be placed under the shade of the trees, that the patients may be encouraged to spend much time out-of-doors. And a place should be provided, enclosed either with canvas or with glass, where, in cooler weather, the patients can sit in the sun without feeling the wind.

PC.037.007

Obtain the best help in the cooking that you can. If food is prepared in such a way that it is a tax on the digestive organs, be sure that investigation is needed. Food can be prepared in such a way as to be both wholesome and palatable.

PC.037.008

Fresh air and sunshine, cheerfulness within and without the institution, pleasant words and kindly acts,—these are the remedies that the sick need, and God will crown with success your efforts to provide these remedies for the sick ones who come to the sanitarium. By happiness and cheerfulness and expressions of sympathy and hopefulness for others, your own soul will be filled with light and peace. And never forget that the sunshine of God’s blessing is worth everything to us.

PC.038.001

Teach nurses and patients the value of those health-restoring agencies that are freely provided by God, and the usefulness of simple things that are easily obtained.

PC.038.002

I will tell you a little about my own experience with charcoal as a remedy. For some forms of indigestion it is more efficacious than drugs. A little olive oil into which some of this powder has been stirred tends to cleanse and heal. I find it is excellent. Pulverized charcoal from eucalyptus wood, we have used freely in cases of inflammation…

PC.038.003

When we first went to Cooranbong, the men who were clearing in the woods often came in with bruised hands. In these and other cases of inflammation, I advised the trial of a compress of pulverized charcoal. Sometimes the inflammation, which was very high before the compress was applied, would be gone by the next day.

PC.038.004

Always study and teach the use of the simplest remedies, and the special blessing of the Lord may be expected to follow the use of these means which are within the reach of the common people…

PC.038.005

Do not forget that a worker must not take upon himself so many burdens that his soul will become weary. His first and greatest care should be to keep fresh and fragrant in spirit. In the unfolding of God’s plan, we are to be restored to a state corresponding to the perfection of divinity. —

PC.038.006

From Document File No. 111, dated Sept. 4, 1902. Long Courses of Study — Questions have arisen in regard to the management of sanitariums, and in regard to the plans to be followed in the education of physicians and nurses. We are asked whether a few or many should take a five years’ course.

PC.038.007

All are to be left perfectly free to follow the dictates of an enlightened conscience. There are those who with a few months’ instruction would be prepared to go out and do acceptable medical missionary work. Some cannot feel that it is their duty to give years to one line of study.

PC.038.008

Nurses not to be restricted .— After the nurses have served the term agreed upon, and have given their services in return for their education, they should be at liberty to take up work where they wish, and to earn what they can. Some may not have been able to save any money while getting their education. Their board and clothing, with the gifts they have made to the cause of God, may have taken all their earnings. Then if they are taken sick, they have no money to fall back on, and they are helped by the sanitarium as cases of charity. This is a species of slavery to which some will conscientiously submit, while others will backslide from the truth.

PC.039.001

The young men and women who take their medical course of the nurses’ course, should not be taught that after their graduation they will ever after be amenable to the association under which they received their education. When nurses go to patients not in the sanitarium, they should not be required to return to the sanitarium all that they earn, except just enough to cover the cost of food and clothing.

PC.039.002

There is much to be considered in regard to this matter. From the light I have, I know that these things are not properly adjusted. The nurses give their services in return for the education that they receive. They are not always to be required to pay a portion of their wages to the sanitarium. This is not just.

PC.039.003

And when their term of service has expired, the nurses should be left free to work where they please, and to recognize that they are accountable only to God for the use they make of the money they earn. They are not to be required to pay to the sanitarium at which they received their training, a certain part of their earnings. They are to be left free as those who have settled their indebtedness, and are now at liberty to use their earnings as God directs.

PC.039.004

Perhaps they have brothers and sisters who need an education in our schools. Perhaps their parents need what they can spare from their earnings. Their duty to their parents comes first. There has been suffering in families for want of the means that nurses have given in donations to our sanitariums. This very money was needed by their parents.

PC.039.005

A reformation is needed on this point, for justice has not been done. A hold is not to be retained on the nurses educated in our sanitariums, as if they had sold themselves to the institution for life. This matter has been presented to me as something that needs to be set right.

PC.039.006

How much depression and anxiety has been the result of this unwise business arrangement will never be known until the cases of all are seen as they really are. Many of the arrangements made in the name of medical missionary work, need adjusting by the wisdom of a Physician that is above all human physicians. Men need to understand that equity and justice and mercy are the attributes of the Most High. In no case will the Lord be pleased with a course such as has been followed in dealing with those who are anxious to obtain a knowledge in the treatment of the sick. These nurses and helpers rendered faithful service, but have not received an equivalent.

PC.039.007

Practical Instruction to be Given. — Great care should be exercised in the training of young people for the medical missionary work; for the mind is moulded by that which it receives and retains. Too much incomplete work has been done in the education given. The most useful education is that found in practical work.

PC.039.008

Our institutions are not to be so overgrown that the most important points in education do not receive the proper consideration. Instruction should be given in medical missionary work. The teaching given in medical lines should be blended with a study of the Bible. And physical training should not be neglected.

PC.040.001

Great care should be exercised in regard to the influences that prevail in the institution. The influences under which the nurses are placed will mold their characters for eternity…

PC.040.002

Simplicity in Diet and Treatments .- It would have been better if, from the first, all drugs had been kept out our sanitariums, and use had been made of such simple remedies as are found in pure water, pure air, sunlight, and some of the simple herbs growing in the field. These would be just as efficacious as the drugs used under mysterious names and concocted by human science. And they would leave no injurious effects in the system.

PC.040.003

Thousands who are afflicted might recover their health if, instead of depending upon the drug-store for their life, they would discard all drugs and live simply, without using tea, coffee, liquor, or spices, which irritate the stomach and leave it weak, unable to digest even simple food without stimulation. The Lord is willing to let His light shine forth in clear, distinct rays to all who are weak and feeble.

PC.040.004

Vegetables, fruits, and grains should compose our diet. Not an ounce of flesh-meat should enter our stomachs. The eating of flesh is unnatural. We are to return to God’s original purpose in the creation of man. —

PC.040.005

Extracts from letter B.53 ’05, dated February 2, 1905. If only our souls will be converted from the error of their ways, and seek the Lord, and learn the science of preserving the health of the body and the soul! And where can they learn these much-needed lessons as well as at our sanitarium, which the Lord has said should be established in many places? Lectures might be given to the multitudes, but while the words spoken would enlighten many minds, how can people understand fully without a practical knowledge? One patient, successfully treated, will have a testimony to bear of the virtue of the simple methods of treatment, the simple, healthful remedies that nature has provided, without the use of drugs.

PC.040.006

When Christ was upon this earth, He did not direct fisherman to leave their nets and boats, and go to the Jewish teachers to gain a preparation for the gospel ministry. Walking by the Sea of Galilee, He saw «two brothers, Simon, called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea; for they were fishers. And He said unto them, Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets, and followed Him. And going on from thence, He saw two other brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John is brother, is a ship with Zebedee their father, mending their nets; and He called them. And they immediately left the ship, and their father, and followed Him.» This prompt obedience, without any question, without one promise of wages, seems remarkable. But the words of Christ were an invitation that implied all that He meant it should. There was an impelling influence in His words. There was no long explanation, but what He said had a drawing power.

PC.041.001

It was at the very beginning of His ministry that Christ began to gather in His helpers. This is a lesson to all ministers. They should constantly be looking for and training those who they think could help them in their work. They should not stand alone, trying to do by themselves all that needs to be done.

PC.041.002

Christ would make these humble fishermen, in connection with Himself, the means of taking men out of the service of Satan, and making them believers in Christ; teaching them in regard to the kingdom of God. In this work they would become His ministers, fishers of men. They were to be His prime ministers. But He did not tell them to go to worldly schools to obtain the advantages of worldly cultivation. He did not tell them to go to the Jewish synagogues to learn of the rabbis, their customs and traditions, in order that they might be prepared for the work He had for them to do as His evangelists. He said, «Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men.» —

PC.041.003

From Letter H. 97 ’04, dated Feb. 23, 1904. Do you know if any clover tops were gathered and dried for me in Battle Creek? If so, will you please send them to me? —

PC.041.004

Extracts from letter K.203 ’05, dated July 18, 1905. When an opportunity presents itself to purchase at a low price buildings in which our work may be carried on, let us take advantage of these opportunities. Had this been done by the leaders of the medical work in Battle Creek, there would now be many, many plants in our cities in America, cities that have not yet been enlightened by the truth upon health reform.

PC.041.005

There should be sanitariums in all our large cities. Advantage should be taken of the opportunities to purchase buildings in favorable locations, that the standard of truth may be planted in many places.

PC.041.006

Our sanitariums are to be schools in which instruction shall be given in medical missionary lines. They are to bring to sin-sick souls the leaves of the tree of life, which will restore to them peace and hope and faith in Christ Jesus. Forbid not those who have a desire to extend the work. Let the light shine forth. All worthy health productions will create an interest in health reform. Forbid them not. The Lord would have all opportunities to extend the work, taken advantage of.

PC.042.001

We shall have to labor under difficulties, but because of this let not our zeal flag. The Bible does not acknowledge a believer who is idle, however high his profession may be. There will be employment in heaven. The redeemed state is not one of idle repose. «There remaineth therefore a rest to the people of God, «But it is a rest found in loving service. Some among the redeemed will have laid hold of Christ in the last hours of life, and in heaven instruction will be given to these who, when they died, did not understand perfectly the plan of salvation. Christ will lead the redeemed ones beside the river of life, and will open to them that which while on this earth they could not understand. —

PC.042.002

Aug. 8, 1910 -6- K.64, ’10 Sanitarium, Calif., July 16, 1910. Dear Brother and Sister Kress: I have received and read your letters. I will say that I have not received light that your connection with the Sanitarium at Takoma Park should be broken. This connection may be a special advantage to you in your missionary work in the cities, and you may also be a help to the health institution in Washington. As the Lord’s servant, set apart to the gospel ministry, you should be fully qualified to speak the truth, pointing sinners to the great Healer of both soul and body.

PC.042.003

I have had no light that you should wholly disconnect from the Sanitarium. But it would not be consistent for you to act as head physician; for your work in the cities will lead to your absence from the institution a large part of the time. Your ministerial labor will not disqualify you for counseling with your brethren regarding the work of the institution, nor for doing the work of a physician in the Sanitarium while you are there.

PC.042.004

You are both to be led and taught of God. If you individually seek Him daily, you will have the Holy Spirit’s guidance. I can see that you greatly need divine wisdom to enable you to serve in two positions of responsibility,—as a skillful physician, and also as a preacher of the gospel. There must be a daily conversion in order to blend successfully the work for body and soul. I can not tell you in detail just how this should be done, but I know that you can do an important work in the ministry of the Word, in instructing the souls for whom you labor to believe in Jesus Christ. Encourage the suffering ones to receive treatment from the great Physician, for the healing of both body and soul.

PC.042.005

A sanitarium is a most favorable place in which to set forth convincing truths. I would that all our physicians might have a living connection with the great Chief Physician, that they might speak wisely to the suffering sick. Those who minister in our sanitariums need to be sanctified, that they may speak words in season, presenting Christ as the Healer of sin-sick souls, as well as of afflicted and diseased bodies.

PC.043.001

Not a poisonous drug should be used. When you have a case that does not respond to the use of simple remedies, take it to the Lord in prayer. Talk to Him as the only one who can help. Quote simple scripture with tenderness and faith. As Christ’s chosen physicians, speak His words, sometimes to convince of sin, but always to inspire hope. When laboring for the patients, consider that their sensibilities must be awakened to the fact that Christ came to our world to save perishing souls.

PC.043.002

I am pained that there are not more decided efforts put forth to win souls to a belief of the truth. I am pained at the indifference manifested in our institutions established for the care of the sick, by many who know the truth. Many who come to these institutions are ignorant of the great life and death question, and they need to be enlightened. But among those connected with our sanitariums there seems to be a lack of earnest seeking after God, that they may speak words that will exert an influence for the truth. This is a work too often left undone in our churches and in our health institutions. Those connected with these institutions should be representatives of Christ.

PC.043.003

In your labors you are acting in Christ’s stead. The mind must be kept open to receive impressions from Him. If you understand the gospel message, remember that you are accountable, if, when you come in contact with those who are unsaved, you do not represent the truth in its saving influence.

PC.043.004

I am unable to describe to you the impression made upon my mind when I realize that many, even among our brethren who are teachers of the word, are not daily converted. Christ stands ready to impart wisdom and grace; but those in important positions of responsibility can not guide others in the right paths unless they are converted daily. If they rely upon their own supposed wisdom, they will mislead others who look to them believing that these ministers understand the sacred work entrusted to them. Those who accept responsible charges need to be on their guard, and by humble prayer to be sanctified, refined, and purified. Unless they sense their true condition, and unless they become Christlike, they can never reveal the truth as it is in Jesus.

PC.043.005

In the night seasons I seem to be addressing large congregations in the words:

PC.043.006

«Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like trumpet, and show My people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek Me daily, and delight to know My ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinances of justice; they take delight in approaching to God.»

PC.043.007

The Lord has a decided work to be done now. We need ministers of the gospel who are true to the knowledge of the truth. Many fables of every character will be brought in as subjects of discussion. We must have good, sanctified, common sense in dealing with human minds. May the Lord sanctify our hearts and minds that we may lay hold upon the important work to be done.

PC.044.001

I am writing to my brethren most earnestly; for I can not hold my peace. Night after night I am in agony. There is a world to be warned. The neglect to do work that should have been started in various lines many years ago has made the work much harder to plan for and to execute. May the Lord now give wisdom. If the workers make a complete consecration of soul, mind, and body, much may be accomplished.

PC.044.002

I have read letters telling of the meetings held in New York City regarding the city work. As you see the magnitude of the work that needs to be done, you can better understand why I have felt so keenly the necessity of having our people arouse that they may sense the situation. May the Lord teach our ministers how to take up the great work that should interest every worker. I have more hope as I see that the situation is being sensed, and that our leading brethren seem determined to take hold of the work earnestly. I shall now feel more courage. —

PC.044.003

L.B. 18, P. 426 C-106- Nov. 29, ’98 Dear Brother Chapman: We were pleased to receive word from you this week. Your letter was read to me by Willie. Every word of it was of interest.

PC.044.004

This morning I sent you copies of the things I said to the people when in Rockhampton. I have a very deep interest in the church in that place. Why should I feel an interest in them? Because the Lord has an interest in them, an interest much greater than it is possible for me to have. I am praying that the Lord will lead and guide you. I have spoken to the ear, but the Lord alone can speak to the heart. The Lord says, «As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous, therefore, and repent.» He would have every soul heed His counsel, which is given for their present and eternal good. Again He says: «I know thy works.» When these works are not in harmony with the truth, they are against the truth. «Behold, I stand at the door and knock: if any man hear My voice and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame and am set down with my Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.»

PC.044.005

The Lord is speaking to the church in Rockhampton, o that they would be doers of His word! My brethren and sisters, I call upon you in the name of Christ to hear the word of God and to practice it. Of the Israelites the apostle says, «The word preached did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it.» This opens before us the secret of this matter, the reason why there is so little accomplished by the many discourses that are preached. The words may be indited by the Holy Spirit, but the result lies with the ones who hear. The oft-repeated charge of the Lord in His word is, «He that hath an ear, let him hear.»

PC.044.006

It makes every difference whether the word spoken is received into good and honest hearts. The Israelites had the word spoken to them by Jesus Christ from the pillar of cloud, but like many who hear the glad tidings of truth and righteousness in these last days, they did not hear with consecrated ears, and believe. Selfishness and pride, murmuring and unbelief compassed them about as with a garment. They aggravated their guilt by not hearing with faith, and practising the word spoken.

PC.045.001

It was faith that men lacked in the days of Noah, and it was this lack of living faith that brought destruction upon them. How different would have been the result had they heeded Noah’s appeal as the voice of God speaking through him. But they were unwilling to hear and to receive the engrafted word which would have saved them. It is faith, an active faith, that will make the gracious promise of any avail.

PC.045.002

Again the apostle speaks, «But as we were allowed of God to be put in trust for the gospel, even so we speak; not as pleasing men, but God which trieth our hearts. For neither at any time used we flattering words, as ye know, nor a cloak of covetousness; God is witness, nor of men sought we glory, neither of you, nor yet of others, when we might have been burdensome, as the apostles of Christ. But we were gentle among you, even as a nurse cherisheth her children: so being affectionately desirous of you, we were willing to have imparted unto you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were dear unto us. . . For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming? For ye are our glory and joy.» (1 Thess. 2:4-8, 19-20)

PC.045.003

We know and understand the deep poverty of many who are striving for the crown of life. We are not ignorant in regard to the deep working of Satan, which our brethren will have to encounter. Brethren, you must bear in mind that Satan is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish. He moves upon men to make it hard and trying for those who strive for the crown of life. He has come down with great power, working his will, carrying out his plans, that he may keep souls under his control.

PC.045.004

I write to the church: Be not unbelieving, but have faith. Receive the message sent to you from God. He has sent you light, not because he would afflict you and cause you pain, but because He loves you and would have you escape from the snares of the enemy which would entangle your souls. Let the good work of purification go forward. Meet the standard the Lord has given you. My brethren in Rockhampton, who I love in the Lord, I feel an intense desire that Satan shall not triumph over you, but that you should think soberly and righteously and make thorough work for eternity. Read the third chapter of First Thessalonians. The apostle had a great burden for his brethren in Thessalonica. He writes, «For this cause, when I could no longer forbear, I sent to know your faith, lest by some means the tempter have tempted you, and our labor be in vain.» (1 Thess. 3:5)

PC.046.001

When we read the letter from Brother Chapman, we praised the Lord. We felt somewhat as we supposed Paul felt when he wrote, «But now when Timotheus came from you unto us, and brought us good tidings of your faith and charity, and that ye have good remembrance of us always, greatly desiring to see us, as we also to see you, therefore, brethren, we were comforted over you in all our afflictions and distress by your faith: for now we live, if we stand fast in the Lord. For what thanks we render to God again for you, for all the joy wherewith we joy for your sakes before our God; night and day praying exceedingly that we might see your face, and might perfect that which is lacking in your faith…And the Lord make you to increase and abound in love one toward another and toward all men, even as we do toward you: to the end that He may establish your hearts unblamable in holiness before God, even our Father, at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all His saints.» (1 Thess. 3:6-10, 12-13)

PC.046.002

The same spirit which moved the apostle to write to his brethren has moved me to write to the church in Rockhampton. I feel a tender solicitude for you that the Lord may do for you all that the apostle Paul so greatly desired should be done for his brethren in Thessalonica.

PC.046.003

The apostle continues, «Furthermore, then, we beseech you brethren, and exhort you by the Lord Jesus, that as ye have received of us how ye ought to walk and to please God, so ye would abound more and more, for ye know what commandments we gave you by the Lord Jesus. For this is the will of God, even your sanctification, that ye should know how to possess his vessel in sanctification and honor…For God hath not called you unto uncleanness, but unto holiness. He therefore that despiseth, despiseth not man, but God, who hath also given unto us His Holy Spirit. But as touching brotherly love, ye need not that I write unto you: for ye yourselves are taught of God to love one another. And indeed ye do it toward all the brethren which are in all Macedonia: but we beseech you, brethren, that ye increase more and more; and that ye study to be quiet, and to do your own business, and to work with your own hands, as we commanded you; that ye may walk honestly toward them that are without and that ye have lack of nothing.» (1 Thess. 4:1-4, 7-12)

PC.046.004

We must keep the standard uplifted. God is not slack in the fulfillment of His promises. He is jealous for His name’s glory. A whole heaven of resources are at His command. Seasons of prayer are essential. We all need to pray more, and to watch unto prayer. Read the first chapter of second Thessalonians. I present this entire chapter as appropriate for your case. I speak to you in love, for my heart is full of tender compassion in your behalf. You will have trial, but ever guard your soul, that you may not dishonor your Lord who has bought you with a price. He will that you should have strong faith and a lively hope. He wants you to improve in order and discipline and courage and fortitude and love for one another, that you may seek to help one another to keep the law of God, and be blessed.

PC.047.001

Brother Chapman, be of good courage in the Lord. Have faith. Place yourself in the hands of the great Physician, believing He will restore you to health. Do not doubt for a moment. Did not Christ come to the world as the One testified to in the prophecy of Isaiah?

PC.047.002

«The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me; because the Lord hath anointed me to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent Me to bind up the broken hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn; to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that He might be glorified.» (Isa. 61:1-3)

PC.047.003

And the very One who gave this prophecy to Isaiah testified to his own work in Luke 4:16-18; therefore we are encouraged to hope largely and receive abundantly of His rich grace. We must come in faith. Take the Lord at His word. He is abundantly able and glad to respond to the faith of his believing ones.

PC.047.004

Satan is the destroyer, the Lord is the Restorer.

PC.047.005

The Lord has not worked a physician in the way that He desires to work, because He says, Ye will not come to Me, that I may give your life. We look to every source to relieve except to the One who proclaimed over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, «I am the resurrection and the life.» (John 11:25) Christ came into our world to seek and to save that which was lost. His work as the one who heals all manner of diseases is unequalled. There are those whom the Lord uses as His co-laborers in the medical missionary work. These He is seeking to illuminate, that they may receive light and knowledge to communicate to others, and thus brighten the dark pathway of those who are oppressed by suffering and disease. If the sufferers would only come in faith to the divine Healer, they would see of the salvation of God.

PC.047.006

But instead of co-operating with the mighty Healer, by using the very means He has provided, by educating themselves to use water and fresh air, and to avoid all uncleanness of person and premises, they turn to physicians who are in no way connected with the Lord Jesus, and take their prescriptions of drug medications. These leave their poisonous trail behind, implanting in the system seeds of suffering and death. Why do they not inquire of God? Why do they not seek help from the One who so loved them that He gave His only begotten Son to save all who would believe on Him? Is He not just as well able now to heal disease as when He walked in humanity upon the earth? Where is our faith when we turn to every conceivable resource but to the One who declares that He came to the world to do a special work in healing the sick. Why are not all who accept Christ so illuminated that they can irradiate others, and lift them from grovelling in intemperance of all kinds, leading them to let drugs alone.

PC.048.001

Christ met one poor soul who had spent all her living in order that she might be cured of a physical malady. The statement is that she had spent all that she had on many physicians, and was nothing better, but rather made worse. But one touch of Christ by faith took away the infirmity of long years. This suffering woman came behind Christ, and touched His garment by faith in the person whom the garment covered, and instantly she was made whole. «Who touched Me,» said Christ. Peter was astonished. He answered, «Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayest thou, Who touched Me?»

PC.048.002

Christ desired to give a lesson which all present would never forget. He would show the difference between the touch of living faith and a casual touch. He said, «Somebody hath touched Me; for I perceive that virtue hath gone out of Me.» When the woman saw that she could not be hid, she came forward trembling, and throwing herself at His feet, told her pitiful story. Christ comforted her. «Daughter,» He said, ‘thy faith hath made thee whole; go in peace and be whole of thy plague.»

PC.048.003

Why do we not come to Jesus in faith? Many give Him a casual touch, coming in contact only with His person. The woman did more than this. She put forth her hand in faith, and was healed instantly.

PC.048.004

The Lord will heal those who believe, but He has given natural blessings for the benefit of the afflicted, and He would have these used. God could have healed Hezekiah with a word. But He heard Hezekiah’s prayer, and gave directions that a bunch of figs be placed upon the diseased parts. This was done, and Hezekiah recovered. But his recovery was not instantaneous. He had not the same faith that the afflicted woman had. We need to exercise faith. To practice the use of drug medication does not harmonize with faith. Appealing to worldly physicians is dishonoring to God. Those who come to God in faith must co-operate with Him in accepting and using His heaven-sent remedies,—water, sunlight, and plenty of air.

PC.048.005

It is of no use to have seasons of prayer for the sick, while they refuse to use the simple remedies which God has provided, and which are close by them. If there is an unsanitary condition of things in the house and about the premises, the very first thing is to take up the work that has been neglected, and cleanse and purify the house and premises, making everything sweet, that the atmosphere may not be tainted by the least offensive smell.

PC.048.006

The Lord gave certain directions to the children of Israel. They were to gather at the base of Mount Sinai, to hear the voice of God speaking the ten commandments. But first they were to wash their clothes. Again He commanded that no uncleanliness should be tolerated in the encampment, lest the Lord should pass by and see their uncleanness, and because of this refuse to go up with their armies to battle.

PC.048.007

Some people ask God to preserve their families from all sickness and disease, while uncleanliness and untidiness are seen in the home, with the very things that create disease. Can God glorify His name by working a miracle to prevent the plague coming nigh the dwelling of those who do not care to act their part to prevent malaria and fevers? The Lord does not work in this way. The human agent must act his part intelligently, keeping his body and his clothing clean, and every room in the house in order. Then the Lord can approach his dwelling. I will be honored, saith the Lord, by them that approach unto Me.

PC.049.001

All who claim to love and serve God have a duty to perform. They are to keep themselves from all filthiness of the flesh and of the spirit, and perfect holiness in the fear of the Lord. It is the failure to do these things that makes the religion of those who profess to be Christians vain. Our God is too pure and holy to tolerate any disorder, any uncleanness. The individual who poisons his breath with tobacco is defiling the temple of God, and him will God destroy. The will of God must be done on earth. Ignorance in regard to these things is sin.

PC.049.002

The friends of the truth will honor Him who is the Author and Finisher of their faith. Christ will prove Himself a physician in restoring the body as well as the soul. The workers together with God will yoke up with Christ, and place themselves, soul, body, and spirit, in right relation to God. Individuals and households will reveal the character of their faith by their dress, by their purity of speech, by their diligence in educating themselves and their children to be clean in the house, allowing no impurity in the home, no uncleanness on the premises, lest the Lord pass by and see their uncleanness. The Lord would have all things sweet about the home, that angels of God from the heavenly courts may be welcome guests, and not kept away by dirt and uncleanness.

PC.049.003

The will of men, women, and children must be trained by cooperation with God. When they uplift themselves, the Lord will set them in desirable places. Then, by precept, and example, they can exert a refining, elevating influence upon their neighbors. The melody of spiritual joy and spiritual as well as physical health will be revealed, and will promote that blessedness which the Lord Jesus came to our world to impart to every individual who will believe. All may not be preachers, but all can minister, showing others how to be tidy and hopeful. This is like medicine to body and soul. Thus we may add grace to grace, and be all the time fitting ourselves for heaven. I send this that you may read it to the church. —

PC.049.004

April 2, 1906 MS 33, 1906 Sanitarium, Cal.,March 20, ’06 The Chicago Work During the general meeting held here in June 1902, I attended three meetings in the Sanitarium Chapel. I had a decided message to bear to the people. A heavy burden rested upon me to make a clear statement of the principles that should be followed in our medical missionary work. I was very thankful that Judge Arthur was present to hear the message that the Lord had given me. I asked the Lord to help, and was assured of His presence.

PC.050.001

On the third morning Judge Arthur came in a little late. After I had finished speaking, he rose and bore his testimony. He said that he had felt very tired that morning, and had told his wife that he would not attend the morning meeting. But afterward he felt impressed that he must attend, and he did. During his remarks, he said, «I could not rest till I had come to this meeting, and I am so thankful that I did not miss it. This message will be a great blessing to me. I have heard the very things I needed to hear.» He bore an excellent testimony, and we were all very much pleased with the words spoken.

PC.050.002

Shortly after the meetings closed, Judge Arthur and his wife spent part of a day at my home. We had much pleasant and profitable conversation. Among other things discussed was the matter of the representation that had been given me of an expensive building in the city of Chicago, used for various lines of medical missionary work. I related how that when I was in Australia, I was shown a large building in Chicago, which, in its erection and equipment, cost a large amount of money. And I was shown the error of investing means in any such buildings in our cities.

PC.050.003

At the time that I saw this representation, scenes that would soon take place in Chicago, and other large cities also, passed before me. As wickedness increased, and the protecting power of God was withdrawn, there were destructive winds and tempests; buildings were destroyed by fire and shaken down by earthquakes. I saw the expensive building above referred to fall, with many others.

PC.050.004

As I related some of these matters, and described the building that had been shown me, Judge Arthur said: «I can tell you something in regard to that building. A plan was drawn up for the erection of just such a building in Chicago. It seemed necessary to our work. It would have cost considerable money. Brother William Loughborough of Battle Creek, drew up the plans, and several men occupying responsible positions in the medical work met together to consider the matter. Various locations were considered. One of the plans discussed was very similar to what you have described.

PC.050.005

Some time after this, I was shown that the vision of buildings in Chicago and the draft upon the means of our people to erect them, and their destruction, was an object lesson for our people, warning them not to invest largely of their means in property in Chicago, or any other city, unless the providence of God should positively open the way and plainly point out duty to build or buy as necessary in giving the note of warning. A similar caution was given in regard to building in Los Angeles. Repeatedly I have been instructed that we must not invest means in the erection of expensive buildings in cities.

PC.050.006

In a letter that I wrote to Dr, Kellogg, dated Oct. 28, 1903, I spoke of this matter as follows:-

PC.050.007

«Repeatedly it has been shown me that in many cases you have worked upon minds to undermine confidence in the Testimonies. The evil leaven that you have placed in these minds has destroyed their faith in the principles of the truth and in the Testimonies. Since the re-opening of the Sanitarium, you have placed this leaven in many minds, and it will do its work. One thing that can now be done to undo this work is for me to present to our people the Testimonies as they have been given me, that others may not go on undermining the faith of their associates. They must not be left to retain impressions that have been made on their minds, as, after receiving a Testimony of reproof from me, you have said, ‘Somebody has told her these things, but they are not so.’

PC.051.001

«Over and over again you have told others how I once sent you a testimony reproving you for erecting a large building in Chicago, before any such building had been erected there. In the visions of the night a view of a large building was presented to me. I thought that it had been erected, and wrote you immediately in regard to the matter. I learned afterward that the building which I saw had not been put up.

PC.051.002

«When you received my letter, you were perplexed, and you said, ‘some one has misinformed Sister White regarding our work.’ But no mortal man had ever written to me or told me that this building had been put up. It was presented to me in vision. If this view had not been given me, and if I had not written to you about the matter, an effort would have been made to erect such a building in Chicago, a place in which the Lord has said that we are not to put up large buildings. At the time when the vision was given, influences were working for the erection of such a building. The message was received in time to prevent the development of the plans and the carrying out of the project.

PC.051.003

«You should have had discernment to see that the Lord worked in this matter. The very feature of the message that perplexed you should have been received as an evidence that my information came from a higher source than human lips. But instead, you have over and over again related your version of the matter, saying that some one must have told me a falsehood.»

PC.051.004

When Dr. Paulson showed me the location that had been secured for sanitarium work at Hinsdale, I was thoroughly pleased; for this place answered to the representations that had been given me of places that would be obtained by our people for sanitarium work outside of the large cities. Time will show that such properties as this can be used to a far greater advantage than buildings in Chicago; for the wickedness of Chicago is as the wickedness of Sodom and Gomorrah. It was also represented to me that there were other places near Chicago, but away from the city, which the Lord would have His people secure. There are souls to be reached. The message must be proclaimed. This is the light that has been given to me.

PC.052.001

I have been given a representation of the preaching of the word of truth with clearness and power in many places where it has never been heard. The Lord would have the people warned; for a great work will be done in a short time. I have heard the word of God proclaimed in many localities outside the city of Chicago. There were many voices proclaiming the truth with great power. That which they proclaimed was not fanciful theories, but the warning message. While the solid truth of the Bible came from the lips of men who had no fanciful theories or misleading science to present, there were other who labored with all their power to bring in false theories regarding God and Christ. And miracles were wrought, to deceive, if possible, the very elect.

PC.052.002

I heard the message proclaimed in power by men who had not been educated in Battle Creek. Among those who were engaged in the work, were young men taken from the plow and from the fields, and sent forth to preach the truth as it is in Jesus. Unquestioning faith in the Lord God of heaven was imparted to those who were called and chosen. «All this,» said my Instructor, «is a parable of what should be and what will be.»

PC.052.003

For the present, some will be obliged to labor in Chicago; but these should be preparing working-centers in rural districts, from which to work the city. The Lord would have His people looking about them, and securing humble, inexpensive places as centers for their work. And from time to time, larger places will come to their notice, which they will be able to secure at a surprisingly low price. (Signed) Ellen G. White —

PC.052.004

MS 15 Basle, Switzerland 1886. I have been shown that in times past men have made grievous mistakes. Some who have stood in positions of sacred trust have sullied their integrity. They have not, in their individual responsibility, stood in moral power before God. Those who were not worthy have been flattered while those who have stood fast for truth and for righteousness, because their ideas did not agree with those of their brethren have been denounced, discredited, and misjudged. Evil has been imagined against them.

PC.052.005

Greatness without goodness, is valueless. It is as a tinkling symbol. The man who does not gather about him the rays of light that God has let shine upon his pathway will surely surround himself with the shadows of darkness. God designs that his people shall press closer and still closer to the light. Then they will go forward and upward.

PC.052.006

«Light is sown for the righteous, and truth for the upright in heart.» There is altogether too little searching, with painstaking effort, for the truth, as for hidden treasure. With hearts softened and subdued by the grace of God, the conscience quickened by habitual prayer and searching of the Scriptures, the whole soul may become familiar with heavenly truth. Such will stand firmly for the right because it is right. Pure and undefiled religion will be interwoven with the life-practice. They will honor God, and God will honor them.

PC.053.001

I have been shown that there is a fault with us. We honor and flatter human beings, accepting their ideas and their judgment as the voice of God. We advocate their cause. But they are not always safe to follow. Their judgment is erring.

PC.053.002

God would have us ever refuse to plead against the truth. His frown is upon all that is false and unfair. This should be the position of every one who stands to minister in the service of their Master. For if one to whom God has entrusted holy responsibilities allows envy, evil surmising, prejudice, and jealousies to find place in the heart, he is guilty of breaking the law of God. And his words, his ideas, and his errors will extend just as far as his sphere of influence extends. God says to every man to whom He entrusts responsibilities, «Put not your trust in man, neither make flesh your arm.» Look to God. Trust in his infallible wisdom. Regard as a sin, the practice so common, even among Seventh-day Adventists, of becoming the echo of any man, however lofty his position. Listen to the voice of the great Shepherd, and you will never be led astray. Search the Scriptures for yourself, and be braced for duty and for trial by the truth of God’s word. Let no friendship, no influence, no entreaty let not the smiles, the confidence, or the rewards of any man, induce you to swerve from the path in which the Lord would lead you. Let Christlike integrity and consistency control the actions of your life. The man who sits most at the feet of Jesus, and is taught by the Saviour’s spirit, will be ready to cry out, «I am weak and unworthy, But Christ is my strength and my righteousness.»

PC.053.003

Godliness, sobriety, and consistency will characterized the life and example of every true Christian. The work which Christ is doing in the sanctuary above will engage the thoughts, and be the burden of the conversation, because by faith he has entered into the sanctuary. He is on earth, but his sympathies are in harmony with the work that Christ is doing in heaven. Christ is cleansing the heavenly sanctuary from the sins of the people, and it is the work of all who are laborers together with God to be cleansing the sanctuary of the soul from everything that is offensive to him. Everything like evil surmising, envy, jealousy, enmity, and hatred, will be put away; for such things grieve the Holy Spirit of God, and put Christ to an open shame. Love of self will not exist, nor will any engage in this work be puffed up. The example of Christ’s life, the consistency of His character, will make his influence far-reaching. He will be a living epistle, known and read of all men.

PC.053.004

«Finally, be ye all of one mind, having compassion one of another, love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous: not rendering evil for evil, or railing for railing, but contrariwise, blessing; knowing that ye are thereunto called, that ye should inherit a blessing. For he that will love life, and see good days, let him refrain his tongue from evil, and his lips that they speak no guile; let him eschew evil, and do good; let him seek peace, and ensue it. For the eyes of the Lord are over the righteous, and his ears are open unto their prayer but the face of the Lord is against them that do evil.» (1 Peter 3:8-12)

PC.054.001

It is not safe for us to open our minds and hearts to envy and evil speaking. The fruits of God’s Spirit are plainly specified, so that we need not entertain or cherish those attributes that proceed from the enemy of God and man. The false tongue beguiles the unwary, and makes an easy conquest of those who are not strengthened, stablished, and settled, having root in themselves. The atonement of Christ is to be the anchor of our hope, and the word of God a lamp to our feet, and a light to our path. Then our words will not be of self, but of Christ and of the all-essential work for this time.

PC.054.002

With many there is but a very limited perusal of the Holy Scriptures. The truth is not dwelt upon, and the result is that it is not made the theme of conversation. It is made evident that Christ is not abiding in the heart. Our tongues should speak more of the matchless love of Jesus.

PC.054.003

«If some of the branches were broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert grafted in among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree; boast not thyself against the branches. But if thou boast, thou bearest not the root, but the root thee. Thou wilt say then, The branches were broken off, that I might be grafted in. Well; because of unbelief they were broken off, and thou standest by faith. Be not highminded, but fear: for if God spared not the natural branches, take heed lest he also spare not thee. Behold therefore the goodness and severity of God; on them which fell, severity; but toward thee, goodness: otherwise thou shalt also be cut off.» (Romans 11:17-22)

PC.054.004

The Lord has shown me that as a people we must have a purer morality. There is among us a flippant reproduction of arguments that are the product of other brains than ours, while the man who first uttered them has not spent hours of earnest study each day in order to know the truth. In his self-sufficiency he has turned away from the truth unto fables. He has not poured out before God his earnest prayer that he might know the hidden mysteries of God’s word, that he might present to the people things new and old, which painstaking effort he has dug from the mine of truth.

PC.054.005

Mysteries which have been hidden for ages are to be revealed in these last days to a humble people, who lean upon the arm of infinite power. Truth will be opened to the humble seeker, whose life is hid with Christ in God.

PC.054.006

God calls upon his people to be Christians in thought, in word, in deed. Luther made the statement that religion is never so much in danger as among reverend men. I can say that many who handle the truth are not sanctified through the truth. They have not the faith that works by love, and purifies the soul. They become accustomed to handling sacred things, and because of this, many handle the word of God irreverently. They have not walked in the light, but have closed their eyes to light.

PC.054.007

This is an age of signal rejection of the grace God has purposed to bestow upon his people, that in the perils of the last days they may not be overcome by the prevailing iniquity, and unite with the hostility of the world against God’s remnant people. Under the cloak of Christianity and sanctification, far-spreading and manifest ungodliness will prevail to a terrible degree, and will continue until Christ comes to be glorified in all them that believe. In the very courts of the temple scenes will be enacted that few realize. God’s people will be proved and tested, that he may discern between him that serveth God, and him that serveth him not.

PC.055.001

Vengeance will be executed against those who sit in the gate, deciding what the people should have, and what they should not have. These take away the key of knowledge. They refuse to enter in themselves, and those who would enter, they hinder. These bear not the seal of the living God. All who now occupy responsible positions should be solemnly and terribly afraid lest in this time they shall be found as unfaithful stewards.

PC.055.002

Satan has come down with great power, knowing that his time is short. The continued apostasy, the abounding iniquity, which chills the faith and constancy of many, should call the faithful ones to the front. Straight, clear, decided testimonies, freighted with light for the time, will be given. Truth, undimmed by the furnace, will shine brighter and brighter until the perfect day. The Spirit and power of the coming One will be imparted in large measure to those who are preparing to stand in the day of God, who are hastening the second advent of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To these faithful ones Christ gives special communications. He talks with them as he talked with his disciples before leaving them. The Spirit of truth will guide them into all truth. God has lines of communication with the world today. Through his appointed agencies, he speaks to the people he is purifying, warning and encouraging them.

PC.055.003

There are those who listen with open ears and quickened understanding for the words of reproof and encouragement addressed to them. But Satan is ever on the alert to make these words of counsel of none effect. He seeks to close every avenue through which people receive truth. Unto those that have shall more be given, but from those that have not, shall be taken away, even that which they have. If the ears are dull of hearing, if the eyes are closed to the light which God flashes into the pathway, the light previously received is so mingled with supposition, uncertainty, and darkness, that light cannot be distinguished from darkness. There are those whom we have loved in the faith who have turned from it, and given heed to seducing spirits. «They went out from us, but they were not of us, for if they had been of us, they would no doubt have continued with us. But they went out, that they might be made manifest that they were not all of us. (1 John 2:19)

PC.055.004

The love, the tender compassion, the marvelous condescension of Christ for his disciples is without a parallel. He made them the depositaries of sacred truth, as they could comprehend it. But He said to them, «I have many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now.» (John 16:12) Although Christ was with them, as their instructor, yet their former teaching had so moulded their ideas and opinions that should Christ unfold the many things he longed to communicate, they would have misinterpreted his words. While he was with them, He sought to impress upon them the knowledge there was for them in the mysteries of the kingdom of God. He would have them see that it was an evidence of his love for Him to lift the veil of the future, and make them the depositaries of knowledge concerning events to come. But much He had told them had been dimly comprehended, and much would be forgotten. He told them that after His crucifixion and ascension the Holy Spirit would open many things to them, and give them a better understanding of what He had tried to tell them. He would still continue to reveal sacred truth to them, and His Spirit would more fully impart truth to them.

PC.056.001

While Christ unfolded the iniquity and sorrow that must come to His disciples, the persecutions, and the trials they must bear, and the rejection of their testimony. He did not design that they should cloud their lives by looking on the dark side. He assured them that they would not be left alone, but be sustained by His Holy Spirit, which would guide them into all truth. «The Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost,» He said, «whom the Father will send in My name he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you.» «I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now. Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth is come, he will guide you into all truth; for he will not speak of himself, but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak; and he will show you things to come.»

PC.056.002

Here is a precious promise; the purposes and plans of God are to be opened to his disciples. What is a disciple?—A learner, ever learning. Coming events, of solemn character, are opening before us, and God would not have any one of us think that in these last days there is no more that we need to know. This is a continual snare of Satan. He would have us meet coming events without that special preparation which is essential to guide them through every difficulty. He would have all stumbling their way along in ignorance, making self-conceit, self-esteem, self-confidence, take the place of true knowledge. The more satisfied any one is with himself, and his present knowledge, the less earnestly and humbly will he seek to be guided into all truth. The less of the Holy Spirit of God he has, the more self-satisfied and complacent he will feel. He will not search earnestly and with the deepest interest to know more truth. But unless he keeps pace with the Leader, who is guiding into all truth, he will be left behind, belated, blinded, confused, because he is not walking in the light.

PC.056.003

All who follow Christ will walk in the light as He is in the light. They will not then regard light with indifference, nor will they misapply the light, or stumble over it as did the Jews.

PC.056.004

A spurious light will be accepted in the place of truth by some who feel called upon to be expositors of the Scriptures, because of their calling or position. Extravagance, dishonesty, fraud, licentiousness, is mingled with sacred things, until no difference is made between the sacred and the common. Many who claim to preach the word contemplate some portions of Scripture truth, but do not apply it to the heart and character. They expatiate upon the plan of redemption, and upon the law of God, and become enthusiastic upon some of these glorious themes, but they take no personal interest in the matter. Christ is not brought into their lives. Can we then be surprised to hear of ministers falling under temptation and sin, disgracing the cause they were professedly advocating? Can we wonder that there are apostasies, when men who urge conversion upon others are not themselves converted; when they commend to others the love of Christ, which does not glow in their own souls, preaching repentance which they themselves have not practiced, and faith which they have no experimental knowledge of, telling of a Saviour whom they have never known except by rumor? They are self-deceived men, not far from destruction. Pitiful indeed is their situation. All may seem peaceful to them, because the palsy of death is upon them.

PC.057.001

We are fully aware that dishonest men, immoral men, who preach the word, are not always reproved and warned. They are not unmasked. They learn to hold the truth in unrighteousness, and can tamper with it without a trembling heart and rebuke of conscience. O that with pen and voice we might lead the people who claim to be depositaries of sacred and eternal truth to feel the necessity of enthroning the word of God in their heart, and bringing every thought, word, and action into subjection to Jesus Christ. It is a fearful responsibility to be in daily connection with the truth of God, telling others of eternity, and yet be unsanctified through the truth.

PC.057.002

It is not safe to place men in the position God should occupy; for men cannot be trusted. If they do not constantly live as in the presence of God, if they do not walk humbly before God and their brethren, they will diverge almost imperceptibly, and by slight degrees, from the straight line of God’s work. Trusting to their own wisdom, they will deceive themselves and their fellow-men. Their ideas become so confused that they offer strange fire before the Lord.

PC.057.003

The word of God is to be the man of our counsel. With pen and voice I proclaim to all who bear credentials, to all licentiates, to all colporteurs, and all canvassers, that the Bible, and the Bible only, studied on your knees, laid up in your heart, and practiced in your life, attended by the Holy Spirit’s power, can be your safeguard. It alone can make you righteous and holy and keep you thus. Every human influence is weak and varying unless the truth of God’s word is brought home to the soul, and placed upon the throne. Not till this is done, will the heart be sanctified, purified and made holy, a fountain out of which are the issues of life.

PC.057.004

Discourses that have little of Christ and his righteousness in them are given in the desk. They are Christless sermons. To preach in the demonstration of the Spirit is completely beyond the power of those who are without Christ. They are feeble, empty, and without nourishment. They have no Christ to carry with them in private life. They are full of boasting, of pride, of self-esteem, speaking evil of things of which they have no real knowledge. They manifest an impatience of everything that does not follow in their line. They will even scoff and mock at sacred things, because they do not see that spiritual things are spiritually discerned. They degrade themselves by perverting and falsifying truth.

PC.057.005

By his Holy Spirit, the Lord will demonstrate that his word is the only thing that can make men right and keep them right. I have been shown that God’s revealed truth alone can keep men in the path of humble obedience. Standard bearers are falling round us, not only through death, but through the deceptions of Satan. All heaven is looking upon the remnant people of God, to see if they will make truth alone their shield and buckler. Unless the truth is presented as it is in Jesus, and is planted in the heart by the power of the Spirit of God, even ministers will be found drifting away from Christ, away from piety, away from religious principle. They will become blind leaders of the blind.

PC.058.001

Our faith cannot be vested in any man. We need Christ’s righteousness. We need Jesus ever by our side. He is our Rock. It is by his might that we conquer, and by his righteousness that we are saved. When I see men exalted and praised, extolled as almost infallible, I know that there must come a terrible shaking. When God’s lamp of life shines into the heart with clear and steady ray, darkness will instantly be dispelled. Every idol will be dethroned, and the peace of God which passeth all understanding will reign in the heart. Truth, precious truth, will be seen, appreciated, and obeyed. The standard will be elevated, and many will rally round it. (Signed) (M.H.May 9, ’97) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.059.001

Nov. 1, 1907 Sanitarium, Cal., July 4, 1906 Lessons from the Visions of Ezekiel Part One Exhortation to Faithfulness In the visions of the night I seemed to be speaking with great earnestness before an assembly of people. A heavy burden was upon my soul. I was presenting before those gathered together the message of the prophet Ezekiel regarding the duties of the Lord’s watchmen.

PC.059.002

«Again the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, speak to the children of thy people, and say unto them, When I bring the sword upon a land if the people of the land take a man of their coasts, and set him for their watchman; if when he seeth the sword come upon the land, he blow the trumpet and warn the people; then whosoever heareth the sound of the trumpet, and taketh not warning; if the sword come, and take him away, his blood shall be upon his own head. He heard the sound of the trumpet, and took not warning: his blood shall be upon him. But he that taketh warning shall deliver his soul. But if the watchman see the sword come and blow not the trumpet, and the people be not warned; if the sword come, and take any person from among them, he is taken away in his iniquity: but his blood will I require at the watchman’s hand.»

PC.059.003

«So thou, O son of man, I have set thee a watchman unto the house of Israel; therefore thou shalt hear the word at my mouth, and warn them from me. When I say unto the wicked, O wicked man, thou shalt surely die; if thou dost not speak to warn the wicked from his way, that wicked man shall die in his iniquity, but his blood will I require at thine hand. Nevertheless, if thou warn the wicked of his way to turn from it; if he do not turn from his way, he shall die in his iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul.

PC.059.004

«Therefore, O thou son of man, speak unto the house of Israel: Thus ye speak, saying, If our transgressions and our sins be upon us, and we pine away in them, how should be then live? Say unto them, As I live, saith the Lord God, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked; but that the wicked turn from his way and live: turn ye, turn ye, from your evil ways; for why will ye die, O house of Israel?» (Ezek. 33:1-11)

PC.059.005

The prophet had by the command of God ceased from prophesying to the Jews just at the time when the news came that Jerusalem was invaded, and siege laid to her. In the twenty-fourth chapter Ezekiel records the representation that was given to him of the punishment that would come upon all who would refuse the word of the Lord. The people were removed from Jerusalem, and punished by death and captivity. No lot was to fall upon it to determine who should be saved and who destroyed.

PC.059.006

«Wherefore thus saith the Lord God: Woe to the bloody city, to the pot whose scum is therein, and whose scum is not gone out of it! bring it out piece by piece; let no lot fall upon it. For her blood is in the midst of her. . . . Therefore thus saith the Lord God; Woe to the bloody city! I will even make the pile for fire great. Heap on wood, kindle the fire, consume the flesh, and spice it well, and let the bones be burned. . . . She hath wearied herself with lies, and her great scum went not forth out of her: her scum shall be in the fire. In thy filthiness is lewdness: because I have purged thee, and thou wast not purged, thou shalt not be purged from thy filthiness any more, till I have caused my fury to rest upon thee. I the Lord have spoken it: it shall come to pass, and I will do it; I will not go back; neither will I spare, neither will I repent; according to thy ways and according to thy doings shall they judge thee, saith the Lord God.

PC.060.001

«Also the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, behold I take away from thee the desire of thine eyes with a stroke; yet neither shalt thou mourn nor weep, neither shall thy tears run down. Forbear to cry; make no mourning for the dead. . . . So I spake unto the people in the morning: and at even my wife died: and I did in the morning what I was commanded.

PC.060.002

«And the people said unto me, Wilt thou not tell us what these things are to us, that thou doest so? Then I answered them, The word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Speak unto the house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I will profane my sanctuary, the excellency of your strength, the desire of your eyes, and that which your soul pitieth; and your sons and your daughters whom ye have left shall fall by the sword. And ye shall do as I have done; ye shall not cover your lips, nor eat the bread of men. And your tires shall be upon your heads, and your shoes upon your feet; ye shall not mourn nor weep; but ye shall pine away for your iniquities, and mourn one toward another. Thus Ezekiel is unto you a sign: according to all that he hath done shall ye do; and when this cometh, ye shall know that I am the Lord God.» (Ezek. 24:6-24)

PC.060.003

I am instructed to present these words before those who have had light and evidence, but who have walked directly contrary to the light. The Lord will make the punishment of those who will not receive his admonitions and warnings as broad as the wrong has been. The purpose of those who have tried to cover their wrong, while they have secretly worked against the purposes of God, will be fully revealed. Truth will be vindicated. God will make manifest that He is God.

PC.060.004

There is a spirit of wickedness at work in the church that is striving at every opportunity to make void the law of God. While the Lord may not punish unto death those who have carried their rebellion to great lengths, the light will never again shine with such convincing power upon the stubborn opposers of truth. Sufficient evidence is given to every soul regarding what is truth and what is error. But the deceptive power of evil upon some is so great that they will not receive the evidence and respond to it by repentance.

PC.060.005

A long-continued resistance of truth will harden the most impressionable heart. Those who reject the Spirit of truth place themselves under the control of a spirit that is opposed to the word and work of God. For a time they may continue to teach some phases of the truth; but their refusal to accept all the light God sends will after a time place them where they will do the work of a false watchman.

PC.060.006

The interests of the cause of present truth demand that those who profess to stand on the Lord’s side shall bring into exercise all their powers to vindicate the advent message, the most important message that will ever come to the world. For those who stand as representatives of present truth to use time and energy now in attempting to answer the questions of the doubting ones, will be an unwise use of their time. It will not remove the doubts. The burden of our work now, is not to labor for those who, although they have had abundant light and evidence, still continue on the unbelieving side. God bids us give our time and strength to the work of preaching to the people the messages that stirred men and women in 1843 and 1844.

PC.061.001

We are now to labor unceasingly to get the truth before Jew and Gentile. Instead of going over and over the same ground to establish the faith of those who should never have accepted a doubt regarding the Third Angel’s Message, let our efforts be given to making known the truth to those who have never heard it. God calls upon us to make known to all men the truths that have made us what we are, Seventh-Day Adventists.

PC.061.002

God is speaking to His people today as He spoke to Israel through Moses, saying, «Who is on the Lord’s side?» My brethren, take your position where God bids you. Leave alone those who after light has been repeatedly given them have taken a stand on the opposite side. You are not to spend precious time in repeating to them what they already know, and thus lose your opportunity of entering new fields with the message of present truth. Take up the work which has been given us. With the word of God as your message, stand on the platform of truth and proclaim the soon coming of Christ. Truth, eternal truth, will prevail.

PC.061.003

For more than half a century the different points of present truth have been questioned and opposed. New theories have been advanced as truth, which were not truth, and the Spirit of God revealed their error. As the great pillars of our faith have been presented, the Holy Spirit has borne witness to them, and especially is this so regarding the truths of the sanctuary question. Over and over again the Holy Spirit has in a marked manner endorsed the preaching of this doctrine. But today, as in the past, some will be led to form new theories and to deny the truths upon which the Spirit of God has placed His approval.

PC.061.004

Any man who seeks to present the theories which would lead us from the light that has come to us on the ministration in the heavenly sanctuary, should not be accepted as a teacher. A true understanding of the sanctuary question means much to us as a people. When we were earnestly seeking the Lord for light on that question light came. In vision I was given such a view of the heavenly sanctuary, and the ministration connected with the holy place, that for many days I could not speak of it.

PC.061.005

I know from the light that God has given me that there should be a revival of the messages that have been given in the past, because men will seek to bring in new theories, and will try to prove that those theories are scriptural, whereas they are error which if allowed a place will undermine faith in the truth. We are not to accept these suppositions and pass them along as truth. No, no; we must not move from the platform of truth on which we have been established.

PC.061.006

There will always be those who are seeking for something new, and who stretch and strain the word of God to make it support their ideas and theories. Let us, brethren, take the things that God has given us, and which His Spirit has taught us is truth, and believe them, leaving alone those theories which His Spirit has not endorsed.

PC.063.001

Nov. 1, 1907 Sanitarium, Cal, July, 4, 1906 Lessons from the Visions of Ezekiel Part Two Warning Against Rebellion Ezekiel again writes: «The word of the Lord came again unto me, saying, Son of man, say unto the Prince of Tyrus, Thus saith the Lord God; Because thine heart is lifted up, and thou hast said, I am a God, I sit in the seat of God, in the midst of the seas; yet thou art a man and not God, though thou set thine heart as the heart of God: behold, thou art wiser than Daniel; there is no secret that they can hide from thee; with thy wisdom, and with thine understanding thou hast gotten these riches, and has gotten gold and silver into thy treasures: by thy great wisdom and by thy traffic hast thou increased thy riches, and thine heart is lifted up because of thy riches; therefore thus saith the Lord God; Because thou hast set thine heart as the heart of God; behold, therefore I will bring strangers upon thee, the terrible of the nations; and they shall draw their swords against the beauty of thy wisdom, and they shall defile thy brightness. They shall bring thee down to the pit, and thou shalt die the deaths of them that are slain in the midst of the seas. Wilt thou yet say before him that slayeth thee, I am God? But thou shalt be a man, and not God, in the hand of him that slayeth thee. Thou shalt die the deaths of the uncircumcised by the hand of strangers: for I have spoken it, saith the Lord God.

PC.063.002

«Moreover the word of the Lord came unto me saying, Son of man, take up a lamentation upon the king of Tyrus, and say unto him, Thus saith the Lord God; Thou sealest up the sum, full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty. Thou hast been in Eden, the garden of God; every precious stone was thy covering, the sardius, topaz, and the diamond, the beryl, the onyx, and the jasper, the sapphire, the emerald, and the carbuncle, and gold; the workmanship of thy tabrets and of thy pipes was prepared in thee in the day that thou wast created. Thou art the ancient cherub that covereth; and I have set thee so; thou wast upon the holy mountain of God; thou hast walked up and down in the midst of the stones of fire; thou wast perfect in thy ways from the day that thou wast created till iniquity was found in thee. By the multitude of thy merchandise they have filled the midst of thee with violence, and thou hast sinned; therefore I will cast thee as profane out of the mountain of God, and I will destroy thee, O covering cherub, from the midst of the stones of fire. Thine heart was lifted up because of thy beauty, thou hast corrupted thy wisdom by reason of thy brightness: I will cast thee to the ground, I will lay thee before kings, that they may behold thee. Thou hast defiled thy sanctuaries by the multitude of thine iniquities, by the iniquity of thy traffic; therefore will I bring forth a fire from the midst of thee, it shall devour thee, and I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth in the sight of all them that behold thee. All they that know thee among the people shall be astonished at thee: thou shalt be a terror, and never shalt thou be any more.

PC.063.003

«Again the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, set thy face against Zidon, and prophecy against it. And say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Zidon; and I will be glorified in the midst of thee and they shall know that I am the Lord, when I have executed judgments in her, and shall be sanctified in her. For I will send into her pestilence, and blood in to her streets; and the wounded shall be judged in the midst of her by the sword upon her on every side; and they shall know that I am the Lord.

PC.064.001

«And there shall be no more a pricking brier unto the house of Israel, nor any grieving thorn of all that are round about them, that despised them; and they shall know that I am the Lord God. Thus saith the Lord God; When I shall have gathered the house of Israel from the people among whom they are scattered, and shall be sanctified in them in the sight of the heathen, then shall they dwell in their land that I have given to my servant, Jacob. And they shall dwell safely therein, and shall build houses, and plant vineyards; yea, they shall dwell with confidence, when I have executed judgments upon all those that despise them round about them; and they shall know that I am the Lord their God.» (Ezek. 28:1-26)

PC.064.002

The first sinner was one whom God had greatly exalted. He is represented under the figure of the prince of Tyrus flourishing in might and magnificence. Little by little Satan came to indulge the desire for self-exaltation. The Scripture says:

PC.064.003

«Thine heart was lifted up because of thy beauty; thou hast corrupted thy wisdom by reason of thy brightness.» «Thou hast said in thine heart. . . I will exalt my throne above the stars of God; . . .I will be like the Most High.»

PC.064.004

Though all his glory was from God, this mighty angel came to regard it as pertaining to himself. Not content with his position, though honored above the heavenly host, he ventured to covet homage due to the Creator. Instead of seeking to make God supreme in the affections and allegiance of all created beings, it was his endeavor to secure their service and loyalty to himself. And coveting the glory with which the infinite Father has invested His Son, this Prince of angels aspired to power that was the prerogative of Christ alone.

PC.064.005

To the very close of the controversy in heaven, the great usurper continued to justify himself. When it was announced that with all his sympathizers he must be expelled from the abodes of bliss, then the rebel leader boldly avowed his contempt for the Creator’s law. He denounced the divine statutes as a restriction of their liberty, and declared that it was his purpose to secure the abolition of law. With one accord, Satan and his host threw the blame of their rebellion wholly upon Christ, declaring that if they had not been reproved, they would never have rebelled.

PC.064.006

Satan’s rebellion was to be a lesson to the universe through all coming ages, a perpetual testimony to the nature and terrible results of sin. The working out of Satan’s rule, its effects upon both men and angels, would show what must be the fruit of setting aside the divine authority. It would testify that with the existence of God’s government and His law, is bound up the well-being of all the creatures He has made. Thus the history of this terrible experiment of rebellion was to be a perpetual safeguard to all holy intelligences, to prevent them from being deceived as to the nature of transgression, to save them from committing sin, and suffering its punishment.

PC.065.001

At any moment God can withdraw from the impenitent the tokens of His wonderful mercy and love. Oh, that human agencies might consider what will be the sure result of their ingratitude to Him and of their disregard of the infinite Gift of Christ to our world! If they continue to love transgression more than obedience, the present blessings and the great mercy of God that they now enjoy, but do not appreciate, will finally become the occasion of their eternal ruin. When it is too late for them to see and understand that which they have slighted as a thing of naught they will know what it means to be without God, without hope. Then they will realize what they have lost by choosing to be disloyal to God and to stand in rebellion to His commandments.

PC.065.002

In His great mercy God has spoken words of encouragement to the children of men. To all who repent and turn to Him, He offers abundant pardon. Repentance for sin is the first fruits of the working of the Holy Spirit in the life. It is the only process by which infinite purity reflects the image of Christ in His redeemed subjects. In Christ all fulness dwells. He teaches us to count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus our Lord.

PC.065.003

This knowledge is the highest science that any man can reach. It is the sum of all true science. «This is life eternal,» Christ declared, «that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent.»

PC.065.004

The time has come when the righteous should understand that God’s judgments are to fall on all who transgress His law, and that those who walk humbly with Him will triumph with holy gladness. As Jehovah is holy He requires His people to be holy, pure, undefiled. For without holiness no man shall see the Lord. Those who worship Him in sincerity and truth will be accepted by Him. If church members will put away all self worship, and will receive in their hearts the love for God and for one another that filled Christ’s heart, our heavenly Father will constantly manifest His power through them. Let His people be drawn together with the cords of divine love. Then the world will recognize the miracle working power of God, and will acknowledge that He is the Strength and the Helper of His commandment-keeping people.

PC.066.001

MS-61 Sanitarium, California, June 3, 1906 Hold Fast the Beginning of Your Confidence For many months I have been troubled as I have seen that some of our brethren whom God has used in His cause are now perplexed over the scientific theology which has come in to lead men away from a true faith in God. Sabbath night, a week ago, after I had been prayerfully studying over these things, I had a vision, in which I was speaking before a large company where many questions were asked concerning my work and writings.

PC.066.002

I was directed by a messenger from heaven not to take the burden of picking up and answering all the sayings and doubts that are being put into many minds. «Stand as the messenger of God anywhere in any place,» I was bidden, «and bear the testimony I shall give you. Be free. Bear the testimonies that the Lord has for you to bear in reproof, in rebuke, in the work of encouraging and lifting up the soul; ‘teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.'»

PC.066.003

After the vision I prayed aloud with great fervor and earnestness. My soul was strengthened; for the words had been spoken: «Be strong, yea, be strong. Let none of the misleading words of ministers or physicians distress your mind. Tell them to take the light given them in publications. Truth will always bear away the victory. Go straight forward with your work.

PC.066.004

«If the Holy Spirit is rejected, all My words will not help to remove, even for the time being, the false representations that have been made, and Satan stands ready to invent more. If the evidence already given is rejected, all other evidence will be useless until there is seen the converting power of God upon minds. If the convincing impressions of the Holy Spirit made in the past will not be accepted as trustworthy evidence, nothing that can be presented hereafter will reach them, because the bewitching guile of Satan has perverted their discernment.»

PC.066.005

To those who have been convinced again and again as the Holy Spirit has borne witness, all the words that can now be said can not be as forcible as the impression made by the Holy Spirit of God.

PC.066.006

To my brethren, I say, Go forward. Be of good courage. Whenever the Spirit of God is entertained in the place of the underworking of evil influences on mind and heart, those who have been working against God will come to their right bearings. A great work is to be done now in convicting souls. The message must in no case be changed from what it has been. As has been foretold in the Scriptures, there will be seducing spirits and doctrines of devils in the midst of the church, and these evil influences will increase; but hold fast the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end.

PC.066.007

Let not souls be drawn into Battle Creek. Warnings are to be given. A message similar to that borne by John the Baptist is to be heard. But beware of men; for they will seek to divert the mind from the necessity of heeding the true issues for this time. Carry on the work now for those who need the truth and who have not resisted the evidences of the truth for fallacies and scientific imaginations.

PC.067.001

The time is at hand when Satan will work miracles to confirm minds in the belief that he is God. All the people of God are now to stand on the platform of truth as it has been given in the Third Angel’s Message. All the pleasant pictures, all the miracles wrought, will be presented in order that if possible the very elect should be deceived. The only hope for any one is to hold fast the evidences that have confirmed the truth in righteousness. Let these be proclaimed over and over again, until the close of this earth’s history.

PC.067.002

The perils of the last days are upon us. Devote not precious time in trying to convince those who would change the truth of God into a lie. Proclaim the Third Angel’s message. Bear a straight-forward, clear-cut message.

PC.067.003

Thus I was speaking before a perplexed company just before I called them to take their stand on the right side. If some chose another position, let them alone. Labor for those who have never had the evidence of truth. So long as men hold fast to men, and believe men in the place of the word of God, you can do little to help them. You are working against principalities and powers, as is represented in Ephesians 6:12.

PC.067.004

We are to revive the truth; to stand in the truth. Whoever is determined to depart from the faith can not be helped by you. All your reasoning will be as idle tales.

PC.067.005

Take the banner of truth and hold it aloft, higher and still higher. The Lord calls for faithful minute men. Go into the cities that need the message of a soon-coming Saviour. Thousands of unbelievers in our cities need to hear the last message of warning.

PC.067.006

It is Satan’s plan to produce these variances, to keep our minds on dissensions and unprofitable problems until the last woe shall come upon the world. Time is too precious to be lost through confusion. Proclaim to the world that Christ is soon coming.

PC.067.007

Gather not at Battle Creek; spoil not the minds of youth, physicians and ministers. Set at work in the cause of God every soul who has heeded the words of warning given.

PC.067.008

I have been instructed that it is not extravagant display which is now required in giving the last message of mercy to our world. We must go forth in the simplicity of true godliness. Our sanitariums, our schools, our publishing houses, are to be God’s instrumentalities to represent the humble manner of Christ’s teaching. In a marked manner the Lord will be the strength and power of His people. Maintain simplicity; and pray in faith constantly. Wherever you are, your only safety is in prayer. Hold fast the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end.

PC.067.009

Beware of the leaven of evil. Talk less; criticise less. Let every one remember that he is now on test and trial for life, eternal life.

PC.067.010

God now calls for all who choose to serve Him, to stand firmly on the platform of eternal truth. Let those who have brought about the present state of confusion by making the division that exists, stop to consider seriously before going any farther. «Choose you this day whom ye will serve.» «If the Lord be God, follow Him; but if Baal, then follow Him.» (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.069.001

Sanitarium, California, September 16, 1910 An Appeal for Labor in the Cities To Conference Presidents: During the night of February 27, a representation was given me in which the unworked cities were represented before me as a living reality, and I was plainly instructed that there should be a decided change from past methods of working. For months the situation has been impressed on my mind, and I urge that companies be organized and diligently trained to labor in our important cities. These workers should labor two and two, and from time to time all should meet together to relate their experiences, to pray, and to plan how to reach the people quickly, and thus if possible redeem the time.

PC.069.002

This is no time to colonize. From city to city the work is to be carried quickly. The light that has been placed under a bushel is to be taken out and placed on a candle stick, that it may give forth light to all that are in the house.

PC.069.003

Thousands of people in our cities are left in darkness, and Satan is well pleased with the delay; for this delay gives him opportunity to work in these fields with men of influence to further his plans. Can we now depend upon our men in positions of responsibility to act humbly and nobly their part? Let the watchmen arouse. Let no one continue to be indifferent to the situation. There should be a thorough awakening among the brethren and sisters in all our churches.

PC.069.004

For years the work in the cities has been presented before me and has been urged upon our people. Instruction has been given to open new fields. There has sometimes been a jealous fear lest some one who wished to enter new fields should receive means from the people that they supposed was wanted for another work. Some in responsible positions have felt that nothing should be done without their personal knowledge and approval. Therefore efficient workers have been sometimes delayed and hindered, and the carriage wheels of progress in entering new fields have been made to move heavily.

PC.069.005

In every large city there should have been a strong force of workers laboring earnestly to warn the people. Had this been undertaken in humility and faith, Christ would have gone before the humble workers and the salvation of God would have been revealed.

PC.069.006

Let companies now be quickly organized to go out two and two, and labor in the spirit of Christ, following His plans. Even though some Judas may introduce himself into the ranks of the workers, the Lord will care for the work. His angels will go before and prepare the way. Before this time, every large city should have heard the testing message, and thousands should have been brought to a knowledge of the truth. Wake up the churches. Take the light from under the bushel.

PC.069.007

Where are the men who will work and study and agonize in prayer as did Christ? We are not to confine our efforts to a few places. If they shall persecute you in one city, flee ye to another. Let Christ’s plan be followed. He was ever watching for opportunity to engage in personal labor, ever ready to interest and draw men to a study of the Scriptures. He labored patiently for men who had not an intelligent knowledge of what is truth. While we are not awake to the situation, and while much time is consumed in planning how to reach perishing souls, Satan is busy devising and blocking the way.

PC.070.001

O, if I could but see the depth of experience coming to our people which they must have before they can enter heaven, then would I be filled with grateful thanksgiving to God! I speak to our people, ministers, physicians, and all who profess to believe the truth. A work of thorough conversion needs to be done. Walk in the footsteps of Christ Jesus. Why do we not take heed? The Lord has long waited for us as a people who know the truth, to make that truth known to all possible who will hear and be converted. (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.071.001

July 11, 1907 Sanitarium, California, July 2, 1907 To the Battle Creek Church I am urged to say to those who have had the light of the word, but who fail to walk according to the word, your failure to act upon the light is imperiling your eternal welfare.

PC.071.002

The Lord knows all about the needs and trials of His people. Through affliction He seeks to point them to heaven. There they will know no disappointment or trial or grief.

PC.071.003

In the word of God we are encouraged to study the character of the world’s Redeemer. He is the pattern of every man in his work of character-building. The Son of God was tempted in all points like as we are, but He resisted every temptation. Through prayer He obtained the power to become victor in the struggle with the powers of Satan. In the groves and mountains the Saviour spent whole nights in prayer for Himself and His disciples, and for those for whom His disciples would labor. Christ’s followers are to find strength where their Master found it.

PC.071.004

The world hides a man from himself. It conceals from him his dangers by shutting out the prospect of a future life, and by constantly appealing to his human senses. By thus keeping in his mind only the interests of this life, it seeks to make him a creature of time. But fixing his eyes upon the eternal world, man sees the cross of Christ and the death of the Son of God to save a perishing world.

PC.071.005

Christ left the courts of Heaven, laid aside His kingly crown and royal robe, and came to live the life of the poor. He subjected Himself to all the temptations common to humanity, that man might look upon the Prince of Heaven, and see in Him a perfect exhibition of the conquest of sin. In all trials and temptations and trials Christ sinned not, neither was guile found in His mouth. He clothed His divinity with humanity, but in His teaching and ministry His divinity was clearly manifest.

PC.071.006

On one occasion Christ was moved to condemn: «Then began He to upbraid the cities wherein most of His mighty works were done, because they repented not: Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida! for if the mighty works which were done in you, had been done in Tyre and Sidon they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment, than for you. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted unto Heaven, shall be brought down to hell: for if the mighty works, which have been done in you, had been done in Sodom, it would have remained unto this day. But I say unto you, That it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and in the day of judgment than for thee.» (Matt. 11:21-24)

PC.071.007

Here is a wonderful statement. The cities that have had the most done for them, and yet do not yield to the evidences of truth, are rejecting the power of the Holy Spirit. They are refusing the great light shining amid their moral darkness.

PC.071.008

I am instructed that one place which will be classed with those where many mighty works have been done, and where the people have turned from light and evidence, is Battle Creek. Battle Creek has been the seat of rebellion among a people to whom the Lord has given great light and special opportunities. But the light has been discarded for the privilege of pleasing self, and of following the unsanctified will. Minds and characters that might have been moulded and fashioned after the divine similitude, have been marred and stunted by self-serving. The opportunities that God has given whereby men might secure His help and favor have been neglected.

PC.072.001

And every place that has turned from light and evidence falls under the same condemnation. Woe unto those who having received great light, having seen manifestations of the powers of God, and having acknowledged this light and this power as from God, have turned from the light and refused to accept the evidence! To those as to the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida, the words are spoken, «If the mighty works which were done in thee, had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes.»

PC.072.002

If the people of these cities had accepted the message, exercised themselves unto repentance, and carried the light of truth to other cities, thousands of souls would have been converted as a result. Now Christ will take humble men, and reveal to them the great and precious truths for these last days; these He will use in carrying to completion His work in the earth.

PC.072.003

Surrounding every soul there is an influence either for or against truth and righteousness. «He that is not for Me,» Christ said, » is against Me; and he that gathereth not with Me, scattereth abroad.» Influence is an important talent. Used on the side of Christ, it becomes a power unto life eternal.

PC.072.004

The faculty of speech is a precious talent. Like the talent of influence, it conveys either light or darkness to those about us. Sanctified to God, it becomes the means of imparting the grace of Christ.

PC.072.005

God designs that our knowledge of the truth shall be to men a savor of life unto life. The highest employment of the powers of speech is that of imparting divine truth. Wherever the audience may be, whoever may compose that audience, Christ’s witness is to speak the plain, unvarnished truth. He is to minister grace to his hearers. His words will be in harmony with the teaching of Christ. The soul who is truly converted will have his lips touched with the sacred fire of cleansing. To every individual he meets he will find an opportunity of speaking the good news of salvation. He believes; therefore he utters the sentiments of his heart. He stands as the oracle of God, speaking to men the words of life and salvation. No one will mistake his position; no one will doubt on which side he stands. He stands as Christ’s witness, consecrated, set apart, to declare to others the character of the Redeemer.

PC.072.006

My brethren and sisters, Lift Him up, the risen Saviour. Lift Him up, as you plead before God in prayer. (Signed) (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection) Ellen G. White

PC.073.001

July 6, 1906-7 B.230 ’06 Sanitarium, California, July 5, 1906 To the Elders of the Battle Creek Church, and to Ministers and Physicians I have instruction to give from the Lord. The condition of things in Battle Creek is to be clearly outlined and understood. Those who have brought about this condition are sadly deceived, and are misleading others. But the Lord will be glorified. Great spiritual transformations are to take place. All those who would be led of God, should walk very humbly before Him. In no case are they to be diverted from the path of duty that God has marked out for His people. They are not to believe falsehoods, though they be published in abundance.

PC.073.002

A voice is to be heard in the Tabernacle giving God’s word for this time in clear notes of warning. God has human instrumentalities that will not hold their peace. They are to advocate the word and will and way of Jehovah. In a clear, decided manner they are to proclaim the truth in all its beauty and power. No strange doctrines are to be introduced. There is to be no undermining of the fundamental truths that the Lord has submitted by many miraculous evidences. A voice is to be heard in clear affirmation of the truth, in contradiction to the skepticism and fallacies that have been coming in from the enemy of truth. Reformations will take place, and the working out of the principles of divine truth will reveal growth in grace; for the divine agencies are efficient to enlighten and sanctify the human understanding.

PC.073.003

The truth as it is in Jesus, as it was proclaimed by Him when He was enshrouded by the pillowy cloud, is verity and truth in this our day, and will just as surely renovate the mind of the receiver as it has renovated minds in the past. Christ has declared, «If they hear not Moses and the Prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead.» (Luke 16:31)

PC.073.004

As a people, we must prepare the way of the Lord, under the overruling guidance of the Holy Spirit, for the spread of the gospel in its purity . The stream of living water is to deepen and widen in its course. In all fields, nigh and afar off, men will be called from the plow, and from the more common commercial business vocations that largely occupy the mind, and will become educated in connection with men who have had experience — men who understand the truth. Through most wonderful workings of God, mountains of difficulty will be removed and cast into the sea. Let us labor as those who have experienced the virtue of truth as it is in Jesus .

PC.073.005

There is to be, at this period, a series of events which will reveal that God is master of the situation. The truth will be proclaimed in clear, unmistakable language. Those who preach the truth will strive to demonstrate the truth by a well-ordered life and godly conversation. And as they do this, they will become powerful in advocating the truth, and in giving it the sure application that God has given it.

PC.074.001

When the men, who have known and taught the truth, turn aside to human understanding, and mete out to deceived minds their own dish of fables, it is high time for those who have once been laborers in evangelistic work, but who have been drawn away into the management of restaurants, food stores, and other commercial lines of work, to come into line, study their Bibles diligently, and with the word of God in hand, dispense the Bible truth, the spiritual food, in cooperation with the heavenly angels. This work now calls loudly for workmen of divine appointment. Omnipotence will then say to the mountains of difficulty, Be thou removed and cast into the sea.

PC.074.002

The call is to go forth, «Son, go labor today in My vineyard.» As this call is obeyed, the message that means so much to the dwellers on the earth, will be heard and understood. Man will know what is truth. Onward, and still onward, will the work advance. And marked events of Providence will be seen and recognized, in judgments and in blessings. The truth will bear away the victory.

PC.074.003

To all students we would say, In the name of the Lord do not permit yourselves to be held where the spiritual atmosphere is poisoned with skepticism and falsehood. Those who have had the evidence of truth, but who for days, weeks, months, and years, have had about them a subtle influence that gives a distorted representation, a false coloring, to the truth of God, are not fit for teachers for our youth. Where falsehoods regarding the word and work of God are reported as truth is no place for students who are preparing for the future, immortal life. We are seeking heaven, wherein can enter none who have changed the truth of God into a lie.

PC.074.004

Truth has a spiritual influence. It enters the mind, direct and uncorrupted, from One who is truth. The reception of truth in the inward parts is charged with the greatest results. Truth is to be received into the heart, and developed and expressed in the character.

PC.074.005

No lie is of the truth. On every occasion possible, Satan is on hand to introduce the leaven of his deceptive fallacies. Listen not a moment to the interpretations that would loosen one pin, remove one pillar, from the platform of truth.

PC.074.006

Human interpretations, the reception of fables, will spoil your faith, confuse your understanding, and make of none effect your faith in Jesus Christ. Study diligently the third chapter of Revelation. In it is pointed out the danger of losing your hold upon the things that you have heard and learned from the Source of all light. » Remember . . . how thou hast received and heard , and hold fast , and repent .» Why repent? Because there have come in faults, in the form of theories so subtle that by the influence of mind upon mind, through the agency of those who have departed from the faith, the wily foe will cause you imperceptibly to be imbued with the spirit that will draw you away from the faith.

PC.074.007

There are many who are in a perilous position spiritually, many who are «ready to die.» The Revelator was bidden to write to the church in Sardis: «These things saith he that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful , and strengthen the things which remain , that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent.» (Rev. 3:1-3)

PC.075.001

There is a censure resting upon those who have heard the truth, received the truth, and who afterward have acted like men spiritually dead. «Remember therefore.» In our work we are not to be drawn into any plausible theories that would lead to a denial of our past faith in the truth we have heard and advocated. «If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.» (Rev. 3:3)

PC.075.002

«Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy.» (Rev. 3:4)

PC.075.003

«Moreover I will make a covenant of peace with them; it shall be an everlasting covenant with them; and I will place them, and multiply them, and will set My sanctuary in the midst of them forevermore . My tabernacle also shall be with them: yea, I will be their God, and they shall be My people.» (Ezek. 37:26-27)

PC.075.004

This last scripture carries our minds forward to the triumph of Israel and Judah. The accomplishment of the work will be through human instrumentalities charged with divine power. All the glory is ascribed to the great power of God, but it is through unity and cooperation of the human with the divine, that the result is made possible. Humanity, blended with divinity, grasps the divine efficiency, and the work is complete.

PC.075.005

We have been filled with pain of heart, which language can not describe, as we have seen feature after feature of the work that should have been conducted in the purest channels as a means of bringing souls to a knowledge of the truth, corrupted by ambition and commercialism. Thus some features of the health work have proved a snare to capture talents of influence that might have been used in feeding souls with the bread of life. While thousands are perishing without a knowledge of the truth, while multitudes have not the bread of life to feed upon, while God is calling for a quick work to be done to prepare a people for the coming of Christ, shall our hygienic restaurants prove a snare, by being operated merely for commercial advantage, and their influence extend no farther? It was hoped that much good would be done by preparing food for worldlings, that thereby many would be brought to a knowledge of the truth. And this might have been, had the glory of God been kept in view. But these enterprises have been run so largely on a commercial basis, for the temporal advantages to be gained, that they have often become a snare, as it were, to hold men and women of talent, who, by study and diligent effort, could do acceptable service in the winning of souls to Christ. The end of all things is at hand. We must learn to fulfill God’s purposes. Let no one delay.

PC.075.006

There are those who once were teachers of righteousness, but who have turned from the truth and are wandering in the mists of error. Satan with much persistency is striving for the mastery. Christ calls upon many who are in training for His service, to obtain an education of a character altogether different from that which they have been receiving. The Lord Jesus calls upon us to fulfil His commission given just before His ascension to meet the heavenly armies that escorted Him to the city of God.

PC.076.001

We have the battle of tribulation before us, but our commission is, «Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.» Who will pass this by, and continue in any commercial business that will not bring souls to Christ? Shall this condition change? Will you give the last note of warning to the world? (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.077.001

Sanitarium, California, April 17, 1907 To the Brethren in Battle Creek I speak to the believers in Battle Creek: Cling to the Lord with mind and heart. Give heed to the warnings that the Lord has sent, and you will not be overcome by Satan’s delusions. You will have trials to meet, but if you will look to the Lord, He will be your strong tower, to which you may run and be safe.

PC.077.002

My heart aches when I consider the stubborn resistance on the part of some to the truth we have held for half a century. Night after night I can not sleep. My soul is bowed down with heavy burdens when I consider that some of my old friends, and some of my own relatives are refusing to walk in the light that God is sending by His Holy Spirit. O that the searcher of hearts would arouse these souls to realize their true condition. I call to mind the trial that Christ was called to endure when He was rejected by the members of His own family. «Neither did His own brethren believe in Him,» — this must have been one of the cruelest of His many trials.

PC.077.003

May the Lord open the blind eyes, that the men who have withstood the counsels and warnings of God, and have acted as though it were a virtue to resist the instruction of the Holy Spirit, may discern their true condition. I have written to Frank Belden, and to Russel Hart, but my appeals have not moved them. They continue to reveal what manner of spirit has taken possession of them.

PC.077.004

In my dreams I seem to be pleading with the believers in Battle Creek. I am so burdened for these souls who seem determined to fight against the message sent, that I awake in the night pleading with God to open the blind eyes.

PC.077.005

I thank the Lord that there are many who can discern now, if not before, the spirit that has taken possession of those who resist the warnings of the Spirit of God. I am bidden to say to the believers in Battle Creek, Press together. Let no words be spoken to irritate or provoke. Stand firmly in the faith in which God has led us for the last fifty years.

PC.077.006

Time is passing into eternity. Many who ought to have keen perceptions are blinded by false theories and false influences. They are unready to meet the last great conflict, and they do not realize their unprepared condition. My prayer for them is: «O Thou searcher of hearts, let Thy word, which is quick and powerful and sharper than any two-edged sword, pierce to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and discern the thoughts and intents of the heart. Bring these souls who are in so great peril because of their lack of discernment to realize that they must cope with Satanic powers.»

PC.077.007

Many are closing their hearts against the Holy Spirit of God. Many who once understood the workings of the Spirit of God, Christ does not own today. O that Christ would stir the hearts of those who have once walked in the light, but who now walk in darkness; who have once known what it meant to have the grace of God in their hearts, but who are now destitute of that grace. They have had the light of the Spirit of God, but in their blindness they have quenched that light, and they are now under the condemnation of God.

PC.078.001

Who have a realization of the condition of the unbelieving world? Who are preparing their hearts to receive the impressions of the Spirit of God? Those who receive the light and walk in the light, will have increased light.

PC.078.002

In these last days God calls for united efforts from His people. Never was there a time when there was greater need of the deep movings of the Spirit of God than now when we are called to contend with men imbued with the spirit of Satan. Those who have departed from the faith will make manifest that they were led away by seducing spirits and doctrines of devils, and that these have taken possession of the soul.

PC.078.003

What an account must be rendered to God by those who are placing themselves on Satan’s side! I am praying that God will anoint their eyes with eye salve, that they may see their peril and escape from their dangerous position as quickly as possible. When these poor souls realize that they have lost time, lost experience which should have made them wise unto salvation, they will understand that they have been working on the enemy’s side. Then they will ask themselves, What have I been teaching to others? What has been my testimony for truth and righteousness? How does my record stand in the books of heaven?

PC.078.004

«Then came the word of the Lord unto Jeremiah saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts, the God of Israel; Go and tell the men of Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem, will ye not receive instruction hearken to my words? Saith the Lord. . . I have sent also unto you all My servants the prophets, rising up early and sending them, saying, Return ye now every man from his evil way, and amend your doings, and go not after other gods to serve them, and ye shall dwell in the land which I shall give you and to your fathers, but ye have not inclined your ear, nor hearkened unto Me. . .Therefore thus saith the Lord God of hosts, the God of Israel, Behold, I will bring upon Judah and all the inhabitants of Jerusalem all the evil that I have pronounced against them; because I have spoken unto them and they have not heard; and I have called upon them, but they have not answered.

PC.078.005

«And Jeremiah said unto the house of the Rechabites, Thus saith the Lord of hosts, the God of Israel; Because ye have obeyed the commandments of Jonadab your father, and kept all his precepts, and done according unto all that he hath commanded you: therefore thus saith the Lord of hosts, the God of Israel; Jonadab the Son of Rechab shall not want a man to stand before me forever.» (Jer. 35:12-19)

PC.078.006

As a people we need to study this portion of sacred history: for these experiences are being brought into the lives of the people of God in these last days. A people who have had great light and every evidence of truth are turning away from the light, and following their own impulses. The instruction God has given in the record of His people in early days is not regarded. The mistakes and sins of His early people are being repeated in His people today: warnings and admonitions given in that day are not being heeded in this. Notwithstanding all the warnings that have been given, they see not their danger, but join the ranks of the enemy, and fight on his side. They choose to entertain their own ideas and to follow the suggestions of their own minds. The Lord is greatly dishonored by their course, and he is removing His Spirit from them. «Shall I not judge them for these things,» saith the Lord, «unless they repent?»

PC.079.001

In the thirty-sixth chapter of Jeremiah is recorded an act on the part of Jehoiakim, king of Judah, that our people would do well to study. «And it came to pass in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, that this word came unto Jeremiah from the Lord, saying, Take thee a roll of a book, and write therein all the words that I have spoken unto thee, from the days of Josiah even unto this day. It may be that the house of Judah will hear all the evil which I purpose to do unto them; that they may return every man from his evil way; that I may forgive their iniquity and their sin. Then Jeremiah called Baruch the son of Neriah: and Baruch wrote from the mouth of Jeremiah all the words of the Lord, which he had spoken unto him, upon the roll of a book.

PC.079.002

«And Jeremiah commanded Baruch, saying, I am shut up; I can not go into the house of the Lord: therefore go thou, and read in the roll, which thou hast written from my mouth, the words of the Lord in the ears of the people in the Lord’s house upon the fasting day: and also thou shalt read them in the ears of all Judah that come out of their cities. It may be they will present their supplication before the Lord, and will return every one from his evil way: for great is the anger and the fury that the Lord hath pronounced against this people. And Baruch the son of Neriah did according to all that Jeremiah the prophet commanded him, reading in the book the words of the Lord in the Lord’s house. . .

PC.079.003

«When Michaiah the son of Gemariah, the son of Shephan, had heard out of the book all the words of the Lord, then he went down into the King’s house, into the scribe’s chamber: and, lo, all the princes sat there. . . . Then Michaiah declared unto them all the words that he had heard, when Baruch read the book in the ears of the people. Therefore all the princes sent Jehudi. . . unto Baruch saying, Take in thine hand the roll wherein thou hast read in the ears of the people, and come. So Baruch the son of Neriah took the roll in his hand, and came unto them. And they said unto him, Sit down now, and read it in our ears. So Baruch read it in their ears.

PC.079.004

«Now it came to pass, when they had heard all the words, that they were afraid, both one and other, and said unto Baruch, We will surely tell the king all these words. And they asked Baruch, saying, Tell us now, How didst thou write all these words at his mouth? Then Baruch answered them, He pronounced all these words unto me with his mouth, and I wrote them with ink in the book. Then said the princes unto Baruch, Go, hide thee, thou and Jeremiah; and let no man know where ye be.

PC.079.005

«And they went into the king into the court, but they laid up the roll in the chamber of Elishama the scribe, and told all the words in the ears of the king. So the king sent Jehudi to fetch the roll: and he took it out of Elishama the scribe’s chamber. And Jehudi read it in the ears of the king, and in the ears of all the princes which stood beside the king.

PC.080.001

«Now the king sat in the winter house in the ninth month, and there was a fire on the hearth burning before him. And it came to pass when Jehudi had read three or four pages, he cut it with the penknife, and cast it into the fire that was on the hearth, until all the roll was consumed in the fire that was upon the hearth. Yet they were not afraid, nor rent their garments; neither the king, nor any of his servants that heard all these words. Nevertheless Elnathan and Delaiah and Gemariah had made intercession to the king that he would not burn the roll: but he would not hear them.» (Jer. 36:1-25)

PC.080.002

Some in the experience of the past few years have virtually repeated the act of king Jehoiakim in burning the messages of the Spirit of God. But today as of old these messages of warning have been repeated.

PC.080.003

«Then the word of the Lord came to Jeremiah, after that the king burned the roll, and the words which Baruch spake at the mouth of Jeremiah, saying, Take thee again another roll, and write in it all the former words that were in the first roll, which Jehoiakim the king of Judah hath burned. And thou shalt say to Jehoiakim king of Judah, Thus saith the Lord; Thou hast burned this roll saying, Why hast thou written therein, saying, The king of Babylon shall certainly come and destroy this land, and shall cause to cease from thence man and beast? Therefore thus saith the Lord of Jehoiakim king of Judah; He shall have none to sit upon the throne of David: and his dead body shall be cast out in the day to the heat, and in the night to the frost. And I will punish him and his seed and his servants for their iniquity; and I will bring upon them and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, and upon the men of Judah, all the evil that I have pronounced against them; but they hearkened not.» (Jer. 36:27-31)

PC.080.004

The Lord has been trifled with by his people. The time that should have been devoted to repentance and reform has been spent in criticism and in following man-formed opinions and ideas. A terrible influence for evil is exerted when men turn from the right way to follow selfish devisings. Satan is playing the game of life for the souls of men, and he is gaining victory. We can learn from a study of King Jehoiakim’s example what men will do when they pass the boundary line. We see it in the persecution and suffering that Christ endured at the hands of wicked men. We see it in the treatment that the Lord’s faithful servants in every age have received. (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.081.001

July e, 1906-7- B.214’06 Sanitarium, California, July 3, 1906 Aggressive Work to be Done To Ministers and Physicians: There is a heavy burden resting on my soul. I pray the Lord to impress the hearts of His people with the solemnity of the time in which they are living, and with the necessity of making straight paths for their feet. Some who have long known the truth, are confused by leaders who have been walking in false paths.

PC.081.002

«I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life,» Christ declares. «No man cometh unto the Father, but by Me.» Those who have a living connection with Christ will reveal it by their works. «Faith, if it hath not works, is dead, being alone.»

PC.081.003

We have reached an important chapter in our experience. We have advance movements to make. Straightforward work must be done. Faith without works is dead, unproductive of good. Faith works by love, and purifies the soul; faith must be revealed and substantiated by works. There is a spurious faith, which does not work to the point, because the heart is decidedly opposed to the truth. Some may take comfort in the thought that God will number them with His people because they make a profession. We may have a measure of faith, a knowledge of the theory of truth, but unless self dies, unless we live Christ’s life of obedience, our profession is worthless.

PC.081.004

Nothing can take the place of obedience to a «Thus saith the Lord.» Knowledge that does not lead to a practice of self-denial and self-sacrifice, to a daily walk in the foot-steps of Christ, but rather to self-exaltation and self-sufficiency, is opposed to practical godliness. God calls for obedience.

PC.081.005

Self-sufficiency, exercised in a family or institution, means great injury to the work of God. It is destructive to the spiritual life of those who cherish it. True faith leads away from selfish plans and from the self-pleasing life. Obedience, in order to be acceptable to God, must be the whole-souled obedience that Christ ever offered to the Father.

PC.081.006

In response to the question, Who shall enter the kingdom of heaven? Christ says, «Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven, but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven.» (Matt. 7:21)

PC.081.007

What must we do to inherit eternal life? The answer is, Keep the commandments. To the question, Who are the blessed? Christ answers, «Blessed are they that hear the Word of God, and keep it.» «Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.» «Without are dogs, and sorcerers,» «and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie.»

PC.081.008

The theories that lead to unbelief in the Word of God, and to a lack of the faith that works by love and purifies the soul, are theories of the enemy. They may be very pleasing, and very attractive, but they develop into strange doctrines, which unsettle faith in the past experience of God’s people, and take away the foundation pillars. These theories have come in amongst us, and have been a seductive power, robbing some of the faith that enables human beings to see where they are living in the history of the world. They are false theories, leading away from the truth into subtle errors.

PC.082.001

When physicians are diligent students of the Scriptures, when our ministers live in accordance with the Word of God, making this Word their text-book, then the truth will be proclaimed with power, and souls will be converted.

PC.082.002

Christ, our divine Teacher, and the greatest Medical Missionary that ever trod this earth, came to our world at great sacrifice to show human beings that correct light in which to regard God. He has given His life as our example in all things. I have been instructed that those who in the daily life heed not the instructions of the Bible, do not know God or Christ whom He has sent. Those who have not lived the Scriptures will invent sophistries to occupy the mind and absorb the attention, and teach things that the One who owns man — body, soul, and spirit — has not said should be taught.

PC.082.003

Just before His ascension, Christ gave His disciples a wonderful presentation, as recorded in the twenty-eighth chapter of Matthew. This chapter contains instruction that our ministers, our physicians, our youth, and all our church members need to study most earnestly. Those who study this instruction as they should will not dare advocate theories that have no foundation in the Word of God. My brethren and sisters, make the Scriptures, which contain the alpha and the omega of knowledge, your study. All through the Old Testament and the New there are things that are not half understood.

PC.082.004

«Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.» (Matt. 28:19-20)

PC.082.005

The giving of this message is our work in the world. Those of our people who are living in large centers, would gain a precious experience, if, with their Bibles in their hands, and their hearts open to the impressions of the Holy Spirit, they would go forth to the highways and byways of the world with the message they have received. There is aggressive work to be done. Evangelistic work, opening the Scriptures to others, warning men and women of what is coming upon the world, is to occupy more and still more of the time of God’s servants.

PC.082.006

Regarding the messages he had written out, John the Revelator declared: «I testify unto every man that heareth the words of the prophecy of this book, If any man shall add unto these things,» — to lessen the force of their meaning — «God shall add unto him the plagues that are written in this book.» Many will make the words of the Revelation a spiritualistic mystery, robbing them of their solemn import. God declares that His judgments shall fall with increased dreadfulness upon any one who shall try to change the solemn words written in this book — the Revelation of Jesus Christ. «Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein; for the time is at hand.» «If any man shall take away from the words of the book of this prophecy, God shall take away his part out of the book of life, and out of the holy city, and from the things which are written in this book. He which testifieth these things saith, Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so, come, Lord Jesus.» (Rev. 22:19-20)

PC.083.001

«Know ye not, that to whom ye yield yourselves servants to obey, his servants ye are to whom ye obey.» Study these words. Study the instruction found in Matthew 25:14-46. Compare this instruction with your life-record. Let every man put away his boasting. Self-sufficiency is a fearfully dangerous thing for any one to entertain. It leads men to make of no effect the words of Christ.

PC.083.002

Let us walk in the footsteps of Christ, in all the humility of true faith. Let us put away all self-trust, committing ourselves, day by day and hour by hour, to the Saviour, constantly receiving and imparting His grace. I beg those who profess to believe in Christ to walk humbly before God. Pride and self-exaltation are an offense to Him. «If any man will come after Me,» Christ declares, «let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.» Those only who obey this word will He recognize as His believing ones. «As many as received Him ,to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name; which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. (John 1:12-14)

PC.083.003

«And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us.» Oh, wonderful condescension! The Prince of heaven, the Commander of the heavenly hosts, stepped down from His high position, laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might become the divine Teacher of all classes of men, and live before human beings a life free from all selfishness and sin, setting them an example of what, through His grace, they may become.

PC.083.004

«The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.» Praise God for this wonderful statement! The possibilities that it presents seem almost too great for us to grasp, and put to shame our weakness and our unbelief. Let us praise God that we can see our Saviour by faith. Let us grasp the great gift. Our only hope in this life is to reach forth the hand of faith, and grasp the hand outstretched to save. Daily we are to «behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.» If we would look away from self to Jesus, making him our guide, the world would see in our churches a power that it does not now see. (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.084.001

Berrien Springs, Mich., Monday, May 22, 1904 Remarks Made by Mrs. E. G. White We may find valuable instruction in the words of Christ: «If thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath ought against thee; leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift.» (Matt. 5:23-24)

PC.084.002

In moving the College from Battle Creek and establishing it in Berrien Springs, Brethren Magan and Sutherland have acted in harmony with the light that God gave. They have worked hard under great difficulties. Upon the school there was a heavy burden of debt that they had not created. They labored and toiled and sacrificed in their endeavor to carry out right lines of education. And God has been with them. He has approved of their efforts.

PC.084.003

But who has appreciated the work that has been done in this place? Many have taken an attitude of opposition, and have spoken words that have made it hard to carry forward the work. Wicked prejudice and false accusations have been met. With some there has been a settled disposition to complain and to find fault with those who have striven with all their might to carry out the Lord’s instruction.

PC.084.004

Sister Magan worked with her husband, struggling and praying that he might be sustained. And God did sustain them, as they walked in the light. From her small store of money, Sister Magan gave five hundred dollars, to erect the Memorial Hall. She strove untiringly to maintain a perfect home government, teaching and educating her children in the fear of God. Twice she had to nurse her husband through an attack of fever.

PC.084.005

But it seemed to her as though some of our brethren had not a heart of flesh. After the General Conference in Oakland, a report was circulated that Sister White had turned against Brother Magan. There was not a word of truth to this statement. But his poor wife, who had toiled and sacrificed and prayed with him was informed that Sister White had taken a stand against her husband. O why did any one ever say such a thing? Sister White never turned against Brother Magan or against Brother Sutherland. But Sister Magan was so weighted down with sorrow that she lost her reason.

PC.084.006

I ask, Who, in the day of judgment, will be held responsible for putting out the light of that mind, that should be shining today? Who will be accountable in the day of God for the work that caused the distress which brought on this sickness? She suffered for months, and the husband suffered with her. And now the poor woman has gone, leaving two motherless children. All this, because of the work done by unsanctified tongues.

PC.084.007

Her husband has the comfort of the promise, «Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord.» Sister Magan was a Christian. She was one of Christ’s followers, and He loved her. Her works do follow her.

PC.084.008

You see the work that has been established here. You see that advancement has been made, and that the education has been carried forward in right lines. This work of opposition and dissatisfaction has come from the devil. It has cost the life of a wife and mother. But it has not taken away her crown of eternal life, nor hindered her from receiving the commendation, «Well done, good and faithful servant, . . . enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.»

PC.085.001

I would say to Brethren Magan and Sutherland, God has looked with pleasure upon you as you have struggled through the difficulties you have had to meet here. Now the work has reached a point where you can go to labor elsewhere. You have written to me that you had a burden to work in the Southern field. There is plenty of room for you there. They are in need of more workers. They need school-teachers, they need managers. We have been looking and praying for men to take up the work there, and we are glad that God has opened the way for you to work in that field.

PC.085.002

And to our brethren I can say, Brother Sutherland and Brother Magan do not go out from this place as men who have made a failure, but as men who have made a success. They have taught the students from the Bible, according to the light given through the Testimonies. The students that have been with them need not be ashamed of the education they have received.

PC.085.003

To the students I would say, You are to let your teachers go willingly. They have had a hard battle here, but they have made a success, and as they leave, the Lord will go with them. His arms will be beneath them. If they will follow on to know the Lord, they shall know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. Let the teachers and students who remain take hold of the work in the name of the Lord. Do not be discouraged or depressed.

PC.085.004

The burdens here have rested heavily upon Brother Magan. He has not yet fully recovered from the effects of the long fever. He should be allowed to rest for at least one year, that he may have opportunity to regain his strength.

PC.085.005

Brethren and sisters, has there not been among us enough of this work of criticising and accusing? Think you that you can carry this spirit with you to the heavenly courts? You might far better have been praying; you might far better have been doing the work of the Lord, than trying to discourage those who were endeavoring to carry out the educational principles that God had presented before them. Now let there be a thorough examination of your past lives. And wherever you see that you have in any way taken advantage of one of your brethren, repent of it, and make it right.

PC.085.006

I speak the truth as God has presented it to me. Sister Magan died as a martyr, right among her own brethren. My brethren, this work of hurting one another does not pay. May God help you to cleanse your hearts from this evil thing. Ask pardon of God, and ask pardon of those whom you have wronged. Soon it will be too late for wrongs to be made right, and while we have a little opportunity granted us, let us, O let us right every wrong.

PC.085.007

Every one is to be judged in the courts of heaven according to the deeds that are done in the body. And this work of oppressing souls, of making the work doubly hard for others will make a very poor showing in the books of heaven. Shall we not cease this work? We need sanctified tongues, we need lips touched by a live coal from the altar. Our voices should give forth melody. When you speak to those who are in discouragement, let them know that they have your sympathy. How much better to speak kind and tender and loving words than words that will bruise and wound the soul! Will you remember that these souls are the purchase of the blood of Christ? He says, As ye do these things unto one of the least of these, my brethren, ye do them unto Me. They are Christ’s property, and we want to lift them up, that they may be in health, in courage, in faith, in hope.

PC.086.001

Let us seek the Lord. Let us seek Him as we go from this meeting. Let us make a covenant with Him by sacrifice. God longs to meet us here. He does not want us to go away as we are now. He wants every soul to melt into tenderness before Him, that He may bestow His rich blessing upon us. Will not you, who have been accusing your brethren, come off Satan’s ground? Will you not learn to speak words that will encourage? It will not blister your tongue to speak words of tenderness and kindness. It will do you good. It will encourage in you the spirit that should dwell in you. Gather with Christ, but do not, by word or action, discourage those who are putting to the strain every nerve and muscle to carry out the work that God has directed to be done.

PC.086.002

Let us humble ourselves before God, lest He shall punish us for our course of action in these things. We want to walk humbly with God, and let the spirit of kindness reign in our lives. Let affection and love be cultivated. Let the sweet spirit of Christ come in and abide with us. When you sit together with Christ in heavenly places, let me tell you, you will reveal in your countenances the very light of heaven.

PC.086.003

If Brethren Sutherland and Magan shall leave Berrien Springs, and I believe it is their duty to go, I beg of you, for Christ’s sake, not to follow them with criticism and fault-finding. And take right hold to help and strengthen whoever comes in here to take their place.

PC.086.004

Several times, even before they took up the work in Berrien Springs, Brethren Magan and Sutherland expressed to me their burden for the work in the South. Their hearts are there. Do not blame them for going. Do not put any impediments in their way. Let them go, and may God go with them, and may His blessing attend them. They will take with them from this place many pleasant memories of seasons of peace and joy. There have been times of sorrow, but they do not go because of this. They think that they can better glorify God by going to a new field. This is their own choice; I have not persuaded them. They did not know but what Sister White would stand in their way. But when they laid the matter before me this morning, I told them that I would not hinder them for one moment. Any one who takes up work in the South has before him a hard battle. The work there should be far in advance of what it is now. We should encourage the men who go there, and hold them up by our faith and by our prayers.

PC.086.005

In the South also, our brethren have had to work under a spirit of fault-finding and accusing. I say these things to you now, that you may realize that you are not called by God to say depressing things, or to manifest a spirit of coldness and indifference to those who go to carry burdens in the South. We hope that you will remember these words, and that the terrible history of the past may not be repeated.

PC.087.001

For over twenty years, the work of the Southern field has been held up before you, but you have not done for the work what should have been done. There is a large field there, and the burden of sustaining the laborers in this field belongs to the people of America.

PC.087.002

If any of the students and workers here desire to go with Brother Magan and Brother Sutherland, let them go and help them to carry the light to those who have never heard the truth, to a class of people that has been suffering with neglect and poverty. I know that Brother Haskell and Brother Butler will be glad to have the help of Brethren Magan and Sutherland, and will unite with them in the work of God. They will have a hard time of it at the best, but if God is with them, they may know that He will sustain them. (Signed) Ellen G. White (Taken from Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.088.001

Received September 17, 1897 Extracts from a Recent Communication on Schools By Mrs. E. G. White We have labored hard to keep in check everything in the school like favoritism, attachments, and courting. We have told the students that we would not allow the first thread of this to be interwoven with their school work. On this point we were as firm as a rock. I told them that they must dismiss all idea of forming attachments while at school. The young ladies must keep themselves to themselves, and the young gentlemen must do the same. The school was established at a great expense, both of time and labor, to enable students to obtain an all-round education, that they might gain knowledge of agriculture, a knowledge of the common branches of education, and above all, a knowledge of the word of God.

PC.088.002

Those whom the Lord has presented to me as not being properly trained in the home life, who have not thought it necessary to use the powers of their mind and their physical strength and ingenuity as members of the home firm, will always look upon order and discipline as needless restraint and severity. Again and again the Lord has presented this matter before me in clear lines. The teachers must be carefully picked. No haphazard work must be done in the appointment of teachers. Those who have devoted years to study, and yet have not gained the education essential to fit them to teach others, in the lines the Lord has marked out, should not be connected with our schools as educators. They need to be taught the first principles of true, all-around education.

PC.088.003

We are living in solemn times, and the reason why there are so many failures in our schools is because teachers neglect to keep the way of the Lord. Some teachers feel the burden and carry the load of responsibility. Others do surface work. They fail to see that the woeful influence of this deficiency is seen in the words and deportment of their students. This influence counter-works the influence that God-fearing teachers, who aim to meet the high standard of Christian education, seek.

PC.088.004

I would that the teachers in our schools could be of God’s selection and appointment. Souls will be lost because of the careless work of professedly Christian teachers, who need to be taught of God day by day, else they are unfit for the position of trust. Teachers are needed who will strive to weed out their inherited and cultivated tendencies to wrong, who will come into line, wearing themselves the yoke of obedience, and thus giving an example to the students. The sense of duty to their God, and to their fellow-beings, with whom they associate, will lead such teachers to become doers of the word, and to heed counsel as to how they should conduct themselves.

PC.088.005

God holds every one responsible for the influence that surrounds his soul, on his own account, and on the account of others. He calls upon young men and young women to be strictly temperate and conscientious in the use of their faculties of mind and body. Their capabilities can be developed only by the diligent use and wise appropriation of their powers to the glory of God and the benefit of their fellow-men.

PC.089.001

To know what constitutes purity of mind, soul, and body is the highest class of education. Paul the apostle sums up in his letter to Timothy the attainments possible for him, by saying, «Keep thyself pure.» Impurity of thought or action will never be seen in the child of God. The body is represented as the temple of the Holy Spirit. Every encouragement and the richest blessings are held up before the overcomers of evil practices, but the most fearful penalties are laid upon those who profane the body and defile the soul.

PC.089.002

Students and teachers, Blessed are the pure in heart — now; not, Blessed will be the pure in heart. «Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God.» Yes, as did Moses, they shall endure the seeing of Him who is invisible. They have the assurance of the richest blessings, both in this life and in the life that is to come.

PC.089.003

Avoid exciting the brain. Too much study stimulates the brain and increases the flow of blood to it. The sure result of this is depravity. The brain cannot be unduly excited without producing impure thoughts and actions. The whole nervous system is affected, and this leads to impurity. The physical and mental powers are depraved, and the temple of the Holy Spirit is defiled. The evil practices are communicated, and the consequences cannot be estimated. I am compelled to speak plainly on this subject.

PC.089.004

The proportionate taxation of the powers of mind and body will prevent the tendency to impure thoughts and actions. Teachers should understand this. The should teach students that pure thoughts and actions are dependent on the way in which they conduct their studies. Conscientious actions are dependent on conscientious thinking. Exercise in agricultural pursuits, and in the various branches of labor is a wonderful safeguard against undue brain taxation. No man, woman, or child who fails to use all the powers God has given him can retain his health. He cannot conscientiously keep the commandments of God. He cannot love God supremely and his neighbor as himself.

PC.089.005

Many whom God has qualified to do excellent work by giving them powers to use to his glory, accomplish little because they attempt little. Thousands who come into the world pass through life as though they had no definite object for which to live, no standard to reach. Such will obtain a reward proportionate to their works. Health and a clear conscience will attend those who work faithfully keeping the glory of God in view. There are many who are mere fragments of men. In Christ is seen the perfection of Christian character. He is our Pattern. His life was not a life of indolence or ease. He lived not to please Himself. He was the Son of the infinite God, yet He worked at the carpenter’s trade with His father. As a member of the home firm, He faithfully acted His part in helping to support the family.

PC.089.006

All are capable of using their talents in God’s service. God asks them only to do their best. Those who study the life of Christ and yoke up with Him, will not use the brain only, but will reason from cause to effect, and will use every part of the human machinery. The Lord designs that useful labor shall compose a part of every man’s life.

PC.090.001

The flood of corruption that is sweeping over our world is the result of the misuse and abuse of the human machinery. Men, women, and children should be educated to labor with their hands. Then the brain will not be overtaxed, to the detriment of the whole organism. Time is a talent, to be wisely employed. The voice is a talent, to be used in communicating knowledge that will make men pure, holy, and refined. The tongue should be educated to speak in such a manner that God will be magnified. «Lord, increase my faith,» will be the prayer of the true child of God. «Deliver me from evil thoughts and perverse actions.» Thus he is enabled to say with boldness, «Behold, God is my salvation: I will trust and not be afraid. For the Lord Jehovah is my strength and my song; he also is become my salvation.» Completeness of Christian character is possible. How? — «We are complete in Him.» (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.091.001

A.-74-1910 Sanitarium, Napa Co., Cal., September 12, 1910 Mr. G. W. Amadon, Battle Creek, Michigan Dear Brother Amadon: We have heard of the calamity that overtook you during the Battle Creek camp meeting, in the wrecking of the large tent. This news does not surprise us; for the prince of the power of the air will do strange things in his efforts to hinder God’s people; and much more in the future than he has in the past.

PC.091.002

I have been surprised that we have seen so little of the working and manifestation of his wrath. I have seen that just such things as have happened at the Battle Creek camp meeting will take place again. As Lucifer sees that we are making efforts to work the cities as if we meant to give the last message, his wrath will be aroused, and he will employ every device in his power to hinder the work.

PC.091.003

Lucifer was cast out of heaven because he was fully determined to have a position above that of Christ. He could not obtain what he coveted, and there was war in heaven, and he was cast out.

PC.091.004

Satanic agencies have held control at Battle Creek, and as I read the account of your experience, I was not at all surprised; for I realize that many more such things will take place. As the cities are worked by the Lord’s messengers, there will be many strange revelations, but we are to go straight forward, heeding them not.

PC.091.005

Take the case of Job. See how Satan was permitted to show himself and his indignation against God’s servant. In the future we shall see more of the violence described in the Bible. But we must not be surprised, as though some strange thing happened unto us. As special victories are gained in the work of arousing our people to a sense of their true position, Satan will reveal himself.

PC.091.006

We were greatly blessed during our camp meeting at Berkeley. We had an exceptionally favorable location, and this I appreciated. Sara and I had rooms in a house just across the road from the campground. My room was opposite the large pavilion. I had only to walk across the street, go a short distance further, and I was in the tent. I was thankful that it was so little trouble for me to get to the speakers’ stand.

PC.091.007

Brother Crisler and his family and Willie had a cottage in the back yard of the house we occupied. It was very favorable for me to be so near my workers.

PC.091.008

The camp meeting was carried through with success, and no accidents occurred. The attendance at the meeting was large. I solicited an opportunity to speak on the last day of the meeting, when I read and explained some writings that will be of great consequence to those who will accept them. These writings I was deeply impressed to present. By faith we must grasp more firmly the words unfailing truth.

PC.092.001

About a week after returning from the camp meeting, I visited the Pacific Union College, where a special meeting was then being held by the teachers of the church schools in this conference. Sara and I left our home for the College on Friday morning, taking the longer route, because the short one is rocky, and at this time of the year very dusty. The long road is about ten miles, four miles farther round than the short route, but it is an excellent road, ascending the mountain gradually. We suffered little annoyance from the dust, but it is a drive of two and a half hours, and a continual ascent, and on reaching the school I felt very weary.

PC.092.002

Notwithstanding my weariness, I spoke to a full house the following morning. The Lord gave me freedom of speech, and I spoke for about an hour, The following words, which were on my mind. I spoke to the people:

PC.092.003

Entering the Cities: Again and again I am instructed to present to our churches in every place the work that should be done, not only where we have churches already established, but in new fields, where the truth has never been fully established. In our cities, as verily as in far-off lands, there are people of all nationalities, whose souls are precious, and who must hear the message. The way must be opened to reach those unworked fields. Decided work must be done, openings must be made.

PC.092.004

Those of our ministers who, Sabbath after Sabbath, preach to the same ones, accomplish very little. If they were wide awake, their words would make a decided impression and souls would be enlightened and led to accept the truth.

PC.092.005

It is impossible for man to measure the ingenuity shown by Satan in deceiving human minds. As Christ saw the working out of Satan’s plans to deceive man in many ways, He gladly came to our world as an infant, to live in this world, to meet the wily foe in every stage of human life, and to counterwork his Satanic wiles. No one could understand as Christ did the enemy’s power of deception. He saw that the world was being captivated by the delusive power exercised through commercialism of various kinds. He came to take human nature, and to stay this overwhelming power of deception, which was leading souls to their ruin.

PC.092.006

Thus was laid the plan for Christ to act His part as a Saviour. He came to our world to live, and suffer, and die, that He might win to God the souls deceived by Satan. He is wise in an understanding of the tempter’s plans, and He can teach men and women how to become wise to discern and to escape the corruption that Satan is constantly inventing.

PC.092.007

Christ declared, I have pledged Myself, as the only begotten Son of the Lord God Almighty, to carry out God’s plan to win souls from Satan to the Lord’s side. Christ alone can defeat the enemy. He works in man’s behalf to uncover his plans, that souls may be led to turn from the arch-deceiver. (Signed) (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection) Ellen G. White

PC.093.001

January 16, 1906-7- Sanitarium, California, January 15, 1906 Dear Brother Amadon: I have received your letter. I will send you copies of things taken from my diaries. These articles contain presentations and instructions given me, point by point. For instance, the evening after the Sabbath I retired, and rested well without ache or pain until half past ten. I was unable to sleep. I had received instruction, and I seldom lie in bed after such instruction comes. There was a company assembled in Battle Creek, and instruction was given by One in our midst that I was to repeat and repeat with pen and voice. I left my bed, and wrote for five hours as fast as my pen could trace the lines. Then I rested on the bed for an hour, and slept part of the time.

PC.093.002

I placed the matter in the hands of my copyist, and on Monday morning it was waiting for me, placed inside my office door on Sunday evening. There were four articles ready for me to read over, and make any corrections needed. The matter is now prepared, and some of it will go in the mail today.

PC.093.003

This is the line of work that I am carrying on. I do most of my writing while the other members of the family are asleep. I build my fire, and then write uninterruptedly, sometimes for hours. I write while others are asleep. Who then has told Sister White? A messenger that is appointed.

PC.093.004

If Elder Daniells is in Battle Creek, please place in his hands the manuscripts I send you. I have my work to do, to meet the misconceptions of those who suppose themselves able to say what is testimony from God and what is human production. If those who have done this work continue in this course, Satanic agencies will choose for them. At the Berrien Springs meeting, the richest blessing was proffered them. This blessing they could have had if they had let Christ help them, confessing their wicked obstinacy. But they refused to take the right course. The holy angels turned away, and evil angels have been holding sway over minds. Evil angels obtained the victory at that meeting. But there is no need for me to give the particulars of this.

PC.093.005

If Brother Daniells is not in Battle Creek, please read to the church what I am sending you. I have many letters to write, and I can not add more to this now. There is just one thing the Lord calls for, and that is, for every man, minister, or physician, or lay member, to confess his own sins. Each one will have a hard battle to fight with his own perverse self. Those who have stood directly in the way of the people, having a clear realization of their perilous condition, will have an account to settle with God. Those who have helped souls to feel at liberty to specify what is of God in the Testimonies, and what are the uninspired words of Sister White, will find that they were helping the devil in his work of deception. Please read Testimony No. 33, p. 211, «How to Receive Reproof.» (Or, Testimonies, Vol. 5, p. 683). (Signed) (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection) Ellen G. White

PC.094.001

«Sunnyside,» Cooranbong, N. S. W., May 26, 1896 Elder O. A. Olsen Review And Herald Battle Creek, Michigan My Dear Brother Olsen: I received the American mail on Monday, the 25th, and today, Tuesday, Sister McEnterfer read me a letter of which I send you a copy. Whether this particular case is correct or incorrect, just such scenes have been presented before me.

PC.094.002

I have written to Brother_____in reference to himself and his responsibilities. He was answered me in a good humble spirit; and I pray the Lord to strengthen him to resist temptation.

PC.094.003

Now, my brother, I want you to make it your first business to investigate, in company with some others of a different spiritual experience than that of_____, and every one of like influence, every man in that office, and that you will make it your special business to inquire of the youth who are employed there in regard to their work. Open your eyes wide to see what needs adjustment and correction.

PC.094.004

Less long, sweeping journeys across the continent, and more close investigation of the true inward working of the heart is essential. The rooms in the office need inspection, that the things you know not, you may discern and search out. The temple of God must be cleansed, that His name shall not be dishonored by men who are not connected with Him. My heart is pained as, in my dreams, I am visited, and appealed to by different ones, placing the corruptions in the office of publication before me. I awaken to find it a dream; but know it to be the truth. My dear brother, the spirit of severity, of lording it over the ignorant and helpless, is being opened before me. In the place of the office being an educating school to prepare the youth to give their hearts to the Lord, the teachers and overseers, by their course of action, drive them on to Satan’s battleground. It is not a place where the Lord Jesus is entertained as a heavenly guest. Some of the overseers, and the workers under their supervision, give little time to thoughts of a high and holy order; the Lord is not glorified.

PC.094.005

I wrote some time since in reference to the Oakland office, and then my guide revealed to me that the same spirit, in a more decided manner, leavened the office at Battle Creek; and there were souls lost, eternally lost, through the influence of words of severity and of harshness. Things will transpire in our institutions that will need adjustment, and at once; but let the reformation be made with a spirit to restore, not to destroy. We are fearfully behind in the work of Christ for the saving of souls. We have not that sharp conception of duty required by the truth which we profess to love and to honor. We allow a freezing atmosphere to surround our souls; we withhold words that ought to be spoken from the Scriptures. In order to fulfil our duty as God’s faithful watchmen, we should give words of correction in humility of mind, «considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted.» Neglect not to bind up, with your reproof, words of encouragement. Be cheerful, but not light and trifling; pray for discernment, for a wholesome, Christ-like spirit. Paul, in his letter to the Philippians, said, «And this I pray, that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment; that you may approve things that are excellent; that ye may be sincere and without offense till the day of Christ; being fulled with the fruits of righteousness, which are by Jesus Christ, unto the praise and glory of God.» (1:9-11)

PC.095.001

Sincerity means much more than many are inclined to suppose. It means being true to your brother; never allowing yourself to do him wrong, or suffer him to be unfaithful in the discharge of his duty.

PC.095.002

Those who are set to keep the rooms in a healthful condition, that the angel of God passing through may approve, must be sincere. There must be no haphazard work. Carry the Spirit of Christ in all your dealings. I would not, under any consideration, send a child of mine to learn the printer’s trade under the present discipline and management of the several rooms. All are not managed in exactly the same objectionable manner; but all are much in need of the sanctifying grace of Jesus Christ. Are the men set over others, wise counsellors of youth? Are they sincere Christians, or make-believers? Is their submission to divine authority as perfect as that they require of the youth who are being educated under them? Overbearing, harsh words are unprofitable in professors of religion. A harsh, tyrannical spirit has come in, resulting in great and various evils. The temptations to sin come to every youth; and the overseers in every room need to be thoroughly converted men. What are the attributes most prized, and which bring greatest joy to the Saviour who died to save sinners? It is to have men and women cooperating with him to seek and to save the lost. Everyone who is self-denying, self-sacrificing, for the sake of helping poor souls that need help, will have his reward. If we are children of God, we should be, and will be, living channels of light.

PC.095.003

Those who have not received Christ as their personal Saviour should never be placed as directors of the youth. If they cannot submit themselves to the control of God, they are not qualified to teach order and law to those brought under them. Those who claim to be Christ’s disciples, if they themselves under disciple to God, will make tender, loving, wise guides and instructors of the youth; for Christ says, «I will manifest myself unto them.»(sic)

PC.095.004

If we love one another God dwelleth in us, and His love is perfected in us; and that love cannot be restrained. God is love, and he that dwelleth in love, dwelleth in God, and God in him. Only by becoming a partaker of the divine nature can the law of God be fulfilled by men. Only he who loves God with all the heart, soul, mind, and strength, and his neighbor as himself, can give glory to God in the highest, and peace on earth, good will to men. This was the work of Christ; and when his work is appreciated and represented by his followers, the great result will be achieved in the «joy that was set before him» in the saving of the souls for whom He gave His life.

PC.096.001

The Lord has been laboring constantly from age to age to awaken in the souls of men a sense of their divine brotherhood, and thus to establish an order and divine harmony proportionate to the great and eternal deliverance He has wrought out for everyone who will receive Him. The Lord calls upon all who profess to believe in Him to be co-workers with Him, and to use every God-given ability, opportunity, and privilege to lead perishing souls within the sphere of their influence, to Jesus Christ. Here is the only hope for transformation of character; this will give peace and joy in believing, and fit them for the society of the heavenly angels in the kingdom of God. O how earnest, persevering, and untiring should be the efforts of every sin-pardoned soul to seek to bring other souls to Jesus Christ, that their neighbor shall become joint-heirs with Jesus. Whoever is your neighbor is to be sought for, labored for. Is he ignorant? Let your communication, your association, make him more intelligent. The outcast, the youth, full of defects in character, are the very ones God enjoins upon us to help. «I came not to call the righteous,» said Christ, «but sinners to repentance.»

PC.096.002

See what sinners the colored people were, the downtrodden, the poor. These Christ died to save, and they can, through painstaking and judicious management, become trophies of His grace, heirs to God, and joint-heirs with Jesus Christ. Through faith in Jesus Christ they become purified, sanctified; for the religion of Jesus Christ never degrades the receiver, but works with transforming power, refining the taste, sanctifying the judgment, fitting the soul for the entrance of the word that giveth life, that giveth understanding even to the simple. Those who will be humble enough to learn, the very nobility of the world will consider it an honor to go to heaven in their company, and angels of God will cooperate with such as are workers together with God. We need to hunger and thirst after righteousness, that we may have Christ in us as a well of water, springing up into everlasting life.

PC.096.003

Right at the head of the work there must be deeper piety, more faithful taking heed to the word of God, a watching for souls as they that must give an account. Each worker should be moved by a living, abiding, converting principle. It is not large establishments where much money is invested to make them more convenient, that will obtain influence and win hearts. The school and the office should be an asylum for the sorely tempted youth. They are God’s property. They have hearts to be won; they have souls to save. Instead of spending money in bicycles, in picture-making, in little and great idols to place upon your tables and on your walls, let the means be used to gather in the youth; teach them, and patiently watch over them, in wisdom dealing with their follies. Pray with them alone. Converse with them, with hearts filled with pity and that love which Christ has shown for you. Angels of God will give every true worker a rich experience in doing this work. We are to labor in earnest to break down every barrier that has been built up to keep Christ from entering the citadel of the heart. There is more joy in heaven over one sinner that repenteth than over ninety and nine persons that (think they) need no repentance. Let instructors do their duty patiently, and although they may be often tried, be assured they will not fail nor be discouraged. Be not weary in well-doing; the heavenly intelligences will work with your every effort. A word of love and encouragement will do more to subdue the hasty temper and wilful disposition than all the fault-finding and severe censure that you can heap upon the erring ones.

PC.097.001

It is those who are in positions of trust, those who have great light, large opportunities, who are not forming characters and carrying into their life practice principles that will stand the test of trial. These need to be rebuked sharply for their influence over the young. The impetuous temper must be eradicated. When provoked do not pour out a torrent of words and commit sin; but talk with your Lord about it. Say to your soul, «Be still, and know that I am God.» If the God-given responsibilities of saving souls ready to perish, were understood, old habits, traditionary sentiments that clog and hinder reformatory action would be cut away from the heart and life, and a transformation would take place in character. Advice, reproof, and counsel should be given patiently, taking the bitterness of the self-mingling spirit out of it. The language should not be exaggerated, but should be gentle and humble, The stern, harsh spirit that humiliates and crushes the wrong-doer will seldom work a reformation. «Thy gentleness hath made me great.» It sets before the wrong-doer his sins, and helps him to recover himself from the snares of Satan.

PC.097.002

God has not set any man on the judgment seat. «Judge not,» He said, «that ye be not judged.» The grace of humility should be cherished in the heart. It will modify and mold the words that fall from our lips, into expressions of Christ-like tenderness and care. The Master’s work is not to be neglected; but it must be done in love, declaring the Master’s message in the Master’s Spirit.

PC.097.003

Wrongs are often in need of being met; and though firmness and decision may be required, it should not be done in an arbitrary overbearing, crushing manner. Not until the heart is cleansed and purified through obedience to the truth can we be laborers together with God, and work with the mind of Christ. (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.098.001

Sanitarium P. O., Napa Co., California December 26, 1906 Dear Brother Olsen: I am not in the best condition to write to you; for, for the past week I have been suffering from my third attack of influenza this winter. I have been having special treatment for this disease, and am now improving.

PC.098.002

We see in our world confusion upon confusion. We hear of accidents by sea and by land. Crime is increasing, this we know from the reports of our daily newspapers. Political developments in San Francisco are of a character to show how little confidence can be placed in the men who occupy official positions. Many of these men, some even who profess to be religious, are being exposed before the public as guilty of various crimes. They are giving evidence that it is time for the Lord of heaven to destroy their property. The last great issue is soon to come. We must see, we must understand, that the spirit of God is being withdrawn from the wicked nations who have long discarded God’s work, His holy law, and have formed false theories and false laws, exalting them above the commandments of God.

PC.098.003

The signs are certainly fulfilling that show that the end of this earth’s history is near; and we have an individual work to do in fitting ourselves to sound the last message of warning to our world, and prepare it for the closing scenes which according to the word of God, are soon to come. I feel deeply the need of every worker to stand as faithful watchmen to give this last note of warning, to prepare the church that those who have had the light may be awake, realizing the importance of keeping every piece of the armor on.

PC.098.004

«This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, truce-breakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God; from such turn away; having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof. Ever learning (ever presenting some new theory) but never able to come to a knowledge of the truth.» (2 Tim.3:1-7)

PC.098.005

This whole chapter is being fulfilled in San Francisco and Oakland at the present time. These cities, through their newspapers, are daily opening to us their true condition, the iniquity of their high officials. The very men who are placed in office to suppress evil are themselves corrupted with all kinds of evil works.

PC.098.006

«As Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses, so do these also resist the truth; men of corrupt minds; reprobate concerning the faith. But they shall proceed no farther; for their folly shall be manifest unto all men, as theirs also was.» We have been given this example in Bible History to teach us that God will vindicate His word and fulfil His holy purpose. (2 Tim. 3:8-9)

PC.098.007

By way of contrast the apostle presents the opposite condition of morals that will exist among those who are faithful in their service for keeping the law of God. «Thou hast fully known my doctrine, manner of life, purpose, faith, longsuffering, charity, patience, persecutions, afflictions, which came into me at Antioch, at Iconium, at Lystra; what persecutions I endured.» Then for our encouragement he sounds the glad word, «Out of them all the Lord delivered me. Yea, and all that will live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution. But evil men and seducers shall wax worse and worse, deceiving and being deceived. But continue thou in the things which thou hast learned, and hast been assured of, knowing of whom thou hast learned them; and that from a child thou hast known the holy Scriptures, which are able to make thee wise unto salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus. All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works.» Read also Paul’s solemn charge to Timothy in the fourth chapter of second Timothy.

PC.099.001

The time spent by the officials of San Francisco in investigating the frauds of some of their officers has been, in the providence of God, a precious opportunity for Brethren Simpson and Hibbard to present the truth to large congregations in the city of Oakland. Before these brethren began their series of meetings, Elder Haskell and wife were holding meetings in the large tent in Oakland, following up the work of the camp meeting, and instruction (classes) some who wished to learn how to do Bible work. This was a successful meeting. The Lord manifested His power and grace. Elder Hibbard assisted Elder Haskell in his work, speaking at the evening meetings. This brought the truth before the people of Oakland in clear lines; and the work was continued until Elder Simpson commenced his tent effort.

PC.099.002

Brother Simpson’s meetings were largely attended, and the people listened to his words with spellbound interest; the interest continued from first to last. With his Bible in his hand, and basing all his arguments on the word of God, Brother Simpson traced out before them the prophecies of Daniel and Revelation. His own words were few; he made the Scriptures themselves explain the truth to the people. After giving them the truth, Elder Simpson would draw an expression of opinion from his congregation. «Now,» he would say, «those who see the truth of what I am saying, raise your hands;» and in response many hands would be raised. I can only poorly represent to you the interest his work has created.

PC.099.003

In his teaching, Elder Simpson showed that the Spirit of prophecy has an important part to act in the establishment of the truth. When binding off his work, he called for me to go to Oakland to speak to the people.

PC.099.004

When the call came, I had just begun to recover from an attack of influenza; but I said, I will go. This was the first time for four weeks that I had left my home premises. We left St. Helena on Thursday afternoon. On Friday I was very ill; nevertheless I spoke on the Sabbath in the Congregational church in which our people usually meet for their Sabbath worship. Between four and five hundred people were assembled. I was feeling weak from my illness; but I prayed that God would help me. As soon as I began. to speak, the reviving influence of the Spirit of God came upon me, and I was strengthened. I spoke one hour and fifteen minutes with a clear voice; for the power of His grace was upon me. I was very thankful for this evidence of the power of the Spirit of God.

PC.100.001

On Sunday I rode several miles to the Baths, where Elder Simpson baptized thirty-one candidates. The service was beautifully conducted, and everything passed off with perfect order. The songs interspersed through the service seemed to be carrying the joyful news to heaven. As many more persons will be baptized in about four weeks’ time; for all were not fully prepared to go forward in this ordinance at that time. My heart is filled with gratitude for this representation of those who have received the truth under the teaching of Elder Simpson.

PC.100.002

I have also spoken in the meeting house in San Francisco which James White and I and a few others were the means of establishing there. The house was preserved through the San Francisco fire, and only slightly injured. The chimneys were thrown down, and some of the plaster shaken off.

PC.100.003

The work is still being carried forward in San Francisco and Oakland; for souls must be warned. Now is our time and opportunity, while these revelations of dishonesty and fraudulent transactions are being made. While these people have these things brought daily before their notice, the reasonable arguments of the word of God, its predictions that just such practices will be carried on in every city, will appeal to their minds and consciences better than would any language we could use to represent the existing evil and point out their meaning. Elder Simpson will take up his work again in about two weeks’ time, and after that he will labor in San Francisco. The truth is being proclaimed in these cities as it has never been before. We feel that now is our time to work, just now. We must unite, be united in the work, and press together.

PC.100.004

My workers are now engaged in preparing my diaries of my experience in Europe and Australia. We want to prepare this matter for book publication, that the people may understand the character of the work the Lord has given me to do for the last half century.

PC.100.005

I am of good courage in the Lord, and I praise His holy name for this. (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.101.001

George’s Terrace, February 6, 1894 Mr. and Mrs. J. E. White Dear Children: Since the camp meeting we have settled down in the school building. We are very pleasantly situated in the second story of terrace no. 3. I have a very large room with three ample windows. I sleep in this room, and have plenty of air. The next apartment is the dining room, pleasant and roomy. May sleeps alone in that room. Sister Tuxford and May do the cooking in still another room. We go down a half-a-dozen steps from the dining room, then up two or three steps; first we come to the bath room, then to the kitchen with a gas stove, then to still another room, where Sister Tuxford and Emily sleep and Emily does her work. Our family consists of Sister Tuxford, Marian, Emily, May, and myself. Here we are, well settled, to remain only six weeks; then we must be emptied out, for the fall term of school begins.

PC.101.002

I am getting to be very tired of moving. It worries me out, settling and unsettling, gathering up Manuscripts and scattering them, to be gathered up again. If I should look to my poor, finite self, I should soon become discouraged; but in looking unto Jesus, the Author and Finisher of my faith, I take courage, and press forward with His name on my lips to the mark for the prize of the high calling which is in Christ Jesus. If we at times feel our infirmities encompassing us, and a discouragement comes upon us, we must look away from self unto Jesus, and pray for spiritual eyesight. We need it now, in order to understand His word. A flood of light is poured into the chambers of the mind and the soul temple that we may understand the scriptures. There is truth, precious, sacred truth. «The entrance of thy words giveth light; it giveth understanding to the simple.» All who are simple (meek and lowly in heart) will humble self, and seek counsel of the Lord in His Holy word. Feeling is nothing reliable, but the word is solid rock. We can safely study our Bibles, and the Holy Spirit will impress our minds and heart.

PC.101.003

The Lord has a work for you to do, and if you listen to His voice, you will not be left in darkness. The Saviour says, «My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me.» «And a stranger will they not follow; for they know not the voice of strangers.» I am sure that the Lord is revealing to you the perfection and fullness of the atoning work, that your whole heart may be filled with love and thanksgiving, and that you may reveal to others that which the Lord is revealing to you. The image of Christ engraved upon the heart is reflected in character, in practical life, day by day, because we represent a personal Saviour. The Holy Spirit is promised to all who will ask for it. When you search the scriptures, the Holy Spirit is by your side, personating Jesus Christ. The truth is a living principle made to shine in precious clearness to the understanding, and then, O then, it is time to speak words from the Living Christ. «Ye are laborers together with God.» Christ said to the woman of Samaria, «If thou knowest the gift of God, and who it is that said to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water. . . A well of water springing up into everlasting life.» Those who have the out pouring of the gospel of Christ which comes from the heart imbued by His Holy Spirit will give light and comfort and hope to hearts that are hungering and thirsting for righteousness. It is not excitement we wish to create, but deep, earnest consideration, that those who hear shall do solid work, real, sound, genuine work that will be enduring as eternity. We hunger not for excitement, for the sensational; the less we have of this, the better. The calm, earnest reasoning from the scriptures is precious and fruitful. Here is the secret of success, in preaching a living, personal Saviour in so simple and earnest a manner that the people may be able to lay hold by faith of the power of the word of life. Present not Anna Phillips’ productions, but the truth, substantiated by the authority of the living word, which is the power of God unto salvation.

PC.102.001

My dear Son Edson, I am deeply interested in your experience, and I hope you will trust in the Lord continually. I hope you will not allow your feelings to control you. God has given you a work to do; be faithful to your Redeemer. God can open the way before you, he can place your feet in safe paths, and lead you on to victory. We want to understand daily the meaning of these words: «Turned to God.» Here are true holiness, rest and peace, grace and glory. Turn not to any living man to be your helper. Tell everything to Jesus. He knows all the bearings, all the results of every purpose and every plan. His wisdom is unerring, and He has given evidence how much He loves His purchased possession, and how willing, how gratified He is to help His children, to guide them in judgment. My God shall supply all your need, according to His riches in glory by Jesus Christ.

PC.102.002

Then come to Jesus although you feel your unworthiness. The life of simple dependence upon God is a daily lesson in knowing God and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent. «He that spared not his own Son, but delivered him up for us all, how shall he not with him also freely give us all things?» The voice of invitation is, «Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.» To God, only to God, pour out the sorrows, the great needs and troubles of your soul. He will help you. «My soul, wait thou only upon God; for my expectation is from him. He only is my rock and my salvation; he is my defence; I shall not be moved.» (Ps. 62:5-6)

PC.102.003

Under the showers of the latter rain the inventions of man, the human machinery, will at times be swept away, the boundary of man’s authority will be as broken reeds, and the Holy Spirit will speak through the living, human agent with convincing power. No one then will watch to see if the sentences are well rounded off, if the grammar is faultless. The living water will flow in God’s own channels. But let us be careful now not to exalt the men, their sayings and doings; and let not any one consider it a grand point to have a startling experience to relate; for here is a fruitful field where credence will be given to unworthy persons. Young men and women will be lifted up, and will regard themselves as wonderfully favored, called to do some great thing. There will be conversions many, after a peculiar order but they will not bear the divine signature. Immorality will come in and extravagance and many will make shipwreck of faith. Our only safety is in keeping fast hold of Jesus. Never are we to lose sight of Him. He says, «Without me ye can do nothing.» We must cultivate an abiding sense of our own inefficiency and helplessness and rely wholly on Jesus. This should keep us individually calm and steadfast in words and deportment. Excitement in the speaker is not power but weakness. Earnestness and energy are essential in presenting Bible truth, the gospel, which is the power of God unto salvation.

PC.103.001

March 16, I am unable to sleep this morning, and arise from my bed at two o’clock to write to you, my dear children. In the last letter that I sent you I made suggestions in reference to your coming to this country, but I fear that our course of action will be such that it will not be advisable at present. Your plans in reference to working for the colored people are, I believe, correct. But, Edson, do not gather responsibilities upon yourself. The enemy will seek to get you involved in plans and in inventions that will embarrass you. Take up the work in some line where you can work to a purpose. The talent God has given you in the ability to comprehend the truths of His word is a precious gift. If your opportunities are improved, your mind will be led into fruitful study, to an intelligent understanding of the grand, elevating, sanctifying truths for this time, and you can bless others in your work.

PC.103.002

The Lord evidently designs to cut you clear from any earthly dependence and to teach you the precious lessons of entire trust in Him. The Holy Spirit has been grieved that you have not surrendered your will to God’s will, and years have passed into eternity, that might have been rich in good works for the saving of souls. I wish I could communicate all that is in my mind upon some points, but today the mail leaves for America, and I have not been able to write as much as I desired. Since I came to Melbourne the work has been pressing urgently upon me. I have spoken in Brighton and in Williams-town, where the interest is excellent, and the field ripe for the harvest. The weather has been very warm, and it has been taxing to speak under the tent, but I have reason to praise my heavenly Father that he grants me so largely of His Holy Spirit, that I can continue to bear the message of His grace and love in demonstration of His Spirit. The congregations listen with profound interest. Should I not praise God for this with heart and soul and voice?

PC.103.003

In Brighton several have taken their position on the Sabbath. In Williamstown also some have decided to obey the truth. There was not a Sabbath-keeper in the place when the tent was set up there, but the interest has steadily increased since camp meeting, several are now in the valley of decision. I speak in the hall in that place next Sunday afternoon. O my son, I pray for the Lord to work in His own way upon the minds of the people, that a healthy church may be raised up in Williamstown. Already the matter of erecting a church building in this place is under serious consideration. It can be done, and must be done at once. Besides laboring for these who are just hearing the truth, we find work to do in setting things in order among ourselves, that the machinery may run without friction.

PC.103.004

Edson, I feel a deep interest for your prosperity, and I know that your only safe course is to break away from every business transaction, and put your mind and soul into the exposition of the word. Be determined that you will not fail nor be discouraged. If you trust in the Lord moment by moment, if you search the scriptures with earnest prayer, you will have opened to you the richest treasures from the word of God. In humility, as a learner in the school of Christ, you will learn His meekness and lowliness of heart. God is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him than parents are to give good gifts unto their children. I am sure that there is a heaven full of the richest enduring treasures to be freely given to all who will appropriate them to themselves, and becoming enriched thereby will impart freely to others. I know this to be truth. I have many things to say; my heart is full of thankfulness. I often awake in the night season praising the Lord that He has given me the measure of health I now enjoy, and that His hand, in loving, pitying tenderness, has laid hold upon you, my son, and placed your feet upon the Solid Rock. And in this I see how much can be done in saving other poor souls that are ready to perish.

PC.104.001

But there are presented to me dangers and quicksands that must be carefully avoided. While those who are obeying the word in Isaiah, «Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show my people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins,» in this work so essential to be done, things will be encouraged that will result in marring the work of God, unless the messengers are endowed with heavenly wisdom. We must act like men in earnest. We need to obtain a rich daily experience in prayer; we should be like the importunate widow, who, in her conscious need, overcame the unjust judge by the bare force of her determined pleading. God will be enquired of to do these things for us; for this is giving depth and solidity to our experience. The soul that seeks God will need to be in earnest. He is a rewarder of all those that seek him diligently.

PC.104.002

There are quicksands upon which many are in danger of being swamped. It is always safe to seek for the earnest of the Spirit of God, if we do not mingle with it a force and presumption that is not heaven born. There is need of caution in all our utterances lest some poor souls of ardent temperament shall work themselves up into a zeal not according to knowledge. They will act as though it was their prerogative to use the Holy Spirit instead of letting the Holy Spirit use them, and mold and fashion them after the Pattern of the divine. There is danger of running ahead of Christ. We should honor the Holy Spirit by following where it shall lead. «Lean not to thine own understanding.» This is one danger of those who teach the truth to others. To follow where Christ leads is a safe path for our feet. His work will stand. Whatsoever God saith is truth.

PC.104.003

But ministers who bear the last message of mercy to fallen men must utter no random words; they must not open doors whereby Satan shall find access to human minds. It is not our work to experiment, to study out something new and startling that will create excitement. Satan is watching his chance to take advantage of anything of this order that he may bring in his deceiving elements. The Holy Spirit moving upon the human agents, will keep the mind well balanced. There will not be a wrought-up excitement, to be followed by reaction. Satan will make use of every extravagant expression to the injury, not only of the speaker but of those who shall catch the same spirit and infuse others to their harm. Calmness and solemnity should be cultivated; the solemn truths we dwell upon will lead us to manifest deep earnestness. How can we do otherwise when weighted with the most sacred message to bear to perishing souls, weighted by the sense of the nearness of our Saviour’s coming.

PC.105.001

If we are constantly looking unto Jesus and receiving His Spirit, we shall have clear eye sight. Then we shall discern the perils on every side, and shall guard every word we utter, lest Satan find opportunity to weave in his deceptions. We do not want to have the minds of the people wrought up into an excitement. We should not encourage an expectation to see strange and wonderful things. But teach them to follow Jesus, step by step. Preach Jesus Christ, in whom our hope of eternal life is centered.

PC.105.002

The enemy is preparing to deceive the whole world by his miracle working power. He will assume to personate the angels of light, to personate Jesus Christ. Every one who teaches the truth for this time is to preach the word. Those who cling to the word will not throw open the doors for Satan by making unguarded statements in reference to prophesying or to dreams and visions. To a greater or less degree false manifestations have been coming in, here and there, since 1844, after the time when we looked for the second coming of Christ. We have had them in the Garmire case, in the statements of E. R. Jones, in the Stanton movement. We shall have them more and more, and like faithful sentinels we must be on guard. Letters are coming to me from many persons concerning visions which they have had and feel it their duty to relate. May the Lord help His servants to be cautious.

PC.105.003

When the Lord has a genuine channel of light, there are always plenty of counterfeit. Satan will surely enter any door thrown open for him. He will give messages of truth mingling with the truth ideas of his own, prepared to mislead souls, to draw the mind to human beings and their sayings, and prevent it from holding firmly to a Thus saith the Lord. In God’s dealing with His people, all is quiet; with those who trust in Him all is calm and unpretending. There will be simple, true, earnest believers in the Bible, and there will be doers of the word as well as hearers. There will be sound, earnest, sensible, waiting upon God. The believer will hang his helpless soul on Jesus Christ. Christ will be exalted. Working and praying, watching and waiting, is our position. We should not desire to be recognized and to have our work appreciated in the fullest measure. Heaven is the best and safest place in which to hear from the lips of our Redeemer the result of our work.

PC.105.004

It is not necessary or helpful nor is it pleasing to the spiritual worker, to have the name paraded in the papers with flattering words concerning his talents and efficiency. God knows all about the work accomplished by every laborer in His vineyard. I plead not for less earnestness, for every soul needs now the vitalizing power of God; but if the Holy Spirit works through the human agent it is because he hides self in Jesus, and becomes (he is) in Christ a laborer together with God.

PC.105.005

My son, walk humbly with God. Your power and efficiency are in Jesus. The mighty tide of spiritual power will come upon the men who preach the word, uplifting Jesus. This inspires in the hearer a living faith, which brings forth fruit abundantly. We want the truth spoken to human hearts by men that have been baptized with holy love for Christ, and for the purchase of His blood, men who are themselves thoroughly impressed with the truth they are presenting to others; and who are practicing the same in their own life. The word of God is sure, and every speaker should seek to link the hearer to Christ (read John 17:22-24; Eph. 1:3-8).

PC.106.001

Here are presented to us the riches of heaven’s blessings. We cannot conceive of anything greater or more blessed. We have here the possibility before the human agent. It is the will of God that we should be so thoroughly identified with His Son that we shall be one with Christ as Christ is one with the Father. Through faith we may be wholly one with Christ; we may have our entire soul, body and spirit bound up with Christ in God, so that we shall share in the very same love wherewith Christ is loved by the Father.

PC.106.002

And we are to be sharers in His glory; for Christ says, «The glory which thou givest me I have given them.» What is that glory? The character of Christ. Can we ask any greater endowment? To have any place in heaven, to be in the presence of Christ, seems a blessing too great for sinful human beings to enjoy. But the marvelous mercy and goodness and love of God are beyond our comprehension. By accepting Christ as his personal Saviour, man is brought into the same close relation to God, and enjoys His special favor as does His own beloved Son. He is honored and glorified and intimately associated with God, his life being hid with Christ in God. O, what love, what wondrous love! Read the scriptures referred to; copyist left them out for want of time.

PC.106.003

This is my teaching — moral purity. The opening up of the blackness of impurity will not be one half as efficacious in uprooting sin as will the presentation of these grand and ennobling themes. The Lord has not given to women a message to assail men, and charge them with their impurity and incontinence. They create sensuality in place of uprooting it. The Bible, and the Bible alone has given the true lessons upon purity. Then preach the word. Such is the grace of God, such the love wherewith He hath loved us, even when we were dead in trespasses and sins, enemies in our minds by wicked works, loving divers lusts and pleasures, the slaves of debase appetites and passions, servants of sin and Satan. What depth of love is manifested in Christ, as He becomes the propitiation for our sins. Through the ministration of the Holy Spirit souls are led to find forgiveness of sins.

PC.106.004

The purity, the holiness of the life of Jesus as presented from the word of God, possess more power to reform and transform the character than do all the efforts put forth in picturing the sins and crimes of men and the sure results. One steadfast look to the Saviour uplifted upon the cross will do more to purify the mind and heart from every defilement than will all the scientific explanations by the ablest tongues. Before the cross the sinner sees his unlikeness of character to Christ, he sees the terrible consequences of transgression, he hates the sin that he has practiced, and he lays hold upon Jesus by living faith. He has judged his position of uncleanness in the light of the presence of God and the heavenly intelligence. He has measured it by the standard of the cross; he has weighed it in the balances of the Sanctuary. The purity of Christ has revealed to him his own impurity in its odious colors. He turns from the defiling sin, he looks to Jesus and lives.

PC.107.001

He finds an all absorbing, commanding, attractive character in Jesus Christ, the One who died to deliver him from the deformity of sin, and with quivering lip and tearful eye he declares, «He shall not have died for me in vain. Thy gentleness hath made me great.» How prone we are on all occasions to look to our fellowmen for sympathy for uplifting, instead of looking to Jesus! How ready is the human agent to forsake the fountain of living waters, the cool snow waters of Lebanon, and drink of the turbid streams of the valley. O, in His mercy and faithfulness, God will cause our fellow-men in whom we place confidence to fail us in order that we may learn the folly of trusting in man, and making flesh our arm. Listen to the words of the prophet: (see Jer. 17:5-8). Talk of heavenly things, talk of the eternal weight of glory that will be awarded to the overcomer, and you will have success in your work. (Signed) (Mother) Ellen G. White

PC.108.001

Sanitarium, Napa Co, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell: I thank you for your letter, telling me about your movements and plans. . . .

PC.108.002

That you should receive an invitation to go to Battle Creek, and give Bible lessons to the nurses and medical students, is not a surprise to me. I have been instructed that an effort would be made to obtain your names as teachers to the nurses at Battle Creek, so that the managers of the Sanitarium can say to our people that Elder and Mrs. Haskell are to give a course of lessons to the Battle Creek Sanitarium nurses, and use this as a means of decoying to Battle Creek those who otherwise would heed the cautions about going there for their education.

PC.108.003

I warn you against doing anything which would help those who are working directly contrary to the counsels of God, to carry out any of their deceptive plans. I know you would not willingly place yourself in any such position, and I warn you because I know the men and the plans better than you do.

PC.108.004

If you should be drawn into such a plan, it would bring much perplexity upon me, and I should have another hard battle to fight. You must take no part in healing «the hurt of the daughter of My people slightly.» Should the word to forth that Elder and Mrs. Haskell were to take part in teaching the nurses in the Battle Creek Sanitarium, it would be my duty to send forth testimonies, that I do not wish to be called upon to bear.

PC.108.005

Elder and Mrs. Farnsworth have been requested to spend some time in Battle Creek, laboring for the church. I encourage them to do so, and shall counsel them how to labor. It will be well for Elder Farnsworth and Elder A. T. Jones to stand shoulder to shoulder preaching the Word in the tabernacle for a time, and giving the trumpet a certain sound. There are in Battle Creek souls who need bracing up. Many will gladly hear and distinguish the note of warning. But Elder Farnsworth should not remain in Battle Creek long. I write these things to you, because it is important that they should be understood.

PC.108.006

God would have men of talent who will not deviate from the principles of righteousness to stand in defense of the truth in the tabernacle at Battle Creek. One man should not be stationed in Battle Creek for a long time. After he has faithfully proclaimed the truth for a time, he should leave to labor elsewhere, and some one else be appointed who will give the trumpet a certain sound.

PC.108.007

We should understand by experience word for word the message the Lord gave to Isaiah, and from this message there is to be no deviation. The Holy Spirit’s meaning will be understood. This meaning is not to be changed a hair’s breadth to harmonize with any new doctrine.

PC.108.008

We know that in the past the truth has been demonstrated by the Holy Spirit. Not one word of human devising is to be permitted to subvert minds, or to add unto or to take from the message God has given.

PC.109.001

There must be connected with our Sanitariums in various places ample facilities for the training of workers. And great care should be taken in the selection of young people to connect with our Sanitariums. We can not afford to accept every one who is willing to come. Great injury is done to our medical institutions when we connect with them inexperienced youth, who do not understand what it means to do faithful service for God.

PC.109.002

Every soul connected with our institutions is to be tested and tried. If self is not hid with Christ in God, the workers will blindly do many things that will hinder the precious work of God.

PC.109.003

«Sanctify the Lord of hosts Himself; and let him be your fear, and let him be your dread. And he shall be for a sanctuary; but for a stone of stumbling, and for a rock of offense to both the houses of Israel, for a gin and for a snare to the inhabitants of Jerusalem. And many among them shall stumble, and fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken. Bind up the testimony, seal the law among my disciples.» (Isa. 8:13-16)

PC.109.004

God has a denominated people, who are to wait on and trust in Him. They are to be true to the light He has given them, following closely the sacred landmarks. Their language is to be:

PC.109.005

«I will wait upon the Lord, that hideth His face from the house of Jacob, and I will look for Him. Behold, I and the children whom the Lord hath given me, are for signs and for wonders in Israel from the Lord of hosts, which dwelleth in Mt. Zion. (Isa.8:17-18)

PC.109.006

«And when they shall say unto you, Seek unto them that have familiar spirits, and unto wizards that peep and that mutter: should not a people seek unto their God? for the living to the dead? To the law and to the testimony : if they speak not to this word, it is because there is no light in them.» (Isa. 8:19-20)

PC.109.007

The things mentioned in this scripture will be worked out before us. Some of them we see even now.

PC.109.008

Those who have crowded into Battle Creek, and are being held there, see and hear many things that tend to weaken their faith, and engender unbelief. They would gain a more practical knowledge in an effort to impart to others that which they receive of the word of God. They should scatter out, and be working in all our cities, under the training of men who are sound in the faith. If those who teach these workers are true and loyal, a great work will be accomplished.

PC.109.009

There is to be a working of our cities as they never have been worked. That which should have been done twenty, yea, more than twenty years ago, is now to be done speedily. The work will be more difficult to do now than it would have been years ago, but it will be done.

PC.109.010

Our work is made exceedingly hard because of many false theories that have to be met, and because of the dearth of efficient teachers and willing helpers.

PC.110.001

It is not the work of the Lord that so many are gathered in Battle Creek, receiving a mold which unfits them for the work of the Lord till they are thoroughly converted.

PC.110.002

The Lord is to do a strange work very soon. A representation has been given me, that I have not yet had strength to trace upon paper. I must know when to speak, and when to keep silent. When the Lord bids me speak, I can not keep silent.

PC.110.003

The Lord will work. Great facts will be revealed in the word. There are rich experiences to be received from the great Medical Missionary. The knowledge of salvation through faith, and a full trust in a personal God and a personal Saviour, will be manifest. Those who have held the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end, will have the proof of the things which they have learned by personal experience.

PC.110.004

The gospel will be revealed and verified. The experience of the day of Pentecost will surely be repeated. Some will received the Holy Spirit of truth; yea, some who are now in uncertainty. The Lord has given His word. For years he has been sending messages of warnings, but by many they have been unheeded. Notwithstanding the repeated urgent warnings God has given, many have been turned away from their original faith, and are lost in the fog of error. They have refused to follow the light that God has given to point out the true path.

PC.110.005

Christ is the same Christ that He has ever been. He is our Redeemer. Those who have been striving to quench their thirst at broken cisterns, which can hold no water, need to be born again, that Christ may be formed within, the hope of glory.

PC.110.006

There are those who will never receive the gospel message in its fullness; they will never see the greater light and working of the Holy Spirit. There is a depth of depravity in unbelieving human nature, that will never be healed, because the true light has been misinterpreted, and misapplied. The Lord has given His Spirit in abundance of assurance to enable men and women to understand the fallacies and errors of Satan and to guard against them.

PC.110.007

Some will soon turn from their deceptive errors and calculations. To those who will be born again, the Bible will become a new book. There is a higher elevation to reach. True faith is to take the place of unbelief. The living springs of the word of God, with all their rich treasure are the flow into the soul. The truth of the Christian religion depends upon the divine authority of the word of God. The authority of the word is yea and amen.

PC.110.008

Jesus Christ is the Way, the Truth and the Life. Our great need is to have Him formed within, the hope of glory. He is to come into our individual experience, as a personal Saviour. He is the foundation of our faith, the Rock of Ages. «Blessed is the man to whom the Lord imputeth not iniquity.» (Ps. 32:2)

PC.111.001

When Christ shall come in His glory and all the holy angels with Him, then will all men be convinced of the truth that God has set apart him that is godly for Himself. But the words of Isaiah will come to many winds. «Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.» The fifty-eight chapter of Isaiah gives a wonderful presentation of truth.

PC.111.002

I wish you could make a visit at my home. I should indeed be pleased to see you and talk with you. Do nothing that will lead others to make of no account the long, determined resistance which has been shown to the messages sent by the Lord.

PC.111.003

We do not want the impression left on minds that our nurses should be educated and trained in Battle Creek. You are not to remove the impression that I have been trying to make that our people are to be drawn away from Battle Creek.

PC.111.004

I have light regarding the impression that your going to Battle Creek would make on our people who have had placed before them many falsehoods regarding the work and influences there. Your going to Battle Creek in answer to the call you have received, would not be in harmony with the light God has given me.

PC.111.005

If you can not understand this, I can, and I will make every possible effort possible to save our people from being mixed up with the methods followed by some of the Battle Creek Sanitarium managers.

PC.111.006

The Lord would have Dr. Morse leave Battle Creek, and labor where the light of truth has not been taught, and that he may break every thread of sophistry. The sophistry that there is no personal God and no personal Christ has been set forth, and still lives, to be brought forth and fastened up human minds. I have seen Satanic agencies leading and controlling the minds of those who have taught these theories. Unless the snare is broken ruin will result as surely as to the house built upon the sand.

PC.111.007

Great trials are right upon us, to test every soul. The end of the world is near at hand. We are not to consent to have our workers, God’s workers, tied up in Battle Creek. «Out of Battle Creek» is my message. I understand perfectly the meaning of the invitation that has been sent you. You have not a sense of what it means, but I am to tell you that God has not given you the work of teaching nurses in Battle Creek, or in any encouraging our youth to go there for their training. . . .

PC.111.008

If we turn unto the Lord with full purpose of heart, teaching in the places He indicates, all things that He has commanded, we may be assured of the promise, «Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.» God is able and waiting to be gracious. (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection) 112.

PC.112.001

Sunnyside, Cooranbong, N. S. W., June 16, 1899 Dear Children, Edson and Emma White: I have been writing out some matters in reference to the South. I have read your letters to Brother Irwin and myself. Prior to this I had written in my diary in regard to yourself and Emma. The light that I have is that you should have a change. W. C. White and I have been consulting together, and from the light given me this burden resting upon you cannot be born with the want of cooperation evidenced. There is a spirit cherished among men at Battle Creek, those not standing in the position where they can be worked by the Holy Spirit, that they will think they see something to criticise in you, and then this is made an excuse why they do not feel a burden to do what they would otherwise do in the work in which you are engaged.

PC.112.002

And when you are straining every nerve and every muscle to make the work a success, you are yourself led to be sharp in the use of the pen, and it hurts your influence to do the same work they are doing in criticising. And as this work has been hurting them, and as the enemy sees he can hurt you, weaken your hands, and discourage your heart, he is pleased. You are wearing out too fast, and the Lord does not require that you and Emma should, under the existing state of things, carry the load without the cooperation of those in responsible places. Some would encourage you if there was not such an influence to meet in doing so. Therefore you are sacrificing life and health under a great disadvantage, and must have a respite. Your own spirit is becoming soured and you tempted. Now the Lord would have you come apart and rest awhile, and let the Southern field be worked by men whom they may choose to put into it, and let the responsibility rest upon them, and they carry it.

PC.112.003

There is a great work to be done in this (Australian) field, and there are souls just as precious in the sight of God as those for whom you are laboring. They will never have a more devoted worker, or one better adapted to the work than you have been, or that will, under the same circumstances, show better results. The Lord has been your helper.

PC.112.004

How much I have needed you connected with my work no one knows or ever will know. I can support you in this field myself, but this will not be necessary. While you work for me I expect to do this. But there is an extensive field you can take, in the islands of the sea. You can visit these islands and see what can be done to help them to do the very work you are doing in the South. The experience you have had will be of value with our American workers.

PC.112.005

Willie proposes that you come by the way of England, stopping at different islands and places on the route. He thinks it would be a great help, but in talking with Brother Irwin, he thinks the very best route for you to take is the same as he took, by Vancouver. It is the best and cheapest route for you and Emma to take. You can spend two or three years here and see if you cannot avoid a complete breakdown in health. W. C., yourself, and Emma are malarious subjects, and the Southern field is most taxing on your strength and vitality, and the poison of malaria will obtain a strong hold upon you. This climate, where we are located, among the blue gum trees, seems to be a healthful climate. I wish you could see Willie’s children. They are rugged and solid in bone and muscle. All our family are in good health, except Marian, who is not strong, but not down sick.

PC.113.001

I will in this letter send you an order on Review and Herald for your passage money. The trying season will have fully opened upon you in the South before this reaches you, and it is important that you should make a change. I therefore invite you to come direct to this place as we need you. I expect we shall have a printing press shipped from Pacific Press if they will make us a donation of such an article. We must now have a press of our own so that we can issue small books and use these books to help us in carrying forward the work here.

PC.113.002

We are much pleased with your little paper Gospel Herald. The editing of it is excellent.

PC.113.003

I shall not write you a long letter, but I am going to send the copies of letters written. You will see I have had important matters to handle. We are doing all we can, and we desire your help to start our press and set it in operation. We do not propose to confine you to the preparation of books, but you can help us in this. If after two years’ trial in this country you recover your health, you can then return, if it is your desire, and take up the work in any line you see fit. If you choose to remain here in this country, and it seems to be the will of the Lord, and if your talent can accomplish more good here than in America, then you follow your own convictions.

PC.113.004

I have not been willing to call you from the Southern field, knowing your unwillingness to leave that field. But the Lord has been giving me special light for different men who have been working in different fields, that their lives would be shortened by continuing to remain, although they themselves were reluctant to leave, but the health must be preserved. If the work is too taxing in one locality, or the atmosphere unfavorable, they must try other localities. As there is no dearth of work to be done, and there are places that are in need of workers, no one need, in this country be confined to an unhealthful location. We have therefore changed the location of the workers with the best results. New Zealand has a bracing climate. Tasmania is excellent, more like Colorado. Adelaide has a mild and healthful climate. I am not disposed to recommend Melbourne. But we have the opportunity to select most any climate easy of access.

PC.113.005

Here we have plenty of fruit in its season. In August will be our crop of oranges. Our own trees are loaded with oranges and lemons. The sight is beautiful. We can begin to use them in July, but I want all who shall come to our Conference to behold the show. The little trees bear on little branches five or six large oranges in a cluster. The Mandarin trees are loaded with fruit of the largest size, and the frosts are not so severe as to cut them or do them any damage. Come, children, and see them. If you could only come so as to be here at Conference time, how glad I should be, but I have not hope that you will be here then. 114. At this Conference you would see the men who have been laboring in the islands of the sea.

PC.114.001

I must now leave the matter with you, for you must consider for yourself; but you could be a great help to me. The Lord would strengthen you in making a change now. I see that W. C. W. is fully in harmony with what I have written you. He thinks that after you have been here two years you will then be settled what is best for you to do. My health is good when I do not have to stand on my feet to speak so often; but I am getting old. What I have to do I wish to do quickly and solidly. I wish now to take the Old Testament history from Solomon to the last chapter of Malachi, and the New Testament from the ascension of Christ to the Revelation; but how can I do it? Brother Colcord is helping me. W. C. White is necessarily called to advise and to attend frequent councils, for with the buildings being erected we need constant help from the Lord to teach us His way and His will.

PC.114.002

I now leave this matter with you. Write me at once. I have good help in the three lady workers, Maggie Hare, Minnie Hawkins, and Sarah Peck. But there must be those who have been with me from my earliest experience who understand the workings of the cause and our history from earlier dates. My memory is good. Trusting in the Lord, my writing ability continues, but how long this will be I know not. But I now have to leave this with you and Emma. Certainly if you continue as you have been doing your health will not endure the strain of the Southern climate, and my need of your help is now very great.

PC.114.003

If you can get out my books I can then have something to pay you and keep all my workers. You have no need to fear in that matter. There is to be a holding of the four winds a little longer, and when they are let loose there will be no peace any longer upon the earth. The truth is now our only shield and buckler. It is our front guard and rearward. May the Lord work for His people is my prayer. I am now writing to our people on important subjects. But I must close this letter. I am up at half past two o’clock in the morning. June 21, 1899.

PC.114.004

The mail leaves today. Brother Irwin goes to Sydney today to spend the Sabbath, and from there to Melbourne and Adelaide and will then return to the Conference here at Cooranbong. He will then return by direct route to America, spend one Sabbath in California, and pass on to the center of the work at Battle Creek.

PC.114.005

Brother Ballenger has sent me a letter in regard to his plans for the South, but, Edson, I cannot encourage such plans. He will calculate to have all things move smoothly. A community to settle in the South in accordance with the plans he has thought would prove a success, would prove a failure. What is the prospect for feeding and clothing this community? Where is the money to be pledged for building homes for families? The outlay would be greater than the income. There would be a gathering of good and bad, there would be the need of men of clear conception, baptized with the Holy Spirit of God, to run such an enterprise. I might present many things that make it objectionable. There cannot be any colonizing without Satan’s stirring up the Southern element to look with suspicion on the Northern people, and the least provocation would awaken up the Southern Whites to produce a state of things they do not now imagine.

PC.115.001

There must be laborers in the South who possess caution. They must be as wise as serpents and harmless as doves. All who engage in this work should be men who have their pen and tongues dipped in the Holy oil of Zechariah 4:11-14. An unadvised word will stir the most violent passions of the human heart and set in operation a state of things that will close the way for the truth to find access to the fields now in such great need of workers.

PC.115.002

It is not ministers that can preach that are needed so much as men and women who understand how to teach the truth to poor, ignorant, needy, and oppressed people. And as to making it appear that there is not need of caution, it is because those who say such things do not know what they are talking about. It needs men and women who will not be sent to the Southern field by our people, but who will feel the burden to go into this neglected portion of the vineyard of the Lord; men while their hearts burn with indignation as they see the attitude of the white people toward the black, will learn of the Master, Jesus Christ, that silence in expression regarding these things is eloquence. They all need the intelligence that they may learn of Jesus Christ and the simplicity of how to work.

PC.115.003

The cultivation of the soil is an excellent arrangement, but it is not by Northern people grouping together in a community that will accomplish the work they imagine will be a success. Hot tempered men better remain in the North. Men and women who possess the true Christ-like spirit of ministry may do excellent work among the Southern colored people. Make no masterly efforts to break down the prejudices of the Southern people, but just live and talk the love of Jesus Christ. There cannot be any greater harm done to the Southern colored people than to dilate on the harm and wrong done them by the white Southerners. Just keep the lips closed although there cannot but be the burning indignation that longs to express itself.

PC.115.004

There is need of level-headed men and women who love the Lord Jesus, and who will love the blacks for Christ’s sake, who have the deepest pity for them. But the methods of Sister S—- are not the methods that will be wise to practice. They cannot be petted and treated just as if they were on a level with the whites without ruining them for all missionary work in the Southern field. There is a difference among the blacks as there is among the whites. Some possess keen and superior talents, that if the possessor is not made too much of, and is treated from a Bible standpoint, as humble men to do a Christ-like missionary work, not exalting them, but teaching them religious love, and Christ-like love for the souls of their own colored race, and keep before them that they are not called into the field to labor for the whites, but to learn how to labor in the love of God to restore the moral image of God in those of their own race, then a good work can be done.

PC.116.001

There is a work to be done in opening schools to teach the colored people alone, unmixed with whites, and there will be a successful work done in this way. The Lord will work through the whites to reach the black race, many of them through white teachers, but it needs the man and his wife to stand together in the work. More than one family of white teachers should locate in a place. Two or three families should locate near each other, not huddle together, but at a little distance apart, where they can consult together, and unite in worship of God together, and work to strengthen each others’ hands to raise up colored laborers to work in the South.

PC.116.002

There is a mistake often made by those who labor in Southern fields expecting that their brethren in the Northern fields of labor can advise them what to do. Those who have had no experience in the Southern field are not prepared to give reliable advice. It is those who are engaged in the work that must understand that when emergencies arise they must not depend upon men who have not any experience to advise them. They will often obtain advice that if followed would be ruinous to the work. Therefore it is not good policy for one family alone to settle in a locality. Men and women who have not children are best qualified for the Southern field, and if the Southern field is too taxing or debilitating, one family from the two or three who have settled in a locality can be spared. But let none feel that it is their bounded duty to remain in the Southern field after their health has testified that they cannot do this safely. Some persons can endure the climate and do well. But let our brethren in a more favorable climate consider all these things and provide every facility possible to make the conditions of workers in these unfavorable locations as pleasant as possible.

PC.116.003

In places where money has been expended on buildings, and a start has been made, it is the duty of the men in responsible positions to give attention to that locality, so that workers shall be sustained in accomplishing the work designed when the plant was made. There is to be a work done in the South, and it needs men and women who will not need to be preachers so much as the teachers, humble men who are not afraid to work as farmers to educate the Southerners how to till the soil, for whites and blacks need to be educated in this line. But when perplexities arise in the South, spread out your wants to the Master of the vineyard. And those who know nothing of the Southern field, let them be sparing and cautious what advice they give. But sympathy, kind words, and encouragement are always in place. Your mother, (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.117.001

May 17, 1907-6- Paradise Valley Sanitarium National City, Calif., May 6, 1907 Elder M. N. Campbell And G. A. Amadon Dear Brethren: I am now visiting the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. Since I came here last Wednesday I have spoken twice to the workers in the institution, and to the church in San Diego Sabbath morning and Sunday afternoon.

PC.117.002

Wherever I go I try to emphasize the fact that our success in missionary effort is dependent upon the character we manifest. The truth of the word of God, obeyed, and carried out in earnest action, after the divine pattern, will bring sure results. But if we yield to worldly influences, there will be a decline of Christian zeal and devotion, and a corresponding failure to win souls to the truth.

PC.117.003

The church is to increase in activity and to enlarge her bounds. Our missionary efforts are to be expansive; we must enlarge our borders. There must be action and reaction. The work of educating our youth must be maintained and increased. They are to be taught to reach higher and still higher, pressing toward the standard of genuine Christian education.

PC.117.004

While there have been fierce contentions in the effort to maintain our distinctive character, yet we have as Bible Christians ever been on gaining ground. Remembering that the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom, we are to labor earnestly ever praying that the saving grace of God will instruct us at every step. We must ever seek to ascertain the will of the Lord, and to walk in harmony with it. Let us follow on to know the Lord, whom to know aright is life eternal.

PC.117.005

The Lord is giving me strength for my labors in Southern California. I am trusting Him for strength to speak to our people in Redlands and Riverside and San Bernardino. Never have I felt more deeply the necessity of keeping the way of the Lord, and of doing His will at all times. Wherever I speak to our people, I tell them that now is the time to do a thorough work for eternity. We must be humble, yet trustful. We must make use of every talent the Lord gives us.

PC.117.006

We have been blessed with great and precious light from the word of God, and we should study how we can make the very best use of this light. Individually we are on test and trial. God is watching to see how we use His great blessings.

PC.117.007

What can we say to arouse our people to use their entrusted talents to honor and glorify God. Property is of real value only as it is used in the carrying forward of the Lord’s work The world’s greatest need is consecrated effort in labor for the conversion of souls. Thousands upon thousands are perishing without a knowledge of the truth. My soul is sometimes stirred to its very depths, as I see the terrible picture. I prize the truth that we now hold sacred, and I would urge upon all our people that they seek to bring every thought into subjection to Christ, that all their powers may be employed in the work of saving souls.

PC.118.001

There should be no sleeping now. It is time to awake, and to watch for souls as they that must give an account. As members of the church of Christ, we must do His will on earth.

PC.118.002

Let those who desire to be refreshed in mind and instructed in the truth, study the history of the early church during and immediately following the day of Pentecost. Study carefully in the book of Acts the experiences of Paul and the other apostles; for God’s people in our day must pass through similar experiences.

PC.118.003

Those who have held the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end are to bear their living testimony, and their words will have a convincing power upon the people, and many will turn to the Lord. Some will be imprisoned because they refuse to desecrate the Sabbath of the Lord. As the world becomes more imbued with the spirit of the enemy, there will be a very much more vehement opposition to the Word.

PC.118.004

Will our churches now arise, and awake to the situation? The representatives of Christ are to carry a burden for souls. Every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people, is to hear the last message of mercy to a fallen world. When our churches shall arouse from their drowsy stupor they will have a better understanding of Bible truth, and they will be ready to devote their money to the cause of God, and to give themselves in earnest labor under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. God’s people are His agents, appointed to proclaim the truth in all parts of the world. The heavenly agencies will act their part, and we must cooperate with them. Behold Christ, our Pattern, how He travailed in soul for the salvation of men.

PC.118.005

By their indifference many church members have grieved the Holy Spirit of God. In Christ’s stead they are to beseech others to become reconciled to God. Heavenly agencies stand ready to cooperate with those who engage in the work of the Lord. The Holy Spirit is waiting to unite in sympathy with every true believer, and to make him a laborer together with God. Let no means be neglected that will advance the work to be done. There must be no self-exaltation, and far more prayer.

PC.118.006

Make Christ all in all, and He will give dignity to your work; His mind will guide you, and you will be sanctified by His truth. Acknowledge Him as your Redeemer, and you become one with Him, even as He is one with the Father.

PC.118.007

Christ has taught us to pray, «Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth as it is in heaven.» This opens to us a height to which we are to attain by steady progression and continual advancement. If all would do unto others as they would that others should do to them, it would be an indication of a converted world. Upon this principle the Christian is to build. We are to ascend a ladder of progress whose top reaches unto heaven.

PC.119.001

Every church member is to be engaged in active service for the Master. «Why stand ye here all the day idle?» asks the Master. «Go work today in My vineyard. Work while it is day; for the night cometh in which no man can work.» «Ye are My witnesses, saith the Lord.» Can we comprehend it? We are Christ’s property, bought with a price even the precious blood of Christ. (Matt.21:28; John 9:4; Isa.43:10)

PC.119.002

Now is our period of stewardship. We are training on our Lord’s goods. Our means, our speech, our influence, all are talents to be used in the Master’s service, to be multiplied by wise investment. We must increase our capabilities. If God has entrusted us with three talents, He will not accept of two in return. If we have but one talent, but with it gain yet another, we shall have a position and a place in Christ’s service, and will finally hear the blessed words of commendation and approval from the lips of our Saviour.

PC.119.003

What a terrible mistake for a professed Christian to devote to himself all his time and means and energies! All are to deny themselves, that they may follow Christ. Many souls have not refrained from accepting martyrdom for the sake of Christ. For them is the blessed promise, «He that loseth his life for My sake shall save it unto life eternal.» (Matt.10:39) (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection) —

PC.119.004

April 3, 1907-6- C.116. Sanitarium, Napa Co., Cal., March 23, 1907 Elder M. N. Campbell Battle Creek, Mich. Dear Brother: We have received and read the interesting letters from you and Brother Amadon. We feel deeply grieved at the course that Frank Belden has pursued. That my nephew should urge his unsanctified opinions in such a persistent manner causes me much sorrow of heart. This is a repetition of the way in which he conducted himself when he had plans of his own to carry at the Review and Herald office. His actions reveal the spirit that controls him. I feel sorry for him beyond anything that I can express, and I ask you to pity him and to pray for him. His mother was my sister, and a sincere, devoted Christian.

PC.119.005

There have been presented before me scenes that often occurred in the Review and Herald office when Frank Belden had some plan that he desired to carry out. He would determinedly stand up and with a loud voice continue to talk until he had fully presented his ambitious plans before his brethren; and I am sorry to say that very often these plans were adopted. He did more than any other one man in the office to bring in wrong sentiments and carry out his own plans. These plans, when afterward brought to bear upon himself, he did not find so agreeable. I feel sad when I think of the record he must meet of impetuous action and the surrender of those principles that his uncle James White and I have ever striven to maintain. Frank Belden has excellent talent, and had he walked humbly with his God, the Lord would have used him to His name’s glory.

PC.120.001

In the Saviour’s life is given us a pattern of the character we are to attain. He met the severest temptations of an obstinate foe, and in spite of powerful and sorcerous delusions, made His path plain.

PC.120.002

The simplicity of the work of the Messiah gave unmistakable evidence of His mission. He swept away the errors that existed in the religious world with a confidence and tact that could not be gainsaid. He would have truth stand out clear and free from every error with which Satan would try to enshroud it. He presented heaven-born principles so clearly before the minds of the people, that the way to heaven was made clear and plain, and he who missed the way had no excuse.

PC.120.003

To the forerunner of Christ was given the message, «Repent ye for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.» The work of the herald of Christ was a continuous effort to destroy the popular delusion concerning the coming Messiah, and to show that repentance and forsaking of sin are necessary preparations for the coming kingdom. This work constituted the preparation for the establishment of the true church.

PC.120.004

On coming to the temple at the opening of His ministry, Christ repaired to the temple, and found His Father’s house desecrated by worldly traffic. He drove out from the temple courts the buyers and the sellers, and the priests and rulers. He «poured out the changers’ money, and overthrew the tables, and said unto them that sold doves, Take these things hence; make not my Father’s house a house of merchandise.» The money taken by the dealers for the sacrificial offerings was robbery of the people; and they had made the house of God a den of thieves, and with a stern rebuke Christ exposed their extortionate traffic.

PC.120.005

By expelling the worldly traffickers who were profaning sacred things, Christ would impress upon those who were to compose His church on earth that name and position weigh as nothing in the scale with virtue and purity of character, with honesty and righteous dealing.

PC.120.006

What excuse will be rendered to God by those who, having had every advantage of the knowledge of the precious truth for this time, disregard the word of God and go contrary to His expressed will, violating the principles of the divine law so definitely stated?

PC.121.001

I feel more sorry than I can express that my own nephew should so boldly place himself in opposition to all the light that has been given. He has steadily pursued his own way for so long, and has expressed his own opinions so often, that he now ridicules truth, and discards that which once he respected. I have had presented distinctly before me the past, present, and future of those who have thus departed from the faith.

PC.121.002

I was instructed to write out the truth as it was revealed to me, and point by point give it to the people. I have done this, and still there is much to present that the truth may be made simple and plain. The work God has given me to do is to stand firmly and intelligently for that which I know to be truth. That which I have given to the people was given in the purpose of God, to strengthen the believers, that they might not be led away by seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.

PC.121.003

I have no appeals to make to those who have once stood firmly for the truth, but who have now departed from the faith and refuse a «Thus saith the Lord.» My books contain the light that God has given me, and they are my argument. Those who having believed their testimony in the past, now cast it aside, will have no excuse to render for their course; for today as then the light shines clearly, declaring what is truth.

PC.121.004

There is much more that I wish to write to our people, but what I shall write will only be a confirmation of the messages given in the past. I shall be called once more to give the light to those who are departing from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and moving in strange paths. But the Lord has shown me that all that can be given to these souls is but a repetition and confirmation of the truths that have already been placed impressively before them. Not one principle of the truths we have held in the past can be denied.

PC.121.005

The men in Battle Creek who are taking their position against the warnings of the Spirit of God, have received message after message, but with some there has been no change. O that they would make a covenant with God, and humble their hearts before Him! O that they would repent of the time they have lost in taking up a work that God has not given them to do! O that Frank Belden would see his mistakes and repent!

PC.121.006

Who will give evidence that they want to know the will of God concerning them? Who are willing to receive the message of the Lord which has been coming to them through His servant to point out their errors? O that these men would see themselves as the Lord sees them. They have an earnest work to do in repenting before God of the harm they have done to themselves and others. 122.

PC.122.001

The prophet Isaiah in the fifty-eighth chapter of that book delineates the case of these men. They need to repent and afflict their souls before God. Now is their time to contemplate the Saviour’s life of humiliation and His death of suffering. The cross of Christ was needed to bring salvation within our reach, and to make our redemption certain. «God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish but have everlasting life.» (John 3:16) (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection) —

PC.122.002

Sanitarium, Calif., March 12, 1906 Dear Brother and Sister Farnsworth: I feel the deepest interest in you both. I hope that Brother Farnsworth will not leave Battle Creek just now.

PC.122.003

Let us say nothing to provoke men to anger, but ever present the affirmative of truth, Bible truth. This is to be our position.

PC.122.004

I feel no surprise in regard to the course of _____. Last night my mind was called out upon many subjects. In the visions of the night I was reading the Scriptures, and the power and Spirit of God was upon me. Many things were presented to me in vision, which I may give at the right time.

PC.122.005

I was saying with great power: «Isa. 49:8-17; 52:5.» (See those references). Hear and understand this matter. The time is now short. We must remember that we are not to be conquered by discouragement. No power can conquer Satanic agencies but the power of Him who gave His life to redeem man, dying in the sinner’s place, that all who will may repent and be converted. Christ is the propitiation for the sins of all who repent and believe in Him as their personal Saviour.

PC.122.006

«I gave my back to the smiters, and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair.» Do you understand that it was the Lord our Saviour who went through these scenes of humiliation? Hear ye, and understand, and let every soul take in the situation. Christ suffered all this that is written of Him. Who prompted this cruel treatment? The one who was once the most exalted of the angels in the heavenly courts. He was imbuing minds with his own attributes. It was Satan who led men to treat Christ thus. See Isa. 50:7-11

PC.123.001

My brother and sister, be of good courage. Let your hearts be glad and rejoice. There is no need for us to complain; for the Lord is the strength of His people. You may be surprised to hear words that you have heard from _____, but I am not at all surprised. This is the development of the man when the spirit that is counter to the Spirit of God comes upon him In him as he is at the present time, you have a representation of a man who is not under the molding influence of the Spirit of God. The Lord accepts no such demonstrations of bitterness. They do not become the man, when the Lord has been so gracious to him, helping him in the time of his distress.

PC.123.002

Read in my books, «Patriarchs and Prophets,» and «Great Controversy,» the story of the first great apostasy. History is being repeated and will be repeated. Read then, and understand. The time is drawing to a close when power of influence, of intellect, of knowledge in science, can cover the least departure from the Lord’s way. He has pledged His word that He will humble every oppressor of His ministers, or the appointed agencies engaged in His work. Persecuting powers will be brought to judgment; for all the resources of heaven and earth are to be called at God’s command to do His work. God sees and knows those who are proud and self-sufficient, and He will bring them into judgment. Before the flood men cast off the fear of God, and trampled under foot His holy law, but judgment overtook them. Read Isa. 47:10.

PC.123.003

Say to our brethren and sisters who have known and understood the voice of God in His word, Let nothing interpose between you and eternal interests. Think of this representation given of Christ in the Scriptures I have quoted. The Saviour, in His supreme power, could have palsied the hands that smote Him, challenging Him, the Prince of life, to prophesy.

PC.123.004

When men refuse the counsels of God, and walk directly contrary to them, they make very strange speeches, but do not be the least concerned or surprised. The Lord is watching every movement. There are straight messages to be given, and in no case are we to fear the face of man. If Christ endured so much, can we not endure something for His sake? Who was He? The Prince of heaven.

PC.123.005

(Read Isa. 9:6; Matt. 28:18-20).

PC.123.006

These words outline our appointed work, and we are to engage in this work as never before. Soul-saving is to be our object; Christ’s words are our commission; and we are to lay hold of the Saviour by faith, and put all our capabilities to the task of learning the science of soul-saving. The fields that have been neglected call now for repentance on the part of those who have heard the truth; they call upon them to take up their appointed work. (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection) 124.

PC.124.001

January 27, 1903-8- J. -27- «Elmshaven,» Sanitarium, California January 27, 1903 Alonzo T. Jones, C. H. Jones, and M. C. Wilcox. My dear Brethren in Positions of Trust: I received your letter this morning, and will respond at once.

PC.124.002

Brother Harper came to St. Helena last week especially to lay before me the question of the location of the General Conference soon to be held. He told me that the brethren and sisters of the Healdsburg church offered to entertain the delegates free of cost, if the General Conference would be held there. He asked if I had any preference to express. I told him that if the Healdsburg church proposed to entertain the delegates free, the Conference would be held at Healdsburg, if I had any voice in deciding this matter; for to hold it there would be much more in accordance with the light given to leave the cities as much as possible, than holding it in Oakland would be.

PC.124.003

I thought that if the brethren and sisters at Healdsburg would do what I was told they were so desirous of doing, to hold the Conference there would be much more desirable than to hold it in Oakland at this time of the year. I knew that accommodations in Oakland for entertaining to large a company were very limited, and expensive.

PC.124.004

I desire my personal preferences to have no special influence in determining where the Conference shall be held; for unless specially convinced by the Spirit of the Lord that it is my duty to be present, I will not attend, no matter where the meeting may be held. If I knew that I should have to attend the Conference, I might express my preference for Healdsburg as the location; for I could drive over, and have my horse and carriage there to use at any time, and to return when necessary.

PC.124.005

At present, I most decidedly dread to attend either camp meetings or Conferences. When present at such meetings, I am reigned up to speak plainly and strongly in regard to matters; for I dare not do otherwise than to tell the truth. The burden that comes upon me at such times is very heavy. The experiences I have passed through in attending meetings since returning to America, have been most afflicting; for it seems as if my efforts are of none effect. The testimonies borne bring upon me a great burden of soul, and seem to accomplish so little to change the order of things. The testimonies are speculated upon, and do not reform existing evils.

PC.124.006

Just now my courage is not the best. Since the Fresno camp meeting, I have carried the burden of the Southern field in direct opposition to the plans of leading brethren. I have lost confidence in some of these men as being taught and directed of God. If they are thus taught and directed, I am not teaching the way of the Lord. Therefore I am convinced that my place is at home. I can continue to write, if I avoid the crushing burdens that overwhelm me. And these burdens come upon me whenever I attend a meeting where there are men whom I know are not walking in the counsel of God. I care not to face such matters any longer; for it seems useless. I long for retirement, and I mean to have it, if it be the Lord’s will to give it to me. (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection) —

PC.125.001

June 27, 1906-7- A. -200-. Sanitarium, California June 26, 1906 Brother and Sister Amadon: I have read your letters, but have not had time to answer them. I have been permitted to view the case of Elder A. T. Jones. His bitterness is as gall, though he has been warned. At Washington, during the General Conference, I conversed with him for about three hours, but he would not receive my warnings. He seemed very self-confident, and when he spoke of his work at Battle Creek, his boastings were a surprise to many. All that I could say to him at Washington, seemed to make no impression on his mind.

PC.125.002

A. T. Jones has had precious opportunities to see and feel the power of the messages of warning sent by the Lord to His people. He himself has been admonished to be constantly on guard, else the power of other minds would be exercised on his mind, and he was cautioned regarding the subtle working of spiritual science upon human minds. He had eyes, but he saw not; ears, but he heard not, and he has done the very work that he was warned to avoid doing. I am very sorry for the man, for all these chapters in his experience are bringing him over a road that will have to be retraced step by step, if he ever comes to an understanding of the work he is now doing, and turns his feet to follow the precious Saviour, our Leader.

PC.125.003

We must walk circumspectly before God. We can not afford to make mistakes now. Truth will bear away the victory. I am not angry as I read statement after statement of falsehood, regarding my writings and my work. I am sure that the Lord has helped you to stand for and vindicate the truth. Brother Farnsworth made a wise decision when he said, I will keep to the affirmative. We are to show the people that the truth of heavenly origin is sufficient to keep every soul. It is our duty to rebuke sin, for with Satanic energy, men will do all in their power to overcome the testimony of the righteous, with falsehoods and misstatements.

PC.126.001

One time when we were in Healdsburg, we heard reports that cast a shadow on the integrity of Brother Cady. I met these with the remark that I had confidence in Brother Cady, and it must be that they were mistaken in the matter of the report. There was another matter regarding his relation to the school that had troubled me much. I thought a mistake had been made in proposing that he should work in the interest of all the schools in general. I felt that his place in the Healdsburg school could not then be properly supplied. I felt that the Healdsburg school should have the continual influence that Brother and Sister Cady would exert. I considered that he had done a good work in this school, and I greatly feared that the school would not succeed as it had done, were he separated from it.

PC.126.002

When I was about to leave for Washington, I left in his care a young man whom I wished him to see and to take into Healdsburg College. What was lacking in his expenses, I promised to pay.

PC.126.003

In a recent letter I wrote:

PC.126.004

«In response to the enemy’s work on human minds, I am to sow the good seed. When questions suggested by Satan arise, I will remove them if I can. But those who are picking at straws had better be educating mind and heart to take hold of the grand and soul-saving truths that God has given through the humble messenger, in the place of becoming channels through whom Satan can communicate doubt and questioning.

PC.126.005

«To allow images of straw to be created as something to attack is one of the most unprofitable things that one can engage in. It is possible for one to educate himself to become Satan’s agent in passing along his suggestions. As fast as one is cleared away, another will be proffered.

PC.126.006

«I have been instructed to say, The Lord would not have my mind thus employed. I have written something on the meaning of the words, «I», «we», and «us» in the Testimonies. This point is, as it were, a man of straw, set up in the imagination of some who have been sowing tares.» (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.127.001

George’s Terrace, St. Kilda Road, Melbourne March 15, 1894 Dear Brethren and Sisters: As the report has been quite widely circulated that Sister White has endorsed what has been written and circulated as revelations from God through Miss Anna Phillips, I feel that it is my duty to speak. I have not endorsed these productions. Warnings have been given to me in reference to them, that they will most certainly mislead. Woven in them will be statements that will lead to extremes and to wrong action on the part of those who accept them. It would be well for our brethren and sisters to move more cautiously, in accordance with the light given them. They should test these so-called visions before accepting them and presenting them in connection with the light God has given me. I see that our people are in danger of making grave blunders and premature movements. God says of these prophets that are springing up, «I have not sent them, yet they ran. Believe them not.»

PC.127.002

But that which grieves me is that some of our brethren have associated the exercises of Annie Phillips with the testimonies of Sister White, and have presented the two to the people as one and the same thing. Many have accepted the whole as proceeding from me. And when the result of such productions shall be seen in the true character, when falsehoods are presented as truths from God, and individuals act upon these things, believing them to be a message from the Lord, movements will be made that bear not the divine credentials, doubt will be cast on the true work of the Spirit of prophecy, and the testimonies that God sends to the people will bear the stigma of these false utterances. These revelations are largely a repetition of that which has been before the people in publications for years; and yet mingled with this are some things that will lead astray.

PC.127.003

I cannot endorse the course Brother_____has pursued. He has not written one word to me, to see if God has given any light in these matters; yet he has presented them in public, making manifest his confidence in them. The fact that Brother _____has been presenting precious light to the people, leads them to regard all he says as if inspired of God, else Brother_____would not present them as he has done, I cannot see wisdom in this course. More clearly than do my Brethren I discern the inwardness of this thing, and the results that will follow. I have already made decided statements in reference to this matter, and I am sorry it has been brought in as it has, to do a work which will cast reflections upon the testimonies God has given. Where these so-called revelations are accepted, they will surely lead many into erroneous, precipitate action. I am burdened over these things.

PC.127.004

Recently a letter was published in the Melbourne Age, from a New York correspondent, giving an account of the wonderful meeting held in Battle Creek on the occasion when so much jewelry was donated. And the work was said to have been done after the reading of a vision given by Mrs. White, a prophetess, urging the people to sell and give away their property. How can you think I feel, to be at work here in this new field, and just as the interest is ripening off, souls deciding for the truth, to have some of the productions of Anna Phillips brought in, to be received and to go out as my testimony? Will my brethren please make no reference to the testimonies of Sister White in connection with Anna Phillips? In the name of the Lord I protest against this mixing up work, for it will result in making the testimonies God has given me responsible for the influence and effect of Anna Phillips’ words. I beg my brethren just to come to the people with the evidence from the Bible, and not strengthen the opposition which is so strong against us, and is intensified by the falsehoods of Grant and Canright.

PC.128.001

From time to time reports come to me concerning statements that Sister White is said to have made, but which are entirely new to me, and which cannot fail to mislead the people as to my real views and teaching. A sister, in a letter to her friends, speaks with much enthusiasm of a statement by Brother _____, that Sister White had seen that the time had come when, if we hold the right relation to God, all can have the gift of prophecy to the same extent as do those who are now having visions. Where is the authority for this statement? I must believe that the sister failed to understand Brother _____, for I cannot think that he made the statement. The writer continues: «Brother_____said last night that is the case, not that God will speak to all for the benefit of every one else, but to each for his own benefit, and this will fulfil the prophecy of Joel. He stated that this is already being developed in numerous instances. He spoke as if he thought none would hold such a leading position as Sister White had done, and will still do. Referred to Moses as a parallel. He was a leader, but many others are referred to as prophesying, though their prophecies are not published. He, (Brother _____), will not give permission to have the matter copied for general circulation that has been read here from some sister. I wonder if you have seen one of these visions? They represent us as in the closing moments of time, with hours all in the past, and it is moments now. How solemn!»

PC.128.002

These statements, interwoven with other matter that professes to be from God, are misleading; many minds will eagerly seize upon them, and through false impressions will misapprehend our true position and work. With much that is truth, there is mingled error that is accepted in its extreme meaning, and acted upon by persons of excitable temperament. Thus fanaticism will take the place of well-regulated, well-disciplined, heaven ordained efforts to carry forward the work to its completion.

PC.128.003

These ideas in relation to prophesying, I do not hesitate to say, might better never have been expressed. Such statements prepare the way for a state of things that Satan will surely take advantage of to bring in spurious exercises. There is danger, not only that unbalanced minds will be led into fanaticism, but that designing persons will take advantage of this excitement to further their own selfish purposes. Jesus has raised His voice in warning: «Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves. Ye shall know them by their fruits.» «Thus saith the Lord of hosts, hearken not unto the words of the prophets that prophesy unto you: they make you vain. They speak a vision of their own heart, and not out of the mouth of the Lord.» «If any man shall say to you, Lo, here is Christ; or, lo, He is there; believe him not: for false Christs and false prophets shall arise, and shall show signs and wonders, to seduce, if it were possible, even the elect. But take ye heed : behold , I have foretold you all these things.»

PC.129.001

I have a warning to give to our brethren, that they shall follow their Leader, and not to run ahead of Christ. Let there be no haphazard work in these times. Beware of making strong expressions, which will lead unbalanced minds to think that they have wonderful light from God. The one who bears a message to the people from God must exercise perfect self-control. He should ever bear in mind that the path of presumption lies close beside the path of faith. In no case should he make use of extravagant expressions, for a certain class are sure to be affected, and influences are set in motion that can no more be controlled than can an impetuous horse. Once let impulse and emotion get the mastery over calm judgment, and there may be altogether too much speed, even in traveling a right road. He that travels too fast will find it perilous in more ways than one. It may not be long before he will branch off from the right road into a wrong path.

PC.129.002

Not once should feeling be allowed to get the mastery over our judgment. There is danger of excess in that which is lawful, and that which is not lawful will surely lead into false paths. If there is not careful, earnest, sensible work, solid as a rock in the advancement of every idea and principle, in every representation given, souls will be ruined. Truth is mighty, and it will prevail. It will do its own work upon human hearts. We need not resort to the use of strong expressions that lead to overaction. The truth stated calmly, clearly, will enter into the mind of the receiver, and become a part of their very nature. The Comforter, the Holy Spirit, remolds the character, making a new man in Christ Jesus. The thoughts, the ideas, the principles, are sound, sensible, bearing with them a weight of influence that flows in the new and divine channel. The heart and the soul are enlisted. The yea and amen of heaven must bring up the rear of every movement, else the worker will lose the reward of success. But he should weed out from every effort all extravagant expressions. This caution will make his work far more efficient and commendable, even to those who do not believe the truth. There is danger, even in reproof, of cunning minds to dwell upon topics that lead to sensuality. Even the subject of moral purity may be so treated as to produce the very results it is desired to guard against.

PC.129.003

The greatest care should be exercised concerning those who claim to receive revelations from God. There needs to be much close watching and much praying. Those who are acting a part in the great work for these last days need to counsel together in regard to every new thing that shall be introduced, for no one man’s mind is to be left to judge of, or to place before the public, important matters which have a relation to the cause of God. At this very time we are suffering from the reproach that was brought on the cause in the first message by unwise, ill-balanced minds, who thought they were obtaining a wonderful experience which should receive the credence of all men. In our early experience we had to encounter their over-strained humility and false notions. The first labor given me to do was to reprove their man-made tests. The testimony which I bore against fanaticism gained for me the envy, jealousy, evil-surmising, and criticism of those who participated in those movements. We know full well what it cost us personally because we would not receive the visions, dreams, and testimonies of those fanatics. We were compelled to know something of their cruel influence upon the cause of God. The truth had to bear the reproach of the error and fanaticism which we were everywhere called to condemn and reprove. And now that fanaticism I labored faithfully to repress, bearing the testimony given me of God to counteract its baleful influence is by Grant and Canright charged upon me. I have been shown that whenever and wherever God works, we must watch ; every man and woman must stand as a faithful sentinel, for the arch-deceiver is waiting and ready to set in operation various devices for misleading souls. If possible he will mingle the counterfeit with the genuine, so that, in the effort to separate the two, souls will be imperiled. Whenever and wherever God works, Satan and his angels are on the ground. (Please read «Life Sketches,» pages 92-94.)

PC.130.001

The Lord has not commissioned Brother _____ to present Anna Phillips’ revelations to our people. The truth of the word of God is of sufficient authority and power. It bears its own credentials. The testimonies given me from God are designed to call the attention of the people to a «Thus saith the Lord.» Brother _____ is in positive danger, and his brethren do not see that danger. They are placing the servant where God should be. The Lord has given Brother _____ a message to prepare a people to stand in the day of God; but when the people shall look to Elder _____ as to God they will become weak instead of being strong. It is no time now to be careless and ignorant of Satan’s masterly devices to draw the people into deceptions and delusions. (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection)

PC.131.001

Basle, Switzerland, February 18, 1887 Dear Brethren Waggoner and A. T. Jones: I have some things to say to you that I should withhold no longer. I have been looking in vain as yet to get an article that was written nearly twenty years ago in reference to the added law . I read this to Elder Waggoner; I stated then to him that I had been shown his position in regard to the law was incorrect , and from the statements I made to him he has been silent upon the subject for many years.

PC.131.002

I have not been in the habit of reading any doctrinal articles in the paper, that my mind should not have an understanding of anyone’s ideas and views; and that not a mould of any man’s theories should have any connection with that which I write.

PC.131.003

I have sent repeatedly for my writings on the law, but that special article has not yet appeared. There is such an article in Healdsburg. I am well aware, but it has not come as yet. I have much writing many years old on the law; but the special article that I read to Elder Waggoner has not come to me yet.

PC.131.004

Letters came to me from some attending the Healdsburg College in regard to Brother E. J. W.’s teachings in regard to the two laws I wrote immediately protesting against their doing contrary to the light which God had given us in regard to all differences of opinion, and I heard nothing in response to the letter. It may never have reached you.

PC.131.005

If you, my brethren, had the experience that my husband and myself have had in regard to this known difference being published in articles in our papers, you would never have pursued the courses you have, either in your ideas advanced before our students at the College, neither would it have appeared in the Signs .

PC.131.006

Especially at this time should everything like differences be repressed. These young men are more self-confident and less cautious than they should be. You must, as far as difference is concerned, be wise as serpents and harmless as doves. Even if you are fully convinced that your ideas of doctrines are sound, you do not show wisdom that that difference should be made apparent. I have no hesitancy in saying you have made a mistake here. You have departed from the positive directions God has given upon this matter, and only harm will be the result .

PC.131.007

This is not in God’s order. You have now set the example for others to do as you have done, to feel at liberty to put in their various ideas and theories and bring them before the public, because you have done this. This will bring in a state of things that you have not dreamed of .

PC.131.008

I have wanted to get out articles in regard to the law, but I have been moving about so much my writings are where I cannot have the advantage of them. It is no small matter for you to come out in the Signs as you have done, and God has plainly revealed that such things should not be done . We must keep before the world a united front. Satan will triumph to see differences among Seventh-day Adventists. These questions are not vital points .

PC.132.001

I have not read Elder Butler’s pamphlet, or any articles written by any of our writers, and do not mean to; but I did see years ago that Elder Waggoner’s views were not correct, and read to him matter which I had written. The matter does not lie clear and distinct in my mind yet. I cannot grasp the matter, and for this reason I am fully convinced that presenting it has been not only untimely but deleterious.

PC.132.002

Elder Butler has had such an account of burdens he was not prepared to do this subject justice. Brother E. J. W. has had his mind exercised on this subject, but to bring these differences into our General Conferences is a mistake. It should not be done .

PC.132.003

There are those who do not go deep, who are not Bible students, who will take positions decidedly for or against, grasping at apparent evidence, yet it may not be truth. And to take differences into our Conferences where the differences become widespread, and sending forth all through the fields various ideas, one in opposition to the other, is not God’s plan; but at once arise questionings, doubts, whether we have the truth, whether after all we are not mistaken and in error.

PC.132.004

The Reformation was greatly retarded by making prominent differences on some points of faith, and each party holding tenaciously to these things where they differed. We shall see eye to eye ere long. But to become firm, and consider it your duty to present your views in decided opposition to the faith or truth as it has been taught by us as a people, is a mistake, and will result in harm, and only harm, as in the days of Martin Luther.

PC.132.005

Begin to draw apart, and feel at liberty to express your ideas without reference to the views of your brethren, and a state of things will be introduced that you do not dream of.

PC.132.006

My husband had some ideas on some points, differing from the views taken by his brethren. I was shown that however true his views were, God did not call for him to put them in front before his brethren, and create differences of ideas. While he might hold these views, subordinate himself, if they were once made public other minds would seize upon them, and just because others believed differently would make these differences the whole burden of this message, and get up contention and variance.

PC.132.007

There are the main pillars of our faith, subjects which are of vital interest. The Sabbath, the keeping of the commandments of God, and speculative ideas should not be agitated, for there are peculiar minds that love to get some point that others do not believe, and argue and attract everything to that one point, and urge that point, magnifying that point when it is really a matter which is not of vital importance, and will be understood differently.

PC.133.001

Twice I have been shown that everything of a character to cause our brethren to be diverted from the very points now essential for this time, should be kept in the background. Christ did not reveal many things that were truth because it would create a difference of opinion and get up disputations. But young men, who have not passed through this experience we have had, would have as soon a brush as not. Nothing would suit them better than a sharp discussion.

PC.133.002

If these things come into our Conference, I would refuse to attend one of them for I have had so much light upon this subject that I know that unconsecrated and unsanctified hearts would enjoy this kind of exercise.

PC.133.003

Too late in the day, brethren; too late in the day. We are in the great day of atonement, a time when a man must be afflicting his soul; confessing his sins, humbling his heart before God and getting ready for the great conflict.

PC.133.004

When these contentions come in before the people they will think one has the argument, and then that another directly opposed has the argument. Thus the poor people become confused, and the Conference will be a dead loss, worse than if they had had no Conference.

PC.133.005

Now when everything is dissension and strife there must be decided efforts to publish with pen and voice these things that will reveal only harmony.

PC.133.006

Elder Waggoner has loved discussions and contention. I fear that E. J. W. has cultivated a love for the same. We need now good humble religion . E. J. W. needs humility and meekness, and Brother Jones can be a power for good if he will constantly cultivate practical Godliness that he may teach this to the people. But how do you think I feel to see our two leading papers in contention? I know how these papers came into existence. I know what God has said about them, — that they are one, that no variance should be seen in these two instrumentalities for God. They are one, and they must remain one, breathing the same spirit exercised in the same work to prepare a people to stand in the day of the Lord, — one in faith and one in purpose.

PC.133.007

(Then follows remarks concerning the Gospel , Sickle , etc., but nothing further on this.) (Signed) E. G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection) 134.

PC.134.001

Extracts from Letter to H. W. K., dated Norfolk Villa, Prospect St., Granville, N. S. W., August 3, 1894 When we came to Australia, our people had not a meeting house in the whole country. Since that time a church has been erected in Parramatta, but there is a heavy debt upon it. There is a church in Kellyville, in an orange grove; the building is small, plain and neat, and is free from debt. At Seven Hills there is a little company of twenty who have accepted the truth. Including the children, there are about forty who meet on the Sabbath. They have no dwelling house large enough to hold meetings in. Some weeks ago it became too cold for the tent, for it is now mid-winter here. We decided that a simple, neat church must be erected, that should cost about three hundred dollars. The Sabbath keepers at Seven Hills are intelligent, excellent people, but they are all poor. They have lifted the cross, separating from opposing friends and relatives, and have taken their stand under the blood stained banner of Christ, to be loyal to all the commandments of God. We could not leave this little company without a place where they could assemble to worship God, lest our labor should prove in vain. It has cost much steady, earnest, persevering effort to secure the result we now see. Brother Hickox labored alone for many weeks after the campmeeting; then he married one who could be his helper, and she has stood nobly by his side. We have done what we could to help him in speaking to the people, and in labor for them; if there is joy in the presence of the angels over one sinner that repenteth, we know that there is joy over these twenty precious souls, whom, one after another, have had the moral courage to decide to obey the truth. Now this little flock are babes in Christ, and need to be taught and led along, step by step, into faith and assurance; they need to be educated and trained to do the work of soldiers in the army of the Lord, and to bear hardness, that is, trials and opposition, contempt and scorn, as good soldiers of Jesus Christ.

PC.134.002

Last Sabbath, Elder Corliss, Emily Campbell, and I rode out to Seven Hills to attend the service. I could not venture to enter the private house where so many men, women and children were assembled; I had been very ill with affection of the heart for one week, with difficulty of breathing. I sat in the carriage, in the grove outside, while Elder Corliss opened the Scriptures to feed the little company in the house. They had Sabbath School, followed by a Bible reading, which was interesting and instructive to all.

PC.134.003

Then I stood in the door of the cottage and spoke to them nearly half an hour. The Lord strengthened me, and put words in my mouth, presenting the love of God as expressed to the world in giving Jesus to a life of shame, reproach, and suffering, and a cruel death to save sinners. Just prior to His crucifixion, the Lord Jesus prayed for His disciples, «Father, keep them in thy name.» None can be kept in His name, if they are careless and inattentive in regard to keeping themselves. They have something to do, if their souls are to be kept in the love of God; they must cooperate with God in the grand work. Their faith is to lay hold upon the divine nature, that they may be kept by the power of God, through faith, unto salvation.

PC.135.001

The question is asked, «Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword?» Hear the triumphant cry of victory from the apostle Paul, that hero of faith: «I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor death, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord.» «I know in whom I have believed,» We are not to be ignorant as to whose precious blood was shed for us, that we may rejoice in a personal Saviour. Satan desires to sift us, every one, as wheat; but thank God, our Advocate is praying for us.

PC.135.002

I tried to lead these dear souls to have sense of their responsibility as light bearers to the world. We encouraged all to feel that individually they had a part to act in every meeting when assembled to worship God. The Lord has given us rich promises. «Then they that feared the Lord spake often one to another: and the Lord hearkened, and heard it, and a book of remembrance was written before him for them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon his name. And they shall be mine, saith the Lord of hosts, in that day when I make up my jewels; and I will spare them, as a man spareth his own son that serveth him.» All but one of the company testified for the Lord, giving evidence of the power of truth on the human heart. We felt that the meeting was a success because of the presence of Jesus. All seemed cheered and comforted and blest. We then rode eight miles to our home in Granville, and as the horse climbed the hilly road, we ate our lunch with cheerfulness and gladness of heart. Thank God, the meeting-house is going up; it is small, as cheap as possible, but it will be a precious place, dedicated to the service of God. O, how carefully we considered the question of means. What a hunting there was to see if we could not find some hidden treasure which we could appropriate; how we prayed and studied and planned! Our family did what they could. I engaged to be responsible for five pounds, brethren Starr and Hickox united in giving five pounds stg., Willie gave two pounds, and some other members of the family gave one pound. Well, the amount was still insufficient to make a start. The little company in their poverty did all they possibly could, each giving one pound; one brother gave give pounds; yet the amount was so small; then I doubled my subscription, making it ten pounds, but I saw that discouragement was upon the minds of the brethren as to the possibility of reaching the sum required. Again I doubled my subscription, and then added still give pounds more, making twenty-five in all. The meeting house must not have a debt hanging upon it.

PC.135.003

In every place where churches are raised up, just such a work must be done. If there are twelve believers, there must be a house of worship where they can assemble for the service of God. This part of the work is a positive necessity. During my illness two years ago I received from my brethren in California donations amounting to nearly forty dollars for my own personal benefit. I have added to it enough to swell it to fifty, and have given it toward lifting the debt from the church in Parramatta. These three little meeting houses in New South Wales are the only ones we own in all Australia, one at Kellyville, eleven miles from Granville, one in Parramatta under a heavy debt, and one in process of building at Seven Hills, in a farming district. This church we will not dedicate until the last dollar is paid, not if I have to increase my donation.

PC.136.001

I tell you all this that you may be enlightened, and may enlighten others, in regard to the character of the work in these missions. It is very difficult for those so far distant to lift their eyes to see far off. If they desire to build as they have done in Battle Creek, they will do so, adding building to building, when God has cautioned them not to do it. Battle Creek will not escape the dragon’s wrath; there will be stormy times, perilous times. The interests that have been centered and accumulating in this modern Jerusalem will be a mark for the arrows of Satan. It becomes those who are connected with our institutions to move as God shall direct, and not follow the imagination of their own heart. If they choose their own way, they will become entangled in perplexities, and lose the favor of God because they do not move aright. They have absorbed the means which the Lord desired to have placed in missionary fields where the believers have nothing of their own to give character to the work. As this has been laid out before me, I have tried to present it to my brethren in Battle Creek, and at the Pacific Press, and I still cry aloud, and spare not. Your counselors need to be under the inspiration of the Spirit of God, they need to be converted and transformed, need to look and labor more decidedly for regions beyond.

PC.136.002

Though I may fail to make an impression on the minds of some of my brethren, I shall not keep silent; I will begin to plead with another class. I have said quite enough to those who ought to have taken heed. I have endured agony of soul because of the disregard of the warnings God has given, because of the want of consecration on the part of men who should be in touch with God, living channels of light, faithful sentinels with eyes keen to see and discern the needs for this time. God has given me relief. I have spoken the word of the Lord, and now I will wait and let God bear me up. I will trust in Him, and Him alone. I feel shaken off from every human being. I shall look to God, and to Him alone, to learn my duty, for I dare not trust in man or make flesh my arm. My work will be to cry aloud and spare not, whether men will bear or forbear.

PC.136.003

I am writing this letter by lamp light, sitting upon my bed. I could not sleep longer than half past two A.M. The Lord lives and reigns. There is to be such a time of trouble as there never was since there was a nation. Already nations are angry, already Satan is working with signs and lying wonders, and this will increase until the end. God will use his enemies as instruments to punish those who have followed their own pernicious ways whereby the truth God has been misrepresented, misjudged, and dishonored. These enemies of God are living evidences of the truth of His word; they are fulfilling that which holy men of old spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost. God does not forewarn His people of trifles; the repetition of caution and warnings shows that there is importance in that which was spoken. Do those who claim to want light, treat the light with the respect which is due?

PC.137.001

O, the solemnity of the day of God is upon us. The Lord cometh out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the world for their iniquity, and the earth shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain. A great work is to be done in God’s moral vineyard. I can say from the heart, I have done all I could to help the work in this new field; I have borne agony of soul because there has been so little perception of the work to be done in these far off regions. If God has seen fit to send the truth to these countries, it is not that it shall be hindered, but the responses shall be made to our appeals for this field because there is an intelligent understanding of the whole field and an appreciation of the work done by the workers in these fields. It becomes those who act a part as Christ’s representatives at this time not to dwell upon one portion of the work or of the vineyard, to the neglect of others portions of the field. All should share equally in attention, cultivation, and development. The great saving truths, vital with interest for this time, are to be proclaimed. These truths are to be the woof and warp of every discourse given, every plan devised, and every effort made, the sum, the substance, the core, the life of every appeal. The converting power of God must come to our people, not in spasmodic waves, but as a holy breathing from heaven, making known God’s hidden treasure, the unsearchable riches of the Scriptures.

PC.137.002

I am told that before finishing the life of Christ I ought to visit Jerusalem, the holy land. What made it holy? The Majesty of heaven clothed His divinity with humanity, and dwelt upon our earth. He was despised and rejected of men; in Jerusalem He was crucified by wicked hands. I have not the slightest inclination to visit Jerusalem, to see where it is thought probable that Jesus trod, where He may have labored, and where He may have been crucified. The means which might be expanded thus I would prefer to treasure, that I may point souls to the Saviour risen from Joseph’s tomb, and proclaiming, «I am the resurrection and the life.» I can trace His footprints in the sure word of prophecy, and can obtain a better idea of His works and of His ways, than I could by visiting Jerusalem, defiled with unholy feet and unholy deeds. I could not expend money to visit these places when the living interests of Christ’s kingdom are to be presented to the people. We are to teach the word of God, and to be doers of that word, which is represented as building upon the rock; the structure thus built will withstand the storm and the tempest, because it is founded on the eternal Rock.

PC.138.001

I wish to see Jerusalem when the fires of the last great day shall have cleansed it from all sinful defilement. Jerusalem is now no more sacred to me that any other place on the globe. Wherever by his Holy Spirit Jesus makes known His presence, wherever his righteousness shines forth in bright and glorious beams, wherever his divine love illuminates the humble places of the earth, wherever his honor dwells, there I am pleased to be. Christ looks with sadness upon the delusions that ensnare human minds who are so eager to behold the place where His feet are supposed once to have trodden, and yet who do not heed His command, «Follow me,» who do not walk in the light as He is in the light. A shadow is resting over Jerusalem, a terrible shadow, which I have no desire to come under. Everywhere a curse is visible, which I have no desire to look upon. I can see marks of the curse everywhere. To be able to say I have visited Jerusalem would not shed a distinct ray of light upon one soul. It would not enable me better to tell men and women what they must do to be saved. I present the word of God in truth. I listen to the precious lessons which Christ gave His disciples. In my mind the scenes of His ministry, the places where He taught by the lake side, and clothed with the solemnity and beauty which nature and the word of God have given them. I am content: I would not have darker pictures. I do not wish to look upon the desecrated shrines, with all the repulsive features that would meet my view. I would not be hired to behold the traces of the curse so evidently resting upon Jerusalem. I hope to see this spot when the earth shall be made new, when I shall behold Him whom my soul loveth, in His majesty and glory crowned as King of kings and Lord of lords.

PC.138.002

I have not one word of encouragement for any person, neither have I money to impart to any person, to visit Jerusalem. As it now is, it would be a picture I would never wish to hang in memory’s hall. Brethren, do you believe that you will soon see Jesus? Then do not needlessly expend means that is of so great value to save precious souls; they need never get a sight of Jerusalem under the curse, but with inspired words you can point them to the New Jerusalem, to Jesus the Mediator of the better covenant, who ever liveth to make intercession for us, and whose intercession is wholly efficacious in our behalf. I know that Christ looks with sadness upon those who are searching for the places He passed over while in the flesh, but who fail to recognize Him as a living Saviour, on any ground, in any place. He says, «Lo, I am with you always, even to the end of the world.» Men may search in vain for the foot-prints of Christ in Jerusalem. I care more for where He is now, in heaven, and for what He is doing in my behalf.

PC.138.003

Give to Jesus your devotion where He is in the heavenly sanctuary; seek for the holy Spirit as His representative wherever His people bow to worship Him. It becomes us to know Jesus by an experimental knowledge, as a personal Saviour. We should be gathering up every ray of divine light, not looking to old Jerusalem where Christ was once, but to the New Jerusalem where He is now. Let us be gathering from the tree of life that God has planted, leaves that shall be for the healing of the nations, and fruit, precious, life-giving fruit as food to the soul.

PC.139.001

O, search with prayer, most earnest prayer, to know what God has written; and to trace the foot-prints of Jesus in His life of perfect obedience to His Father’s commandments. Endeavor to catch the inspiration in expounding the word, the sure word of prophecy, that it shall not be as dead letter, but a living, burning, shining light from the throne of God, preparing a people to endure the trails, the sufferings and persecution which Christ endured.

PC.139.002

Who can be made to understand that the inner life must be hid with Christ in God? Such are in the habit of praying, for Christ prayed. Such are in the habit of searching the Scriptures for themselves, and more earnestly as they see the day approaching. Such ones, who love God supremely and their neighbors as themselves, will give themselves to God as a free will offering, and that gift will include all they have. None can give themselves without reserve unless their possessions also are included, and they are dispensing their God-given trust of means as the Lord’s goods. They produce fruit in good works. «Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.» (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Doctor Paulson’s Collection) —

PC.139.003

Some are acting the part of Aaron, to help on the work of apostasy. They have been weighed in the balances, and have been found wanting. Men are spoiling their record, and are proving that they are not to be trusted, but that they will betray the interests of the cause of God, making them the sport of sinners. The messages of heavenly origin that God has sent to his people, to prepare them to stand in the last days, they have sneered at and scorned. But the evidence we have had for the past fifty years of the presence of the Spirit of God with us as a people, will stand the test of those who are now arraying themselves on the side of the enemy and bracing themselves against the message of God. — Testimony to members of the B. C. Church, October 24, 1907. — —

PC.139.004

Great principles and minute practice cannot be disconnected in a symmetrical life. — Mrs. E. G. White, August 3, 1894, Doctor Paulson’s Collection. — 140.

PC.140.001

O how little men, even presidents of conferences, know of the power and helpful strength that God gives to the earnest, humble seeker who puts his trust in God, and does not place men as counselors, in the place where God alone should be. There are thousands upon thousands and ten thousand times ten thousand angels that minister unto those who shall be heirs of salvation. — A. O. Tait, August 27, 1896, From Doctor Paulson’s Collection. — —

PC.140.002

Just at that time the devil was influencing minds to hold back my books published at Review and Herald. Those at the head of the work there discouraged the agents about handling «Patriarchs and Prophets» and «Great Controversy,» the very books which the people should have had at once, and concentrated their efforts on «Bible Readings,» promising that at a certain time they would concentrate their efforts on my books. But this promise they never kept. At the very time when «G. C.» should have been circulated everywhere, it was lying idle on the shelves of the Review and Herald and Pacific Press. — J. N. Loughborough, February 19, 1899, Doctor Paulson’s Collection. — —

PC.140.003

The light given by God for the people was hidden away in the publishing houses. The inner working of this matter was presented to me, and I saw that the very men who said that the canvassers would not handle my books, were themselves arranging matters so that they should not handle them. They told me falsehoods. — Id. —

PC.140.004

The Lord Jesus sent a mighty angel to make plain to John, by the use of symbols, the things that were to come to pass until the coming of Christ. He was bidden to write the instruction in a book for the benefit of the seven churches. This writing we now have preserved in the book of Revelation, but this book is understood by only a few. It contains the message for the last days, and we are to dwell much upon these prophecies. — The work in Oakland and San Francisco, December 26, 1906. —

PC.141.001

North Fitzroy, January 5, 1892 Unity and Humility Among the Workers The stewards of God have not done their duty. If they had, the work would be far in advance of what it is today. But we labor under far less difficulty than the world’s Redeemer had to encounter. We should feel that we are stewards of His grace, trusted with our Masters goods. If we do our best, exercise our entrusted capabilities with the sole purpose of doing our Master’s work and promoting His glory, the smallest talent, the humblest service, may become a consecrated gift, made acceptable by the fragrance of His own merit.

PC.141.002

We have grant and mighty truths, and in presenting these truths to the world there is a field for the exercise of the highest capabilities. But the Lord will scorn your unwilling service. The truth is grand, eternal, because it proceeds from Him who is truth, and righteousness. And He will not accept the half-hearted, reluctant service of one of you. Unless you have a love for Jesus, unless you receive in your heart the Bible truth, and Christ as your personal Saviour, He will not accept your worthless sacrifice or your service.

PC.141.003

When it is evident that those who are engaged in the Lord’s work have made mistakes in some things, Satan is jubilant; he taunts Jesus and the angels of God with the sins he tempts men to commit. He presents these mistakes in all their discouraging features, clothing the erring ones with filthy garments. As the accuser of the brethren he presents these errors and wrong-doings in the worst light possible, and parades them before those who will help him in his work. Then the murmurers and those who are far from God think they have an excuse to be stubborn and sullen. They do not see that hell is triumphing, and that if they had a sense of their responsibility they would like faithful soldiers seek to retrieve the disgrace of defeat, not by leaving the ranks, but by closing up the ranks and pressing to the charge against the enemy, that God might not be dishonored and His cause languish.

PC.141.004

The time when the work goes the hardest is the very time to test the spiritual strength and wisdom of every worker. When difficulties arise in any branch of the cause, as they will, for the church militant is not the church triumphant, all heaven is watching to see what will be the course of those who are entrusted with sacred responsibilities.

PC.141.005

Like their Master, those who are abiding in Christ will not fail nor be discouraged. (See Isa. 42:4-6)

PC.141.006

The Lord requires our undivided affection. If men are not whole hearted, they will fail in the day of trial. When the enemy shall put his forces in array against them, and the battle seems to go hard, at the very time when all the strength of intellect, all the tact of wise-generalship, is needed to repulse the enemy, those who are half-hearted will turn their weapons against their own soldiers; they weaken the hands that should be strong for warfare. God is testing all who have a knowledge of the truth to see if they can be depended on to fight the battles of the Lord when hard pressed by principalities and powers and the rulers of the darkness of the world and wicked spirits in high places. Perilous times are before us, and our only safety is in having the converting power of God every day, yielding ourselves fully to Him to do His will, and walk in the light of His countenance. (See 1 Peter 2;9)

PC.142.001

Now when we are just on the borders of the promised land, let none repeat the sin of the unfaithful spies. They acknowledged that the land they went up to see was a good land, but they declared that the inhabitants were strong, the giants were there, and they themselves were in comparison as grasshoppers in the sight of the people and in their own sight. All the difficulties were magnified into insurmountable obstacles. They made it appear as folly and presumption to think of going up to possess the land. Thus they leavened the whole congregation with their unbelief. The people broke forth into lamentations and loud outcries. But Caleb stilled them before Moses, and said, «Let us go up at once, and possess it; for we are well able to overcome it.»

PC.142.002

This was the language of faith; but the men who had spoken discouragingly were not to be baffled in their attempts to prevent the people from going forward in doing the word of the Lord. They tried to cry down the voice of Caleb, saying, «We be not able to go up against the people; for they are stronger than we.» And they exaggerated the difficulties until all the congregation were crazed with discouragement and fear. The people wept all night, and murmured against the very men in whom they should have had confidence. Then in their exasperation they cast reflections upon God, wishing that they had died in Egypt or in the wilderness; they planned rebellion, proposing to thrust aside their God-appointed leaders. «Let us make a captain,» they said, «and let us return into Egypt.» What sorrow can be brought upon the ones whose hearts are in the work, by those who are unconsecrated, stubborn, and rebellious. Amid all the lamentations and bitterness of feeling, Caleb and Joshua spoke to the congregation, «The land which we passed through to search it is an exceeding good land.» (See Num. 14:8-10) but the people wished to believe the worst, and while the ringing voice of Caleb was heard above the tumult they stood with stones in their hands to batter down the men who bore the right testimony. Then «the glory of the Lord appeared in the tabernacle of the congregation before the children of Israel. (See Nos. 14:1, 12)

PC.142.003

While the people were cherishing doubts, and believing the unfaithful spies, the golden opportunity for Israel passed by. The inhabitants of the land were aroused to make a determined resistance, and the work which the Lord had prepared to do, for them to manifest His greatness and His favor to His people could not be done because of their wicked unbelief and rebellion.

PC.142.004

Shall it be thus in these last days, just before we enter into the heavenly Canaan, that God’s people shall indulge the spirit that was revealed by ancient Israel? Men full of doubts and criticisms and complaints can sow seeds of unbelief and distrust that will yield an abundant harvest. The history of Israel was written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come. (See Heb. 3:7-14) (Heb. 4:1, 2)

PC.143.001

Our only safety is in a diligent searching of the Scriptures. If we waste our precious opportunities to become familiar with the word of God, we are losers in every respect. «All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness; that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works.» (Signed) Ellen G. White —

PC.143.002

George’s Terrace, St. Kilda Road February 6, 1894 Sister Fannie: I have so often told you that your words and ideas must not take the place of the words and ideas given me, that the repetition of this is utterly useless. You have chosen your own way, and mingled self with your work, and have become less and less sensible of the danger to your own self and to the work. You have come to think that you were the one to whom credit should be given for the matter that comes from your hands. I have had warnings concerning this, but could not see how I could come to the very point. . . . Ellen G. White —

PC.143.003

George’s Terrace, February 6, 1894 Mr. and Mrs. J. E. White Dear Children: Under the showers of the latter rain the inventions of man, the human machinery, will at times be swept away, the boundary of man’s authority will be as broken reeds, and the Holy Spirit will speak through the living, human agent with convincing power. No one then will watch to see if the sentences are well rounded off, if the grammar is faultless. The living water will flow in God’s own channels. But let us be careful now not to exalt the men, their sayings and doings; and let not anyone consider it a grand point to have a startling experience to relate; for here is a fruitful field where credence will be given to unworthy persons. Young men and women will be lifted up, and will regard themselves as wonderfully favored, called to do some great thing. There will be conversions many, after a peculiar order but they will not bear the divine signature. Immorality will come in and extravagance and many will make ship-wreck of faith. Our only safety is in keeping fast hold of Jesus. Never are we to lose sight of Him. He says, «Without Me you can do nothing.» We must cultivate an abiding sense of our own inefficiency and helplessness and rely wholly on Jesus. This should keep us individually calm and steadfast in words and deportment. Excitement in the speaker is not power but weakness. Earnestness and energy are essential in presenting Bible truth, the gospel, which is the power of God unto salvation. . . .

PC.144.001

There are quick sands upon which many are in danger of being swamped. It is always safe to seek for the earnest of the Spirit of God, if we do not mingle with it a force and presumption that is not heaven born. There is need of caution in all our utterances lest some poor souls of ardent temperament shall work themselves up into a zeal not according to knowledge. They will act as though it was there prerogative to use the Holy Spirit instead of letting the Holy Spirit use them, and mold and fashion them after the Pattern of the divine. There is danger of running ahead of Christ. We should honor the Holy Spirit by following where it shall lead. «Lean not to thine own understanding.» This one danger of those who teach the truth to others. To follow where Christ leads is a safe path for our feet. His work will stand. Whatsoever God saith is truth.

PC.144.002

But ministers who bear the last message of mercy to fallen men must utter no random words; they must not open doors where by Satan shall find access to human minds. It is not our work to experiment, to study out something new and startling that will create excitement. Satan is watching his chance to take advantage of anything of this order that he may bring in his deceiving elements. The Holy Spirit moving upon the human agents, will keep the mind well balanced. There will not be a wrought up excitement, to be followed by re-action. Satan will make use of every extravagant expression to the injury, not only of the speaker but of those who shall catch the same spirit and infuse others to their harm. Calmness and solemnity should be cultivated; the solemn truths we dwell upon will lead us to manifest deep earnestness. How can we do otherwise when weighed with the most sacred message to bear to perishing souls, weighted by the sense of the nearness of our Saviour’s coming.

PC.144.003

If we are constantly looking unto Jesus and receiving His Spirit, we shall have clear eye sight. Then we shall discern the perils on every side, and shall guard every word we utter, lest Satan find opportunity to weave in his deceptions. We do not want to have the minds of the people wrought up into excitement. We shall not encourage an expectation to see strange and wonderful things. But teach them to follow Jesus, step by step. Preach Jesus Christ, in whom our hope of eternal life is centered.

PC.144.004

The enemy is preparing to deceive the whole world by his miracle-working power. He will assume to personate the angels of light, to personate Jesus Christ. Every one who teaches the truth for this time is to preach the word. Those who cling to the word, will not throw open the doors for Satan by making unguarded statements in reference to prophesying or to dreams and visions. To a greater or lesser degree false manifestations have been coming in, here and there, since 1844, after the time when we looked for the second coming of Christ. We have had them in the Garmire case, in the statements of E. R. Jones, in the Stanton movement. We shall have them more and more, and like faithful sentinels we must be on guard. Letters are coming to me from many persons concerning visions which they have had and feel it their duty to relate. May the Lord help His servants to be cautious.

PC.145.001

When the Lord has a genuine channel of light, there are always plenty of counterfeit. Satan will surely enter any door thrown open to him. He will give messages of truth mingled with the truth ideas of his own, prepared to mislead souls, to draw the mind to human beings and their sayings, and prevent it from holding firmly to a Thus saith the Lord. In God’s dealing with His people, all is quiet; with those who trust in Him all is calm and unpretending. There will be simple, true, earnest believers in the Bible, and there will be doers of the word as well as hearers. There will be sound, earnest, sensible, waiting upon God. The believer will hang his helpless soul on Jesus Christ. Christ will be exalted. Working and praying, watching and waiting, is our position. We should not desire to be recognized and to have our work appreciated in the fullest measure. Heaven is the best and safest place in which to hear from the lips of our Redeemer the result of our work. . . . (Signed) Mother Ellen G. White —

PC.145.002

North Fitzroy, August 30, 1892 Elder Uriah Smith Battle Creek, Michigan Dear Brother: I am deeply interested that in every move you make, you should have the Lord with you. God bestows upon His people great blessings in giving them faithful, upright ministers. In all ages He has wrought through human instrumentalities to give decided messages of warning to His people, that they may be aroused and convicted of their sins, and be led to repent and reform. But at the very time when He is thus empowering men by His Holy Spirit to cry aloud, to spare not, to lift up the voice like a trumpet, and to show His people their transgressions and the house of Jacob their sins, there are other influences at work to counteract the work of God through His appointed agencies. There are those to whom this Scripture is applicable, «They have healed the hurt of the daughter of My people slightly, saying, Peace, peace; when there is no peace.» . . .

PC.146.001

It is sin in some form that brings variance and disunion. The affections need transforming, a personal experience of the renewing power of Christ must be obtained. «In whom we have redemption through His blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of His grace;» The apostle speaking to Christian believers, called by God’s grace says, «If we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sins.» Here are conditions plainly stated, If we walk in the light as He is in the light, the sure result will follow; We have fellowship one with another. . . .

PC.146.002

True Christianity will always be aggressive, and wherever it exists, it will arouse enmity. All who live a conscientious life, who bear testimony of the claims of God, of the evil of sin, of the judgment to come, will be called the disturbers of Israel.

PC.146.003

Those whose testimony awaken the apprehension of the soul, offend pride, and arouse opposition. The hatred of evil against good exists as surely now as in the days of Christ, when the multitude cried, «Away with Him!» «Release unto us Barabbas.» There is no kind of evil in our world, but that some have an interest in maintaining it. Evil is ever warring against good. And since we know that the conflict with the prince of darkness is constant, and must be severe, let us be united in the warfare. Cease to war against those of your own faith. Let no one help Satan in his work. . . .

PC.146.004

The first thing recorded in Scripture history after the fall was the persecution of Able. And the last thing in Scripture prophecy is the persecution against those who refuse to receive the mark of the beast. We should be the last people on the earth to indulge in the slightest degree the spirit of persecution against those who are bearing the message of God to the world. This is the most terrible feature of unchristlikeness that has manifested itself among us since the Minneapolis meeting. Sometime it will be seen in its true bearing, with all the burden of woe that has resulted from it. . . .

PC.146.005

A passive piety will not answer for this time; let the passiveness be manifested where it is needed, in patience, kindness, and forbearance. But we must bear a decided message of warning to the world. The Prince of Peace thus proclaimed His work, «I come not to send peace on earth but a sword.» Evil must be assailed; falsehood and error must be made to appear in their true character; sin must be denounced; and the testimony of every believer in the truth must be as one. All your little differences, which arouse the combative spirit among brethren, are devices of Satan to divert minds from the great and fearful issue before us. The true peace will come among God’s people when through united zeal and earnest prayer the false peace that exists to a large degree is disturbed. Now there is earnest work to do. Now is the time manifest your soldierly qualities; let the Lord’s people present a united front to the foes of God and truth and righteousness. . . .

PC.147.001

When the Holy Spirit was poured out upon the early church, «The whole multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul.» The spirit of Christ made them one. This is the fruit of abiding in Christ. But if dissensions, envy, jealousy, and strife are the fruit we bear, it is not possible that we are abiding in Christ. To draw nourishment from the Living Vine is the same that Christ represents as eating His flesh and drinking His blood. And if we are feeding upon Him, we shall manifest His spirit.

PC.147.002

Jesus longs to bestow the heavenly endowment in large measure upon His people. Prayers are ascending to God daily for the fulfillment of the promise, and not one of the prayers put up in faith is lost. Christ ascended on high, leading captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men. When after Christ’s ascension the Spirit came down as promised, like a rushing, mighty wind, filling the whole place where the disciples were assembled, what was the effect? Thousands were converted in a day. We have taught, we have expected that an angel is to come down from heaven, that the earth will be lighted with his glory. Then we shall behold an ingathering of souls similar to that witnessed on the day of Pentecost.

PC.147.003

But this angel comes bearing no soft, smooth, message, but words that are calculated to stir the hearts of men to their very depths. That angel is represented as crying mightily with a strong voice, saying, «Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird.» «Come out of her, My people that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.» Are we indeed as the human agencies, to cooperate with the divine instrumentalities in sounding the message of this mighty angel who is to lighten the earth with his glory? . . . (Signed) Ellen G. White —

PC.147.004

George’s Terrace, St. Kilda Road Melbourne, January 9, 1893 Captain C. Eldridge Battle Creek, Michigan Dear Brother: The word of the Lord has come to me in clear lines in reference to the principles and practices of those connected with the Review Office. There has been need of self-examination on the part of the workers. Every man who has to do with sacred things should perform his work in a Christ like manner. There must be no sharp practice. «A false balance is abomination to the Lord.» A false balance is a symbol of all unfair dealings, all devices to conceal selfishness and injustice under an appearance of fairness and equity. God will not in the slightest degree favor such practices. He hates every false way. He abhors all the selfishness and covetousness. Unmerciful dealing He will not tolerate, but will repay in kind. God can give prosperity to the working man whose means acquired honestly. But His curse rests upon all that is gained by selfish practices. When one indulges in selfishness or sharp dealing he knows that he does not fear the Lord or reverence His name. Those who are connected with God will not only shun all injustice, but will manifest His mercy and goodness toward all with whom they have to do. The Lord will sanction no respect of persons; but He will not, approve the course of those who make no difference in favor of the poor, the widow, and the orphan. . . .

PC.148.001

The Lord is looking upon men in the different spheres in which they move, and the character is tested under the different circumstances in which they are placed. The truth, pure, refined, elevating, is a continual test, to measure the man. If truth controls the conscience and is an abiding principle in the heart, it becomes an active, working agent; it works by love, and purifies the soul. But if the knowledge of the truth produces no beauty in the soul, if it does not, subdue, soften, and recreate the man after God’s own image, it is of no benefit to the receiver; it is as sounding brass or tinkling cymbal. The truth as it is in Jesus, planted in the heart by the Holy Spirit, always works from within outward; it will be revealed in our words and spirit and actions toward every one with whom we are connected.

PC.148.002

The wave of truth flowing from the infinitely wise God to His frail human agents, is not subject to the will of man. God prescribes the terms, and specifies every condition upon which we may receive His gifts. With the one party there is infinite power, wisdom, mercy, and goodness; with the other party is weakness, and ignorance, and helplessness, and sin. Even the faculties and resources of men, which God will accept in cooperation with the divine, are ours only in trust. In the great condescension of God to admit finite beings as co-laborers in the saving of the world, He makes it a condition that the human agent shall receive counsel from God, diligently obeying every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. And our success in the religious life will be according to the integrity and thoroughness with which these conditions are fulfilled. . . .

PC.148.003

God designs that all who are laborers together with Him should have a rich experience in His love and His power to save. Never should we say, «I have no experience;» for that God who gave Paul an experience will reveal Himself to every one who will earnestly seek Him. What said God of Abraham? «I know him,» saith the heart-searching God, «that He will command His children and His household after Him; and they shall keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment.» Abraham would cultivate home religion, and the fear of the Lord would lead to integrity of life. He who blesses the habitation of the righteous says, «I know Him, that He will command.» There is no betraying of sacred trusts, no hesitating between right and wrong. The Holy One has given rules for the guidance of all, the standard of character from which none can swerve and be guiltless. God’s will is to be diligently and conscientiously studied, and it must be made paramount in all the affairs of life. The laws which every human agent is to obey flows from the heart of infinite love.

PC.149.001

That same holy Watcher who says, «I know Abraham,» knew Cornelius also, and sent His angel with a message to the man who had received and improved all the light God had given him. The angel said, «Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God. And now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter.» Then the specific directions are given, «He lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the seaside; he shall tell thee what thou oughtest to do.» Thus the angel of the Lord works to bring Cornelius in connection with the human agent through whom he might receive greater light. Study the whole chapter carefully, and see the simplicity of the whole transaction. Then consider that the Lord knows every one of us by name, and just where we live, and the spirit we possess, and every act of our life. The ministering angels are passing through the churches, noting our faithfulness in our individual line of duty. . . . —

PC.149.002

George’s Terrace, St. Kilda Road Melbourne, January 9, 1893 This afternoon I had a long conversation with Brother Foster a member of the Prahran Church, who is in perplexity and trial. He is a tailor by trade, and is a first class workman. Before accepting the truth he had a position that commanded $30.00 a week. When he began to keep the Sabbath, he was permitted to retain his position, losing only the day’s wages for the Sabbath. He is a man of good address, and has good ability to teach the truth. He left his position, and went into the field as a laborer, but was sent alone into a hard field, and became discouraged and confused, and almost fell under the delusive power of Satan. At the conference one year ago he had a conversation with me. He became free, the meeting did him good. He has since moved to Melbourne, and works at his trade and leads the meetings in Prahran. But in the present depression of business, he is in close circumstances; and being in poor health, with a large family, he has become much discouraged, and in this state of mind Satan has pressed temptation and darkness upon him. For weeks he has been in sore trial, and today he came to tell me his troubles.

PC.149.003

He says he knew so little of the testimonies, he did not understand the relation they sustained to the cause. Some time since, while he was in perplexity, asking the Lord for light, he had a very striking dream. He saw Sister White in a boat riding on the billows, which were sending the spray like light in every direction. It came into the room where he was with many others; he moved to get beyond its reach, when a hand stretched out to him gave him a paper. The paper was on fire, and a voice said, «Read quickly.» He put out the fire, and opened the paper. There was a testimony, and a key lying upon the testimony. The interpretation came to his mind with great force, «The key to the testimonies is the testimonies themselves.» He woke with the blessing of God upon him. Then he prayed, «Lord direct me to the testimony I should read to help my case.» He took up testimony 31 and opened at the article, «The testimonies rejected.» He read it through with intense interest and was deeply impressed that the testimonies were from God.

PC.150.001

After this he saw in the Review the article of Brother A. T. Jones in regard to the image of the beast, and then the one from Elder Smith presenting the opposite view. He was perplexed and troubled. He had received much light and comfort in reading articles from Brethren Jones and Waggoner; but here was one of the old laborers, one who had written many of our standard books, and whom we had believed to be taught of God, who seemed to be in conflict with Brother Jones. What could all this mean? Was Brother Jones in the wrong? Was Brother Smith in error? Which was right? He became confused. When the important laborers in the cause of God take opposite positions in the same paper, whom can we depend upon? Who can we believe has the true position?

PC.150.002

Brother Foster was in such perplexity, that he sent word by letter that he could not lead in the meetings. Since the beginning of the week of prayer, temptations have pressed so strongly upon him that he has received no benefit. These differences among our leading men have absorbed all his thoughts and he is much distressed over the matter. I told him I expected that others who should read these articles would have the same experience. These differences should not have been made public, for some who are weak in the faith would be caused to stumble, and as the result might lose their souls. I felt keen regret and deep sorrow of heart, for I knew that the Lord was displeased.

PC.150.003

But I said, «Brother Foster, you have the Bible. Search its pages with a prayerful heart; your Redeemer has promised that the Holy Spirit shall lead you into all truth. You have an Instructor that is full of wisdom, one who never errs. I charge you before God to cease worrying, receive the precious rays of light that come to you, feast upon the truth as it in Jesus, walk in the light while you have the light, and more light will shine upon you from the Source of all light. Do not suffer your mind to dwell upon the differences you think you discern. If our leading Brethren are so unwise as to allow their conflicting views to appear in the paper published to go to the world; if they present these differences before the large gatherings that assemble to worship God in the tabernacle or else where, they are doing the very things the Lord Jesus told them not to do, and going directly contrary to the light given them through the testimonies.»

PC.151.001

Now, brethren, the zeal that leads to this kind of work is not inspired of God; Christ never prompts any man to work against Christ. He will not lead us to counteract His own instruction, or to act contrary to the spirit of the prayer He offered for His disciples just before He left them. He knew they would be exposed to trials from the opposition of the world, and He said, «While I was with them in the world, I kept them in Thy name: Those that Thou gavest Me I have kept, and none of them is lost, but the son of perdition; that the Scripture might be fulfilled. And now I come to Thee; and these things I speak in the world, that they might have My joy fulfilled in themselves and I have given them Thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world, but that Thou shouldst keep them from the evil.»

PC.151.002

Our work is clearly aggressive. Our warfare is to be directed against error and sin, not against one another. God requires us to be a strength to one another, to heal, not to destroy. We are to be constantly receiving light; and we are not to spurn the message or the messengers by whom God shall send light to His people.

PC.151.003

If before publishing Elder Jones’ article concerning the image of the beast, Elder Smith had conferred with him, plainly stating that his own view differed from that of Brother Jones, and that if the article appeared in the Review, he himself must present the opposite position, then the matter would appear in a different light from what it now does. But the course pursued in this case was the same as that taken at Minneapolis. Those who opposed Brethren Jones and Waggoner manifested no disposition to meet them like brethren, and with the Bible in hand consider prayerfully and in a Christ-like spirit the points of difference. This is the only course that would meet the approval of God, and His rebuke was upon those who would not do this at Minneapolis. Yet this blind warfare is continued; men of the same faith, in the same city, turn their weapons against each other. It is an astonishment to the heavenly universe. I feel deeply grieved, and if these things are a grief to me, how do they appear to Jesus, who suffered untold agony upon the cross to redeem men from the power of Satan and make them one in Christ? «All ye are brethren.» What can lead brethren to present before the world opposite opinions, without first coming together in love, and comparing views to see if they cannot come into harmony? Will my brethren tell me what spirit is moving them to action?

PC.151.004

We know that Brother Jones has been giving the message for this time, meat in due season to the starving flock of God. Those who do not allow prejudice to bar the heart against the heaven sent message, cannot but feel the spirit and force of the truth. Brother Jones has borne the message from church to church, and from state to state; and light and freedom and the out-pouring of the Spirit of God has attended the work. As events of a most startling nature in the fulfillment of prophecy has shown that the great crisis in rapidly approaching, Brother Jones seeks to arouse the professed people of God from their death-like slumber, to see the importance of giving the warning to the world. But he advances some ideas with which all do not agree, and instantly Brother Gage is aroused; he harnesses for the battle, and before the congregation in the tabernacle he takes his position in opposition to Brother Jones. Was this in the order of God? Did the Spirit of the Lord go before Brother Jones and inspire Brother Gage to do this work? Suppose that Brother Jones’ statement concerning the formation of the image was premature; did the case demand such demonstrations? I answer No, no; not if God has ever spoken by me.

PC.152.001

The Bible rules must be strictly followed. The matter concerning which difference of opinion prevails should be calmly considered, with much prayer, with hearts yearning for unity, and with perfect love for one another’s souls. Examine every point as if you could see the whole heavenly universe looking upon you. If there is positive evidence that one of the brethren is in error, try to convince him from the work of God. If success should not crown your efforts, even then the world has no business with the matter; for it would only dishonor the God of truth, and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent.

PC.152.002

I have received letters from different points telling the sad, discouraging results of these things. We have opposition enough from our foes, and we shall have conflicts fierce and strong; let us not now cause Satan to glory because of the pitched battles within our own ranks. The unity for which our Saviour prayed should be brought into our practical life. Peace, the peace of Christ, inspired by truth, and sustained by righteousness, we must each cultivate. God so loved the world, that He manifested His love by giving His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. Jesus said, A new commandment I give unto you that ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one for another, as I have loved you.» Let your zeal be manifest, not in exposing your variances but in cultivating the precious plant of love, just as Jesus has told us to do.

PC.152.003

«Hereby perceive we the love of God, because He laid down His life for us: and we ought to lay down our lives for the brethren. . . My little children, let us not love in word, neither in tongue; but in deed and in truth. And hereby we know that we are of the truth, and shall assure our hearts before Him. . . And this is His commandment, That we should believe in the name of His Son Jesus Christ, and love one another; for love is of God; and every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth God. He that loveth not, knoweth not God; for God is love. In this was manifested the love of God toward us, because God sent His only begotten Son into the world, that we might live through Him. Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us, and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins.

PC.152.004

«Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought to love one another. No man hath seen God at any time. If we love one another, God dwelleth in us, and His love is perfected in us. Hereby know we that we dwell in Him, and He in us, because He hath given us of His Spirit.» «If a man say, I love God, and hateth his brother, he is a liar; for he that loveth not his brother whom he hath seen, how can he love God whom he hath not seen? And this commandment have we from Him, that he who loveth God loveth his brother also.»

PC.153.001

I have quoted only a few passages, but the Bible abounds in just such lessons. If it is not possible to love God unless we love our brother, the case will certainly go against us in the courts of heaven if we do not cherish Christ like love for one another. The word is very explicit. I am pained beyond measure when I see how little love is cherished and manifested among brethren. How long shall Satan use his arguments against us and weaken our influence by revealing to others how little love and deference and respect are shown for one another? Is it not time we were doers of the word, and not hearers only? Shall we not closely examine our own hearts, and see whether we are in possession of the love of God? Jesus can in the likeness of sinful flesh, by a pure and holy life to condemn sin in the flesh. He came to our world to represent the character of God, and it is our work to represent the character of Christ. If we have lost His love out of our hearts, our work is to seek the Lord, that our hearts may be renewed by His Holy Spirit.

PC.153.002

«I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same things and that there be no divisions among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.» For it has been declared unto you, my brethren, by them which are of the house of Chloe, that there are contentions among you. Now this I say, That every one of you saith, I am of Paul; and I am of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ. Is Christ divided? Was Paul crucified for you? Or were you baptized in the name of Paul?

PC.153.003

The cause of divisions or discord in the church is separation from Christ. The secret of unity is union with Christ. Christ is the great center. We shall approach one another just in proportion as we approach the center. United with Christ, we shall surely be united with our brethren in the faith. To be a Christian means a great deal more than is supposed. A Christian is Christ-like. Membership in the church does not make us Christians. Has the light from Christ penetrate the heart? Are justice and purity and truth abiding in the soul temple? We may know; for the fruits will appear. «The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance; against such there is no law. And they that are Christ’s have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts. If we live in the Spirit, let us also walk in the Spirit. Let us not be desirous of vain glory, provoking one another, envying one another. Brethren, if a man be overtaken in a fault, ye which are spiritual, restore such an one in the Spirit of meekness, considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted. Bear ye one another’s burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ. For if a man think himself to be something, when he is nothing, he deceiveth himself. This is not a time for brother to cherish prejudice against brother. Put not into our enemies’ hands anything that bears the least suggestions of differences among us, even in opinion.

PC.154.001

The conference at Minneapolis was the golden opportunity for all present to humble the heart before God, and to welcome Jesus as the great Instructor; but the stand taken by some at that meeting proved their ruin. They have never seen clearly since, and they never will; for they persistently cherish the spirit that prevailed there, a wicked criticizing, denunciatory spirit. Yet since that meeting, abundant light and evidence has been graciously given, that all might understand the truth. Those who were then deceived might since have come to the light. They might rejoice in the truth as it is in Jesus, were it not for the pride of their own rebellious hearts. They will be asked in the Judgment, «Who required this at your hand, to rise up against the message and the messengers I sent to My people with light, with grace and power? Why have you lifted up your souls against God? Why did you block the way with your own perverse spirit? And afterward when evidence was piled upon evidence, why did you not humble your hearts before God, and repent of your rejection of the message of mercy He has sent you? The Lord has not inspired these brethren to resist the truth. He designed that they should be baptized with the Holy Spirit, and be living channels of light to communicate the light to our world, in clear, bright rays.

PC.154.002

«The Lord hath from the beginning chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth.» Here, according to the appointment of God, are the two agencies in man’s salvation, — the divine influences, and a strong, living, working faith, a faith that receives the truth. God requires no man to cast aside his reason, and yield to the control of blind credulity. But we are to search the Scriptures in the spirit of learners. In the meekness of Christ canvas every point of difference. Search for the truth as for hidden treasures. It will not do to ignore these questions of vital interest. Human assertions are as valueless as straw. Many will miss the path to heaven because they rest their faith upon men. They resist the message of mercy because some one in whom they have confidence is indifferent to it. But the soul is of too great value to rest its faith on man. No one but Christ can ransom the soul. We have the word of God, and this alone can we trust unwaveringly. Let brethren seek God together. Let them fall upon the Rock and be broken. «Ye are laborers together with God.» We must understand the obligations imposed upon us by this co-operation, or we shall never stand approved in the Judgment. Laborers together with God means fellow-laborers with those of our own fallen race, but cooperating with divine agencies. It is the work of salvation to accomplish this union of the human with the divine.

PC.154.003

The time of peril is now upon us. It can no longer be spoken of as in the future. And the power of every mind, sanctified to the Master’s work, it to be employed, not to hedge up the way before the messages God sends to His people, but to labor unitedly in preparing a people to stand in the great day of God. It is not the inspiration from heaven that leads one to be suspicious, watching for a chance and greedily seizing upon it to prove that those brethren who differ from us in some interpretation of Scripture are not sound in the faith. There is danger that this course of action will produce the very result assumed; and to a great degree the guilt will rest upon those who are watching for evil. Had our brethren been free from prejudice, and walking in humility, they would have been ready to receive light from whatever source; recognizing the Spirit of God and the grace of Christ, they would be indeed channels of light, and their long experience would make them safe counsellors, men of sound judgment.

PC.155.001

God would have His people love one another and help one another, thus strengthening every good work. We should counsel with one another, the old, experienced laborers with those whom God shall raise up to advance His work as we approach the great consummation. But if such men as Elder Smith, Elder Van Horn, and Elder Butler shall stand aloof, not blending with the elements God sees essential to carry forward the work in these perilous times, they will be left behind. God will complete His work in righteousness. These brethren have had every opportunity to stand in the ranks that are pressing on to victory; but if they refuse, the work will advance without them. God will send by whom He will; His message will not return unto Him void, but will accomplish that whereunto it is sent. And if they refuse the message, the men whom God designed should hold the same relation to the younger workers as did Moses to Joshua, will fail of doing the work the Lord designed they should do. They will be a hindrance in the place of a blessing. The work will go forward; but these brethren, who might have received the richest blessings, will meet with eternal loss; for though they should repent and be saved at last, they can never regain that which they have lost through their wrong course of action. They might have been God’s instruments to carry the work forward with power; but their influence was exerted to counteract the Lord’s message, to make the work appear questionable. Every jot and tittle of this will have to be repented of.

PC.155.002

The opposition in our own ranks has imposed upon the Lord’s messengers a laborious and soul trying task; for they have had to meet difficulties and obstacles which need not have existed. While this labor had to be performed among our own people, to make them willing that God should work in the day of his power, the light of the glory of God has not been shining in clear, concentrated rays to our world. Thousand who are now in darkness of error, might have been added to our numbers. All the time and thought and labor required to counteract the influence of our brethren who oppose the message has been just as much taken from the work of warning the world of the swift coming judgments of God. The Spirit of God has been present in power among His people, but it could not be bestowed upon them, because they did not open their hearts to receive it.

PC.155.003

It is not the opposition of the world that we have to fear; but it is the elements that work among ourselves that have hindered the message. The efficiency of the movements for extending the truth depends upon the harmonious action of those who profess to believe it. Love and confidence constitute a moral force that would have united our churches, and insure harmony of action, but coldness and distrust have brought disunion that has shorn us of our strengths.

PC.156.001

The Lord designed that the messages of warning and instruction given through the Spirit to His people should go everywhere. But the influence that grew out of the resistance of light and truth at Minneapolis tended to make of no effect the light God had given to His people through the Testimonies. Great Controversy Vol. IV, has not had the circulation it should have had, because some of those who occupy responsible positions were leavened with the spirit that prevailed at Minneapolis, a spirit that clouded the discernment of the people of God.

PC.156.002

The work of opponents to the truth has been steadily advancing, while we have been compelled to devote our energies in a great degree to counteracting the work of the enemy through those who were in our own ranks. The dullness of some and the opposition of others have confined our strength and means largely among those who knew the truth but did not practice its principles. If every soldier of Christ had done his duty, if every watchman on the walls of Zion had given the trumpet a certain sound, the world might ere this have heard the message of warning. What account will be rendered to God for thus retarding the work?

PC.156.003

While the angels were holding the four winds that they should not blow, giving opportunity for every one who had light to let it shine to the world, there have been influences at work among us to cry peace and safety. Many did not understand that we had not time or strength or influence to be lost through dilatory action. While men slept, Satan has been stealing a march upon us, working up the advantages given him to have things after his own order.

PC.156.004

The Lord has revealed to us that the Laodicean message applies to the church at this time, and yet how few make a practical application of it to themselves. God has wrought for us; we have no complaint to make of Heaven, for the richest blessings have been proffered us, but our people have been very reluctant to accept them. Those who have been so stubborn and rebellious that they would not humble themselves to receive the light God sent in mercy to their souls, became so destitute of the Holy Spirit that the Lord could not use them. Unless they are converted, these men will never enter the mansions of the blest. Some have been preaching the word whose labors are tainted with impurity and licentiousness. They have done far more harm than good. Unless they shall turn from their evil ways, they will perish with the wicked. Others have carried the truth in a very indifferent manner; they have had no real burden for the work; they have gone backward rather than forward. It is high time for these to retrace their steps; for they have lost their first love. The Lord’s injunction to them is, «Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; Or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove they candlestick out of thy place, except thou repent.»

PC.157.001

A great work is before us. There are a few who carry the heavy burden of responsibility. They feel that God has committed to our American churches a solemn trust in the messages of truth to be given to the world. From all nations the Macedonian cry is heard, «Come over and help us.» God in His providence has opened fields before us, and if the human agents co-operate with the divine agencies, many souls may be made partakers of a pure and saving faith. For years the appeal has been made, but the Lord’s professed people have been sleeping over their allotted work, and it remains almost untouched. God has sent message after message to arouse our churches to do something, and to do it now. But to the call of God, «Whom shall I send?» There has been few voices to respond, «Here am I, send me.» Through this neglect, many souls will lose the opportunity the Lord desires to give them.

PC.157.002

«A certain man made a great supper, and bade many: and sent his servant at supper time to say to them that were bidden, Come; for all things are now ready. And they all with one consent began to make excuse. The first said unto him, I have bought a piece of ground, and I must needs go and see it: I pray thee have me excused. And another said, I have bought five yoke of oxen, and I go to prove them, I pray thee have me excused. And another said, I have married a wife, and therefore I cannot come. So that servant came, and showed his lord these things. Then the master of the house being angry said to his servant, Go out quickly into the streets and lanes of the city, and bring in hither the poor, and maimed, and the halt, and the blind. And the servant said, Lord, it is done as thou hast commanded, and yet there is room. And the lord said unto the servant, Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled. For I say unto you, That none of those which were bidden shall taste of my supper.»

PC.157.003

When the message of God is brought to them, many will thus excuse themselves. But the work must be pressed wherever there is an opening. Men and money are needed to carry the work forward. Still there is opportunity for us to share the Saviour’s self denial and sacrifice for the salvation of souls. The necessities of the work now demand a far greater outlay than ever before. The Lord calls upon His people to make every effort to curtail their expenses. Again I plead that instead of spending money for pictures of yourselves and your friends, you should turn it into another channel. Let the money that has been devoted to the gratification of self flow into the Lord’s treasury to sustain those who are working to save perishing souls. Let those who have houses and lands give heed to the message, «Sell that ye have, and give alms.» «Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in mine house, and prove Me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to receive it.»

PC.157.004

The Lord is soon to come. We must work while the day lasts; for the night is coming, in which no man can work. Many, many have lost the spirit of self-denial and sacrifice. They have been burying their money in temporal possessions. There are men whom God has blessed, whom He is testing to see what response they will make to His benefits. They have with-held their tithes and offerings until their debt to the Lord God of hosts has become so great that they grow pale as the thought of rendering to the Lord His own, a just tithe. Make haste, brethren, you have now opportunity to be honest with God; delay not. For your souls’ sake no longer rob God in tithes and offerings.

PC.158.001

The Lord calls for every talent of means and ability to be put to use. When the reproach of indolence and slothfulness shall have been wiped away from the church, the Spirit of the Lord will be graciously manifested. Divine power will combine with human effort, the church will see the providential interpositions of the Lord God of hosts, the light of truth will be diffused, the knowledge of God and of Jesus Christ whom He hath sent. As in the apostles’ time many souls will turn unto the Lord. The earth will be lightened with the glory of the angel from heaven.

PC.158.002

If the world are to be convinced of sin as transgressors of God’s law, the agency must be the Holy Spirit working through human instrumentalities. The church needs now to shake off her death-like slumber; for the Lord is waiting to bless His people who will recognize His blessing when it comes, and diffuse it in clear, strong rays of light. «Then will I sprinkle clear water upon you, and ye shall be clean. . . .And I will put My Spirit upon you, and cause you to walk in My statutes.» If the wilderness of the church is to become as a fruitful field, and the fruitful field to be as a forest, it is through the Holy Spirit of God poured out upon His people. The heavenly agencies have long been waiting for the human agents, the members of the church, to cooperate with them in the great work to be done. They are waiting for you. So vast is the field, so comprehensive the design, that every sanctified heart will be pressed into service as an agent of divine power.

PC.158.003

At the same time there will be a power stirring every thing from beneath. The working of evil angels will be manifest in deceptions, delusions, in calamities, and casualties, and crimes of no ordinary character. While God employs the angels of mercy to work through His human agents, Satan sets his agencies in operation, laying under tribute all the powers that submit to his control. There will be lords many and gods many. The cry will be heard, «Lo, here is Christ, and Lo, He is there.» The deep plotting of Satan will reveal its working everywhere for the purpose of distracting attention from present duty. The appearance of a false Christ will awaken delusive hopes in the minds of those who allow themselves to be deceived. The church members that are awake will rise to the emergency, manifesting greater diligence as iniquity abounds. The very manifestations of Satanic power are to be presented in their true light before the people. There will be signs and wonders in the world of nature The powers of earth and heaven will manifest a terrifying, destructive activity. But the eye of faith will discern in all these manifestations harbingers of the grand and awful future, and the triumphs that will surely come to God’s people.

PC.158.004

Let all who believe the truth for this time put away their differences; put away envy and evil speaking and evil thinking. Press together, press together. «Seeing ye have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit unto unfeigned love of the brethren, see that ye love one another with a pure heart fervently.»

PC.159.001

Work, O work, keeping eternity in view. Bear in mind that every power must be sanctified. In yourselves you are powerless to do anything good. Christ declares, «Without Me ye can do nothing.» Becoming partakers of the divine nature you can do all things. Through Christ you can have power with God and with men. A great work is to be done. Let the prayer go forth from unfeigned lips, «God be merciful unto us, and bless us; and cause His face to shine upon us; that Thy way may be known upon the earth, Thy saving health among all nations.» Our God is waiting to be gracious. «And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent.» Will the church give to the world the light of the knowledge of Jesus Christ? Shall the light shine forth to all nations, kindreds, tongues and peoples?

PC.159.002

«There is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon Him. For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved. How then shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? and how shall they believe in Him of whom they have no heard? and how shall they hear without a preacher? and how shall they preach, except they be sent? as it is written, How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things.» «For so hath the Lord commanded us, saying, I have set thee to be a light of the Gentiles, that thou shouldst be for salvation unto the ends of the earth.»

PC.159.003

«But when He saw the multitudes, He was moved with compassion because they fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shepherd. Then saith He unto His disciples, The harvest truly is plentious, but the laborers are few; pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that He will send forth laborers into His harvest.» Our work is plainly laid down in the word of God. Christian is to be united to Christian, church to church, the human instrumentalities cooperating with the divine, every agency to be subordinate to the Holy Spirit, and all to be combined in giving to the world the good tidings of the grace of God. (Signed) Ellen G. White (From Dr. Paulson’s Collection) 160.

PC.160.001

Ms-3- ’97 Health Reform «Sunnyside,» Cooranbong, N. S. W. January 11, 1897 I was awakened at 11:30 last night, and commenced writing. We were in a meeting where important instruction in many lines was being given. Among those assembled were physicians, editors, publishers, ministers, and a large number of other persons. We were considering many things in regard to health reform. The matters of exercise and reformatory methods in regard to the foods we eat were under discussion. Some were advocating a flesh meat diet. Speaking in support of this diet they said that without it they were weak in physical strength.

PC.160.002

But the words of our Teacher to us were, «As a man thinketh, so is he.» The flesh of dead animals was not the original food for man. Man was permitted to eat it after the flood because all vegetation had been destroyed. But the curse pronounced upon man and the earth and every living thing has made strange and wonderful changes. Since the flood the human race has been shortening its period of existence. Physical, mental and moral degeneracy is rapidly increasing in these latter days.

PC.160.003

The educational work in the medical missionary line is a great advance step toward awakening man to his moral responsibilities. Had the ministers taken hold of this work in accordance with the light that God has given them in various lines, there would have been a most decided reformation in eating, in drinking, and in dressing. But there are those who have stood directly in the way of the advance of Health Reform. They have held the people back by their indifferent or depreciatory remarks, and their supposed pleasantries and jokes. They themselves and a large number of others have been sufferers, even unto death, but all have not yet learned wisdom.

PC.160.004

The Lord would vindicate the word He has given to His servants. Had all united to walk in the light, from the time the light was first given on this subject, there would have been an army of sensible arguments employed to vindicate the work of God. But it has been by most aggressive warfare that any advancement has been made. The souls and bodies of the people have been the case, if those who claimed to believe the truth had lived out its sacred principles in their lives. But these were unwilling to deny self, unwilling to yield their mind and will to the will of God; they were determined to have their own way, and they have realized in their own sufferings the sure results of such a course.

PC.160.005

God has claims upon all who are engaged in his service. He desires that every power and endowment shall be under the divine control, and that they shall be as healthy as careful, strictly temperate habits can make them. We are under obligation to God to make an unreserved consecration of ourselves to him, body and soul, with all the faculties appreciated as God’s entrusted gifts, to be employed in his service. All our energies and capabilities are to be constantly strengthened and improved during this period of probationary time.

PC.161.001

But those who have occupied positions of influence have not appreciated the work which has been so long neglected. They have not become interested and diligent students of the building which God has made for his habitation. They consider it far more important to become learners upon subjects of less consequence to the human agent. Thousands upon thousands know nothing of the body, and how to care for it. David declared, «I am fearfully and wonderfully made.» And when God has given us such a habitation, why should not every apartment be critically examined. The chambers of the mind and the heart apartment are the most important. Why should men and women continue in ignorance, and live in the basement of the house, enjoying sensual and debasing pleasures?

PC.161.002

Great care should be taken when the change is made from a flesh meat to a vegetarian diet to supply the table with wisely prepared, well-cooked articles of food. So much porridge eating is a mistake. The dry food, that requires mastication is far preferable. The health food preparations are a blessing in this respect. Good brown bread and rolls, prepared in a simple manner yet with painstaking effort will be healthful. Bread should never have the slightest taint of sourness. It should be cooked until it is most thoroughly done. Thus all softness and stickiness will be avoided.

PC.161.003

For those who can use them, good vegetables, prepared in a healthful manner are better than soft mushes or porridge. Fruits used with thoroughly cooked bread two or three days old will be more healthful than fresh bread. This with slow and thorough mastication, will furnish all that the system requires.

PC.161.004

«As a man thinketh so is he.» If the appetite is allowed to rule, then the mind will be brought under its control. When the stomach is educated to discard that which will prove only an injury to it, the simplest kinds of food will satisfy its hunger.

PC.161.005

It is not well to take a great variety of foods at one meal. When fruit and bread, together with a variety of other foods that do not agree, are crowded into the stomach at one meal, what can we expect but that a disturbance will be created?

PC.161.006

The mixing largely of white or brown flour bread with milk in the place of water is not a healthful preparation. If the bread thus cooked is allowed to stand over, and is then broken open, there will frequently be seen long strings like cobwebs, and this, in warm weather, soon causes fermentation to take place in the stomach. Milk should not be used in place of water in breadmaking. All this is extra expense, and is not wholesome. The taste may be educated so that it will prefer bread prepared in this way; but the more simply it is made, the better it will satisfy hunger, and the more natural will be the appetite to enjoy the plainest diet.

PC.161.007

We had a large family to cook for, and the ten quarts of milk which our cow gave each day was not sufficient for our family use. At times three extra quarts had to be purchased to give us enough to mix the bread with milk. This was a most extravagant business, and wholly unnecessary. I had this order of things changed, and the testimony of nearly all was that the bread was more appetizing than when mixed with milk.

PC.162.001

Every housekeeper should feel it her duty to educate herself to make good sweet bread, and in the most inexpensive manner; and the family should refuse to have upon the table bread that is heavy and sour; for it is injurious. There are a large number of poor families who buy the common baker’s bread which is often sour, and is not healthful for the stomach. In every line of cooking the questions that should be considered is, «How shall the food be prepared in the most natural and inexpensive manner?» And there should be careful study that the fragments of food left over from the table be not wasted. Study how, that in some way these fragments of food shall not be lost. This skill, economy, and tact is a fortune. In the warmer part of the season, prepare less food. Use more dry substance. There are many poor families, who, although they have scarcely enough to eat, can often be enlightened as to why they are poor, there are so many jots and tittles wasted.

PC.162.002

The meat diet is the serious question. Shall human beings live on the flesh of dead animals? The answer, from the light that God has given is, No; decidedly no. Health Reform institutions should educate on this question. Physicians who claim to understand the human organism ought not to encourage their patients to subsist on the flesh of dead animals. They should point out the increase of disease in the animal kingdom. The testimony of examiners is that very few animals are free from disease, and that the practice of eating largely of meat is contracting diseases of all kinds, — cancers, tumors, scrofula, tuberculosis, and numbers of other like affections. If men will subsist on the food that God has so abundantly provided without having it first pass into the animal organism and become sinew and muscle, and then take it second hand by eating of the corpse, his health would be much better insured.

PC.162.003

The ministers in our land should become intelligent upon Health Reform. They need to become acquainted with the science of physiology. They will be intelligent in regard to the laws that govern physical life, and their bearings upon the health of mind and soul. Then they will be able to speak correctly upon this subject. In their obedience to physical laws that are to hold forth the word of life to the people, and lead up higher and still higher in the work of reform. «I beseech you therefore brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service.» «Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims, abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul; having your conversation honest amongst the Gentiles: that, whereas they speak against you as evil doers, they may by your good works, which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visitation. All who claim to be teachers should urge, both by precept and example the necessity of abstaining from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul.

PC.163.001

What shall arouse those who claim to be walking in the light that is shining upon the people of God in these last days? A lethargy of unconscious sensualism through indulgence of perverted appetite, a constant submitting of soul and body and spirit to moral defilement is upon the people. Under the marriage vow, which our Creator has instituted, appetite has been perverted and indulged. And these lustful appetites, with their destroying power, have been transmitted from parents to children, and so intensified that their names are recorded in the books of heaven as transgressors of God’s law. Upon their very countenances is imprinted the sin of Sodom. And continuance in these sins will bring the sure and terrible results. They will suddenly be destroyed, and that without remedy. They will receive the sentence, «He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still. And, behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to give every man according, as his work shall be. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and enter in through the gates into the city. For without are dogs, and sorcerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie.»

PC.163.002

This is the final judgment. Let the senses of all be aroused; for many whose names now appear on the church books are not the children of God. In the books of heaven it is recorded of them, «Thou art weighed in the balances, and found wanting.» Let every church in our land arouse to the importance of studying the word of God, and with much earnest prayer, not stand afar off, but «draw nigh unto God.» The promise is, «He will draw nigh unto you.» Then you may keep life in your souls, and obtain a sound experience. Then you will not be of that class of whom it is written, «And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold.»

PC.163.003

Let the Lord Jesus come into your houses and into your hearts. Every talent entrusted to us is to be used and improved in accordance with the will of the Giver. Days, months, and years are added to our existence that we may improve our opportunities and advantages for working out our own individual salvation, and promoting the well-being of others by our unselfish life. Thus may we build up the kingdom of Christ, and make manifest the glory of God.

PC.163.004

Human exertion, physical and intellectual ability, will be taxed to the utmost to keep the feet of the youth in the path where we can trace the footprints of Jesus. The young men have not had all the attention that they should have had in order to develop their talents. The arrangements made in the missionary line of work are far in the rear. Councils have been corrupted, and board meetings been conducted by inefficient members who felt not the necessity of having the constraining power of the Holy Spirit upon the youth, to help them to choose the illumination from above. The youth need sanctified example, an acknowledgment of Omnipotence in the grand work of becoming home and foreign missionaries. They need to behold in the cross of Christ the only true power to sustain the human agent in his continuous struggle against temptations, amid disappointments and reverses. How many of the General Conference have said to the workers «Go,» but have left many to make brick without straw, have given them no facilities or help.

PC.164.001

The malarious, poisonous atmosphere, which surrounds the souls of those who are dead in trespasses and sins, is causing them to become like the inhabitants of the Noetic world, who, because they chose to follow the imaginations of their own corrupt minds, and dishonor God by their wicked inventions, they became corrupt in body and soul, and hated the God who made them. God sent them a message that they should not live, but should be destroyed because of their wicked works. And whole families today are in need of being terribly alarmed. They have been, and still are, corrupting their way before God. They are so steeped in licentiousness that they do not discern the difference between the pure affections given them of God, the attributes of human nature, and the destructive lusts which by indulgence and wicked inventions make them as sinful as were those before the flood and the inhabitants of Sodom.

PC.164.002

In assuming human nature that He might reach to the very depths of human woe and misery, and lift man up, Christ has shown what estimate He places upon the human race. In this work everything was at stake. Satan claimed to be the lawful owner of the fallen race; and with what persistent efforts did he seek to overthrow Christ through his subtlety! It was only by most desperate conflict with the powers of Satan that Christ could accomplish his purpose of restoring the almost obliterated image of God in man, and place his own signature upon his forehead. It was a desperate battle; for Satan had so long worked in league with human intelligences as to about completely intercept every ray of light shining from the throne of God upon the human mind. The cross of Calvary alone could destroy the works of the devil. In that wondrous sacrifice all eyes were called to «behold the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sin of the world.» The love of Christ kindles in the heart of all who continue to behold him.

PC.164.003

Satan’s ear caught the words spoken by John the Baptist, «Behold the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sin of the world,» and he determined to unite all the power of his army and of human beings with himself to accomplish the ruin of the race. He would commence with the appetite. He could bring his temptations to bear upon this point, and by a perverted appetite destroy the mental and physical force, and make man appear a revolting, polluted being before his Maker. And Satan has carried out his purpose.

PC.164.004

All nature makes manifest the work of God. Man is fearfully and wonderfully made, and if man had obeyed the laws of Jehovah in his natural laws, the image of God would have been revealed in him. But by sinning against his own body, by indulging his unnatural appetite and disturbing the action of the human machinery; by the use of alcoholic drinks, narcotics, and the flesh of diseased animals, man has dis-ordered and crippled the Lord’s divine arrangements. Nature does her best to expel the poisonous drug tobacco, but frequently she is overborne. She gives up the struggles to expel the intruder, and the life is sacrificed in the conflict. Every pernicious drug placed in the human stomach, whether by prescription of physicians, or by man himself doing violence to the human organism, injures the whole machinery. Every intemperate indulgence of lustful appetite is at war with natural instinct and the healthful condition of every nerve and muscle and organ of the wonderful human machinery which through the Creator’s powers possesses organic life.

PC.165.001

Nature would do her work wisely and well if the human agent would, in his treatment of the body, co-operate with the divine purpose. But how Satan and his whole confederacy rejoice to see how easily his powers of deception and art can persuade men to form an appetite for most unpleasant stimulants and narcotics . And then when nature has been overborne, enfeebled in all her working force, there is the drug medication to come from the physicians, to kill the remaining vital force and leave men miserable wrecks of suffering, of imbecility, of insanity, and of loathsome disease. God is hidden from the human observation by the hellish shadow of Satan.

PC.165.002

In Luke 4:16-19, Christ announces his mission and work for the world: «And he came to Nazareth, where he had been brought up, and, as his custom was, he went into the synagogue on the Sabbath day, and stood up for to read. And there was delivered unto him the book of the prophet Esaias. And when he had opened the book, he found the place where it was written, The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor: he hath sent me to heal the broken hearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised, to preach the acceptable year of the Lord.» Jesus himself became man’s ransom, his liberator from the oppressive power of Satan. «Ye are not your own,» he says, «for ye are bought with a price.» We are bought from a power whose slaves we were. And the price our ransom cost was the only begotten Son of God. His blood alone could ransom guilty man. «For God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.»

PC.165.003

O, if every one could discern these matters as they have been presented to me those who are now so careless, so indifferent in regard to their character building; those who plead for indulgence in a flesh meat diet, would never open their lips in justification of an appetite for the flesh of dead animals. Such a diet contaminates the blood of their veins, and stimulates the lower animal passions. It enfeebles keen perception and vigor of thought to the understanding of God and the truth, and a knowledge of themselves.

PC.165.004

Christ gave his life a ransom for many. Christ was to come under the cruel power of Satan. Satan hoped if he could once gain the supremacy he would overcome Christ. He had obtained mastery over the human family, and through disobedience to God’s holy law, had brought them under his jurisdiction. He unjustly claimed them as his own subjects. But Christ takes the prey from the enemy. Satan was to be overcome by the Son of man. 166.

PC.166.001

Christ removed every obstruction that man might return to his allegiance to God. Christ became subject to suffering in behalf of man. And yet man by his selfish indulgence, is willing to place himself in slippery places, and through unnatural appetite obliterate the image of God. Man, who has been endowed with physical, mental, and moral power, has placed himself where he is a weakling. Satan knows that he cannot overcome man unless he can control his will. He can do this by deceiving man so that he will co-operate with him in transgressing the laws of nature in eating and drinking, which is transgression of the law of God.

PC.166.002

Here is where the subject on intemperance grows into importance. Here is where Satan works to so confuse minds by a perverted appetite that man cannot discern sacred things from common. Cheap things are placed on a level with the sacred. Animalism is strengthened, the higher powers weakened.

PC.166.003

The physical and mental condition of the parents is perpetuated in their offspring. This is a matter that is not duly considered. Wherever the habits of the parents are contrary to physical law, the injury to themselves will be repeated in the future generations. Satan knows this very well, and he is perpetuating his work through transmission. Let the husband and wife in their married life prove a help and a blessing to one another. Let them consider the cost of every indulgence in intemperance and sensualism. These indulgences do not increase love, not ennoble and elevate. Those who will indulge the animal passions and gratify lust will surely stamp upon their offspring the debasing practices, and grossness of their own physical and moral defilement. By physical, mental, and moral culture all may become co-workers with Christ. Very much depends upon the parents. It lies with them whether they shall bring into the world children who will prove a blessing or curse.

PC.166.004

There is a much higher standard to be reached in every family. All can rise. By drawing nigh to God, they may receive power to resist the devil; for the Spirit of God lifts up a standard for them against the enemy. The father and the mother who know no higher rule of life than selfish indulgence of lustful passions are not Christians. They are lowering the standard of intellectual and moral character, and are descending down toward the brute creation, rather than upward to work in harmony with Jesus Christ to restore the moral image of God in man. Appetites are cherished that are low and debasing, and entirely unnatural.

PC.166.005

God calls for reform in our churches. Satan is playing the game of life for every soul. He is seeking to brutify humanity whom God values. But when the appetite is held under the control of an intelligent, God-fearing mind, there will be a cultivation of pure, spiritual attributes. There will be a refusal to be led into a slavery that kills both physical, mental, and moral worth, and leaves the human agent, for whom Christ has paid so high a price, crippled, worthless, and tossed about with temptation.

PC.166.006

Benumb not by intemperate habits, the faculties that God has given for wise improvement. Touch not, taste not, handle not, spirituous liquors in any form. But intemperance does not stop here. There are manufactured appetites which the author of our being has never created, and every departure from the simple natural laws which he has established in our being, is a departure from the law of God. This law embraces the treatment of the entire being. Every nerve and fiber and muscle of the body has been constructed by God, and so arranged as to minister happiness to the human agent. But man has sought out many inventions. He has treated his body as if its laws had no such thing as penalty, and in this sin against his body he has dishonored his Maker.

PC.167.001

Satan has carried out his plans in this respect. Man’s appetite has become perverted, his organs and powers enfeebled, crippled, and diseased. And these results which he has through his spacious temptations brought about he uses to taunt God with. He presents before God the appearance of the human being whom Christ has purchased as his property. And what an unsightly representation he is of his Maker! God is dishonored, because man has corrupted his ways before the Lord.

PC.167.002

The Creator of man has arranged the living machinery of our bodies. Every function is wonderfully and wisely made. And God pledged himself to keep this human machinery in healthful action if the human agent will obey his laws and co-operate with God. Every law governing the human machinery is to be considered just as truly divine in origin, in character and in importance as the Word of God. Every careless, inattentive action, any abuse put upon the Lord’s wonderful mechanism, by disregarding his specified laws in the human habitation, is a violation of God’s law. We may behold and admire the work of God in the natural world, but the human habitation is the most wonderful.

PC.167.003

From the first dawn of reason, the human mind should become intelligent in regard to the physical structure. Here Jehovah has given a specimen of himself for man was made in the image of God. It is Satan’s determined work to destroy the moral image of God in man. He would make the intelligence of man, his highest, noblest gift, the most destructive agent, to pollute with sin everything he touches.

PC.167.004

Not only the human, but the brute creation are made to suffer through Satan’s attributes wrought out through the human agent. One human being becomes Satan’s co-partner to tempt, allure, and deceive his fellow-men by vicious practices. And the sure result is diseased bodies, because of the violation of moral law; «Because iniquity shall abound the love of many shall wax cold.» It is Satan’s determined purpose to deceive the human family to such an extent that he can bring them as a mass on his side to work with him in making man believe that the law of God is no longer obligatory upon the human race. Then he will find agencies which will multiply his efficiency in leading man to ignore the law of God. When they do this, then he rules them with a rod of iron.

PC.167.005

The only definition of sin given in God’s Word is transgression of the law. It is not excusable, and has no defence or justification. It will be the final and eternal condemnation of the originator of sin and all the angels who united with him in the heavenly courts, who joined the confederacy of evil, identifying themselves with the great apostate. When the question comes, «Why have ye done thus?» every tongue will be silent; the rebellious world will stand speechless before God. Of Satan God had said, «Thou was perfect in all thy ways from the day that thou wast created, until iniquity was found in thee.»

PC.168.001

Sin entered the world by the defection of one who stood at the head of the holy angels. What was it that wrought so great a change, transforming a loyal, honored subject into an apostate? The answer is given, «Thine heart was lifted up because of thy beauty; thou hast corrupted thy wisdom by reason of thy brightness.» Had not the Lord made the covering cherub so beautiful, so closely resembling his own image; had not God awarded him special honor; had anything been left undone in the gifts of beauty and power and honor, then Satan might have had some excuse. But God declares, «Thou sealest up the sum, full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty. Thou hast been in Eden the garden of God; every precious stone was thy covering. . . .Thou art the anointed cherub that covereth; and I have set thee so; thou wast upon the holy mountain of God: thou hast walked up and down in the midst of the stones of fire. Thou wast perfect in all thy ways from the day that thou wast created until iniquity was found in thee. By the multitude of thy merchandise they have filled the midst of thee with violence, and thou hast sinned; therefore I will cast thee as profane out of the mountain of God; and I will destroy thee, O covering cherub, from the midst of the stones of fire. Thine heart was lifted up because of thy beauty, thou hast corrupted thy wisdom by reason of thy brightness; I will cast thee to the ground, I will lay thee before kings, that they may behold thee. Thou hast defiled thy sanctuary by the multitude of thine iniquities, by the iniquity of thy traffic; therefore will I bring forth a fire from the midst of thee, it shall devour thee, and I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth in the sight of all them that behold thee. All that know thee among the people shall be astonished at thee; thou shalt be a terror, and never shalt thou be any more.»

PC.168.002

Why O why cannot the world see where they are drifting, and the sure result. The Lord has wrought in sending the living preacher with the word of life. It is the word of God to a people who through Satan’s devices know him not. When the Lord’s ministers in sincerity hold forth the word of life, there should be those connected with him to help him in the work.

PC.168.003

The sowing of the gospel seed will not be a success unless the seed is quickened into life by the dew of heaven. Before one book of the New Testament was written, the Holy Spirit came upon the praying apostles, and the testimony of their enemies was, «Ye have filled all Jerusalem with your doctrine.»

PC.168.004

The teacher himself must be the living embodiment of truth. His self denial and charity is his witness that he bears the message of heaven. He has himself eaten of the flesh and drank of the blood of the Son of God, and this is eternal life. Taught by the Spirit, he will not be satisfied with less than the salvation of souls. M. V. H. January 11, ’07

PC.169.001

June 19, 1911 MS -9-1911 Remarks of Mrs. E. G. White Regarding Aggressive Moves at Loma Linda At a meeting in the Chapel April 20, 1911 (Thursday afternoon, April 20, there was a council meeting called in the Loma Linda Chapel, to consider the opportunity that had just been presented to purchase from Mr. Kelly a tract of land west of the Pepper Drive and south of the Colton Road, consisting of about eighty-four acres.

PC.169.002

After very brief remarks about the Vine and the branches, and the benefits resulting from the disciplinary process of pruning, Sister White spoke of various phases of the work.)

PC.169.003

Today with Sister McEnterfer, and again with my son, I rode around the Loma Linda grounds, and took more particular notice of them than ever before; and I feel very thankful that we have such a place. Surely we ought to be a grateful people because God has brought us into possession of this beautiful place.

PC.169.004

In our meetings during this council, we have been speaking of the higher education. What is the higher education? It is to understand Christ’s words and teachings, and to follow on to know the Lord. It is to know that His going forth is prepared as the morning.

PC.169.005

Today, as I looked over the place more thoroughly than ever before, and saw the grounds, the drives, and the cottages that were standing before we came here, I felt gratitude in my heart toward God, that through His providence we had been brought into possession of Loma Linda. I felt thankful also to see the improvements that have been made since we have had the place. And I thought how important it is that we make every move in accordance with the will of God.

PC.169.006

As the Lord prospers us, we should manifest our gratitude by a willingness to advance. We should see the advantage of adding to that which we already have. I feel a burden regarding the danger of letting anybody come into the neighborhood to spoil the place.

PC.169.007

There is a piece of land across the railroad, lying next to a piece already purchased, which should be secured. One day we drove over it, and all around it. We wanted to see all about it. And I am sure from the representations that have been made to me, that this piece of land ought to come into our possession. If you are wise, the next time I come here, you will have that land. I will try to help you all I can. Let us work intelligently.

PC.169.008

There are several reasons why you should have this land. You need the produce from it for your cattle to subsist upon; this piece is close at hand, and joins that which you already have. 170.

PC.170.001

Here we have our school, and here many important interests are centered. We must not permit elements to come in that will tend to hinder and retard the work. It will be pleasing to the Lord if we keep our eyes wide open, and are fully awake, ready to take advantage of every circumstance, that will place us in right relation to the work we have to do. It would be a grievous error for us to allow to pass an opportunity to secure this property, for we might never again have such an opportunity. I advise you to secure it before it becomes so expensive that you could not afford to buy it.

PC.170.002

There is danger of our becoming too narrow. These many little houses close together across the railroad do not look well. If we can get land, and have room, so as not to build any more in that way, it will be better.

PC.170.003

You need the land, and it will be a matter of regret bye and bye if it is not secured. Do not make any delay to take steps that will prevent it being taken up by those who would plan for unbelievers to crowd into it. We should keep them out. If we do this, we shall have reasons to rejoice.

PC.170.004

The Lord is well pleased with what you have already done here at Loma Linda. When one sees the prosperity that has attended the work, and the spirit of consecration that prevails, the conviction deepens that you are working in harmony with God.

PC.170.005

I desire that all the work of this place shall be a correct representation of what our health institutions should be. Let everything that we lay our hands to show the result of the moving of the Spirit of God upon the human hearts. This will be evidence that we have the higher education. Workers whose hearts are in obedience to the movings of the Spirit of God will make this place what God desires it to be. I am surprised, happily surprised to see everything looking so well. It is beyond my expectations. And now let everyone strive to keep it so, and labor for improvement.

PC.170.006

I am highly gratified as I look upon the land we already have. This will be one of the greatest blessings to us in the future, one that we do not fully appreciate now, but which we shall appreciate bye and bye. I hope that you will get the other land that I have spoken of, and join it to that which you already have. It will pay you to do this. As I have carried the burden of this place from the very beginning, I wanted to say this much to you. Now I leave the matter with you; and let us work in harmony.

PC.170.007

Our Duty to Reach Out Individually we should stand in freedom before God, serving Him intelligently. The Lord will work through every soul who is consecrated to Him. He will give them knowledge and spiritual understanding; and He will direct their steps. How shall we know that He is leading us? Because we act in accordance with the Holy Spirit, and are in harmony with Christ.

PC.171.001

You know how hard the enemy worked that we should not get this place. Now it is in our possession, and you have been working to the point of occupying and using and improving the place for the benefit of the sick and the honor of Christ’s name. The Lord is pleased with this. He wants you to work His vineyard faithfully; and your faithful service appeals to the understanding of the patients and visitors. If it were not for this faithfulness, you never would have secured the favor and gained the advantages that you enjoy today in regard to the educational work taken up here. You stand in favor before the people. This advantageous position you could not have gotten if there had been a laxness in the work and a leaving things at loose ends. «Wherefore, gird up the loins of your mind; be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ.»

PC.171.002

Those who stand here are to be an example in humility, in steadfastness, in high standing, showing to the world what is the higher education, showing what it means to be linked up with Christ. If your will is united with Jesus Christ, we shall see the work of God advance steadily in this place. It will reach to Riverside; it will reach to other places that are all around. There is a work to be done in many little settlements round about here. There is no virtue in settling down in one place, and spending all your time and energies there. There are many towns and settlements where earnest work needs to be done for the saving of souls. You are to have an arm of strength in all these places. The word comes to you: Be wise; be vigilant.

PC.171.003

We should feel a deep interest in those souls who are brought into connection with us. We are to labor for them, leaving unused no means that God has put in His world for our use in the behalf of others. It was thus that Christ labored. Going from place to place, He preached the precious gospel, sowing the seeds of truth in the hearts of the men and women who would listen to His testimony. And He wants every should of us to appreciate the work that He has given us, and the example He has set.

PC.171.004

Unity Among the Workers Do not let division come in to destroy the spirit of unity. We want unity; and when we pray together, let faith lay hold upon the Mighty One. Christ is looking upon us in love. If we will walk in His footsteps, following on to know the Lord, we shall know that His going forth is prepared as the morning.

PC.171.005

The blessed Saviour did not refuse to die for men, but for their sakes submitted to abuse and mockery from His enemies. His life was taken away in cruelty. As He hung upon the cross, His enemies, standing at the foot, divided His garments among them. Consider how much Christ endured that we might believe that no experience can come to us that He does not fully understand. We are to be led by a spirit entirely opposite to that which inspired the enemies of Christ. It is our privilege to help one another and sustain one another, thus showing that the Spirit of God is working in heart and mind and character.

PC.171.006

I am glad there are sensible men and women here. I am pleased that there is a strong force of physicians and teachers. And I want to say to you all: Work in harmony. «I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no division among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind, and in the same judgment.» The Lord wants you to do this, and I believe you will. If you can not possibly do it here, just go away where you can. We need to draw steadily with Christ, and to labor to glorify His holy name. And the responsible men and women in this place should give thanks to God for His manifold mercies. But do not complain, or indulge in criticism, because this is all out of place. It will spoil the work.

PC.172.001

Not Amusements, but Consecrated Work There are some who feel that if there is prosperity here it will be necessary to get up some amusement. Let us not cherish such thoughts as this. Rather let the people see that you have a mind for usefulness and duty, and that to the saving of the soul. The amusements that consume time, just to gratify self, do not pay.

PC.172.002

I have felt so thankful regarding the improvements that I see here. God has prospered you, and He will continue to prosper. And we must give ourselves to the education of those who do not appreciate these things. We must keep it before them in the living light. Regarding the securing of means for the development of the work, you must exercise that living faith that takes hold from above. Some here know what a battle we have had in order to secure harmonious action; and we thank the Lord that when the enemy comes in like a flood, then the Spirit of the Lord lifts up for us a standard against the enemy.

PC.172.003

Some will think that by having amusements here we will gain more influence. But what we want is to go steadily forward, with our hands firmly holding the divine promises, believing that Christ will lead and guide and bless, and place a heavenly stamp upon our work. Do not feel that there is not enough in all that we have to do in this place for Christ and heaven, and that you must reach out for some amusement outside of your God-given work. Do not do it; for this will not harmonize with Christ’s example. Stand solidly for God. Tell the students, Here we have Riverside and other places. If you want to do a good work, take our publications, and carry them to these places. Hold meetings, and let the people see that you have a living connection with heaven.

PC.172.004

If you are a child of God, your prayers, and your work to strengthen and build up will have an influence, and God will bestow His blessing upon you. We need not feel that we must provide amusements to gratify the desires of some who come in here hoping to attract attention to themselves. It would be better that such ones should go elsewhere. We are here to give the last message of warning to a perishing world, and every jot of our influence is to be consecrated to God. It is not His will that frivolous, unsanctified amusements shall be instituted here. We have a heaven to win, a hell to shun; let us work solidly in behalf of ourselves and others for eternal life in the kingdom of God.

PC.173.001

At Paradise Valley I told the workers that they must do all in their power to honor and glorify God. God makes the impression upon hearts; it is not we who make it. If we work faithfully to glorify God, He makes the impression upon the people. He will lift up and strengthen every soul that seeks Him in sincerity. He will teach us how to lay hold of His promises, so that His grace shall abound in the soul.

PC.173.002

It is our privilege to be co-workers with God. Let no one feel that he must secure the highest place in order that he may do the greatest amount of acceptable service. Do not fear that you will lose patronage unless you enter into some of the world’s fashions and amusements. Your eyes must be fixed on the pattern Christ Jesus. Imitate Him, in works, in conversation, in your deportment before the people. If you will follow in the footsteps of Jesus, you will have an everlasting reward. The way is open for you to work in unison with Christ; and He who gave His precious life for you will help and strengthen you, and guide you step by step, if you desire to be led. Ellen G. White —

PC.173.003

«Be of Good Cheer» Talk by Mrs. E. G. White at the time of the Board meeting of the College of Medical Evangelists, Loma Linda, California, November 9, 1912.

PC.173.004

I feel very thankful that it is our privilege to believe in God and to walk carefully in accordance with the instruction He has given us in His Word. If we do this, our hearts will respond to the impressions of the Spirit of God, and we shall follow on to know the Lord, whose going forth is prepared as the morning. And let us always remember that just as His going forth is prepared as the morning, so we are to expect the revelations of His grace as we advance. But if we keep silent, if we do not feel the importance of moving in harmony with His will, we shall not have His blessing attending us. We cannot afford, brethren and sisters, to be without His help and guidance. We need to be in a position where we can talk with God. We are to commune with Him. He who is our sanctification, our righteousness, has given us the privilege of being in a position where we may have a continually increasing faith. We must ever live by faith, and follow on to know the Lord.

PC.173.005

God’s promises to us are so rich, so full, that we need never hesitate or doubt; we need never waver or backslide. In view of the encouragements that are found all through the Word of God, we have no right to be gloomy or despondent. We may have weakness of body; but the compassionate Saviour says: «Ask, and it shall be given you, seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: for every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened.»

PC.173.006

Will you believe these assurances? Will you say, «Yes, Lord, I take Thee at Thy word. I will begin where I am to talk an increase of faith; I will take hold of the promises; they are for me.» Oh, brethren and sisters, what we want is a living, striving, growing faith in the promises of God, which are indeed for you and for me.

PC.174.001

Many, many times I have been instructed by the Lord to speak words of courage to His people. We are to put your trust in God, and believe in Him, and act in accordance with His will. We must ever remain in a position where we can praise the Lord and magnify His name. Then we shall see light in His Word, and follow on to know Him, whose going forth is prepared as in morning.

PC.174.002

In the first Epistle of Peter we read: «Peter, an apostle of Jesus Christ, to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia, elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father, through sanctification of the spirit, unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you, and peace, be multiplied. Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, to an inheritance incorruptible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in heaven for you, who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation ready to be revealed in the last time.»

PC.174.003

These words are all-sufficient evidence that God desires us to receive great blessings. His promises are so clearly stated that there is no cause for uncertainty. He desires us to take Him at His word At times we shall be in great perplexity and not know just what to do. But at such times it is our privilege to take our Bibles, and read the messages He has given us; and then get down on our knees, and ask Him to help us. Over and over again He has given evidence that He is a prayer-hearing and prayer-answering God. He fulfills His promises in far greater measure than we expect to receive help.

PC.174.004

So long as Satan continues to live, we shall have perplexity; and if we choose to follow the counsel of the enemy, we shall have constant difficulty; but if we refuse to yield to Satanic influences, choosing rather to lay hold on God and on the promises of His Word, we shall be able to help and strengthen and uphold one another. Thus we shall bring into the work with which we are connected a spirit of courage. Never are we to utter a word that would arouse doubt or fear, or that would cast shadows over the minds of others. I am determined not to permit myself to speak discouraging words; and when I hear criticism and complaint, or an expression of doubt and fear, I know that he who thus speaks has his eyes turned away from the Saviour. I know every such person does not appreciate Him who at infinite sacrifice left the royal courts and came down into the world that was lost, and lived among the children of men in order that He might speak words of hope and good cheer to the discouraged and the desponding.

PC.175.001

Wherever we are, we are under obligation, as disciples of our Lord and Master, to anchor our faith in the promises of God. Individually we are to believe. We are not to cast about for a possible doubt, or imagine that sometime we may have to stand beneath the shadow of a cloud that seems to be gathering. We are chosen of God to be His children. We have been bought with an infinite price, and we have no occasion for placing the suggestions of the enemy before the assurances of the Lord Jesus Christ.

PC.175.002

The Lord desires us to act sensibly. We shall have trials; we need never expect anything else; for the time has not yet come when Satan is to be bound. Wherever we may be, we shall continue to have trials. But if we give up to the suggestions of the enemy, we lose the battle. Can we afford to yield to the arch-deceiver? Oh, no! We are to turn for help and deliverance to Him who «according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ,» even the hope of an eternal inheritance reserved for those «who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation.»

PC.175.003

I was here at Loma Linda when this place was purchased. As I spoke to the people, the power of God came into our midst again and again. On the occasion of my first visit to look over the property, I knelt right down with our brethren and the representatives of the owners of the place who were here, I knelt right down in the midst of them and prayed to God about the work that should be undertaken and carried forward in Loma Linda. When I got up, some of those who were not of our faith seemed to be deeply moved. From that time I have ever felt under bounden duty to God to make this place just what it should be. I know that there are men here who have wrestled in the cause of God, and I know that they have passed through an experience that they never would have had if Satan had not had the power to oppress them.

PC.175.004

Let us all strive to make of Loma Linda just what God means it should be. This is the principal thing I have to say — make this place what God would have you make of it. Every one of you is under bounden duty to God to labor in harmony, and to press the battle to the gate. If unbelievers come in and talk their doubts and fears, remember that Satan is not dead. He has agencies through whom he works; but shall we become discouraged because of this? Oh, no! Christ, our Saviour, lives and reigns. Let us not look on the dark side . As soon as we yield to the temptation to do this, we shall have plenty of company. But there is nothing to be gained by looking on the dark side. What we want is courage in the Lord; and we want to follow on to know the Lord, that we may know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. This is not going back into darkness. You know how the morning is prepared. If you follow on to know the Lord every day, you will increase in brightness, in courage, in faith, and the Lord Jesus will be to you a present help in every time of need. Ellen G. White

PC.176.001

Talk to Students and Helpers, Mrs. E.G. White in Chapel, April 16, 1912 Matt. 6. «Take heed that ye do not your alms before men, to be seen of them; otherwise ye have no reward of your Father which is in heaven.» Now there is a point we want to mark of these points: that if we expect that which Heaven is ready to bestow upon us, we must comply with the condition. «Therefore when thou doest thine alms, do not sound a trumpet before thee, as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, that they may have glory of men. Verily I say unto you, They have their reward. But when thou doest alms, let not thy left hand know what thy right hand doeth: That thine alms may be in secret: and thy Father which seeth in secret himself shall reward thee openly.» Now we want to understand every word, for it belongs just as much to this company as in the days when Christ was upon the earth to speak the words that he spoke.

PC.176.002

«And when thou prayest, thou shalt not be as the hypocrites are: for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and in the corners of the streets, that they may be seen of men. Verily I say unto you, They have their reward. But thou, when thou prayest, enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father which is in secret; and thy Father which seeth in secret shall reward thee openly. But when ye pray, use not vain repetitions, as the heathen do; for they think that they shall be heard for their much speaking. Be not ye therefore like unto them: for your Father knoweth what things ye have need of, before ye ask him.» Now how particular is the marking out of this matter:

PC.176.003

«After this manner therefore pray ye: Our Father which art in Heaven, hallowed be thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors.» Now there is a point that is of great advantage to us not to forget. You see we want all these things that are presented before us, we want them decidedly in our minds. «And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory for ever, Amen.» Now here is one lesson, and we want to understand this lesson; we want to study it out and we want to see how much force and power that there is given us that we may understand how to conduct ourselves. «Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever. Amen.» Now here is the prayer for our daily bread, and we want to understand that we are to recognize the gifts of God to us. And then again, «After this manner pray ye: Our Father which art in heaven. Hallowed be thy name. Thy kingdom come.» Are we ready for it? Do we want it to come? Have we done all that God has specified that we should do in order that we may take this in completely and entirely? «Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our debts as we forgive our debtors.» This is especially for us to practice, to learn. «For give us our debts as we forgive our debtors. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil; for thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever, Amen.»

PC.177.001

Here is a positive agreement with God to us, and we want to understand this perfectly and intelligently, to carry it out. «And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: for thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, forever. Amen. For if ye forgive men their trespasses»—now let your ears be wide open—«if ye forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you: but if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses.

PC.177.002

«Moreover when ye fast» — now here is special directions for us: «Moreover when ye fast, be not, as the hypocrites, of a sad countenance, for they disfigure their faces, that they may appear unto men to fast. Verily, I say unto you, They have their reward.» It is all they will get. They won’t get anything more. What they want is the very spirit of the prayer that they offer, to take it in and let that prayer be carried out in their daily life. «But thou, when thou fastest, anoint thine head, and wash thy face: That thou appear not unto men to fast, but unto thy Father which is in secret: and thy Father, which seeth in secret, shall reward thee openly.» What does Sister White read all this for? you say. Because we have lessons to learn that we have not yet learned. «Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: But lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal: for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.» These are lessons that every one of us want to understand and become intelligently upon.

PC.177.003

«The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light.» What a promise! How broad! It could not be broader! «But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness!

PC.177.004

«No man can serve two masters: for either he will hate the one and love the other; or else he will hold to the one and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon. Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought» — that is, anxious thought, unbelieving thought — «for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment?» Can you answer that question? We want and God wants us to recognize that every gift that we receive, to be a help and strength to us, it cometh from God. And we should be grateful and we are to carry the gratitude in our individual hearts. And if we carry that gratitude into our individual hearts, let me tell you there will be a different atmosphere surrounding our souls from what we now have. Try to live closely — take the truth of God just as it is given in his word.

PC.177.005

«No man can serve two masters: for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon. Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought» — that is, anxious thought — «for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment?» Now that is what we want to understand. We want to understand the Word intelligently, and we do not want to make any makeup or make believe story about it, but we want to know that we are planning for an eternal inheritance in the kingdom of heaven. I want that understood. «Therefore I say unto you, Take no» — what? — anxious thought «for your body what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink: nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment? Behold the fowls of the air: for they sow not, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns; yet your heavenly Father feedeth them. Are you not much better than they? Which of you by taking thought can add one cubit unto his stature? And why take ye thought (anxious thought) for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin; and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. Wherefore, If God so clothes the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, shall he not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith? Therefore take no thought, saying, What shall we eat? or, What shall we drink? or, Wherewithal shall we be clothed? (For after all these things do the Gentiles seek:) for your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things. But seek ye first the kingdom of God, and his righteousness; and all these things shall be added unto you. Take therefore no thought for the morrow: for the morrow shall take thought for the things itself. Sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof.»

PC.178.001

Now, I want to bring before you some things that have been presented to me, where many are making a mistake; and that is, their mind is more upon eating and drinking and dressing themselves than in feeling humble and prayerfully to serve God. And from the light the Lord has given me there is a decided change to take place in every family that has not this scripture unfolded in its meaning to them. We want to know what shall I do to be saved? individually. And when you begin to know the word in this way, you will find that God looks upon you and he will impart to you the understanding of his word that you shall not be covetous, after this thing and that thing and the other thing that is in the world. That is what this lesson is given for. And we want to be in that position that we can take our lessons, and that we can learn our lesson faithfully and put on Christ; put on the very elements of Christ’s character in all our actions, in all our doings. That is what I felt intensely anxious that you should understand; that there is a work that you are to do in unity with Christ, and if you do that work in unity with Christ, the Holy Spirit will give you representations to the world that you are a man that is following on to know the Lord and to be taught of God. «Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body raiment?» Will you weary your body, and will you worry and will you fret and will you spoil your religious experience, because you do not trust in the Lord Jesus Christ to work for you when you are doing your best on your part? «Nor yet for your body, what shall ye put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment? Behold the fowls of the air: for they sow not, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns; yet your heavenly Father feedeth them. Are ye not much better than they? Which of you by taking thought can add one cubit unto his stature? And why take ye thought for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin» — excellent opportunity you have to study that — «and yet I say unto you that even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these.» What a wonderful speech that is! «Wherefore, etc.» Now we want to understand this. As it was presented to me, there is so much thinking and worrying and trouble of mind about things that you cannot help if you should think a week upon them. You cannot change it, but the Lord would help you to put your trust in Him, to look to Him, and his Holy Spirit will come upon you and you will have — not a disposition to quarrel because you do not have everything you want — but you will have a disposition to thank God from the heart for what you have. That is what we need. And unless you have that Spirit, and unless you carry it out, you will never enter the kingdom of Heaven.

PC.179.001

I wanted to talk this morning, and I want you to see and understand that our Lord is a just and righteous God. We do not want the constant worry and fretting and complaining, we do not want to encourage it at all. We want to just stand in a position that we can see the goodness of God. Then we will have a pleasant disposition, and your company will be that which is pleasant, and the angels of God will see that you are copying the example that they have presented before you. We want, every one of us, to have an amiable disposition, and unless you have a sanctified, amiable disposition, you will lose heaven entirely. So that the care, anxiety, instead of worrying all the time for fear you shall not have something good and nice to eat or some dresses to put on, — now it is the most foolish thing, because you want to stand in a correct position before God. There is a mighty work to be done for everyone of us. And we are to understand it, and we cannot afford to lose the lessons that are brought in. We must know what God wants to work out through us. There is a great deal of mischief done in the imagination of our own hearts and minds that we want our individual way. But God wants us to come into right relation to him. And if we will consent to learn, why then we shall see of the salvation of God.

PC.179.002

«Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, shall he not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith? Therefore take no thought saying, What shall we eat? or, What shall we drink? or, Wherewithal shall we be clothed? (For after all these things do the Gentiles seek:) for your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things. But seek ye first the kingdom of God and his righteousness» — now there is where our lack is. We do not study and contemplate that disposition that calls us to help everyone that we possibly can, but we want that everything should come in an easy way to us. Now everyone will have the Holy Spirit of God upon them if they will seek for it in the right way, if they will come to him as little children, and if they will ask him for his Grace and his power and his salvation that they can be lifted up? — No, that isn’t it. But that they may have all these advantages to present to be a blessing to those that are around them. What we want is to study the Bible and to find out the way that may take hold of the promises of God and claim them as ours. And we will be happy in that. The devil cannot get a chance either to come in and to tempt you and to destroy your peace. We must bring ourselves in right relation to God.

PC.180.001

We want the blessing of God to rest upon every scholar and every teacher and these teachers should be converted daily to God. Angels of God will help them, and the ugly disposition that comes in like a flash — it isn’t there. There is no place for it. We do not give it room. We aren’t studying how we can get above our brother, or those that are around us, or our Sister. We must not do that. But we want to prepare to meet Christ every day. He came to this earth to give his life for us, that we might gain the precious victory of eternal life in the kingdom of glory. And he wants to encircle every one of you in his precious care, that you shall not reveal to the world a disposition that will not tend to elevate the religion of Jesus Christ, but lower it. You cannot afford it. And the great work that has been presented to me for our people is now — We have the great advantages here, and none has worked for them harder than I have tried to work in order that I might every step honor Christ, in our work here in this world. We are not to have a hasty temper; that is the devil’s work, and we are not to have a wicked speech and unhappy thoughts of this one and that one and the other. No, indeed. We are not to try and excel this one and excel that one, but let our own fruit, in words, proper words, right words, words that will bless someone — let these words be spoken. But the converting power of God needs to be in all our schools, and we want to act for Christ. We want to serve him. We want to glorify him. We want to honor him, who made it possible by coming into our world and giving himself, giving himself a sacrifice to make it possible for us to be saved. That is what we want to appreciate, and we want to work it out in our life. We do not want to be a careless people here. We want everyone of us to be in the path that leads heavenward. And you read in the precious Book that «if you will follow on to know the Lord ye shall know his going forth is prepared as the morning.» You know what that is. We need not give you any explanation at all. We want the saving grace of God. We do not want to try — and there is in every place, as it is presented to me, always all this striving to be first, for fear you shall not have the first honor and that you shall not have the glory of this and that and the other thing.

PC.180.002

There is a great work to do. The Lord has a very special work to do for every should of us, if we ever see the kingdom of heaven. Here are the young people. You are to have just that education that can win souls to Christ. It is not yourselves, merely, that are to be saved, but you are winning by giving an example to those that are around you, what the power of truth can be upon the individual mind. We want Christ within, the hope of glory. And when we make up our minds to be right, you just read this and keep it in your life, and you will be the most contented person, and not striving for the best place. No such thing. You want just the place that God would desire for you, where the Lord can look upon you with pleasure, and if you «follow on to know the Lord, you shall know that his going forth is prepared as the morning.» Now, I do not need to describe the morning to you. You know all about that. You are right here where you can see it, and we have not had very pleasant days for a few days, but we haven’t heard anyone going around and complaining about the sun not shining. No indeed. You just go and try to help some soul that cannot get out of doors and see if you can encourage them, and it will be a blessing to them, but a much larger one to you.

PC.181.001

What we want is to get what that as a people we shall reveal the sanctification of the Holy Spirit in our words and in our looks, and thus overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of our testimony. Now here is the point that will bring us into right relations to God. And when we begin to think that somebody else is getting ahead of us, just ask the Lord to put his Holy Spirit upon our mind and upon our heart and upon our character. What we want is pure and undefiled religion, and when we get that, let me tell you, three will be such a spirit seen here — Why, I remember how hard we work for fear that we would not get this place. There was a good many standing in our way, that did not want us to have it. They said that they could not carry the debt. They did not want us to have it. But we made our prayers to God, and came right where the men were and said, Not the first thing we will do is to present this case to God, and if he wants us to have this place, and we act in a righteous manner to get it, I have no question but we shall have it. The fears were started from a tall man that was in possession of the house, and dropping, dropping.

PC.181.002

Well, now these words are precious in the sight of God, and he wants every one of us to educate ourselves in the faculty of the Spirit that is to circulate in the heavenly court when we shall enter there. And we must circulate that spirit here, or we will never enter there. What we want is righteousness and truth and the glory that God will bestow upon the ones that are diligently seeking in the right way to serve God that they may obtain Christ’s righteousness. And in that way we shall find that our homes will be pleasant. Why, fathers and mothers have no right to be scolding and fretting with their children in their homes. It is a sin. We are fitting up — what for? The heavenly mansions. And we can teach it to our children that we can have no words, no crossness, we can have no quarreling in our house because that will send the angels of God away. We want the angels of God to fit us up that we may inherit the kingdom prepared for us from the foundation of the world.

PC.181.003

Seek to practice the life that Christ has presented to us, that is a righteous life. That is what I wanted to say to my brethren here. There is to be no quarreling at all. There is room enough in our world, and there is a chance for everyone of us to perfect a Christian character in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth; and let us take hold of the work intelligently and then when there is any change to take place in the working of the cause here, if there is that sweetness and sanctification of the Holy Spirit of God there will be no such thing as this striving for the mastery. And when I said how here we have worked from place to place in order to obtain the health institutions I have felt it my duty to set before them the only claims they have of eternal life is to speak and act righteously. All this striving for the mastery is of the devil.

PC.182.001

We want a place in the kingdom of God, and we cannot afford to speak an unrighteous word. Christ gave his life for us. What have we given him?

PC.182.002

When I saw this place I knelt right down before the man and prayed that God would give it to us if it was right that we should have it. And when we got up from praying, he just took us around the premises and in every place and explained things to us, and showed us the greatest courtesy. Said, he, I would rather you would have it than any others. We can’t keep it. And said he, we feel perfectly free that you should have this place. We gave him a price that we thought he would accept, and he did accept it, so that it was brought into our possession.

PC.182.003

Well now we had three seasons of prayer, perhaps more than that, right in his presence, asking the Lord to have an influence upon our people, a sanctifying influence, because that Satan was going about like a roaring lion seeking whom he could devour; and we could not afford to be devoured. We were trying with all our might to obtain this place in such a manner that it would be perfectly harmonious with the one that wanted to sell it to us. And it was, from the beginning to the end.

PC.182.004

Well, I want to tell you that I would not have this place enlarged one step unless there is a different atmosphere that shall circulate all through the premises here, and not one striving to get a place, and another striving to get a place, but that we should take everything into reasonable consideration. And every soul will have to be striving to do that every day. We want the light of heaven to decide our questions.

PC.182.005

And when we went around with him from place to place, and he making his remarks about he was glad to have us have it, he thought we ought to have it, why, it pleased me very much. Well, here we have it, and the additions we have, and we are very grateful to God. But I want to tell you that it has been presented to me unless there is a decided change in some of the dispositions that are here, that they can never enter the kingdom of heaven. It is self, self, self. And you can’t afford it. We can’t any of us afford to serve ourselves. We want to work intelligently, and do that which will bring glory to God. That is what we want. And that spirit must come in here and abide here. It has not been here in all times and in all places; and when there is a striving the enemy comes in and suggests things to the mind. You don’t want that. You don’t want his companionship nor his advice. Not at all. You want to work like intelligent Christians, and we tried to work that way in obtaining this place. I do not know that there has been one word of disagreement spoken since we have come to purchase the place. But whenever we met the men we would tell them how thankful we were that we had this place, that we needed so very much and didn’t know how that we should get along without it. «Well,» said he, «I am just as glad as you are that you have got it. I am just as glad that you are the ones that have got the place.» Well, now, I would a great deal rather than he would say that then for him to be complaining because we have it.

PC.183.001

And I want to say that there is a lot to be done for your children in your homes. No crossness; they are God’s children. It is the Lord’s heritage, and you have no right to speak to them in a way which will create an unhappy disposition and spoil their tempers. You want to speak to your children kindly. I have felt it my duty, notwithstanding all my trials and these things, to bring up some children. They say, Why, you are bringing up so many children! I want them right in my home. I see the mothers do not know how to discipline them, and they are very glad to have me take them. And so I take them, and I have now three or four children that I have taken and trained in the very way I told you, never to speak a cross word. I would tell them, We will give you a ride every day, and we will try in all our words that there is nothing that shall deserve a tod. That is what we are going to try for. Well now, we accomplish what we try for.

PC.183.002

Now there is an additional property that has come to us. Of course we have not purchased it, but we are glad of the addition. Why? Because we shall need it — every foot of it. I know how the matter has been presented to me. And I want to say that the Lord wants us to represent the Christian character. That is what he wants us to do. And it has not been represented here, not by all. But what did Christ do? When they tell me, «Why do you with all your work bring this child and that child and the other child?» Why, I said, «They would lose their souls if I did not.» They have got to be educated kindly and brought up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. And I want to say that the Lord wants every soul of us to be in a position not to strive for the greatest place or the greatest honor. He wants us to work out the disposition that he may work in if you will let him. And we want the truth, and we want you to stand in that position that we will feel that we have not taken all these responsibilities for naught. We want to realize it. Why, I have tried with all my might to work at this and that and the other that would be a blessing, and we must be where we can cooperate with Heaven. And may the Lord give us grace and his Holy Spirit.

PC.183.003

I have more to say on this subject. I was going away today, but I told them I must tell them something here; that the converting power of God must come through the congregations of those that settle here in this place if we give honor and glory to God. And this disposition to strive to get the highest place, and to strive for this and that and the other — let us put a stop to it. It does not please Jesus. And instead of laying the rod upon them, I take them in my chamber. Now, children, you have a character to form, I tell them, and unless you overcome the evil of your character, why, the Lord cannot receive you. But the Lord loves you, and he wants to have you. Now, you are younger than I. We will take you out every day, and we will go out into the woods and groves and we will talk together and we will pray together. And this we do.

PC.184.001

And God wants us to be converted. O, how my heart aches for our children. We want them saved, but we must save them in God’s appointed way. And I want you to understand that we have a Heaven to win, a heaven to win. And when I think of it, that so many children are not prepared nor getting prepared to enter heaven, I want to give every place something of this that we have got. We want heaven, and we want every one of these children should enter the courts of heaven and enjoy that life. What is it? Eternal life in the kingdom of glory. One child saved; one child taken from the clutches of the enemy, and we want you to walk in this direction to save the children. We have got a people that are watching us. And we are to conduct ourselves in such a way that they will be convinced we have got something that they have not got. And we are seeking for heaven, and we want every soul here to gain heaven.

PC.184.002

We can be here only now and then. We have got more souls that are watching and waiting and begging for us to come, and we shall go as soon as we get through here, I expect. But I want to tell you we have a heaven to win, and a hell to shun! And it becomes us to be laborers together with Christ to redeem our souls in such a way that Christ shall say, Well done, thou good and faithful servant. Enter thou in to the joy of thy Lord. We are helping the Lord, and we want in all our schools to educate and train the youth, and we want the help of every soul that is in the place. The Son of God gave his life to redeem us, and what can we do for this? What can we do for all that are around us. We have got to act out the principles of heaven. We have got to try with all our might. And the Lord will help us, surely he will help us.

PC.184.003

I do not want to weary you; I think I have talked about enough now. But I want you to understand that I appreciate everything that is to the advantage of this place, because I hope there will be an army that will be raised up here to glorify Jesus Christ, who gave his life for us. What can we do, only to show that we appreciate that gift? We are to show it in word, and show it in action; and may God bless every one of us, is my prayer. Amen.

PC.185.001

Glendale, Los Angeles, California September 4, 1905 We have recently purchased another sanitarium property, known as Loma Linda. I am most grateful to the Lord for making it possible for us to secure this property. It lies sixty miles east of Los Angeles, on the main line of the Southern Pacific Railway. It’s name, Loma Linda, — Beautiful Hill — describes the place. Of the seventy-six acres comprised in the property, about thirty-four form a beautiful hill, which rises one hundred and twenty-five feet above the valley. Upon this hill the sanitarium building is situated.

PC.185.002

The main building is an imposing structure of sixty-four rooms, having three stories and a basement. It is completely furnished, heated, by steam and lighted with electricity It is surrounded with large pepperwood trees and other shade trees.

PC.185.003

The entrance steps broaden as one ascends, and from them is entered the glass parlor, a large, beautiful room three sides of which are glass. In this room there are ten rocking chairs, and more can be supplied if necessary. At appropriate distances, there are two decorative pillars, which look something like bowls turned upside down, and round these pillars are seats. This room opens into another large parlor, carpeted with excellent body brussels. In this room there are three lounges, ten rockers, and some upholstered chairs.

PC.185.004

The second parlor opens into a spacious hall, which is furnished with easy chairs. At the right of the hall, double doors open into a large dining room. Ascending a few steps, one enters an office room, this room opens onto a beautiful grove of pepperwood trees.

PC.185.005

About ten rods away, on what is known as Summit Hill, there is a group of fine cottages. The central cottage has nine beautiful rooms and two bathrooms. In the basement is the heating plant for the five cottages. Prettily grouped around this large cottage are four small ones, having four rooms each, with bath and toilet. An interesting feature of these cottages is that each room has its verandah, with broad windows running to the floor, so that the beds can be wheeled right out on to the verandah, and the patients can sleep in the open air.

PC.185.006

There is another building, which was known as the Recreation building. In this is a billiard table, which must have cost several hundred dollars. This, of course, will be disposed of. A partition runs through this building, and we have thought that one side could be used for meetings, and the other side for class rooms.

PC.185.007

The land is well cultivated, and will furnish much fruit and vegetables for the institution. Fifteen acres of the valley land is in alfalfa hay. Eight acres of the hill are in apricots, plums, and lemons. Ten acres are in good bearing orchard. Many acres of land round the cottages and the main building are laid out in lawns, drives, walks.

PC.186.001

There are horses and carriages, cows and poultry, farming implements and wagons. The building and grounds are abundantly supplied with water.

PC.186.002

This property is now in our possession. It cost the company from whom we purchased it about one hundred and forty thousand dollars. They erected the buildings, and ran the place for a time as a sanitarium. Then they tried to operate it as a tourist hotel, but this plan did not succeed, and they decided to sell. It was closed last April, and as the stockholders became more anxious to sell, it was offered to us for forty thousand dollars, and for this amount our brethren have purchased it.

PC.186.003

O, how I long to see the sick and suffering coming to this institution. It is one of the most perfect places for a sanitarium that I have ever seen. I thank our heavenly Father for giving us such a place. It is provided with almost everything necessary for sanitarium work, and it is the very place in which sanitarium work can be carried forward by faithful workers.

PC.186.004

The buildings are all ready, and work must be begun in them as soon as we can secure the necessary physicians and nurses. For some time I have been looking for just such a place as this, with good buildings, all ready for occupancy, surrounded by shade trees and orchards. When I saw Loma Linda, I said, Thank the Lord, This is the very place that I have been hoping to find. Ellen G. White —

PC.186.005

Paradise Valley Sanitarium National City, California September 15, 1905 Dr. Julia A. White: Dear Sister: I write to urge you to connect with our sanitarium work at Loma Linda. In the providence of God, this property has passed into our hands. The securing of this sanitarium, thoroughly equipped and furnished, is one of the most wonderful providences that the Lord has opened before us. It is difficult to comprehend all that this transaction means to us.

PC.186.006

The Lord has signified that the time has come for us to work Redlands, San Bernardino, Riverside, and the neighboring towns. I am filled with a solemn joy at the thought that these places are soon to be entered by our workers.

PC.187.001

We need your services, my sister, just as soon as you can come. We are hoping that we may secure the services also of Dr. Holden. Sister Sarah Peck may undertake some of the lines of educational work. We are now anxious to see the work started and we hope to see you just as soon as you can come.

PC.187.002

I have recently spent two weeks at Loma Linda. I am sending you a booklet that will give you some idea of the property. The large main building is furnished in an expensive manner. There are also five cottages, one having nine rooms, and others four each. In some of these, the verandahs are so arranged that beds can be rolled out from the rooms. The grounds are beautifully laid out. There are concrete walks between all the buildings. These walks are bordered with flowers. There is a good orchard, and ample grounds for garden. There are many eucalyptus, peppertrees, and many other varieties of ornamental trees and shrubbery. Meeting can be held in the open air on the beautiful lawns. There is also another building that has been used as a bowling alley and billiard hall. This can be utilized as a meeting house.

PC.187.003

We hope that you can see your way clear to connect with this sanitarium as lady physician. Your services will be greatly appreciated, and I hope that you may soon be on the grounds. Ellen G. White —

PC.187.004

Sanitarium, California September 27, 1905 Dear Brother and Sister Burden: I cannot express the relief that your recent letter has brought to us. I thank the Lord that you are able to secure the services of Dr. Julia White. I believe she will do well. I think it well for you to ask Dr. Abbott to connect with the Loma Linda Sanitarium for the present.

PC.187.005

White I was in Los Angeles, I spoke to you of inviting Dr. Gibbs to connect with the work in our sanitariums. What I said should not lead you to understand that he is to act as chief physician, but he can come in on trial. I hardly feel clear before God in giving him no further opportunity to be proved.

PC.187.006

Have you learned how much Dr. Holden proposes to charge for his services? If a physician does his work skilfully, his talents should be recognized, but there is danger of our being brought into perplexity. If we introduce a new system of paying our surgeons high wages, there way be a hard problem to settle after a time. Other physicians will demand high wages, and our ministers will require consideration also.

PC.188.001

I very much wish that Brother and Sister Haskell might be with the faculty at Loma Linda, and inaugurate in Redlands, Riverside, and San Bernardino a work similar to the work they conducted in Avondale and in Nashville.

PC.188.002

I am glad that you are taking steps to have the water supply at Loma Linda pure and good. Very much depends upon having good water. We must be sure that the representations given in the books descriptive of this place are true in every sense of the word.

PC.188.003

Last week we had an important gathering at the sanitarium here of our health food workers. I spoke to them on Sabbath, and on Sunday I addressed them for about an hour on the subject of our restaurant work. I told them that there must be a thorough reformation in the health food business. It is not to be regarded so much as a commercial enterprise. At present but little is seen as the result of this work to lead us to recommend the establishment of more places to be conducted as our restaurants have been in the past. But few have been converted by this work in Los Angeles and in San Francisco. Many of the workers have lost the science of soul saving.

PC.188.004

Please read carefully what is published in Testimonies, Vol. 7, regarding the health food work and the evangelical work. I feel more and more impressed that we must make diligent efforts to present the truth. I need not write much now regarding these lines of work, for the light has been in print for some time. But since these testimonies were published, circumstances have arisen that reveal the necessity for the cautions that have been given. Health reform needs a reformation, before it shall stand as God designs it should. We need to practice true godliness in every undertaking. In all the restaurants in our cities there is danger that the combination of many foods in the dishes served, shall be carried too far. The stomach suffers when so many kinds of food are placed in it at one meal. Simplicity is a part of health reform. There is danger that our work shall cease to merit the name which it has borne.

PC.188.005

If we would work for the restoration of health, it is necessary to restrain the appetite, to eat slowly, and only a limited variety at one time. This instruction needs to be repeated frequently. It is not in harmony with the principle of health reform to have so many different dishes at one meal. We must never forget that it is the religious part of the work, the work of providing food for the soul, that is more essential than anything else.

PC.188.006

Our young men and young women should be encouraged to attend schools away from the cities, that under intelligent teachers, they may receive a training that will fit them to stand on vantage ground. How can our young people advance spiritually, while working as servants simply to prepare food for and serve worldlings? They often do unnecessary work in the preparation of foods that are not even wholesome. Shall our youth be encouraged to rest satisfied with such an education?

PC.189.001

The Lord does not design that His denominated people shall exhaust their strength to carry on restaurants in the manner in which they are now conducted. The many complicated combinations of food that are not wholesome tend to make of the health reform a health deform.

PC.189.002

There is great necessity for decided reform to be made in regard to our dealings with the workers in our sanitariums. Faithful, conscientious workers should be employed, and when they have performed a reasonable amount of work in a day, they should be relieved that they may secure needed rest.

PC.189.003

Only a reasonable amount of labor should be required, and for this the worker should receive a reasonable wage. If helpers are not given proper periods for rest from their taxing labor, they will lose their strength and vitality. They cannot possibly do justice to the work, nor can they represent what a sanitarium employee should be. More helpers should be employed if necessary, and the work should be so arranged that when one has performed a day’s labor, he may be freed to take the rest necessary to the maintenance of his strength.

PC.189.004

Let no man consider it his place to judge of the amount of labor a woman should perform. A competent woman should be employed as matron, and if any one does not perform her work faithfully, the matron should deal with the matter. Just wages should be paid, and every woman should be treated kindly and courteously, with out reproach.

PC.189.005

And let those who have charge of the men’s work be careful lest they be too exacting. The men should have regular hours for service, and when they have worked full time, they are not to be begrudged their periods of rest. A Sanitarium is to be all that the name indicates.

PC.189.006

Every worker should seek to educate himself to perform his work expeditiously. The matron should teach those under her charge how to make quick, careful movements. Train the young to perform the work with tact and thoroughness. Then when the hours of work are over, all will feel that the time has been faithfully spent, and the workers are rightfully entitled to a period of rest.

PC.189.007

Educational advantages should be provided for the workers in every sanitarium. The workers should be given every possible advantage consistent with the work assigned them. Ellen G. White

PC.190.001

Sanitarium, California October 27, 1905 Sanitarium work is one of the most successful means of reaching all classes of people. Our sanitariums are the right hand of the gospel, opening ways whereby suffering humanity may be reached with the glad tidings of healing through Christ. In these institutions the sick may be taught to commit their cases to the great Physician, who will co-operate with their earnest efforts to regain health, bringing to them healing of soul as well as healing of body.

PC.190.002

Christ is no longer in this world in person, to go through our cities and towns and villages healing the sick. He has commissioned us to carry forward the medical missionary work that He began; and in this work we are to do our very best. Institutions for the care of the sick are to be established, where men and women suffering from disease may be placed under the care of God-fearing physicians and nurses, and be treated without drugs. —

PC.190.003

«Elmshaven,» St. Helena, California November 1, 1905 Brother And Sister Burden: I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice that he has brought Loma Linda to our notice, that we might obtain it. I thank the Lord that he has sent you to help me carry out in determined effort that which he designed should be a great blessing to us. Redlands will be a center, and so also will Loma Linda. A school will be established as soon as possible, and the Lord will open the way. I could not but think, as I read the notice of the people flocking into Los Angeles, if Loma Linda had not been sold to us, there would now be a ready sale for it. With all the buildings in connection with the main building, we have large advantages. If we will walk humbly with God, and do according to that which he has prospered us, we will have Christ as our friend and helper. «If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.» These are the terms of our discipleship. Will we comply with them?

PC.190.004

Christ was the Prince of heaven, but he made an infinite sacrifice, and came to a world all marred with the curse brought upon it by the fallen foe. He lays hold of the fallen race. He invites us, «Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light.» The offer is ours, and every advantage is ours if we will accept the terms. I am trying to do this most earnestly. We can be an example to others by our cheerful obedience to the will of God. Let us comply with the conditions, and in complying we shall find the rest we crave.

PC.191.001

In regard to the proposition made by Brother Holden, I look at the matter as you do. We cannot afford to start out on the high wage plan. This was the misfortune of the people in Battle Creek, and I have something to say on this point. We have before us a large field of missionary work. We are to be sure to heed the requirements of Christ, who made himself a donation to our world. Nothing that we can possibly do should be left undone. There is to be neatness and order, and everything possible is to be done to show thoroughness i- every line. But when it comes to paying twenty-five dollars a week, and giving a large percentage on the surgical work done, light was given me in Australia that this could never be, because our record is at stake. The matter was presented to me that many sanitariums would have to be established in Southern California; for there would be a great inflowing of people there. Many would seek that climate.

PC.191.002

We must stand in the counsel of God, every one of us prepared to follow the example of Jesus Christ. We cannot consent to pay extravagant wages. God requires of His under-physicians a compliance with the invitation, «Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light.»

PC.191.003

We see so much help to be given to our ministers laboring in the gospel in every country where messengers are sent. In every place there needs to be a school, and in very many places a sanitarium. In Jesus Christ is our help and our sufficiency to carry the work forward intelligently. God has looked upon the great display made by some who have labored in New York; but He does not harmonize with that way of preaching the gospel. The solemn message becomes mingled with a large amount of chaff, which makes upon minds an impressions that is not in harmony with our work. The good news of saving grace is to be carried to every place; the warning must be given to the world, but economy must be practised if we move in the spirit of which Christ has given us an example in his life-service. He would have nothing of such outlay to represent health reform in any place.

PC.191.004

The gospel is associated with light and life. If there were no sunlight, all vegetation would perish, and human life could not exist. All animal life would die. We are all to consider that there is to be no extravagance in any line. We must be satisfied with pure, simple food, prepared in a simple manner. This should be the diet of high and low. Adulterated substances are to be avoided. We are preparing for the future, immortal life in the kingdom of heaven..We expect to do our work in the light and in the power of the great, mighty Healer. All are to act the self-sacrificing part. Every one of us is to learn of Christ. «Learn of me,» he says; «for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.» 192.

PC.192.001

All the great displays that have been made in the medical missionary work, or in buildings, or in dress, or in any line of adornment, are contrary to the will of God. Our work is to be carefully studied, and is to be in accordance with our Saviour’s plan. He might have had armies of angels to display his true, princely character, but he laid all that aside, and came to our world in the garb of humanity, to suffer with humanity all the temptations wherewith man is tempted. He was tempted in all points as human beings are tempted, that he might reveal that it is possible for us to be victorious overcomers, one with Christ as Christ is one with the Father. He came unto his own, and his own received him not; but as many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believed on his name.

PC.192.002

God calls upon Seventh-Day Adventists to reveal to the world that we are preparing for those mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who will purify their souls by obeying the truth as it is in Jesus. Let every soul who will come after Christ, deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow him. Thus saith the great Teacher. Love to all the family, Ellen G. White (stamp) —

PC.192.003

The Loma Linda Sanitarium I wish to present before our people the blessings that the Lord has placed within our reach by enabling us to obtain possession of the beautiful sanitarium property known as Loma Linda. This property lies sixty miles east of Los Angeles, on the main line of the Southern Pacific Railway. It’s name, Loma Linda, — beautiful hill — describes the place. Of the seventy-six acres comprised in the property, about thirty-five form a beautiful hill, which rises one hundred and twenty-five feet above the valley. Upon this hill the sanitarium building is situated.

PC.192.004

The main building is a well-planned structure of sixty-four rooms, having three stories and a basement. It is completely furnished, heated by steam, and lighted by electricity. It is surrounded by large pepper trees and other shade trees.

PC.192.005

About ten rods away and on the highest part of the hill, there is a group of five cottages. The central cottage has nine beautiful living-rooms and two bathrooms. In the basement is a heating plant for the five cottages.

PC.192.006

Prettily grouped around this larger cottage are four smaller ones, having four rooms each, with bath and toilet. An interesting feature of three of these cottages is that each room has its verandah, with broad windows running to the floor, so that the beds can be wheeled right out onto the verandah, and the patients can sleep in the open air.

PC.193.001

Between these cottages and the main building, there is a recreation building, which can be used as a gymnasium, and for classrooms and meetings.

PC.193.002

In all there are ninety rooms, The buildings are furnished throughout, and are ready for use.

PC.193.003

There is a post office in the main building, and most of the trains stop at the railway station, about forty rods from the sanitarium.

PC.193.004

The seventy-six acres of hill and valley land is well cultivated and will furnish much fruit and many vegetables for the institution. Fifteen acres of the valley land is in alfalfa hay. Eight acres of the hill are in apricots, plums, and almonds. Ten acres are in good bearing orange orchard. Many acres of land round the cottages and the main building are laid out in lawns, drives , and walks.

PC.193.005

There are horses and carriages, cows and poultry, farming implements and wagons. The buildings and grounds are abundantly supplied with excellent water.

PC.193.006

This property is now in our possession. It cost the company from whom we purchased it about $140,000.00. They erected the buildings, and ran the place for a time as a sanitarium. Then they tried to operate it as a tourist hotel. But this plan did not succeed, and they decided to sell. It was closed last April, and as the stockholders became more anxious to sell, it was offered to us for $40,000.00, and for this amount our brethren have purchased it.

PC.193.007

We must now secure money with which to complete the payments. Ten thousand dollars have already been paid. Ten thousand more must be paid in September and December, and the remaining twenty thousand at the end of two years.

PC.193.008

Until our recent visit, I had never before seen such a place as this with my natural eyes, but four years ago just such a place was presented before me as one of those that would come into our possession if we moved wisely. It is a wonderful place in which to work for the sick, and in which to begin our work for Redlands and Riverside. We must make decided efforts to secure helpers who will do most faithful medical missionary work. If Christ will bless the treatment given, and let His healing power be felt, a great work will be accomplished. We shall need to secure competent physicians and nurses, — men and women who are true and faithful; and who can be relied on; men and women who live in constant dependence upon the great Healer; men and women who humble their hearts before God and believe His word, keeping their eyes fixed on their Leader and Counselor, the Lord Jesus Christ. 194.

PC.194.001

O, how I long to see the sick and suffering coming to this institution! It is one of the most perfect places for a sanitarium that I have ever seen, and I thank our heavenly Father for giving us such a place. It is provided with almost everything necessary for sanitarium work, and it is the very place in which sanitarium work can be carried forward on right lines by faithful physicians and managers.

PC.194.002

The buildings are all ready, and work must be begun in them as soon as we can secure the necessary physicians and nurses. I am anxious to see the work started. For some time I have been looking for just such a place as this, with good buildings, all ready for occupancy, surrounded by shade-trees and orchards. When I saw Loma Linda, I said, Thank the Lord. This is the very place we have been hoping to find.

PC.194.003

The character of the buildings, the terraced hill, covered by graceful pepper-trees, the profusion of flowers and shrubs, the tall shade trees, and the orchards and fields, — all combine to make this place meet fully the descriptions that I have given in the past of the place presented to me as the most perfect for sanitarium work. Everything at Loma Linda is fresh and wholesome and attractive. The patients could live out of doors a large part of the time. The land will serve as a school for the education of patients. By outdoor exercise and working in the soil, men and women will regain their health. Rational methods for the cure of disease will be used in a variety of ways. Drugs will be discarded.

PC.194.004

Out of the cities, has been my constant advice. But it has taken years for our people to become aroused to an understanding of the situation. It has taken years for them to realize that the Lord would have them leave the cities and do their work in the quiet of the country, away from the turmoil and noise and confusion. We are thankful to God for Loma Linda. It is one of the best locations for sanitarium work that I have ever seen. At this place the sick can be given every natural advantage for regaining health and strength.

PC.194.005

Forty years ago the Lord began to give us instruction in regard to the establishment of sanitariums, as one of His chosen ways for proclaiming the third angel’s message. Men and women bring disease upon themselves by transgressing the laws of God. The laws of nature, as truly as the precepts of the decalogue, are divine, and only in obedience to them can health be recovered or preserved. Many are suffering as the result of hurtful practices, who might be restored to health if they would do what they might for their own restoration. They need to be taught that every practise which destroys the physical, mental or moral energies is sin, and that health is to be secured through obedience to the laws that God has established for the good of all mankind.

PC.194.006

Our sanitariums are to be schools in which people of all classes shall be taught the way of salvation. In them the sick are to be taught to overcome the appetite for tea, coffee, flesh-meat, tobacco, and intoxicating liquor of all kinds.

PC.195.001

In every one of our medical institutions the sick and suffering are to be pointed to the Saviour as their only hope. In the Christian life there is strength and joy and courage. Turning away from the injurious fashions of this degenerate age brings peace of mind and the assurance of the love and friendship of the heavenly Father. Receiving the Lord in simplicity places men and women where they know the meaning of the words, «As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God.»

PC.195.002

Out of the cities, is my message. Those who have had the light, but have neglected to follow the instruction that the Lord has given regarding the location of our health institutions and our schools, will one day see the folly of clinging to the cities. They will realize how kind the Lord was to point out the right way.

PC.195.003

Let your schools, the high and the lowly, be out of the cities. If you desire to live a heavenly life in this world, place yourselves in right relation to God. Let your aspirations be Christlike. Christ lived much in contact with nature. God’s missionaries are to form their lives after the divine similitude. They are to have a close connection with Christ. His life is to be their example.

PC.195.004

For the past twenty years, the Lord has been giving the message that plants are to be made in many places. He will greatly bless us as we endeavor to carry out His will. Out of the city into the country is the word that has been given, and this word is to be obeyed. Our sanitariums are to be established in the most healthful surroundings. We have tried to follow closely the Lord’s directions in this matter, and He has let light shine on our pathway, as we have endeavored to establish sanitariums where sin-sick souls may be led to the great Healer. God declared that we should find buildings suitable for our work, and that these buildings would be offered to us at a very low price. Has not our recent experience in Southern California proved this true?

PC.195.005

I could not but weep for joy as I saw how plainly the providence of God had been revealed in our selection of places for sanitarium work in San Diego, Los Angeles, and the Redlands and Riverside districts.

PC.195.006

Money is needed with which to establish the work in places outside of the cities, from which the cities can be worked. We must have means with which to meet the payments on Loma Linda. I ask our brethren who have means to awake to the responsibilities resting on them, and to do what they can to help us. Those who have the Lord’s money in trust should regard it as a privilege to give of their means to help to pay for a place so well adapted for sanitarium work. Gifts, and loans at a low rate of interest, will be gladly received. My brethren it is the Lord’s money that you are handling, and you cannot invest it better than by putting it into the Lord’s work. Thus you will lay up treasure in heaven. I beseech you, by the mercies of God, «that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world, but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good and acceptable and perfect will of God.»

PC.196.001

I have had much to write in regard to the shortness of time. Our work is soon to close, and we are now to place ourselves in working order in God’s way. We are not to link ourselves up with those who are not wise to discern what is the will of God. We are to come out from among them and be separate. The end of all things is at hand, and the message of warning must be given. A spirit of anger is stirring the nations, and it will soon be too late to work for the Lord. Every conceivable deception will be brought in, and the enemy will work with masterly power. Stronger and stronger will be his efforts, until in heaven it is said, «It is finished.» Ellen G. White —

PC.196.002

Glendale, Los Angeles County, California Dr. W. B. Holden Portland, Oregon Dear Brother And Sister Holden: I have been disappointed and sorry that you did not feel that you could unite with us in our sanitarium work. If you knew how much we need you, I think you would change your mind. I know you have the ability to act a part in the work in more than one line of work. You can do good work as a teacher and as a surgeon. I ask you to come and help us here in Southern California. Sister Sarah Peck, who has been connected with my work for several years, has been telling me a little of your experience. We are sorry that you have been so disappointed. If you will come to Southern California, I can assure you that you will receive a hearty welcome. We are in great need of a thoroughly trained man to act as surgeon and teacher. Come, and we will treat you as the son of the Prince of life, your wife as the daughter of the King, and your little one as the Lord’s child.

PC.196.003

I will send you a booklet describing Loma Linda, the institution with which we wish you to connect. For sanitarium work, this place is in advance of any other place that I have yet seen.

PC.196.004

Dr. Abbie Winegar-Simpson, with whom you were associated in Battle Creek, is here in the Glendale Sanitarium. I have been talking with her about our work at Loma Linda. She holds you and your wife in the highest esteem, and is anxious that you should come to our help here in Southern California. We need the aid of your talents. We need the help that you can give as a physician and teacher.

PC.197.001

I highly esteem your wife’s mother, Sister Harris. She was one of our best and truest friends.

PC.197.002

I think that Dr. Patience Bourdeau will come to Loma Linda to act as lady physician. I am told that she is an excellent physician.

PC.197.003

Brother and Sister Burden, my dear and faithful friends, will be connected with the institution. Brother Burden will be general manager. He is well qualified for the position. His wife will act as accountant. We hope to carry forward the work of the institution in accordance with the will of the Lord.

PC.197.004

Dr. Holden, I write you to come and see Loma Linda. It is a grand place for sanitarium work. It is the Lord’s doing that this place has come into our possession, and we praise His holy name. We realize that we are highly favored in having been able to obtain possession of this property. We are greatly pleased with it.

PC.197.005

Right around the Loma Linda Sanitarium there is a wide field for missionary effort. Redlands is only five miles from the institution, San Bernardino about the same distance, and Riverside a little farther away. These cities are all important places. Elder Simpson has done some work in Redlands and Riverside, and in each a neat little meeting house has been erected. But the Lord has a larger work to be done in these places. In the future I expect to spend a portion of my time at Loma Linda.

PC.197.006

By placing Loma Linda in our hands, the Lord has opened the way for us to work these places. We are to regard the district in which these towns are situated as our special field of missionary work. We are anxious to become known to the people living in these places, and especially to those whom we can help in spiritual and physical lines. Through the power of Jesus Christ our Lord, we may lift them out of suffering; and bring them to health of body and soul. You know what joy there is in taking the weak and suffering by the hand and raising them up. You have rejoiced in this work in the past, and there is much for you to do in the future. It will bring you lasting joy and satisfaction.

PC.197.007

A great battle must be fought. Time is short. Let us keep step with Christ. Let us by faith clasp His hand, and hold it fast. He will never repulse us.

PC.197.008

My brother, turn your mind away from your disappointment, and believe that the Lord is leading you. Trust in the Lord God, and let Him be your helper. Use your talents in advancing the most important interests. Let it be your one desire to please God and do His will. Then you will have courage in the Lord. We must all be determined to make a success of our life work, even though some have no appreciation of our efforts. If any man love God, the same is known of Him. Then make the Lord Jesus your trust always.

PC.198.001

God sees our dangers, and knows the weight of our burdens. He remembers that we are in need of His strength, and those who make Him their trust will be enabled to resist every temptation. We shall have enemies who will plot against us because they know not the value that God places on those whom He has chosen. But the Lord God knoweth them that are His. However misrepresented and misjudged these may be, if they walk humbly before Him, He will give them help in time of need. They may be compassed with discouragements, but He who knows what is the mind of the Spirit knows all who love Him, and He will honor them.

PC.198.002

In the work in Southern California, we need men of earnest, determined faith, and unshaken courage in the Lord. Our time to work is short, and we are to labor with unflagging zeal. I earnestly hope that you will decide to come to our assistance. Please consider this matter carefully, because we need your help. Please respond to this letter, addressing me at Sanitarium, Napa County, California. Ellen G. White

PC.198.003

Sanitarium, Napa County, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell: I thank you for your letter telling me about your movements and plans.

PC.198.004

I think I have kept before you my expectation that you would spend a part of the winter in California. By unmistakable representations, the Lord has given evidence that a great work is to be done in Southern California.

PC.198.005

Elder Simpson has been holding tent meetings in Los Angeles with good results. Many souls have been converted to the truth. We thank the Lord that we have a good sanitarium at Paradise Valley, seven miles from San Diego; a sanitarium at Glendale, eight miles from Los Angeles; and a large and beautiful place at Loma Linda, sixty-two miles east from Los Angeles, and close to Redlands, Riverside, and San Bernardino. The Loma Linda property is one of the most beautiful sanitarium sites I have ever seen. There has been expended on the place more than one hundred and fifty thousand dollars, and it was purchased by our people for forty thousand. Of the seventy-six acres of land comprised in the property, about one half forms a hill which stands one hundred and twenty-five feet above the valley. On this hill the buildings are situated.

PC.199.001

Loma Linda is about five miles from Redlands, five miles from San Bernardino, four miles from Colton, and nine miles from Riverside.

PC.199.002

Redlands and Riverside are places which the Lord has shown me should be thoroughly worked. Elder Simpson has done some evangelical work in these places, and in each of them a company of believers has been raised up, and a meeting house built. But more work must be done there, and a work must be done in San Bernardino.

PC.199.003

I have wished that you and your wife could come to Loma Linda, and carry on a work similar to that which you have done in other places. You could make your home at the sanitarium, and drive back and forth to Redlands and Riverside and other surrounding places. The roads are level and well oiled.

PC.199.004

By the securing of Loma Linda, the Lord has opened the way for a work to be done in the neighboring cities and towns. The securing of this property at such a price as we paid for it, is a miracle that should open the eyes of our understanding. If such manifest workings of God do not give us a new experience, what will? If we cannot read the evidence that the time has come to work in the surrounding cities, what could be done to arouse us to action?

PC.199.005

That you should receive an invitation to go to Battle Creek, and give Bible lessons to the nurses and medical students, is not a surprise to me. I have been instructed that an effort would be made to obtain your names as teachers to the nurses at Battle Creek, so that the managers of the sanitarium can say to our people that Elder and Mrs. Haskell are to give a course of lessons to the Battle Creek Sanitarium nurses, and this as a means of decoying to Battle Creek those who would otherwise heed the cautions about going there for their education.

PC.199.006

I warn you against doing anything which would help those who are working directly contrary to the counsels of God, to carry out any of their deceptive plans. I know you would not willingly place yourself in any such position, and I warn you because I know the men and the plans better than you do.

PC.199.007

If you should be drawn into such a plan, it would bring much perplexity upon me, and I should have another hard battle to fight. You must take no part in healing «the hurt of the daughter of my people slightly.» Should the word go forth that Elder and Mrs. Haskell were to take part in teaching the nurses in the Battle Creek Sanitarium, it would be my duty to send forth testimonies that I do not wish to be called upon to bear.

PC.199.008

Elder and Mrs. Farnsworth have been requested to spend some time in Battle Creek laboring for the church. I encouraged them to do so, and shall counsel them how to labor. It will be well for Elder Farnsworth and Elder A. T. Jones to stand shoulder to shoulder, preaching the word in the tabernacle for a time, and giving the trumpet a certain sound. There are in Battle Creek precious souls who need bracing up. Many will gladly hear and distinguish the note of warning. But Elder Farnsworth should not remain in Battle Creek long. I write these things to you because it is important that they should be understood.

PC.200.001

God would have men of talent, who will not deviate from the principles of righteousness, to stand in defence of the truth, in the Tabernacle at Battle Creek. One man should not be stationed in Battle Creek for long at a time. After he has faithfully proclaimed the truth for a time, he should leave to labor elsewhere, and some one else be appointed who will give the trumpet a certain sound.

PC.200.002

We should understand by experience word for word the message the Lord gave to Isaiah, and from this message there is to be no deviation. The Holy Spirit’s meaning will be understood. This meaning is not to be changed a hair’s breadth to harmonize with any new doctrine.

PC.200.003

We know that in the past the truth has been demonstrated by the Holy Spirit. Not one word of human devising is to be permitted to subvert minds or to add unto or to take from the message that God has given.

PC.200.004

There must be connected with our sanitariums in various places ample facilities for the training of workers and great care should be taken in the selection of young people to connect with our sanitariums. We cannot afford to accept everyone who is willing to come. Great injury is done to our medical institutions when we connect with them inexperienced youth, who do not understand what it means to do faithful service for God.

PC.200.005

Every soul connected with our institutions is to be tested and tried. If self is not hid with Christ in God, the workers will blindly do many things that will hinder the precious work of God.

PC.200.006

«Sanctify the Lord of hosts Himself; and let Him be your fear, and let Him be your dread. And He shall be for a sanctuary; but for a stone of stumbling, and for a rock of offence to both the houses of Israel, for a gin and for a share to the inhabitants of Jerusalem. And many among them shall stumble, and fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken.» «Bind up the testimony, seal the law among my disciples.»

PC.200.007

Those who have crowded into Battle Creek, and are being held there, see and hear many things that tend to weaken their faith and engender unbelief. They would gain a more practical knowledge in an effort to impart to others that which they receive of the word of God. They should scatter out, and be working in all our cities under the training of men who are sound in the faith. If those who teach these workers are true and loyal, a great work will be accomplished.

PC.201.001

There is to be a working of our cities as they never have been worked. That which should have been done twenty, yes, more than twenty years ago, is now to be done speedily. The work will be more difficult to do now than it would have been years ago; but it will be done.

PC.201.002

Our work is made exceedingly hard because of many false theories that have to be met, and because of a dearth of efficient teachers and willing helpers.

PC.201.003

It is not the work of the Lord that so many are gathered in Battle Creek, receiving a mould which unfits them for the work of the Lord, till they are thoroughly converted.

PC.201.004

The Lord is to do a strange work very soon. A representation has been given me that I have not yet had strength to trace upon paper. I must know when to speak and when to keep silent. When the Lord bids me speak, I cannot keep silent.

PC.201.005

The Lord will work. Great facts will be revealed in the Word. There are rich experiences to be received from the great Medical Missionary. The knowledge of salvation through faith and a full trust in a personal God and a personal Saviour, will be manifest. Those who have held the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end will have the proof of the things which they have learned by personal experience.

PC.201.006

The gospel will be revealed and verified. The experience of the day of Pentecost will surely be repeated. Some will receive the Holy Spirit of truth; yea, some who are now in uncertainty. The Lord has given His word. For years He has been sending messages of warning, but by many they have been unheeded. Notwithstanding the repeated urgent warnings God has given, many have been turned away from their original faith, and are lost in the fog of error. They have refused to follow the light that God has given to point out the true path.

PC.201.007

Christ is the same Christ that He has ever been. He is our Redeemer. Those who have been striving to quench their thirst at broken cisterns, which can hold no water, need to be born again, that Christ may be formed within, the hope of glory.

PC.201.008

There are those who will never receive the gospel message in its fullness; they will never see the greater light and working of the Holy Spirit. There is a depth of depravity in unbelieving human nature that will never be healed, because the true light has been misinterpreted and misapplied. The Lord has given His spirit in abundance of assurance to enable men and women to understand the fallacies and errors of Satan, and to guard against them.

PC.201.009

Some will soon turn from their deceptive errors and calculations. To those who will be born again, the Bible will become a new book. There is a higher elevation to reach. True faith is to take the place of unbelief. The living springs of the word of God, with all their rich treasure, are to flow into the soul. The truth of the Christian religion depends upon the divine authority of the word of God. The authority of the word is Yea and Amen.

PC.202.001

Jesus Christ is the way, the truth, and the life. Our great need is to have Him formed within, the hope of glory. He is to come into our individual experience, as a personal Saviour. He is the foundation of our faith, the Rock of Ages. «Blessed is the man to whom the Lord imputeth not iniquity.»

PC.202.002

When Christ shall come in His glory and all the holy angels with Him, then will all men be convinced of the truth that God hath set apart him that is godly for Himself. But the words of Isaiah will come to many minds. «Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show my people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.» The fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah gives a wonderful presentation of truth.

PC.202.003

I wish you could make me a visit at my home. I should indeed be pleased to see you and talk with you. Do nothing that will lead others to make of no account the long, determined resistance which has been shown to the messages sent by the Lord.

PC.202.004

We do not want the impression left on minds that our nurses should be educated and trained at Battle Creek. You are not to remove the impression that I have been trying to make, that our people are to be drawn away from Battle Creek.

PC.202.005

I have light regarding the impression that your going to Battle Creek would make on our people who have had placed before them many falsehoods regarding the work and influences there. Your going to Battle Creek in answer to the call you have received, would not be in harmony with the light God has given me.

PC.202.006

If you cannot understand this, I can, and I will make every possible effort to save our people from being mixed up with the methods followed by some of the Battle Creek sanitarium managers.

PC.202.007

The Lord would have Dr. Morse leave Battle Creek, and labor where the light of truth has not been taught, and that he may break every thread of sophistry. The sophistry that there is no personal God and no personal Christ has been set forth, and still lives, to be brought forth and fastened upon human minds. I have seen satanic agencies leading and controlling minds of those who have taught these theories. Unless the snare is broken, ruin will result as surely as to the house built upon the sand.

PC.203.001

Great trials are right upon us, to test every soul. The end of the world is near at hand. We are not to consent to have our workers, God’s workers, tied up in Battle Creek. «Out of Battle Creek» is my message. I understand perfectly the meaning of the invitation that has been sent you. You have not a sense of what is means, but I am to tell you that God has not given you the work of teaching nurses in Battle Creek, or in any way encouraging our youth to go there for their training.

PC.203.002

We must soon start a nurses’ training school at Loma Linda. This place will become an important educational center, and we need the efforts of yourself and your wife to give the right mould to the work in this new educational center, and in Los Angeles, where there are many converts.

PC.203.003

If you see your way clear to labor a portion of this winter in Southern California, I think I could be with you, and I will help you all I can to open up the work. If you will gather about you a group of workers, and do for a time in Southern California a work similar to that which you have done in New York and Nashville, praying and working and doing the will of the Lord, God will not fail to show Himself your helper; for you will be following where He has marked out the way.

PC.203.004

I do not propose that you divorce yourself permanently from the work in the cities of the Southern States, but I ask you to come and help us start the work of training true medical missionaries in this very fruitful field, Southern California.

PC.203.005

If we turn unto the Lord with full purpose of heart, teaching in the places He indicates, all things that He has commanded, we may be assured of the promise, «Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.» God is able and waiting to be gracious. —

PC.203.006

St. Helena Sanitarium, California December 10, 1905 Dear Brother and Sister Burden: I have received a letter from each of you. I was glad to hear the good news of $5000 being raised, and the interest amounting to $300 being cut out. This is very favorable. I am so much pleased that Sister Burden is in the very place that will be beneficial to her healthwise. I am continually thankful to our heavenly Father that in His providence we have been favored to secure this beautiful location for a health resort. It answers perfectly to the representation that was given me, a main building and cottages to well fitted with windows. The surroundings are very attractive. Praise the Lord for His goodness and mercy expressed to us amidst the difficulties we have to meet. The Lord is our helper, our keeper, and our constant guide. We may expect that everything will not move as encouragingly as we could wish in our connection with the work of God, but we will praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice. I say to you, my brother and sister, Jesus will be to us a present help in every time of need. . . .

PC.204.001

I think Elder Haskell is on his way to Loma Linda. I have received a letter from Sister Haskell, stating that they would leave South Lancaster December 7. They are precious help in Bible lines. Loma Linda is just the climate for them, and the whole place will be a delight to their senses.

PC.204.002

Do not be disappointed if we do not come just now. I do not know of a place where I should be more pleased to be for a time than in Loma Linda. I could enjoy every bit of the scenery and all the advantages. The reason my coming may be doubtful is that I do not wish to leave my workers just at this stage of my work. I am in good health for me; better than I have been in for years, and while my mind is clear, I want nothing to interpose as an extra burden. I want every jot and tittle of my strength to reproduce the representations the Lord has given me, and to make them as vivid as possible while I can do so. This is the only reason I plead not to leave my workers. We have all the multitudinous productions of the pen to be placed in the best order to handle, and I am more than pleased with the care that is manifested in arranging everything so that it may be well prepared for me to use.

PC.204.003

In regard to the school, I would say, make it all you possibly can in the education of nurses and physicians. What about Dr. Holden? Will he not become an education force in the Sanitarium? Brother and Sister Haskell are versed in the Scriptures; and after a few weeks I may meet my son at Loma Linda. But at present I wish to advance a little more decidedly in the writings I am preparing. We are having beautiful weather. It is almost like summer. Ellen G. White —

PC.204.004

Sanitarium, Napa County, California December 11, 1905 Dear Brother Burden: I have been conversing with you in the night season in regard to some matters that I will write you about. We were conversing in reference to Brother Hansen and his manufacturing health foods. In regard to the family, you understand that Sister Hansen must be carefully cared for, because she has had lung trouble. It would be well for them to be provided with a home by themselves. They can be so located that burdens shall not come upon Sister Hansen too heavily, and where she can care for their own family. She may entirely recover from her lung difficulty, but it will be well to take every precaution. Matters can be managed so that those who need to be connected with the institution may not in any way be exposed. You and your wife may be wise on this subject, and a word to the wise is sufficient.

PC.205.001

Brother Hansen is fully as severe in his family as is required. He needs the softening, subduing influence of the Spirit of God. He is not hard-hearted, but he needs more of the softening grace of Christ. You will help him on these points. It will be well for those of his children who are old enough to be in school.

PC.205.002

We were conversing in regard to erecting a store, and One of authority who was in our midst, speaking to several present, suggested the propriety of erecting such a building at a distance from the main building and all other buildings that are now standing there, so that there will be no danger to them from fire. He suggested that changes would need to be made after thorough study, and that the building should be placed where the wind would not carry the smoke and sparks to the main building. Great care is to be exercised in regard to this matter, and intelligence is to be shown in the movements made.

PC.205.003

Although Brother Hansen is an outspoken man, his children and all who associate with him can be so managed that there will be no need of roughness. All can be educators of themselves, placing themselves under God’s discipline. Let their criticising propensities be exercised upon themselves; then no one will suppose that he must place himself on the judgment seat to condemn others.

PC.205.004

The Speaker said, «You can all be a blessing to one another, if you open your hearts to receive the precious love of Christ. Let all keep diligent guard over their own disposition, and then pleasant words will be spoken. Let not those who are connected with the Sanitarium as helpers think that they have liberty to exercise authority over others. God will help the ones who are chosen to act a part in the duties connected with the Sanitarium, to labor as workers together with God. Let them be sure to take charge of their own individual selves. Those who come to the Sanitarium as patients are to see that Christian love and kindness are shown to all who are connected with the institution. Let every one stand in his lot and place, refusing to go out of his way to assume authority as a dictator. The Lord calls upon every man to be courteous and to discipline himself. He is not to exercise authority that is not given him. Let every one learn daily his lesson of preparing his own heart for the heavenly inspection, for the record is written in the books of heaven. Let souls be emptied of self. Then invite Christ to come in, and open the door of the heart to his knock. He says, «If any man hear my voice, I will come in and will sup with him, and he with me.» This divine companionship is what is needed in every home, in every church, in every sanitarium. There is need of strong, spirited men, men who will be sure to do special honor to the Lord Jesus Christ. We must be preparing to become members of the royal family in the heavenly mansions Christ is preparing for every one who through the grace received will wear his yoke.

PC.206.001

Christ invites us, «Learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light.» In our character-building give encouragement to every divine, sacred influence. The blessing from Jesus makes everything good and profitable. Have his praise in your heart and in your voice and in your words, and your hearts will become fit temples for the Holy Spirit of God. Your success depends upon constant watchfulness and earnest prayer. «Ye are my friends, if ye do whatsoever I have commanded you.» Depending upon the Lord, you can do the very things that are to be done, without murmuring and without disputing.

PC.206.002

Satan is watching to secure every soul possible, to do him service by careless work and careless words. He desires to impress the minds of the converted and the unconverted that those connected with the Sanitarium are lacking in piety and the meekness of Christ, that they are not Christians. Jesus will help you to prevent this impression being made.

PC.206.003

Christ would have every one possess in abundance the grace of heaven. He desires that his joy may be in you, and that your joy may be full. Every soul is to discipline himself in strict, faithful service, just as verily out of meeting as in meeting. You are in full view of the heavenly angels, and every faithful disciple may be, if he will, as was Ezra before the king. The hand of God is upon all those for good who seek Him, but his power and his wrath are against those who forsake him, and who trust in the help and friendship of the world, going to the god of Ekron to inquire, and heeding not the counsel of the living God.

PC.206.004

The children of God will know who is their helper. They will know in whom they can trust implicitly, and with Christ’s help, they may, without presumption, have a holy confidence. Yes, his servants may safely trust in him alone, without fear, looking unto Jesus, pressing on in obedience to his requirements, leaving everything that is joined to the world, whether the world opposes or favors. Their success comes from God, and they will not fail because they have not the wealth and influence of wicked men. If they fail, it will be because they do not obey the Lord’s requirements, and the Holy Spirit is not with them.

PC.206.005

I am determined that our only safety is in being joined to the Lord Jesus Christ. We can afford to lose the friendship of worldly men. Those who join themselves to worldly men, that they may carry out their unsanctified purpose, make a fearful mistake; for they forfeit the favor and blessing of God. I am to urge upon the attention of our people that the Lord Himself has placed a wall of separation between the world and that which He has established on the earth. God’s people are to serve Him; for Christ has called them out of the world, and sanctified and refined them, that they may do his service. He has been given all power in heaven and in earth.

PC.207.001

There is no such thing as maintaining concord between the profane and the holy. There can be no concord between Christ and Belial. But «the Lord hath set apart him that is godly for himself.» And this consecration to the Lord, this separation from the world, is plainly declared and positively enjoined in both the Old and the New Testaments.

PC.207.002

Brother Burden, before closing my letter, I will finish what I intended to say about the building of the food factory. This work requires much wisdom and genuine good sense. If you can bring it about, do so. Make the best possible use of «Ministry of Healing» to aid you in your work. I believe that you can accomplish that which seems to be a necessity. I think that if we all walk humbly with God, we shall always have grateful hearts.

PC.207.003

There will be those who will invest their means in our sanitariums, with the understanding that they shall be given a home there as long as they shall live. These should receive kind, Christian treatment. I have in mind a Brother Merrel, with whom we stayed while attending the San Jose camp-meeting. He has no family and lives alone. While I was at his house, he questioned me in regard to our sanitariums. Not long ago I sent him a copy of «Ministry of Healing,» and asked him to communicate with you if he had means that he could lend to the Sanitarium. Have you received any word from him? I asked him for a loan of five thousand dollars. If such a man could invest his means in the Sanitarium, and make the institution his home, I think it would be a wise move. He is a business man, and I think is pretty careful as to how he invests his means. I thought that if I asked him to lend me some money, he might respond, but as yet I have received no word from him.

PC.207.004

Later . This morning, December 14, I could not sleep after one o’clock, so I rose and dressed, and have come to my office to complete the letter that I began writing to you two or three days ago. We are interested in every movement made at Loma Linda.

PC.207.005

Did not the Lord have oversight, I should not care to live another day. But his is a question settled in my mind, — that we are under a power which is beyond human control, and in that power we can trust. The Lord is good to us, and if we will walk carefully before him, he will ever reveal his power in our behalf. He will save to the uttermost all who love and obey him.

PC.207.006

I long daily to be able to do double duty. I have been pleading with the Lord for strength and wisdom to reproduce the writings of the witnesses who were confirmed in the faith in the early history of the message. After the passing of the time in 1844, they received the light and walked in the light, and when the men claiming to have new light would come in with their wonderful messages regarding various points of Scripture, we had, through the moving of the Holy Spirit, testimonies right to the point, which cut off the influence of such messages as Elder A. F. Ballenger has been devoting his time to presenting. This poor man has been working decidedly against the truth that the Holy Spirit has confirmed. When the power of God testifies as to what is truth, that truth is to stand forever as the truth. No after-suppositions contrary to the light God has given are to be entertained.

PC.208.001

Men will arise with interpretations of scripture which are to them truth, but which are not truth. The truth for this time, God has given us as a foundation for our faith. He himself has taught us what is truth. One will arise, and still another with new light, which contradicts the light that God has given under the demonstration of His Holy Spirit. A few are still alive who passed through the experience gained in the establishment of this truth. God has graciously spared their lives to repeat and repeat, till the close of their lives, the experience through which they passed, even as did John the apostle till the very close of his life. And the standard-bearers who have fallen in death are to speak through the re-printing of their writings. I am instructed that thus their voices are to be heard. They are to bear their testimony as to what constitutes the truth for this time.

PC.208.002

We are not to receive the words of those who come with a message that contradicts the special points of our faith. They gather together a mass of scripture, and pile it as proof around their asserted theories. This has been done over and over again during the past fifty years. And while the Scriptures are God’s word, and are to be respected, the application of them, if such application moves one pillar of the foundation that God has sustained these fifty years, is a great mistake. He who makes such an application knows not the wonderful demonstrations of the Holy Spirit that gave power and force to the past messages that have come to the people of God.

PC.208.003

Elder Ballenger’s proofs are not reliable. If received they would destroy the faith of God’s people in the truth that has made us what we are. We must be decided on this subject; for the points that he is trying to prove by scripture are not sound. They do not prove that the past experience of God’s people was a fallacy. We had the truth; we were directed by the angels of God. It was under the guidance of the Holy Spirit that the presentation of the sanctuary question was given. It is eloquence of every one to keep silent in regard to the features of our faith in which they acted no part.

PC.208.004

God never contradicts himself. Scripture proofs are misapplied if forced to testify to that which is not true. Another and still another will arise, and bring in supposedly great light, and make their assertions. But we stand by the old landmarks.

PC.209.001

«That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled of the word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with his son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in him is no darkness at all.

PC.209.002

«If we say that we have fellowship with him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth: but if we walk in the light, as he is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ his son cleanseth us from all sin. If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar, and his word is not in us.»

PC.209.003

I am instructed to say that these words we may use as appropriate for this time; for the time has come when sin must be called by its right name. We are hindered in our work by men who are not converted, who seek their own glory. They wish to be thought originators of new theories, which they present, claiming that they are truth. But if these theories are received, they will lead to a denial of the truth that for the past fifty years, God has been giving to his people, substantiating it by the demonstration of the Holy Spirit.

PC.209.004

Let all men beware what is the character of their work. They would better be falling into line; for their own soul’s sake and for the sake of the souls of others. «If ye walk in the light as he is in the light, the blood of Jesus Christ his son cleanseth us from all sin.» It is nothing to the credit of any man to start on a new track, using scripture to substantiate theories of error, leading minds into confusion, away from the truths that are to be indelibly impressed on the minds of God’s people, that they may hold fast to the faith. (Stamp) Ellen G. White — Sanitarium, California December 19, 1905 Mrs. Jessie Christiansen Sebastapol, California My dear Sister:

PC.210.001

I am trying to do all I possibly can to urge the work forward in new places. The Lord has signified that in different places there are buildings which would be offered to us at a very low price, which we could use in our work. His word to us regarding this has been verified in our experience in opening up medical missionary work in Southern California. Recently the Lord has placed a great blessing within our reach by enabling us to obtain a beautiful sanitarium property known as Loma Linda. This property is sixty miles from Los Angeles, and it is a wonderful place in which to work for the sick, and in which to begin work for Redlands and Riverside.

PC.210.002

Its name — Loma Linda, «beautiful hill,» — describes the place. Of the sixty-six acres comprised in the property, about thirty-five form a beautiful hill, which rises one hundred and twenty-five feet above the valley. Upon this hill the sanitarium building is situated.

PC.210.003

The main building is a well-planned structure of sixty- four rooms, having three stories and a basement. It is completely furnished, heated by steam, and lighted by electricity. It is surrounded by large pepper trees and other shade trees.

PC.210.004

About ten rods away and on the highest part of the hill there is a group of five cottages. The central cottage has nine beautiful living-rooms and two bath-rooms. In the basement is the heating plant for the five cottages.

PC.210.005

Prettily grouped around this larger cottage are four smaller ones, having four rooms each, with bath and toilet. In all there are ninety rooms. The buildings are furnished throughout, and are ready for use.

PC.210.006

The seventy-six acres of hill and valley land are well cultivated and will furnish much fruit and many vegetables for the institution. Fifteen acres of the valley land are in alfalfa hay. Eight acres of the hill are in apricots, plums, and almonds. Ten acres are in good bearing orange orchard. Many acres of land round the cottages and main building are laid out in lawns, drives, and walks.

PC.210.007

This property cost the company from whom we purchased it, about one hundred and forty thousand dollars. They erected the buildings, and ran the place for a while as a sanitarium. They tried to operate it as a tourist hotel. But this plan did not succeed, and they decided to sell. It was closed last April, and as the stockholders became more anxious to sell, it was offered to us for forty thousand dollars, and for this amount our people purchased it.

PC.210.008

This property came into our possession in such a way that we knew the hand of the Lord was in the matter. Loma Linda is one of the most perfect places for a sanitarium that I have ever seen, and I thank our heavenly Father for giving us such a place. It is provided with almost everything necessary for sanitarium work, and it is the very place in which sanitarium work can be carried forward on right lines by faithful physicians and managers.

PC.211.001

Not far away are the cities of Redlands and Riverside and San Bernardino. These places are to be thoroughly worked. Something has already been done in Redlands and Riverside, and a neat house of worship has been erected in each place. But as soon as possible a thorough evangelistic effort must be made. Ellen G. White —

PC.211.002

Sanitarium, California March 1, 1906 My dear Niece Addie: Loma Linda has a large, beautiful lawn, which is encircled with pepper-trees; and on it there are comfortable benches. I once spoke on this lawn to quite an audience, a number not of our faith being present. But the tops of the pepper-trees met over the stand, and the odor of these trees, which I thought would be most beneficial to me, was too strong, I find that we must live to learn. . .

PC.211.003

Soon we shall begin evangelistic work in Redlands, a town about four miles from Loma Linda. Elder Haskell and his wife have come from the East to help us start this work. They spent a month with us here, and then visited Sister Haskell’s sister at Armona. They are now at Loma Linda. . .

PC.211.004

A few miles from Redlands, there are cities that have never been worked. Riverside is eight miles from Loma Linda. We have treatment-rooms there. They are not extensive, but are large enough to accommodate the people of that city. While we were in Redlands last year, we drove to Riverside, a distance of eleven miles, and I spoke to our church there. At this place our people have a very nice meeting-house. We drove over in order to see the country. We passed through acres of orange groves. It was a beautiful and interesting sight; for the trees were loaded with fruit. I never saw anything like it before. We returned to Redlands on the train, and again we passed through miles of orange land, the trees laden with their beautiful, golden fruit. We saw also large groves of grape fruit and lemon trees.

PC.211.005

Our future effort must be to reach the people of these cities with the truth. At Fernando, . . . we have a school . . . This school is not far from Loma Linda and Redlands.

PC.211.006

President Roosevelt, on a journey through Southern California when he first got a view of the city of Redlands and its surroundings, took off his hat, and said, «This is glorious. I never imagined such a sight.» The scenery is indeed charming.

PC.212.001

In Redlands we have a splendid opening for work. Some time ago Elder Simpson held a series of tent meetings here, and a company of believers was raised up. They built a small but very neat house of worship, and in this church I spoke when I was in Redlands, a year ago.

PC.212.002

It was in the providence of God that we obtained possession of Loma Linda. This property comprises one large building, five cottages, and a seventy-six acres of land, in a most beautiful location. The land was purchased and the building erected and equipped by a company of one hundred and fifty physicians, at a cost of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars. Under their management the institution did not succeed financially, and not long ago we bought it, furnished throughout with durable, high-grade furniture, for forty thousand dollars. Twenty thousand dollars of the purchase price was to be paid in several payments at stated times, with the balance in two years. But the former owners found themselves in need of money, and agreed to take off two hundred dollars interest, were a certain payment made at a date before the time agreed upon. Brother Burden raised the money, and thus saved two hundred dollars.

PC.212.003

Once more these men found themselves in a strait place, and they said that if we would pay the remaining amount of indebtedness, they would throw off nine hundred dollars. Brother Burden paid the whole amount, some of our people taking stock in the institution, and some making gifts. This means to the institution a saving of eleven hundred dollars, which otherwise would have had to be paid. This was a great advantage.

PC.212.004

In enabling us to obtain possession of this property, the Lord has certainly brought to the cause a most wonderful opportunity. We praise God with heart and soul and voice. There are five cottages, well fitted up, besides the large building. These are all furnished in the best of style. The smaller cottages are made with wide piazzas running round the four sides, and the windows are so arranged that the beds can be wheeled out on to the verandah. In each cottage there is a bathroom. The larger cottage has two stories, and is furnished throughout with solid red and black mahogany furniture.

PC.212.005

All the mattresses, blankets, sheets, pillow slips, couchpillows, and bedding in general were in excellent condition when we took over the property. There are about eighty towels besides those in the bathrooms, and about one hundred and thirty- five small linen towels. There are table napkins in abundance, and silverware of all description, as well as chinaware.

PC.212.006

There is one room in which sun baths may be taken, and a large parlor, two sides of which are of glass. This is the most beautiful room I was ever in in my life. There is also another large, well-furnished parlor. Two rooms above this have in them twenty rocking chairs and reclining chairs, which are very comfortable.

PC.213.001

Besides these buildings, there is another building, which was used as a recreation building. This will serve for a time as a meeting house. Both lower and upper stories are fitted up with rocking chairs. Those in charge seemed to have a passion for rocking chairs.

PC.213.002

There are two barns and some carriages, somewhat worn, several horses, four cows, and a large calf, a good number of chickens and some turkeys. There were some hogs, but those have been disposed of.

PC.213.003

Ten acres of the land is in oranges and apricots. The apricots are the largest I have ever seen. We only tasted the oranges when we were there, but Brother Burden has recently sent us several boxes of oranges and grape-fruit, which we find most excellent. The apples grown there do not amount to much. We secured the place last summer before the fruit was ripe, and more was put up during the season than they will be able to use this summer. We had to buy peaches for canning. I helped to pick some of them. We bought the fruit on the trees, and it was delicious. They are now setting out more grape vines and orange trees and other kinds of fruit, but these will not come into bearing for some time.

PC.213.004

The main building stands on an eminence, and one must climb a long flight of steps to reach the front door. About two hundred rods from the building there is a little railway station. From here there is a drive of easy and gradual ascent, which encircles the rise of ground upon which stand the main building, the nine-roomed cottage, and the four smaller cottages. The hill is set out to ornamental and fruit trees. On it there is still another cottage, which has been used for the laborers.

PC.213.005

The Loma Linda Sanitarium will be dedicated in four or five weeks. I hear that the institution is filled with patients. Every one who has gone there is delighted with the place.

PC.213.006

Now I have written you the fullest description of Loma Linda that I have written to any one, as I thought you would like to hear about the place. I have never lost my interest in you; for you are one of my children, a member of my family. If you will love and serve the Lord I shall be grateful that in your childhood I consented to take charge of you. You are the purchase of the blood of Christ, and I do want you to find entrance into the city whose builder and maker is God. Let us all strive together to secure the immortal inheritance. . . . Ellen G. White

PC.214.001

Loma Linda, California May 1, 1906 To Ministers and Physicians I am now charged to write out the straight testimony which was given me Monday night. I am to withhold none of it. I am to say to ministers and physicians, We must have a work done among us which will bear the gospel message. We need the power of the truth in the soul. The close of this earth’s history is drawing near, and our work has not extended into the highways and byways as it should have done. In very many places the gospel message must be given in all its power, and in such a way that souls will be aroused. A spirit of self-sacrifice must take possession of ministers and physicians; every one must do a self-denying work. Souls are perishing in their sins.

PC.214.002

Sanitariums must be established in various places away from the cities. Schools must be established in connection with the sanitariums. As far as possible, these organizations must be blended, each helping the other, and yet each doing its special work.

PC.214.003

No longer should our people go to Battle Creek as they have been doing. Infidelity has been sown there in words, in false statements, in unsanctified influence of mind over mind. God is dishonored, and we are to prepare to accept the situations God may prepare for us. Never before did the matter appear as the Lord presents it today. False theories, repeated again and again, appear as falsely inviting today as did the fruit of the forbidden tree in the garden of Eden. The fruit was very beautiful, and apparently desirable for food. Through false doctrines many souls have already been destroyed. Some will never see the light and come to their senses. The Lord God of Israel now declares, «If the Lord be God, serve Him; and if Baal, serve him. Choose ye this day whom ye will serve.»

PC.214.004

The light of truth must be held up in Battle Creek. Faithful watchman must be stationed there. The truth must go forth by the exposition of the Word, to saints and to sinners. Laborers are now needed there, who will distinguish the difference between eating of the fruit of the forbidden tree, and the eating of the fruit of the tree bearing the gospel message.

PC.214.005

I am instructed to say, Prepare places where will be given true education free from deceptive theories. Let the plain words of Christ, uncontaminated by false science, be taught. It will require no elaborate preparations to engage sincerely, humbly, prayerfully in this work.

PC.214.006

Will we now make thorough work for eternity? We have no time to criticize another soul. Do not consider it your duty to chastise another. See that your own soul is right with God. Ellen G. White

PC.215.001

Sanitarium, California May 28, 1906 Melrose and Loma Linda are both very beautiful places. Each has excellent advantages, and these two places near cities will open the way for the truth to find access to many people who have never heard it.

PC.215.002

Elder Haskell and wife have begun work at San Bernardino, and they are sparing no pains. They are doing their best. They labor earnestly to keep the workers all alive and interested to sell the literature, and the work is certainly taking hold. Some souls have already taken their stand.

PC.215.003

We feel deeply interested to see our cities worked. We hope that our workers in Boston will have courage in the Lord. The Lord is soon to come, and there is need that every talent shall be improved.

PC.215.004

I have seen the city of San Francisco, and what a scene of devastation it presents. We were an hour and a half riding through the ruins. As we looked at such complete destruction, we could hardly realize that the largest city in California was in ruins.

PC.215.005

We shall do all we possibly can to get the truth before the people now. The special number of the «Signs of the Times» is a medium through which much good will be accomplished.

PC.215.006

If I were twenty-five years younger, I would certainly take up labor in the cities. But I must reach them with the pen.

PC.215.007

Looking at the tall buildings in San Francisco, some of them having one side still standing, it seemed to say, The touch of the Lord’s finger will lay in ruins the most costly and the highest of buildings. One of the standing walls of these high structures came down with a crash as we were looking at it. The completeness of the ruin cannot be described. . . .

PC.215.008

We know not what may come next to arouse the people to investigate Bible truth. The day of the Lord will come unlooked for, as a thief in the night. If these awful calamities do not make an impression on our minds, what will?

PC.215.009

«Be ye also ready, for in such a day as ye think not, the Son of man cometh.» Ellen G. White

PC.216.001

Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California June 8, 1906 Dear Brother and Sister Haskell: I am glad that you are carrying forward the work you have undertaken in San Bernardino. I believe that you are working in harmony with the light that has been given to me. In your work you come in contact with people who need to feel a hunger and thirst after righteousness. The Lord’s blessing will be with all who work in harmony with His plans.

PC.216.002

It has often been presented to me that there should be less sermonizing by ministers acting merely as local pastors of churches, and that greater personal efforts should be put forth. Our people should not be made to think that they need to listen to a sermon every Sabbath. Many who listen frequently to sermons, even though the truth be presented in clear lines, learn but little. Often it would be more profitable if the Sabbath meetings were of the nature of a Bible class study. Bible truth should be presented in such a simple, interesting manner that all can easily understand and grasp the principles of salvation.

PC.216.003

We should seek to follow more closely the example of Christ, the great Shepherd, as He worked with his little company of disciples, studying with them and with the people the Old Testament Scriptures. His active ministry consisted not merely in sermonizing, but in educating the people. As he passed through villages, He came in personal contact with the people in their homes, teaching, and ministering to their necessities. As the crowds that followed Him increased, when He came to a favorable place, He would speak to them, simplifying His discourse by the use of parables and symbols. —

PC.216.004

Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California June 17, 1906 Dear Brother Burden: For several days I have thought of writing to you, but could not because of so many things demanding immediate attention have come in. I may have written to you regarding the equipment of your treatment rooms, but fearing that I have not, I will come right to the point.

PC.216.005

When we were at Paradise Valley Sanitarium, we were conducted through the new treatment rooms. One room was elaborately fitted up with electrical appliances for giving the patients treatment. That night I was instructed that some connected with the institution were introducing things for the treatment of the sick that were not safe. The application of some of these electrical treatments would involve the patient in serious difficulties, imperiling life.

PC.217.001

One was conversing with the doctors, and with great earnestness was saying, «Never, never carry out your wonderful plans. There have been various mechanical devices brought into the treatment rooms that are expensive, and the men who make a specialty of treating certain cases are liable to make grave mistakes.»

PC.217.002

There are men who make a specialty of treating the rectum, and some feel that they have been greatly benefited. But I have been instructed that this treatment, as well as many surgical operations leave many with many a serious weakness.

PC.217.003

Several things were mentioned that have been brought into the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, which were not necessary and which should not have been purchased without consultation with other physicians. The amount of money which some of these machines cost, and the salary which must be paid to the one who operates them, should be taken into consideration. I felt impelled to talk with Brother Robinson in reference to these matters, although we were driving with a number of people, and it was not a favorable place to converse about such matters.

PC.217.004

Now I am certain that great care should be taken in purchasing electrical instruments and costly mechanical fixtures. Move slowly, Brother Burden, and do not trust to men who suppose that they understand what is essential, and who launch out in spending money for many things that require experts to handle them.

PC.217.005

Several times I have been instructed that much of the elaborate, costly machinery used in giving treatments, did not help in the work as much as is supposed. With it we do not get so good results as with the simple appliances we used in our earlier experiences. The application of water in various simple ways is a great blessing.

PC.217.006

I have been instructed that the X-ray is not the great blessing that some suppose it to be. If used unwisely, it may do much harm. The results of some of the electrical treatments are similar to the results of using stimulants. There is a weakness that follows. . . .

PC.217.007

Keep the patients out of doors as much as possible, and give them cheering, happy talks in the parlor, with simple reading and Bible lessons easy to be understood, which will be an encouragement to the soul. Talk on health reform, and do not you, my brother, become burden bearer in so many lines that you cannot teach the simple lessons of health reform. Those who go from the sanitarium should go so well instructed that they can teach others the methods of treating their families.

PC.217.008

There is danger of spending far too much money on machinery and appliances which the patients can never use in their home lessons. They should rather be taught how to regulate the diet, so that the living machinery of the whole being will work in harmony. Let them become intelligent in regard to the importance of laying aside corsets and shortening their skirts. Such lessons will be to the women more valuable than they can estimate. Ellen G. White —

PC.218.001

Oakland, California August 19, 1906 To Elders Reaser, Burden, and the Executive Committee of the Southern California Conference Dear Brethren: I am very anxious that Brethren Reaser and Burden and their associates shall see all things clearly. God has given to every man a certain work to do, and He will give to each the wisdom necessary to perform his own appointed work.

PC.218.002

To Brethren Reaser and Burden I would say, In all your counsels together, be careful to show kindness and courtesy toward each other. Guard against anything that has the semblance of a domineering spirit.

PC.218.003

Be very careful not to do anything that would restrict the work at Loma Linda. It is in the order of God that this property has been secured, and He has given instruction that a school should be connected with the sanitarium. A special work is to be done there in qualifying young men and young women to be efficient medical missionary workers. They are to be taught how to treat the sick without the use of drugs. Such an education requires an experience in practical work.

PC.218.004

The work at Loma Linda demands immediate consideration. Preparations must be made for the school to be opened as soon as possible. Our young men and young women are to find in Loma Linda a school where they can receive a medical missionary training, and where they will not be brought under the influence of some who are seeking to undermine the truth. The students are to unite faithfully in the medical work, keeping their physical powers in the most perfect condition possible, and laboring under the instruction of the great Medical Missionary. The healing of the sick and the ministry of the Word are to go hand in hand.

PC.218.005

There is to be a thorough education in Bible truth. The word of God is spirit and life. We need constantly to look to Jesus. The efficiency of every worker is largely determined by the education and training he receives. In our educational institutions there is to be a higher class of education than can be found elsewhere. The students are to be treated kindly, tenderly, and interestedly.

PC.218.006

In order to properly fit the sanitarium and the school at Loma Linda to carry on the work that the Lord has plainly directed should be carried on, means must be raised. And let no one act a part in influencing our brethren and sisters in Southern California not to do that which needs to be done.

PC.219.001

The Lord has blessed Elder Burden, and He will continue to bless him, as he continues to move in the fear of God, and plans wisely and economically with his associates for the fitting up and management of the institution. If any of his brethren act arbitrarily in an effort to restrain him in this, they would be found hindering the very work that the Lord has signified should be done. He is not to be forced to turn aside from his convictions as to the way in which the work under his charge shall be carried on.

PC.219.002

In the carrying forward of the educational work at Loma Linda, our brethren must certainly guard against the efforts of the enemy to bring in a spirit of criticism and of alienation between brethren.

PC.219.003

There are times when certain sanitariums will have to pass through a close, severe struggle for means in order to do a special work which the Lord has particularly designed should be done. In such emergencies, they are to be free to receive gifts and donations from our churches. Some who receive the truth have means, and they will aid in sustaining the good work which should be done in our sanitariums.

PC.219.004

My brethren, I am praying that the Lord will guide you in the very best methods of reaching hearts. Let no one, whatever his official position, decide matters fully on his own judgment, or he may make mistakes that will have to be corrected. One thing is certain, we have a short work before us. We are living very near the end of this earth’s history.

PC.219.005

For years we have wrestled to see the work of God advanced in Southern California. At one time we found such narrow, prescribed plans that the work could not move forward. Then when an effort was made to advance, it resulted in large outlay, and in extravagant plans that were altogether out of order. Then followed a pressure for money, and the work was held back.

PC.219.006

Still the light kept coming to me that the work should be conducted after a different order, that many plans and devisings of men needed to be changed. Of late some moves have been made. The Lord has wrought in the securing of properties at Fernando, at Paradise Valley, and at Glendale.

PC.219.007

A sanitarium has been established at Loma Linda, and this is in the providence of God. Some know how difficult it has been to accomplish the work that has been done. But the work at Loma Linda is not yet perfected. More money must be raised in order to make this place a center for the training of medical missionary evangelists.

PC.219.008

As the president and executive committee of the Southern California Conference unite with Brother Burden and his associates in planning for the thorough accomplishment of the sanitarium and school work at Loma Linda, they will find strength and blessing. Brother Burden is not to be bound about in his work.

PC.220.001

Pray to the Lord, my brethren, counsel together, and then labor unitedly to help in establishing the work which we all so greatly desire shall not be hindered.

PC.220.002

The work of higher education has been greatly hindered because men and women have not discerned spiritual things as they should. We should know the facts that are of weight in making decisions.

PC.220.003

All our brethren are to be sober-minded and cautious. Those who hold office need the ability to view every matter wisely. We are all to be workers together with God. Ellen G. White —

PC.220.004

Sanitarium, California September 3, 1906 Roy Logan: Dear Brother: Sister King has spoken to me of you as a young man desiring advice in regard to entering a school of Osteopathy, conducted by unbelievers.

PC.220.005

I would caution you to be on your guard. You cannot be too careful how you place yourself in a position where you will be surrounded by students who are unbelievers, and receive instruction from teachers who are not taught by the great Teacher, the Lord Jesus Christ.

PC.220.006

It has frequently been seen that what seemed to be favorable opportunities for obtaining an education in worldly institutions, were snares of the enemy. The time of the students has been fully occupied, to the exclusion of the study of God’s word. They have completed the course of study, but they were not fitted to take up the study of the work of the Lord.

PC.220.007

It is not necessary for you to go to a worldly school to obtain an education; for there are excellent opportunities before you in schools conducted by those who understand the truth, and where you can receive an education in Bible knowledge. If you desire to fit yourself for medical missionary work, you can find at Loma Linda the very best opening. If you need preliminary work, this you can obtain at the college in Healdsburg. Would it not be wisdom for you to attend one of these schools, rather than to place yourself in the company of those who neither teach nor obey the commandments of God?

PC.221.001

You will have severe enough battles to fight, even when you place yourself under the best influences possible. Would it not be presumption to place yourself unnecessarily in school where the teachers do not have respect to the Lord’s commandments, where the Sabbath is not recognized as His sign?. . . .

PC.221.002

Our young men need above all else, to be thoroughly instructed that they may teach the way of the Lord to perishing souls. «The words that I speak unto you,» says Christ, «they are spirit, and they are life.» Study the word. The strictest fidelity is to be cherished. The love of the truth, and a genuine desire for improvement in the understanding of the Word, will make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the service of God. As you learn, you should seek for opportunities to explain the truth to others.

PC.221.003

The tempter is watching you, in your uncertainty. He will make a determined effort to secure you to serve his purposes. How few understand Satan’s great power to deceive! Close every door where he might enter. Surrender yourself, body, soul, and spirit, to God.

PC.221.004

Place yourself under those who teach and obey the truth, and learn all you can from them. When you place yourself under the influence of the Holy Spirit, then you can see light in God’s light, and you will rejoice in His truth. Keep yourself in the circle of His light, where His light is cherished, and then «let your light so shine before men that they, by seeing your good works, may glorify your Father which is in heaven.». . . . —

PC.221.005

From a Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White Los Angeles, California September 9, 1905 We are so thankful that God has opened the way for us to secure such favorable locations for our institutions in Southern California. He brought first to our notice the buildings now occupied by the Fernando school. When some one wrote and told me of the buildings that were offered for sale at such reasonable prices, I replied, «Lose no time in securing the property.» The instruction given was obeyed, and for two or three years a school has been conducted there. God calls upon you to take a greater interest in this school than you have taken in the past.

PC.221.006

The Lord has wonderfully opened up the way for us to establish sanitariums. These institutions should be centers of education. They should be conducted by men and women who have the fear of God in their hearts, and who can speak words in season, bringing to troubled souls the comfort of the grace of God. This is the work that should be done in every sanitarium.

PC.221.007

For a long time we have desired to see a work begun in Redlands. Now, in the providence of God, we have come into possession of Loma Linda. This will give you an influence in Redlands and Riverside, enabling us to find openings for the proclamation of present truth. This beautiful property was offered to us at a very low price. It is completely furnished. We have only to take possession. We trust that our people will rally to the support of this institution, that it may not be burdened with a large interest-bearing debt.

PC.222.001

A Reform Needed At this time when Satan is rallying his forces, shall the people of God lay off the armor, and go to sleep? Shall we do nothing, or shall we remember that there is One who says, «All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.»

PC.222.002

Many have so little faith in God that He is unable to work for them. Elder Simpson has labored diligently and faithfully in Los Angeles, and the Lord has given him success. But his success would have been far greater had the church rallied to his support, had every member been consecrated to God. Some have thought that Elder Simpson should labor for the church. The church-members should rather have assisted Elder Simpson by going to their neighbors and telling them of the truth, inviting them to attend the meetings.

PC.222.003

There is now a large number of believers in Los Angeles. Many of these should be fitting themselves to work for the Master, that the truth may go forth as a lamp that burneth. Read the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. Read it over many times, and you will receive a deeper impression each time.

PC.222.004

I have always felt a deep interest in the work in Southern California. For more than twenty years this part of the State has been represented to me as an important field. Our people should be ready to meet those who come and go, and speak to them the words of life. They should scatter the publications containing present truth. The Lord will do great things for those who cooperate with Him. —

PC.222.005

Sanitarium, California September 14, 1906 Dear Brother and Sister Burden: The work of the school and the sanitarium (Loma Linda) will be a blessing, the one to the other. Each must act its individual part, but both must blend together; then the interests of both will be advanced. If there is co-operation between the educational work and the work of the sanitarium, we can heartily recommend that the higher education be carried on in the sanitarium grounds; for this is the Lord’s plan. If the men at the head of this enterprise plan for the usefulness of these institutions, each helping the other, there is nothing to hinder the operations of the school. As the work grows, buildings may have to be prepared. Ellen G. White —

PC.223.001

Sanitarium, California November 2, 1906 Elder J. A. Burden Dear Brother: I have words to speak to you. The Lord has laid upon you responsibilities of no ordinary nature. At the time of the meeting held before you were settled at Loma Linda, when I was so sick, the Lord showed me what was to be your work as director of the Sanitarium, and that if you would connect yourself with divine wisdom, you would be taught of God. You need a clear mind in order to settle wisely the many questions that come to you for decision. The Lord would have you taught of Him.

PC.223.002

My brother, do not allow men of limited experience to come in, as Elder Reaser has done, and assume a controlling power. Brother Reaser has placed himself as teacher and adviser and ruler in many matters, and unless you work and watch carefully, such an influence will retard the work. Brother Reaser should learn that he is not qualified to do the work he supposes he is to do.

PC.223.003

Brother Reaser supposes that if it was not for his watching of the finances, there would be serious losses; whereas if he had nothing to do and say in these matters, it would save many perplexities. He has taken upon himself burdens that the Lord has not laid upon him. He has learned some of his lessons of Elder Healey, who has done much to retard the work in the South. If he would attend to his work of ministry, and keep his hands off the work of directing, he would save himself and others many burdens. From the light that has been given me, I know that it is a mistake for him to be connected with our sanitariums; he should not be a manager.

PC.223.004

In regard to the health food business, I would urge you to move slowly. Dr. Kellogg’s proposition to sell the corn flake rights to our people for twenty years has just been considered by our brethren here; and I fear, if I had not been on the ground, this matter would have been carried through to the loss of our food business. When a thing is exalted, as the corn flakes has been, it would be unwise for our people to have anything to do with it. It is not necessary that we make the corn flakes an article of good.

PC.224.001

I would advise you, my brother, to keep away from the influence of Dr. Kellogg’s ingenious plans. Let us use our own ingenuity to invent the best kinds of food possible. We are living in the closing days of this earth’s history; souls are starving for a knowledge of the word of God and of healthful living. Let us seek to carry our work solidly, giving all possible instruction regarding the principles of health reform, praying with the sick, and teaching the people how to care for themselves in sickness and health.

PC.224.002

The Lord has sent us valuable help in Dr. White, who is studying to know how to follow the way of the Lord. Let there be much earnest prayer on the part of the workers, each depending on the great Physician to carry the work according to His purposes. «For we are laborers together with God: ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.» In our efforts to build up the cause of God in the earth, we are to make sure work for eternity.

PC.224.003

Many workers who are bearing responsibilities are embracing too much authority; and they will certainly confuse the human judgment by their dictatorial authority. I must warn my brethren to be on their guard against this. The cause of God is imperiled when the workers become self-confident, and seek to embrace more than the Lord has laid upon them. Hindrance instead of advancement is the result of such a spirit.

PC.224.004

Brother Burden, carry your work intelligently, even consulting the word of God; for this word is very precious to the worker in the cause. Study the messages that God has sent to His people for the last sixty years through the Spirit of Prophecy. Do not seek the counsel of men, but by earnest prayer seek the wisdom of God. A mistake has been made in the past by leaning upon the guidance of men. Seek to correct this mistake. —

PC.224.005

Sanitarium, California November 25, 1906 Yesterday was a strange day for me. I was compelled to leave letters and other writings unfinished.

PC.224.006

The Lord has been working with Elder Simpson, teaching him how to give to the people this last warning message. His method of making the words of the Bible prove the truth for this time, and his use of the symbols presented in Revelation and Daniel, are effective. Let the young men learn as for their lives what is truth, and how it should be presented. We are living in the last days of the great conflict; the truth alone will hold us securely in this time of trouble. The way should be prepared for Elder Simpson to give the message, and our young men should attend his evening meetings.

PC.225.001

Those who have considered themselves qualified to bear responsibilities in the churches, should seek to obtain light and a knowledge of how to prosecute their work at this time in the cities, north and south, east and west, that are calling for a knowledge of the truth for this time. Our camp meetings should do a more thorough work in preparing the laborers for the work that is to be done in every place.

PC.225.002

The camp meetings which my husband attended were made special seasons of seeking the Lord. Every morning at an early hour the ministers assembled in the large tent, where we wrought to become of one mind. The question would be asked, Have we any personal difficulties to settle? If so, let us settle them. Let us not pass one day on this ground cherishing hard feelings against a brother. Let there be no evil speaking one of another; for this will greatly dishonor God. Let us by every means in our power seek to remove the alienation and differences that exist.

PC.225.003

Then we would have a season of prayer, and these were times of confession and breaking of heart before God. Often the workers, and especially the ministers, would state their true feelings, relating their temptations, and confessing their loss of confidence in their brethren. These confessions tended to clear away any ill feeling that existed, and brought in a very different atmosphere.

PC.225.004

At these camp meetings no one man carried the burden of deciding who should speak, but those were chosen who were experienced in the message and in conducting camp meetings. We used then the very arguments that are now given why the young men should not be brought to the front while the aged workers were passed by.

PC.225.005

God speaks through the men who understand the guiding of the Holy Spirit. When thousands come out to attend our meetings, they desire to get the greatest possible benefit, and it is poor policy to place as speakers men who are not fully adapted to meet the needs of the situation. The word should be spoken by men who have felt the deep moving of the Spirit upon their hearts, and who feel the burden of the message that God has given them for the people. The old soldiers of the cross are not to be passed by.

PC.225.006

Men who have been placed in office for the first time, and who are just gaining their experience, need to move carefully and in humility of mind; for often they are not able to judge wisely. When Elder Reaser was placed in a position of responsibility, he did not see his need to learn all that he could from the experience of others who had a knowledge of the history of the work in Southern California, and who had burdens laid upon them for that work by the Lord. At the first assuming of his new responsibilities, Elder Reaser should have considered that these persons understood the situation better than he did. By his officious attitude, he has made the work much more perplexing than it otherwise would have been. If he will be taught, the Lord will teach Elder Reaser that he has men on the ground who are fully as capable of planning and devising for the interests of the work as himself.

PC.226.001

The Lord has given you your work, Brother Burden. He has not appointed Elder Reaser to tell you what your duty is. As superintendent of the sanitarium, your work is an important one. Elder Reaser is not to intrude himself upon that which God has given you to do. That there shall be no more money in the sanitarium until the institution shall have earned that amount required, is not for Elder Reaser to decide. Hire money, if this is necessary in order to perfect the work. —

PC.226.002

Sanitarium Post Office, Napa County, California February 12, 1907 To the Workers in the Paradise Valley Sanitarium Dear Brethren and Sisters: The past night has been one of wakefulness and prayer. I am anxious to understand the ways of the Lord, and to know what words I should speak to those who are in charge of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium.

PC.226.003

I heard One of authority speaking to a company of workers, including every one who has a part to act in the sanitarium. These were the words he said:

PC.226.004

«Let not your hearts be troubled; ye believe in God believe also in Me. In my Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself, that where I am there ye may be also.»

PC.226.005

When Jesus spoke these words to His disciples, he was about to leave them. He had just given them a portion of His parting address, and in that he had foretold the work of Judas in betraying his Lord for thirty pieces of silver. When Judas left the presence of Christ to perform this terrible work, Jesus said to His disciples, «Now is the Son of Man glorified, and God is glorified in Him. If God be glorified in Him, God shall also glorify Him in Himself, and shall straightaway glorify Him. Little children, yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek me, and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go ye cannot come; so now I say to you. A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one for another.»

PC.227.001

«Simon Peter said unto Him, Lord, whither goest Thou? Jesus answered him, Whither I go thou canst not follow Me now; but thou shalt follow Me afterwards. Peter said unto Him, Lord, why cannot I follow Thee now? I will lay down my life for Thy sake. Jesus answered him, Wilt thou lay down thy life for My sake? Verily, verily I say unto thee, The cock shall not crow, till thou hast denied Me thrice.»

PC.227.002

The workers in our sanitariums should understand that each has an individual work. Each should realize his duty to keep his soul and body under discipline to the great Physician, who gave His life to rescue us from the control of a powerful foe. After He had burst the fetters of the tomb, He said to His disciples, «I am the resurrection and the life.» And before he ascended to heaven, He declared, «All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.»

PC.227.003

Here is your work. Teach the sick. Proclaim the gospel to them, persuading them to become Christ’s disciples. The Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit are pledged to be with you in every emergency. Act as Christians, having divine orders. God is to be trusted, believed, obeyed. His character is to be represented in every household.

PC.227.004

A wonderful responsibility rests upon those connected with the sanitariums established in His name for the treatment of the sick. This is to be done without the use of poisonous drugs. Those who become workers in the sanitarium are to believe the words of Christ, «Lo I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.» Those who have the fear of God in the heart will cultivate a sweet disposition. Forbearance and courtesy will be manifested in the life. Duties will be faithfully discharged and in a way that will not leave a disagreeable impression on the minds of the sick of the well.

PC.227.005

In order to maintain a right influence, the workers must reveal that they are one in sentiment. Do not let it be seen that there is disunion among the helpers.

PC.227.006

If you have any care of the sick, act tenderly, kindly, faithfully, that you may have a converting influence upon them. You have need of the grade of Christ in order to properly represent the service of Christ. And as you present the grace of truth in true, disinterested service, angels will be present to sustain you. The Comforter will be with you to fulfill the promise of the Saviour, «Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.»

PC.227.007

I have a charge to give, a message to bear to our sanitarium workers. Keep your souls in purity. Do a work that will have a winning influence on those placed in your charge. You can speak often to the sick of the great Physician, who can heal the diseases of the body as verily as He heals the sickness of the soul. Pray with the sick, and try to lead them to see in Christ, their Healer. Tell them that if they will look to Him in faith, He will say to them, «Thy sins be forgiven thee.» It means very much to the sick to learn this lesson. —

PC.228.001

National City, California May 7, 1907 Elder J. E. White Dear Son Edson: In many places I see great need for the investment of means in the cause of God. Next week I expect to return to Loma Linda, and while there I will do what I can to help forward the work in the surrounding cities. I desire to invest some means in the work in these places. I hope to find opportunity to speak to our people in that locality, and to arouse them to a sense of their responsibility to hold up the light of truth. If, before I leave Loma Linda, I can see the right work begun, I shall not feel pressed as a cart beneath sheaves, after I return home.

PC.228.002

Mrs. Dr. Starr has been doing a good work in San Bernardino. She has been giving education in health principles, and has found access to many fine homes. I hope to strengthen her hands, and give her encouragement to continue the work in Redlands and Riverside. —

PC.228.003

Loma Linda, California May 19, 1907 An Open Letter Dear Brethren and Sisters: The Lord has greatly blessed our people in Southern California, in enabling them to secure at very low cost valuable sanitarium properties. Through the institutions that are established here, the Lord desires to reach a class that can be reached in no other way. Therefore I would urge upon our people to whom the Lord has entrusted the talent of means, that they make loans and gifts to place these institutions in a position where they can do without embarrassment the work that will be to the honor and glory of God.

PC.228.004

For forty thousand dollars our brethren secured at Loma Linda buildings and land that cost originally one hundred and fifty thousand dollars. These buildings were furnished completely, far more elegantly than we would have furnished them.

PC.229.001

The Lord has worked wonderfully in bringing us into possession of this place. Here is a center from which light is to shine into the surrounding cities of Redlands, Riverside, San Bernardino, Colton, and other places near by.

PC.229.002

It has been found necessary to provide additional bathroom facilities at Loma Linda, and to make some changes to adapt the building to sanitarium work. An elevator is greatly needed, and a small bakery should be added. We are in need of means to accomplish that which must be done, and we pray the Lord to put it into the heart of our brethren and sisters to help in this time of necessity.

PC.229.003

For years the Lord has instructed us that we should have a sanitarium in the vicinity of San Diego, where many thousands of tourists come every year. A valuable property was secured at National City at a very small part of its original cost. There is an important work to be done in caring for the sick, and in reaching many with the light of truth. At the Paradise Valley Sanitarium also it was found necessary to add to the original building, and obligation have been made that must soon be met. The Lord has blessed this institution, and some have been converted to the truth as the result of the work already done.

PC.229.004

At Glendale, a few miles from Los Angeles, we purchased a sanitarium at about one fourth its real value. This institution is at the present time full of patients. It is well-equipped for work, and is in a position of influence. Its need is not so pressing as that of the sanitariums at Loma Linda and National City.

PC.229.005

The establishment of these three institutions has brought a heavy financial burden to our people in Southern California. Yet they have cheerfully responded to the calls for means that have been made. Brother Burden, Dr. White, and others connected with these sanitariums have invested all they could spare, that the work might not be hindered.

PC.229.006

We have none too many sanitariums. There is need for every one that has been established. In these institutions we are endeavoring to carry the work earnestly and solidly. in harmony with the instruction the Lord has given in regard to sanitarium work. They are to stand as a means of teaching the truth in these great centers of tourist resort.

PC.229.007

At our request, Brother Burden is going East to attend some of our camp meetings, where he may come in contact with many of our brethren and sisters, and lay before them the opportunities for assisting these important branches of the Lord’s work. We unite in asking those who have means to spare, to consider the matter of investing some of their money in these institutions, thus helping to provide necessary facilities, that a thorough work may be done in caring for the sick who are coming to Southern California in search of health.

PC.230.001

May the Lord give ability to help, and a willing mind. —

PC.230.002

Sanitarium, Glendale, California May 20, 1907 Dear Brother and Sister Haskell: We left home on our visit to Southern California April 18. On our way to San Diego, we stopped off at Fernando, and we spent a few days at Loma Linda. At the Paradise Valley Sanitarium we found a very small patronage. Twice I spoke to the helpers and guests. On Sabbath and Sunday, May 4 and 5, I spoke to the church in San Diego. I bore a very plain testimony. Sunday afternoon, I followed an earnest appeal with a prayer. This was followed by a social meeting at which some confessions were made. . . .

PC.230.003

I remained at Loma Linda nearly a week, during which time I spoke to the students twice. Sabbath afternoon I spoke to a large number who had assembled from the surrounding churches. The meeting was held on the lawn. Among those present were some who have recently begun the observance of the Sabbath in Redlands, where Elder Hare and Elder Whitehead have been conducting a series of meetings.

PC.230.004

Seats were arranged under the pepper trees at the back of the sanitarium. It was an interesting occasion. The Lord blessed me in speaking from the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. Before I closed, I made a strong appeal to those who had means to help in the Lord’s work, and I presented the needs of the Loma Linda Sanitarium. I urged them not to spend all their efforts merely in commercial lines, but to lay up treasure beside the throne of God.

PC.230.005

In the evening, Brother Nichols came to my room, his face aglow with happiness, and said, «I want to tell you what your words today have accomplished. A sister came to Brother Burden, and gave him ten dollars, and a gentleman has offered to lend him a thousand dollars for a year without interest.» I thank the Lord for this response.

PC.230.006

From Brother Burden I learned that the one who had offered to lend him a thousand dollars is a patient who had been in the sanitarium for some time. He had a serious stomach difficulty, and for some time his life was hanging in the balance. The crisis safely passed, he has begun to study the truth, and is deeply interested.

PC.230.007

After the morning service, a lunch was provided by the sanitarium, on the lawn, for the visitors. Brother Burden felt that the sanitarium would not be a loser by doing this, and I agreed with him; for I remember the experiences we have had in the past in making similar provision. Such actions are sometimes the means of sowing seed in the hearts of those who are inquiring after truth.

PC.231.001

In the afternoon, Elder Luther Warren gave an excellent discourse. Brother Warren is an able worker, and we hope he may labor for a time in this needy field. Now is a favorable time to work Redlands. The Woman’s Christian Temperance Union recently held an important convention in Redlands, and Dr. Starr attended their meetings. She was introduced to the convention, and by invitation spoke to them on the subject of healthful dress. She was well received, and has received many invitations to give lectures at various places. We trust that the Lord will open the way before her, that she may be a help in removing the prejudice of some, that they may be willing to listen to the truth. —

PC.231.002

Sanitarium, California April 12, 1905 Dear Brother Burden: I hear that plans are being laid for Elder W. W. Simpson to leave Southern California to labor elsewhere. If Elder Simpson feels it his duty to go, I have nothing to say against it. But I had hoped to see him extend his work from Los Angeles to Redlands and Riverside. The condition of Brother Simpson’s health is such that great care must be exercised in regard to the location of his field of labor. He should have suitable help, that he may be relieved from the burden of speaking so frequently. Would it not be well if Elder Corliss and Elder Simpson could labor together?

PC.231.003

Redlands and Riverside have been presented to me as places that should be worked. These two places should not longer be neglected. I hope soon to see an earnest effort put forth in their behalf. Will you please consider the advisability of establishing a sanitarium in the vicinity of these towns, with treatment rooms in each place to act as feeders to the institution?

PC.231.004

We cannot afford to allow these places to go unwarned. Instead of Elder Simpson’s going somewhere else to work, would it not be better to let a determined effort be put forth to make a success of the work in these places. There are other cities in Southern California in which a work similar to that carried on by Elder Simpson in Los Angeles should be conducted. The Lord would have His ministers working zealously for those who have never heard the truth. But Elder Simpson should have some one connected with him to help him in the work.

PC.231.005

Our people in the churches of Southern California need to arouse to do a work that is necessary within their own borders. Let them awake to prayer and labor. They need more spiritual vitality. They need to be converted, that they may labor for souls. Wherever there is spiritual life, there will be an imparting as well as a receiving of light and blessing. The nourishment from God’s word will be received and earnest work will be done. The act of imparting keeps open the channel for receiving. This truth our Saviour ever sought to keep before the people.

PC.232.001

I have a message to bear to the church members in Southern California: Arouse, and avail yourselves of the opportunities open to you. While Christ pleads in your behalf, plead for yourselves, that you may be purified from every unrighteous thought, every unholy action. Make an entire surrender to God of body, soul, and spirit. Be determined to do all in your power to learn the true science of soul-saving. While the light of God’s mercy still shines, gather up every divine ray.

PC.232.002

Are you prepared to sell all, that you may purchase the field that contains the treasure? Said the apostle Paul, «I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord. . . that I may win Christ, and be found in him.»

PC.232.003

Give up the self-righteousness that you have been cherishing. If the Lord permits you to behold such work as has been done in Los Angeles, seek with all humility to act your part. Not in your own strength, but in the strength of Christ, you are to ascend the ladder heavenward, round by round. Make diligent, thorough work in humbling yourselves, that the old habits and practices and all evil speaking may be put away. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. Die to self; live to God.

PC.232.004

Brother Burden, say to the church that the Lord will manifest Himself to all who seek him with humble hearts. The end of all things is at hand. Let your eyes be fixed upon Christ. As the called and chosen of God, we must represent truth in its purity. Our lives are to be such that the world will take knowledge of us that we have been with Christ, and that truth may seem to them more desirable than error.

PC.232.005

If rightly conducted, our sanitariums may exert a refining, ennobling influence, and lead many souls to Christ. The religious principles maintained in these institutions will demonstrate that there is relief for the soul, weary and sick with sin. Many are weak and sick because of disease of the soul. Let Christ be held up before them as the great Healer, who invites them to come to Him and find rest. Tell them that the heart of Christ is drawn out in compassion and love for His blood-bought heritage. He will heal the troubled heart that looks to him in faith.

PC.232.006

To the poor, sin-sick soul repeat the Saviour’s invitation: «Come to me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.» There is true joy in learning of Christ.

PC.233.001

Tell the suffering ones of a compassionate Saviour. He is the only physician who can heal both body and soul. He has given Him life for the world, that men should not perish, but have everlasting life. He looks with compassion upon those who regard their case as hopeless.

PC.233.002

While the soul is filled with fear and terror, the mind cannot see the tender compassion of Christ. Our sanitariums are to be an agency for bringing peace and rest to the troubled minds. If you can inspire the despondent with hopeful, saving faith, contentment and cheerfulness will take the place of discouragement and unrest. Wonderful changes can then be wrought in their physical condition. Christ will restore both body and soul, and, realizing His compassion and love, they will rest in Him. He is the bright and morning star, shining amid the moral darkness of this sinful, corrupt world. He is the light of the world, and all who give their hearts to Him will find peace, rest, and joy.

PC.233.003

The world is filled with sickness. Sin is increasing, especially in the large cities. Death is taking away large numbers. But the great Medical Missionary invites men to come to Him. «Come unto me,» He says, «and I will give you rest.» «Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.»

PC.233.004

Our part is, by believing His word, to find rest in Christ Jesus. His words are spirit and life. In believing them there is rest and peace. «Knock, and it shall be opened unto you.»

PC.233.005

Our prayers will reach the ear of Christ, and He will open unto us the rich treasures of His grace. Through prayer we are brought into communion with the high and holy One who inhabiteth eternity. He opens the door to every one who will knock.

PC.233.006

As I think of how the skillful Physician longs to heal every sin-sick soul, I feel so anxious that those who are drawn to our sanitariums may there find what they need for the cure of their physical and spiritual maladies.

PC.233.007

«Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.» This invitation will be accepted by those who are burdened for souls. They will become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King.

PC.233.008

The law of God is to be obeyed. Obedience is the life of the soul. It brings health and peace and assurance. Seek the Lord in every necessity, and know that you have a friend in Jesus, one who loves you with an everlasting love. He will be as an anchor to the soul, both sure and steadfast. When men and women come just as they are, he cleanses them from their sins, and they become His sons and daughters. —

PC.234.001

Takoma Park, Washington, D. C. May 23, 1905 Dear Brother and Sister Burden: I feel very grateful to the Lord that he has strengthened me to speak six times at this meeting. When I left my home in St. Helena, I was suffering from a severe cold, and I thought it rather a risk to run to attempt to attend the meeting. But I decided to start with the party, thinking that I would go as far as Los Angeles, and then, if I could not go any further, I would return to St. Helena. The Lord strengthened me, and I have been able to bear my testimony six times since the meeting began. All seem surprised that my voice is so clear and strong. I have said many things that the Lord has given me to say, and I still have more to say. I attend only those meetings in which I can bear my testimony.

PC.234.002

I have been waiting to hear from you again regarding the place near Redlands, about which you wrote not long ago. I hope that this place can be secured, because I think that the Lord has made it possible for us to obtain it. If you have anything further to tell us, please do so. We do not want this place to be a snare to us; for I feel impressed that it will be a great blessing. I hope that you will send me a line when you have come to a decision regarding the place.

PC.234.003

Redlands and Riverside must be worked, and they could be worked from the place about which you have written us. If Brother and Sister Haskell can possibly get away from Nashville, I should like them to spend a little time in Southern California. —

PC.234.004

Takoma Park, Washington, D. C. May 24, 1905 Dear Brother Burden: We received your letter today. I wish to say that I can not ask the Conference to invest in a sanitarium at Redlands. They have enough responsibilities to carry without taking upon them other responsibilities. If you in Los Angeles will do your best, we will do our best. If you will do nothing, say so, and we will do nothing. If you will work intelligently, as we know you can, then we will do what we can. But if you do nothing, waiting for the Conference, you will lose your chance. If you are going to depend on the Conference purchasing it, I have no hope of your obtaining it.

PC.235.001

Can you give us definite terms of payment? Then we shall know what to tell the people. I am anxious to secure the place for a sanitarium, but if you cannot state anything definite as to the terms of payment, we are left without any certain information.

PC.235.002

Brother Burden, if you wait for Brother Santee to work out the plans, there will be no hope at all in the matter. I will not write more till I hear something further from you. Telegraph us at once the price of the property, and the best terms of payment you can obtain. —

PC.235.003

Takoma Park, Washington, D. C. May 14, 1905 Dear Brother Burden: Your letter has just been read. I had no sooner finished reading it then I said, «I will consult no one; for I have no question at all about the matter.» I advised Willie to send you a telegram without spending time to ask the advice of the brethren. Secure the property by all means, so that it can be held, and then obtain all the money you can make sufficient payments to hold the place. This is the very property that we ought to have. Do not delay; for it is just what is needed. As soon as it is secured, a working force can begin operations in it. I think that sufficient help can be secured to carry this matter through. I want you to be sure to lose no time in securing the right to purchase the property. We will do our utmost to help you raise the money. I know that Redlands and Riverside are to be worked, and I pray that the Lord may be gracious, and not allow any one else to get this property instead of us.

PC.235.004

We had a very pleasant trip from San Francisco to Washington. Several times a song-service was held in the car, and this took well. Many of the passengers outside of our party united in the singing.

PC.235.005

I am recovering from the cold that I caught about three weeks before leaving home. On Thursday morning I spoke in the large tent, and on Sabbath morning I spoke again. The large tent was crowded, and I am told that my voice could be heard very distinctly even by those on the seats at the very back. I shall send you a copy of my talk when it is written out.

PC.235.006

Today, Sunday, Elder Haskell spoke in the forenoon. The afternoon meeting was broken up by a thunderstorm. The rain came through the large tent, and people were obliged to hurry away to the small tents.

PC.236.001

A good work is being done on the school and sanitarium land here. Money is coming in for the completion of the one hundred thousand dollar fund. Last Friday morning, at a meeting held for this purpose, about six thousand dollars were handed in by the delegates for the Washington work. A great many Conferences had not at that time reported fully, and at the end of this week, there will be several thousand dollars more to hand in.

PC.236.002

We hope that this meeting will be the means of accomplishing much good. If the Lord sees that we are in earnest in seeking Him, He will be found of us. Oh, it would be sad indeed to get above the simplicity of the work. When we are humble enough to receive wisdom, the Lord will certainly teach us His way. I have such a hungering and thirsting after God: I must have a strong faith, and I must bear a decided testimony, which will not be weakened. Bible truth will prevail, and oh, how my heart longs to see our church members obtaining a deep experience, which will stand the test that is before us.

PC.236.003

Let us seek the Lord while He may be found, and call upon Him while He is near. «Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts; and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God; for He will abundantly pardon.»

PC.236.004

Let us make straight paths for our feet. The Lord will not leave those who love Him and keep His commandments to be spoiled by the enemy. A short work is to be done. Let us read and study the fifty-fifth and fifty-sixth chapters of Isaiah; for they contain wonderful encouragement, and the Lord wants us to bring all the uplifting possible to His people.

PC.236.005

«Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice; for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it and keepeth his hand from doing any evil.

PC.236.006

«Neither let the son of the stranger that hath joined himself to the Lord speak saying, The Lord hath utterly separated me from His people; neither let the eunuch say, Behold, I am a dry tree. For thus saith the Lord unto the eunuchs that keep my Sabbaths, and choose the things that please Me, and take hold of My covenant: Even to them will I give in Mine house and within My walls a place and a name better than of sons and of daughters: I will give them an everlasting name, that shall not be cut off.

PC.236.007

«Also the sons of the stranger, that join themselves to the Lord, to serve Him, and to love the name of the Lord, to be His servants, every one that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and taketh hold of My covenant; even them will I bring to My holy mountain, and make them joyful in My house of prayer; their burnt-offerings and their sacrifices shall be accepted upon Mine altar; for Mine house shall be called an house of prayer for all people. The Lord God, which gathereth the outcasts of Israel, saith, Yet will I gather others to Him, beside those that are gathered unto Him.»

PC.237.001

Here is the word of the Lord. Open up every place possible. We are to labor in faith, taking hold of a power that is pledged to do large things for us. We are to reach out in faith in Los Angeles and in Redlands and Riverside. —

PC.237.002

Takoma Park, Washington, D. C. June 2, 1905 Dear Brother Burden: I am much encouraged by the letters that I have received from you regarding Loma Linda. From your description of the place, I believe it meets the representation which I have seen of what we should seek for as sanitarium locations. Such a place was presented to me a few miles from an important city. The city has recently been built up.

PC.237.003

I have tried to place before our people the representations given me regarding sanitariums in the country, and I have urged upon them the necessity of establishing our sanitariums outside of the cities. I have had repeatedly presented to me the advantage of securing locations some miles out of the cities. Those who follow the counsel of God in providing places where the sick and suffering can receive proper treatment will be guided to the right places for the establishment of their work.

PC.237.004

Let our sanitariums be located where there is an abundance of land. I can see the advantage of such a place as Loma Linda. The Lord worked to help us to secure this property. The work of this institution is to be carried forward on pure, elevated lines. It can be conducted in such a way that the truth will be presented as the rock upon which to build.

PC.237.005

In order that our institutions shall teach right lessons, there must be connected with them men of such simplicity that they are willing to learn of the great Teacher. «To you it is given,» Christ said, to the people who keep My commandments and do those things that I have presented in my work, «to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven.»

PC.237.006

We are to proclaim the truth to the world, for thus the great Medical Missionary has commanded us. «What ye hear in the ear, that preach ye upon the house top; for there is nothing hid that shall not be made known.» «The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him, and keep His commandments.» «As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God.»

PC.238.001

The church of Christ is dependent on Him for her very existence. Only through Him can it gain continued life and strength. The members are to live constantly in the most intimate, vital relationship with the Saviour. They are to follow in His steps of self-denial and sacrifice. They are to go forth into the highways and byways of life to win souls to Him, using every possible means to make the truth appear in its true character before the world.

PC.238.002

The truth is to be presented in various ways. Some in the higher walks of life will grasp it as it is presented in figures and parables. As men labor to unfold the truth with clearness, that conviction may come to their hearers, the Lord is present as He promised to be. As they go forth on their mission, teaching all things whatsoever Christ has commanded, the promise will be fulfilled, «Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.» Those who are honest in heart will see the importance of the truth for this time, and will take their place in the ranks of those who are keeping and teaching the commandments.

PC.238.003

All that can be done to make clear the mystery of godliness is to be done. The earthly has its place in illustrating the heavenly. All nature is a lesson-book, a teacher to every one who will learn.

PC.238.004

In His wonderful sermon on the mount, Christ used the lilies of the field in their natural loveliness to illustrate a great truth. His language is adapted to the opening intellect of child life. The great Teacher brought His hearers in contact with nature, that they might listen to the voice which speaks in all created things; and as their hearts became tender and their minds receptive, He helped them to interpret the spiritual teachings of the scenes upon which their eyes rested. The parables, by means of which He loved to teach lessons of truth, show how open His spirit was to the influences of nature, and how He delighted to gather spiritual teaching from the surroundings of daily life.

PC.238.005

The birds of the air, the lilies of the field, the sower and the seed, the shepherd and the sheep, — with these Christ illustrated immortal truth. He drew illustrations from the facts of life, facts of experience familiar to the hearers, — the hid treasure, the pearl, the fishing net, the lost coin, the prodigal son, the houses on the rock and on the sand. In His lessons there was something to interest every mind, to appeal to every heart. Thus the daily task, instead of being a mere round of toil, bereft of higher thoughts, was brightened and uplifted by constant reminders of the spiritual and the unseen.

PC.239.001

Our medical workers are to do all in their power to cute disease of the body and also disease of the mind. They are to watch and pray and work, bringing spiritual as well as physical advantages to those for whom they labor. The physician in one of our sanitariums who is a true servant of God has an intensely interesting work to do for every suffering human being with whom he is brought in contact. He is to lose no opportunity to point souls to Christ, the great Healer of body and mind. Every physician should be a skilful worker in Christ’s lines. There is to be no lessening of the interest in spiritual things, else the power to fix the mind upon the great Physician will be diverted. While the needs of the body are to be strictly attended to, while all efforts are to be made to break the power of disease, the physician is never to forget that there is a soul to be labored for.

PC.239.002

God would draw minds from the conviction of logic to a conviction deeper, higher, purer, and more glorious, a conviction unperverted by human logic. Human logic has often nearly quenched the light which God would have shine forth in clear rays to convince minds that the God of nature is worthy of all praise and all glory, because He is the Creator of all things.

PC.239.003

Christ illustrated character-building by a house built on a rock, against which storm and tempest were powerless, and the house built on the sand, which was swept away. We are living in perilous times. —

PC.239.004

Takoma Park, Washington, D. C. May 31, 1905 Dear Brother Burden: Our general meetings closed last night. We have had excellent meetings, but I cannot give you a full report, for I have gone to those meetings only at which I have spoken. I came to the Conference with fear and trembling, but determined to do my best. I have spoken ten times, and have done considerable writing. Night after Night I have been up writing as early as two o’clock, and yet I am doing well healthwise.

PC.239.005

On the whole, we have had beautiful weather. At the first of the meetings there was a heavy thunder storm, but since then the days have been pleasant. Last night there was a little shower, which is a great blessing; for the dust has been settled.

PC.239.006

For the rest of the week, committee meetings will continue, and the first of next week we shall start home. On way out we shall stop to see the place that means so much to me. 240.

PC.240.001

During the meeting I did not dare to make any call for money; but last Sunday afternoon, when I had finished speaking the thought came to me that perhaps the people standing on the outside of the tent might give something for the colored work, so I made a call. A contribution was taken up, and in a very few minutes word came that one hundred and twenty-eight dollars had been given. The subduing influence of the Spirit of God rested upon the people, and a good impression was made by the meeting. As I walked from the tent to my room, many stopped me, and with tears of rejoicing shook my hand.

PC.240.002

The Conference has called forth very weighty testimonies, and I am pleased with the appreciation shown to these testimonies.

PC.240.003

We hope to see you soon now, but in regard to the purchase of «Loma Linda», I will say, Go ahead. I hope to be able to help by giving the proceeds from a certain number of copies of «Ministry of Healing». I can do no more, except to borrow. I wish the place purchased. Do not neglect to tell me all I ought to know. I have been looking over your descriptive letter, and I am well satisfied that the place is one we ought to have. It is cheap at forty thousand dollars. We will not leave you, but will stand back of you, and help you to raise the means. In regard to the right man to manage the institution? I am confident that we shall find some one when the right time comes.

PC.240.004

As soon as we can be released from here, we shall return to California. I will let you know when we shall leave here, as soon as I can find out. (Stamped) Ellen G. White —

PC.240.005

Takoma Park, Washington, D. C. May 28, 1905 Dear Brother Burden: When you wrote to me about the advisability of purchasing the property known as «Loma Linda», I did not consult with anyone, because I thought this would hinder us, and I believed that we could carry the matter forward without putting the burden on the Conference. We do not desire to bring perplexity upon the Conference regarding this matter. Be assured, my brother, that I never advance anything unless I have a decided impression that it should be carried out, and unless I am firmly resolved to assist.

PC.240.006

I am glad that means is in sight to make the first payment on the place; for we ought to have it. I do not know just where to look for the rest of the money needed. I have asked Brother Washburn to let me know of anyone who would be willing to lend me some money without interest. He thinks that I could get means on these terms.

PC.241.001

We will appropriate the proceeds of the sale of a certain number of copies of «Ministry of Healing» toward the purchase of this property. The book will soon be on the market.

PC.241.002

By all means secure the property, if you can; for I believe it to be the very place the Lord desires us to have. We do not desire to burden the Conference. We can as a company raise the required sum, I believe. I hope that we shall see you soon, and then we can talk these matters over. We shall have to stay here for a week after the meetings close, because Willie has some committee work to do.

PC.241.003

Since coming to the Conference, I have spoken nine times. Up to today I had not made any call for means. At the close of my talk this afternoon, I called for a contribution for the work among the colored people of the Southern field. One hundred and twenty-eight dollars was raised. I was much pleased. When I left my tent, it looked as if I would not be able to get to my room, there were so many who wanted to speak to me. Edson was present, and he felt very grateful for the donation.

PC.241.004

We had a large profitable meeting on Sabbath. The tent was filled, and a number of people stood on the outside. This afternoon I spoke to a large company.

PC.241.005

This is a beautiful place, and I am glad that the school is established here. A sanitarium must be erected, and we hope that this can be done soon. Then there is the publishing house to be built, but we hope that after both the school and the sanitarium have been completed, there will be something left for the publishing house. (Stamped) Ellen G. White —

PC.241.006

M.-247-’05 Loma Linda, Near Redlands, California July 24, 1911 August 24, 1905 Dr. John F. Morse Dear Brother: I write to invite you to connect with our sanitarium work in Southern California.

PC.241.007

We now have three sanitariums in this southern part of the State. Loma Linda, the one most recently purchased, is the most desirable place I have ever seen for a sanitarium. We realize that the Lord has been very gracious to us in opening the way for us to secure this plant, which was originally constructed as a sanitarium.

PC.242.001

Upon this property there has been made an investment of about a hundred and fifty thousand dollars. Several months ago our brethren spoke to me of the place as a beautiful location with grant buildings, but they supposed that it would be valued so high that we could not possibly secure it.

PC.242.002

Until I saw Loma Linda I could not feel that I had seen a place that seemed in every respect to correspond with the representations I had seen of what a sanitarium should be. I had been instructed to say to our brethren that we should have a sanitarium situated near Redlands and Riverside. This institution is about five miles from Redlands and twelve from Riverside. But I had no idea that we would be able to purchase Loma Linda, though we had heard that the owners were very anxious to sell the property.

PC.242.003

While I was at Takoma Park attending the General Conference, I received a letter from Brother Burden describing the property at Loma Linda, and informing me that the place was offered for sale for forty thousand dollars. There were others who desired to secure the property, but we were given an option till the brethren could communicate with us. The description given by Brother Burden answered in every respect to that of places that I had been instructed would be offered far below their original cost.

PC.242.004

This letter from Brother Burden I received one Friday afternoon. I asked W. C. White to telegraph immediately to Brother Burden that he should by all means secure the property. Some of our brethren connected with the Conference advised otherwise, fearing that the Conference would be more deeply involved in debt. But I followed my telegram with a letter, saying distinctly that the place should be purchased without delay. I considered that the advantages of this location authorized me to speak positively regarding this matter. I said, There is sufficient money in the hands of God’s people, and if we seek the Lord, He will make their hearts willing to help in this time of need.

PC.242.005

After writing to Brother Burden, the uncertainty so affected me that for several nights I was unable to sleep. I lifted my heart to God in prayer. With great anxiety I waited, till at last word came that a deposit of one thousand dollars had been made and the way was open for us to secure the place.

PC.242.006

We now have possession of this valuable property. All the negotiations have been pleasant and agreeable. Brother Burden has been a man in the right place. The former owners have every confidence in him, and seem pleased that we have purchased the place. We thank the Lord for this.

PC.242.007

We have just been attending the Los Angeles camp meeting, and before going home I am spending a few days here, and expect to stop for a few days at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium.

PC.243.001

Owing to a weakness in my hip, I was unable to go over the building when I was here last spring, but I could see something of the advantages of the place and the beauty of the seventy-six acres. There are many lovely pepper-trees, and other varieties of trees, the names of which I have not learned. Hundreds of happy birds sing in the branches. There is a large orchard set out to orange trees, grapefruit, plums, peaches, nectarines, lemons, pears, etc.

PC.243.002

In the cellar I see a large quantity of jellies that have been put up. Shelf after shelf is laden with jars of rich fruit. The work of fruit-canning is now going on, superintended by those who thoroughly understand the business. Some of the fruit will be sent to the sanitarium at San Diego.

PC.243.003

The buildings here are completely furnished with nearly every essential necessary to conduct a sanitarium. Every room is furnished with a bed and elegant and substantial furniture. The mattresses and pillows are excellent. The chairs are well selected. Many of them are very expensive. The buildings are lighted with electricity. The main building has four stories. Everything is in first class condition. There are many articles of furniture that we could not have furnished if we had been fitting up the building. We thank the Lord for His providence that has brought us to this beautiful place.

PC.243.004

We have also a beautiful property near San Diego. We thank the Lord for such a beautiful location and such excellent buildings at so low a cost. We must put forth every effort to fulfil the purpose of God in this institution. Suitable bathrooms are needed there, and we are asking the people to help us in making the necessary additions.

PC.243.005

We are to take advantage of every blessing within our reach. Above all things, let us seek for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ. The apostle Paul, who had received abundant revelations from God, whose judgment had been formed under the special intuition of the Holy Spirit, says: «Yea, doubtless, I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord.» That knowledge we must impart to others.

PC.243.006

The knowledge of Jesus Christ is obtained through correct views of our Lord. Through the work of our sanitariums the light of truth may shine forth to the world. To these institutions we may invite all classes of people, men and women of every denomination. We must have physicians who will reveal Christ in knowledge and in speech. We want well-qualified physicians, who have a well grounded hope in Jesus Christ.

PC.244.001

It is through the love of Christ that we receive spiritual food, that we may break the bread of life to others. His blessings, which have gladdened our hearts, are to be communicated to those who know not Christ. We must make every provision possible to lead others to become acquainted with the Saviour.

PC.244.002

The highest and most noble work we can do in this world is to reflect the glory of God as seen in the face of Jesus Christ. Let Christ appear through those who love the truth. Let Him be seen as the Desire of all ages.

PC.244.003

How can we prepare the way of the Lord? We will present our reasonable request that He may open the way before us, then we will walk and work and act our faith. «Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.» Christ is all and in all, and we need an increase of faith.

PC.244.004

Brother Morse, I feel impressed to ask you to come to California and connect with the sanitarium at Loma Linda. Your talent is needed here. If you but have faith in our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, your health will improve physically and spiritually. (Stamped) Ellen G. White —

PC.244.005

K.-253-’05 Loma Linda, California August 29, 1905 Dear Brother and Sister Kress: I have just enjoyed the pleasure of reading your good letters.

PC.244.006

Brother H. W. Kellogg from Battle Creek spent Sabbath and Sunday with us here at Loma Linda. He was astonished that such a beautiful premises and such a complete equipment could be purchased at so low a price as that for which we have secured this property.

PC.244.007

We regard this place as one especially provided for us by the Lord. Some of the brethren had spoken to me of Loma Linda as a popular health resort, conducted as a hotel, but it was not considered possible that we would be able to pay so much as it was supposed they would ask. I had supposed we would be obliged to erect buildings for Sanitarium work in the vicinity of the beautiful cities of Redlands and Riverside.

PC.244.008

Last spring I asked Brother Burden to look carefully for any opening to secure property suitable for a sanitarium in this vicinity. While I was in Washington, he wrote to me describing the beauty of Loma Linda, and stated that everything connected with the place was offered to us for forty thousand dollars.

PC.245.001

When I read the description of the property as written by Brother Burden, I recognized it as answering fully to an ideal sanitarium property such as has been presented to me. I received the letter on Friday afternoon, and I told W. C. White to telegraph Brother Burden immediately that he should secure the place. One of our brethren sent another telegram contrary to this. Some of the men connected with the conference thought that such a large place would be like an elephant on their hands. I was so burdened that for several nights I could not sleep. I feared lest the enemy might, through unbelief, keep this property out of our hands.

PC.245.002

In the meanwhile Brother Burden had been obliged to tell the men that we would be unable to purchase the property. But when he received from me a letter of good cheer and hope, and an assurance that this was the place for which I had long been looking to correspond with places such as the Lord had shown me would be offered to us at a small part of their original cost, Brother Burden, in fear and trembling, returned to the agent, and told him we would purchase the place. Had he been an hour later, the opportunity might have been lost; for they were sending men to offer the property to other parties.

PC.245.003

The main building contains four stories. In its entrance is a most beautiful sun-parlor. There is also a large parlor, carpeted with the very best body Brussels. The furniture in the house is of first class quality,- not fancy but durable and very handsome. We could not have furnished the building as expensively as it has been furnished by others. In this main building the furniture cost twelve thousand dollars and has been in use less than two years.

PC.245.004

The long halls are carpeted with fine Brussels carpet, and there are carpets and rugs for the various rooms throughout the building. There is a large roll of rubber carpet that can be used wherever it is thought best. The mattresses on the beds look like new ones. There are two feather pillows, sheets, blankets, quilts, and spreads for every bed. Every room contains chairs, substantial, but very comfortable.

PC.245.005

Besides the main building, in which there are about sixty rooms that can be used by patients, there are four four-roomed cottages sitting back on higher ground. Some of these are so arranged that each room is connected with a private veranda, where, in warm weather, a bed can be rolled from the room through the large windows. Besides the four cottages with four rooms each, there is a two story cottage with nine beautiful rooms, splendidly furnished. This of itself is quite a large building.

PC.245.006

Between the cottages and the main building is what they called the amusements building. This has been used for a bowling alley and a billiard hall. The billiard table will be sold; and with a few alterations the building may be made into a good meeting house.

PC.246.001

There are seventy-six acres of land in this property. Quite a portion of it is set out in orchard. They raise oranges, lemons, grapefruit, peaches, apples, plums, pears, etc. I am having strawberries from the second crop, and they are very nice.

PC.246.002

Five horses, three cows, about a hundred hens and a few turkeys were purchased with the place. There were also a number of hogs which have since been sold.

PC.246.003

About a hundred and fifty thousand dollars has been expended in making the property what it is at present, and forty thousand dollars seems very reasonable for such a complete equipment as we find here. It would be a heavy tax if we had to pay interest on such an amount, but we believe that our brethren will raise this money, and that we shall soon be free from debt. Every dollar is to be expended with great care. Something must be done to furnish treatment rooms, but this need not incur great expense.

PC.246.004

The city of Redlands is five miles from the institution. This city is one of the most beautiful cities in America. When President Roosevelt visited Redlands about two years ago, he expressed the thought that it was as near like heaven as any place he had ever seen. The purchase of Loma Linda will help to give us an influence with the people of this city.

PC.246.005

The more we realize of the advantages of this location, the more certain we feel that we are in the line of duty. We shall now endeavor to secure the very best help possible to conduct the work of this institution. Some of the outside stairways need to be painted, and other work must be done before we are ready to open the institution.

PC.246.006

For a time we had to work against fearfulness and unbelief in the minds of some of our brethren. There are some who will always be found holding back when any advance move is to be made.

PC.246.007

Last June a meeting was called at Los Angeles to consider the question of the purchasing of Loma Linda. I was very glad that Elder Irwin was present. When some expressed themselves as thinking it unwise for the Conference to incur further indebtedness by such a heavy investment, Elder Irwin spoke right to the point, urging them to follow the manifest leadings of God.

PC.246.008

I also bore my testimony that the Lord would bless us if we would act in faith. There are some who seem to consider it a virtue to talk unbelief and to hold back when there should be an advance. We are hoping that there may be connected with the work in Southern California men who will act in faith.

PC.247.001

Only a few were present at this meeting, but they expressed themselves as favoring the purchase of the property, and they pledged eleven hundred dollars as a gift to start the enterprise.

PC.247.002

Last Sunday afternoon quite a number of our brethren from neighboring churches met on the lawn under the trees just back of the main building, and Brother Burden says they had an excellent meeting. One man said he had gone to the camp meeting in Los Angeles as an unbeliever, but had been convicted of the Sabbath truth. He seemed very happy, and made a donation of one hundred dollars to Loma Linda. We shall now endeavor to secure the necessary means, so that we shall not have to carry a heavy burden of interest on borrowed money.

PC.247.003

Let us praise the Lord that He is making it possible for us to obtain such advantages, where we can help the sick to take their minds away from themselves, and delight in the beauty of God’s handiwork. D.R. —

PC.247.004

K.233’05 «Elmshaven,» Sanitarium, California August 9, 1905 Dear Brother and Sister Kress: I wish to say to you that if God opens the way for the brethren in other parts of Australia to purchase property that may be used for sanitarium work, such as the place that Brother Semmens has written about, forbid them not. Utter not one word of remonstrance. There are many cities to be worked, and medical missionary work is not to be confined to a few centers.

PC.247.005

For a long time the Battle Creek Sanitarium was the only medical institution conducted by our people. But for many years light has been given that sanitariums should be established near such cities as Melbourne and Adelaide. And when opportunities come to establish the work in still other places, never are we to reach out the hand and say No, you must not create an interest in other places, for fear that our patronage will be decreased. If sanitarium work is the means by which the way is to be opened for the proclamation of the truth, encourage and do not discourage those who are trying to advance this work.

PC.247.006

May the Lord increase our faith, and help us to see that He desires us all to become acquainted with His ministry of healing and with the mercy-seat. He desires the light of His grace to shine forth from many places. We are living in the last days. Troublous times are before us. He who understands the necessities of the situation arranges that advantage should be brought to the workers in various places, to enable them more effectually to arouse the attention of the people. He knows the needs and the necessities of the feeblest of His flock, and He sends His own message into the highways and the byways. He loves us with an everlasting love.

PC.248.001

There are souls in many places who have not yet heard the message. Henceforth medical missionary work is to be carried forward with an earnestness with which it has never yet been done. This work is the door through which the truth is to find entrance to the large cities, and sanitariums are to be established in many places.

PC.248.002

Since we returned from Australia, the Lord has opened the way for the establishment of the sanitarium work in Southern California. The brethren there have found opportunity to buy several properties at a price very much below the original cost. The first of these was an opportunity to purchase the Fernando school buildings.

PC.248.003

About seven miles from San Diego our brethren found a building admirably adapted for sanitarium work. . . .

PC.248.004

Not long ago a building at Glendale, eight miles from Los Angeles, was purchased and fitted up for sanitarium work. Originally this building was an expensive one, costing the owners about forty thousand dollars. There are seventy-five rooms, many of which are arranged in suites, a small one for a bedroom, and a larger one for a sitting-room. There were two bathrooms on each floor, but they were not such as would be needed in giving treatments, and new treatment rooms have been added.

PC.248.005

The rooms in the building are pleasant, and the location of the building is very good. The place is a sightly one.

PC.248.006

When Brother Burden first went to see the agent about purchasing this place, twenty thousand dollars was asked for it. Brother Burden then told the agent something of the purpose for which those desirous of purchasing the building wished to use it. He told him about our medical missionary work, and assured him that this work was carried on without any thought of making money except for missionary purposes. The agent was much interested, and was inclined in favor of the idea, and he named a sum considerably lower than the sum first mentioned. But Brother Burden told him that it would be impossible for us to pay that price, and he then said, «You can have it for twelve thousand five hundred dollars, and you may consider the remainder of the price a gift to the institution.»

PC.248.007

Recently we have purchased what is known as the Loma Linda property. This property is sixty miles from Los Angeles, and is on the main railway line from Los Angeles to New Orleans. It was owned by a corporation of one hundred and fifty people, seventy of whom were physicians. But the physicians did not agree among themselves, and the place lost money instead of making it; and it was decided to sell. It continued to be a loss financially, and the stockholders became anxious to sell. It was offered for forty thousand dollars, and for this price our brethren have purchased it, paying down five thousand dollars. They will make three other payments of five thousand each, and after that will have two years in which to pay the remainder, at six per cent interest.

PC.249.001

The property is a most beautiful one. There are seventy-six acres of land, twenty-three of which are set out to fruit and ornamental trees. There are twelve acres of oranges, and eight acres of plums, apricots, lemons, and grapefruit. The rest of the land is garden, alfalfa, and pasture land.

PC.249.002

There is one large building and five cottages, four of which have four rooms each, and one nine rooms. In all there are ninety rooms. The buildings are all furnished throughout, and are ready for use.

PC.249.003

There are several good carriages, five horses, four cows, and one hundred and thirty-five chickens.

PC.249.004

There is an ample water-supply, the property have two good wells.

PC.249.005

I know that it was in the providence of God that we had an opportunity to purchase this property.

PC.249.006

I wrote the foregoing last night, and this morning I am roused up to repeat the instruction that the Lord has given me in regard to establishing sanitariums. Again and again this matter has been presented to me, and one case especially has been urged upon my notice. At great cost a sanitarium was erected at Boulder, Colorado. It has been a very difficult matter to make this sanitarium what it should be, and yet meet all expenses. The effort to do this has meant a great deal of hard work and much careful study.

PC.249.007

During the past four years one of our doctors established himself in the city of Boulder, just a little distance from our sanitarium, and began to build up a private sanitarium. This was not right, and has been to the injury of our sanitarium, which has always had a struggle to make a success and to accomplish the work which the Lord designed it to do. The action of the one who established this private sanitarium was neither just nor righteous. Were he to continue to do as he has done in the past, constant difficulties would arise. He draws patients away from the sanitarium established in the order of God. More than this, he allows his patients to have meat, while the workers in our sanitariums have always endeavored to show their patients that they would be better off without meat.

PC.250.001

The question is, What shall be done? Here are two institutions, one endeavoring to hold up and follow the principles of health reform, and the other allowing its patients to indulge in the use of flesh meat, and because of this, drawing patients away from the first institution. The matter is to be treated in a fair, Christ-like manner. When the one who has established himself so close beside the Lord’s institution, is converted in heart and mind, he will see the necessity of carrying out the principles of the word of God, and will harmonize with his neighbors. If he cannot blend with them, he will go to some other place. There are many other places to which he could go.

PC.250.002

The question has been asked, Should we sell the Boulder Sanitarium to the one who has set up a practise so close to it? I answer, No, no! The one who has offered to buy it is not keeping up the standard of health reform, and the Lord would not be pleased to have the institution sold to him. The Boulder Sanitarium is to do its appointed work. From it the truth for this time is to shine forth, and the great message of warning be given. . . —

PC.250.003

San Jose, California June 25, 1905 Dear Brother and Sister Burden: It is just daylight, and I am seated on my couch, beginning a letter to you. Our meeting here began a day or two ago, and I think there will be a good attendance of our people. On Sabbath the brethren and sisters at Mountain View turned out well. On Sabbath morning at half past ten I spoke to a large number in the big tent.

PC.250.004

I have an intense desire that this meeting shall be the very kind of meeting that the Lord desires us to have. I hope much for the revival of the Spirit of the Lord.

PC.250.005

I have consented to remain here till the close of the camp meeting — one week from Monday. We shall then return to our home at St. Helena.

PC.250.006

There are many matters to be considered, and we all need the guidance of the Holy Spirit. I pray that a right impression may be made on the minds of those present at the meeting.

PC.250.007

The school question will receive careful attention, and we hope that matters may be so adjusted that future work in educational lines will be of a more advanced and satisfactory character. The Lord can do much through the teachers and students of our schools, if they will carry the work steadily forward and upward.

PC.251.001

I shall be pleased to hear from you at any time. I sincerely hope that the brethren in Southern California will unite in pressing forward the school work and the sanitarium work.

PC.251.002

In regard to Sister Burden continuing to hold her place as bookkeeper, I think that if she would take the exercise that she should, the evils I have feared might be avoided. She should not confine herself too closely. She can be a real help in teaching others how to keep books. This is a line of education that is greatly needed, and in no case should it be neglected. But Sister Burden should be left entirely free to take up the work that she chooses. She can help with her experience in many ways. She can give valuable counsel in regard to many matters that will come up for discussion.

PC.251.003

I have a great desire that you may both be greatly blessed in your work in the new sanitarium. I hope that Brother Reaser will move understandingly in reference to the sanitariums already in operation, and also in regard to the new sanitarium. I pray that the Lord may provide suitable people to connect with this institution, people who will be a genuine strength to the institution.

PC.251.004

Do not be discouraged if in any wise there is some cutting across of your plans, and if you are somewhat hindered. But I hope that we shall never again have to meet the hindrance that we have met in the past because of the way in which things have been conducted on some lines in Southern California. I have seen the holdback principles followed, and I have seen the displeasure of the Lord because of this. If the same spirit is manifested, I shall not consent to keep silent as I have done.

PC.251.005

It is the most awful thing a man can do to dethrone God from his heart, refusing to take the Bible as his counselor. The man who does this debases whatever he has connection with. Christ does not abide in his heart. The law of God is to him an empty form. He may be supposed to be a Christian, but he debases whatever he touches.

PC.251.006

The gospel of Christ has been dishonored by being handled with sin-stained hands. Professed Christians act and speak in a way that is no honor to God. What men and women need not is thorough conversion. Every part of their intelligence should go out to meet Christ, and every part of their spiritual nature should yearn for more of Him. The Father seeketh such to worship him — those who worship Him in spirit and truth and in the beauty of holiness. Let us separate from the contaminating influences of the world, and hold communication with the Saviour. Let us bring ourselves, in thought, word, and deed, into conformity with the will of Christ. The Redeemer is seeking for those whose highest aim is to serve and glorify God.

PC.251.007

The message that the Lord has given me for the church in Los Angeles is, Through faith and diligent service you are to become one with Christ. You are to eat His flesh and drink His blood, making His words a part of the daily life. The great Teacher will accept only the purest integrity, the most distinct representation of His words and His Spirit. Spiritual-mindedness must not be allowed to became a strange thing among us. We are to become more and more nearly conformed to Christ. The joy of the Lord, the praise of God, is to be on our lips and in our hearts. The character is to be transformed from the mist and cloud of uncertainty into the radiance of the light proceeding from heaven. The world is to be eclipsed by the contemplation of heavenly things.

PC.252.001

I ask the believers in Los Angeles to seek for a deeper, higher experience in the things of God. The Father seeketh such to worship Him. Arise, and brace your souls for action. Take an extensive survey of the work that is to be done. Read your Bibles with an increasing determination to have a larger experience in the things of God. Stand in the light of the Sun of Righteousness.

PC.252.002

What could induce the pure, sinless Son of God to tabernacle with men in a world filled with crime and strife and wickedness? He did this that He might better reach the lost and perishing. He suffered, being tempted. Proportionate to the perfection of His holiness, was the strength of the temptation. Because of the depravity so revolting to His purity, His residence in the world was a perpetual sorrow. On every hand He saw men and women destroying themselves by yielding to perverted appetite and passion.

PC.252.003

Christ gave His life for the life of the world. He came to this earth in the likeness of man, to present before human beings an example of the character that all must form in order to be saved. He came to bring them power to overcome all the temptations of the enemy.

PC.252.004

O that every soul might be awakened, and led to become a subject of the heavenly kingdom, surrendering all to Christ. The word of God gives us no encouragement that a sinner is pardoned in order that he may continue in sin. He is pardoned on condition that he receives Christ, confessing and repenting of his sin, and becoming renewed. Many who pass under the name of Christian are not converted. Conversion means renovation. The sinner must enter into the renovating process for himself. He must come to Jesus. He must give up the wrong habits in which he has indulged. He must bring his unsubdued, unchristlike tendencies under the control of Christ, else he cannot be made a laborer together with God. Christ works, and the sinner works. The life of Christ becomes the life of the human agent. It is through the renewing power of the divine Spirit that man is fashioned into a perfect man in Christ.

PC.252.005

By the character that he is forming, every man is deciding his future destiny. In the books of heaven is made the record. There the character is photographed. There is seen a picture of the unclothed soul.

PC.253.001

The promise is given, «As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.» It is the striving souls who receive the assistance of heaven and partake of its elements. It is by test and trial that the followers of Christ are fitted to dwell with Him in the heavenly courts. (Stamped) Ellen G. White —

PC.253.002

B-183-’05 Glendale, California July 24, 1911 June 23, 1905 Dear Brother Butler: Since leaving Washington, I have had much writing and speaking to do. I have spoken twice to the Los Angeles church. The Lord gave me a message for the people before leaving San Diego.

PC.253.003

On our way to Los Angeles, we stopped off at «Loma Linda» and visited the property that we have purchased for sanitarium work. We were taken through the different buildings. There is one large main building, which was built for sanitarium work, and is well adapted for that purpose. Some changes will have to be made regarding bath and treatment facilities, but otherwise, everything is in readiness for us to begin work at once.

PC.253.004

Until this recent visit, I had never before seen such a place with my natural eyes, but four years ago such a place was presented before me as one of those that would come into our possession if we moved wisely. It is a wonderful place in which to begin our work for Redlands and Riverside. We must make decided efforts to secure helpers who will do most faithful medical missionary work. If God will bless the treatment given, and Christ will let His healing power be felt, a wonderful work will be accomplished.

PC.253.005

We shall need the very best physicians that can be secured, men and women who are faithful and true, and who will live in constant dependence upon the great Healer, men and women who will humble their hearts before God, and believe his word, men and women who will keep their eyes fixed on their leader and counselor, the Lord Jesus Christ.

PC.253.006

This work must be carried on aright. In the past, decided failures have been made in the institutions established for the care of the sick because so much business has been crowded in that the main object for which our sanitariums are established has been lost sight of. Great Loss has thus been sustained. I am to urge upon our people that the proclamation of the principles of truth must be kept prominent, as the main line of work for which our sanitariums were instituted.

PC.254.001

The Lord calls for a solemn dedication to him of the sanitariums that shall be established. Our object in the establishment of these institutions is that the truth for this time may through them be proclaimed. In order that this may be done, they must be conducted on right lines. In them business interests are not to be crowded in to take the place of spiritual interests. Every day devotional exercises are to be held. The word of God is in no case to be given a secondary place. Those who come to our sanitariums for treatment must see the word of God, which is the bread of life, exalted above all common, earthly considerations. A strong religious influence is to be exerted. It must be plainly shown that the glory of God and the uplifting of Christ are placed before all else.

PC.254.002

The stupidity of soul that has been evidenced in our plans must now cease to bear away the victory. «What shall it profit a man, if he gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?»

PC.254.003

Many who should have stood with us in solid rank and file have given themselves up to ambitions which have led to objectionable practises, opposed to honest and righteous dealing. The service of such ones God does not accept. They are drawing into the pattern strange threads, which will spoil the figure, and the Lord cannot endorse their work. Those who become adept in unfair dealing gain their success at altogether too high a price. Their mental powers are used to overreach and defraud, and opposite their names in the books of heaven God writes the words, Unfaithful stewards. God and eternal life become of little account to them when the greed for gain and for the mastery are in the scale. An eternity of blissful experience is exchanged for the flattery of supposed success. Transaction after transaction forbidden by God is entered into. The Voice said, Better, far better the loss of all earthly possessions that the loss of the favor of God and the eternal interests that are at stake.

PC.254.004

The time is not far distant when the last venture will be made in giving the enemy the advantage over the soul. And the loss will be for eternity. Success in such ventures is a terrible disaster to those who take part in them. The words were spoken, Better the cross and the disappointment, better the shattered hopes and the world’s charge of foolishness, than to gain a name, to sit with princes, and to forfeit heaven.

PC.254.005

There is in the world today a power that palsies the spiritual energies, benumbs the sense of right, and robs man of the victory of overcoming. The benumbed soul does not recover. The spiritual paralysis continues until the end. Lies are spoken, lies are acted. Deception is practised, and dishonesty connived at. This leaves a deadly sting in the soul. The father of lies has taken possession of the citadel of the heart. The false, the deceptive, has turned the whole current of life. Business transactions have become corrupt. And this moral degradation has been chosen instead of a rich current of light from heaven.

PC.255.001

The time has come when men who were once chosen of God have become degenerate. The word will soon be spoken, He is joined to his idols; let him alone.

PC.255.002

There is much more that I might say, but I will withhold it. God pity those who are deceived by men. I am instructed to say, Lift up your voice like a trumpet, and show my people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. Now is the time to raise the standard aloft. I am to give the message that all advantage gained by compliance with tainted customs, will leave its slimy trail. Any man, whatever his profession may be, who has committed himself to an objectionable course of action, opposed to that which is pure, lovely, and of good report, will trample upon the word of God. Would that those who have had great light would, in this the day of atonement, humble their souls and confess and forsake their sins, declaring that from henceforth by the grace of God, they will hold fast to their integrity, saying, Get thee behind me, Satan, and taking the word of God as their rule of conduct, their standard of duty.

PC.255.003

When men plan and scheme to get the advantage of one another in business dealing, it is because they have cast the word of God behind them. It pains my heart even to trace these words. The word of God does not restrict man’s diligence in business transactions that are according to righteousness. But it bears plain witness against underhand dealing. Upon this point it is clear and decided, and no one need err in understanding it. The word of God is a light put into man’s hand. God tells him to be guided by its precepts. Thus only can he become an heir of God and a joint heir with Jesus Christ. In obeying the word, man is acquiring immortal treasures, which will never pass away. The peace of God is worth everything to the receiver.

PC.255.004

The talents entrusted to us by God are to be used in his service. Thus only can the highest results be obtained from their use. Man will not be deprived of the powers given him, if he uses these powers to the glory of God. I am given a message to bear to the members of our churches. My brethren and sisters, Consecrate all that you have and are to God. The silver and the gold that we possess is but lent us in trust. The sin of covetousness is destroying the value of holy principles. It is leading us to act in opposition to God’s will. It is eating our the hearts of men. Let us not cherish it longer.

PC.256.001

How disgraceful are the disclosures that are being made regarding men who have occupied high places in the world. Shall the intrigues practised by these men be practised by the members of the church of God? Shall we not obey the injunction, «Honor the Lord with thy substance?» My brethren and sisters, it was the favor of God that enabled you to gather together your substance. All that you have belongs to him, and cheerfully and gladly your are to lay your means and talents upon the altar of service, that they may be used in saving perishing souls.

PC.256.002

The Christian in the market place who keeps his soul unspoiled has a credit in the heavenly courts. His means will not be used to carry out the devising of the enemy, but to do good, in the very lines that God has marked out. The Lord will teach us how to employ all our powers to the glory of His name. The gathering of wealth is to be used in the service of the Master. Thus used, it will bring a hundredfold in this life, and in the life to come glorious and eternal riches.

PC.256.003

To every church member I would say, Never, never let there be any departing from the strictest integrity. Do not mock God, the Majesty of heaven, by a disregard of his word. Never, never, defraud a fellow-being, and then suppose that your sharpness is something to be proud of. Do not follow maxims of business that are based on false pretensions. There is in this our day a great deal of falsity. The pretender, the deceiver, is increasing in numbers, and truth and integrity are violated. Lies are spoken, lies are acted, and are becoming more and more common among those who do not make the word of God their counselor.

PC.256.004

Never was there a time when truth and righteousness should be so highly exalted by those who are in God’s service as the present. Let us urge upon our people the necessity of laying hold upon the foundation principles of the truth. Oh, there are so many who fail to enjoy the blessing that comes from a clear conviction of what the people of God must be. There is nothing in self upon which it is safe to rest. In the place of being confused in regard to the foundation of our faith, which has been confirmed by the power of the Holy Spirit, in the place of building flimsy foundations upon the sands of error, let us hold fast to the great principles of truth given us, refusing to be moved. Those who receive theories of Satan’s furnishings are building upon the sand. When the storm and tempest come, their building will suddenly collapse, and great will be the fall of it.

PC.256.005

Let us thank God, Brother Butler, that there are still some living who have had an experience from the beginning in the proclamation of the great and solemn messages that have come to our world in warning. We know that the Holy Spirit’s power has confirmed the word spoken. We can say, as did John, «That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; . . . that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with his Son Jesus Christ.»

PC.257.001

From our own personal experience we can speak of the truth that has made us what we are, — Seventh-day Adventists. Truth felt within is most precious, but truth confirmed by the testimony of the word and by the Holy Spirit’s power is of the highest value. We can confidently say, The truth that has come to us through the Holy Spirit’s working is not a lie. The evidences given for the last half century bear the evidence of the Spirit’s power. In the word of God we have found the truth that substantiates our faith. We have watched the influence of the heresies that have come in, and we have seen them come to naught. God has given us sacred, holy truths. Let us hold them fast. I am instructed to say that we are now to present these truths, in plainness and simplicity, to the people of God. (Stamped) Ellen G. White —

PC.257.002

W. 392 ’07 Paradise Valley Sanitarium National City, California December 1, 1907 Elder and Mrs. J. E. White Dear Children: I thank the Lord that He has sustained me on this journey. I have done much important writing. On Sabbath a week ago, and again last Sabbath, I spoke in the church at San Diego.

PC.257.003

I am hoping and praying that I may understand my duty. It seems to me that I must remain in this section of the country until after Elder Haskell arrives, and then I may not be able to leave for some weeks to come. An important work has been begun in the vicinity of Riverside. The third year class of students at Loma Linda went over to Riverside a few weeks ago, and did their first practical work in canvassing for «Ministry of Healing.» There were eight in the class, and their object in visiting the homes of the people was more to become acquainted and to talk of the work at Loma Linda, than it was to sell books for profit. However, in the course of their conversation, they would usually introduce «Ministry of Healing,» tell the story of the book, and then offer to sell it as a volume that contained the principles taught in the school at Loma Linda. In this way, about seventy copies of the book were placed in the homes of the people, in a little over one week; and the students made many, many friends for the work at Loma Linda. Wherever they went, they sought to leave a good impression. We believe they did a good work. They were wide awake, and full of courage in the Lord, and seem to have met with success.

PC.258.001

The second year class will undertake a similar work soon, while the third year class continue their studies at Loma Linda. Later on, it is hoped that some members of the first year class can go out. Thus each of the several students in the school will assist in working Riverside. I suppose you have seen that place. It is a grand city, and the managers of the Loma Linda school are seeking to gain a foothold there by introducing, first, the «Ministry of Healing.» Afterward, they will send out students with «Christ’s Object Lessons.» They will earnestly endeavor to handle these books wisely.

PC.258.002

A similar work is to be carried on in other places besides Riverside. We are all praying that the Lord may abundantly bless these first working forces going out from the school. It means much to our Loma Linda training school and sanitarium, not only with regard to the good impression that they hope to make on the minds of the people, but in a financial way as well. Many new students have come in, and considerable money will be needed to care for them all, and at the same time keep up the other running expenses of the school and sanitarium. At Loma Linda there are now over a hundred under training for medical missionary work.

PC.258.003

Oh, how anxious I am to have a small press in operation at Loma Linda, so as to print the discourses that shall be given in the surrounding cities! I have mentioned the matter to Brother Henry W. Kellogg; for he has a special interest in this line of work. We need a small press for printing notices, and for bringing out in printed form, for use in surrounding cities, discourses that will be given from time to time. Now is our time to work. We expect to connect with the W. C. T. U. in some lines of service.

PC.258.004

I cannot feel free to return to St. Helena until I see the work fully in running order. The Lord has given light that these cities in the San Bernardino Valley should be worked. The time has come to do this work, and we are to have wise managing forces to carry the work forward intelligently.

PC.258.005

There never was a time when we needed more to encourage faith, than at the present time; for these are perplexities on the right hand and on the left.

PC.259.001

MS-3-’06 The Work in Southern California Southern California is a field that should depend more that it has upon its own resources. It should have more facilities, and should not be cramped as it has been in some respects.

PC.259.002

Southern California is a missionary field, a large part of which has received but little missionary effort. Henceforth it should receive more attention. The various lines of work that can be carried on should be diligently studied, and the advantages of such cities as Redlands and Riverside, and the need of putting forth decided effort for them, faithfully investigated.

PC.259.003

Los Angeles demands constant labor because of its changing population. San Bernardino calls for earnest missionary effort. The work for all these places needs to be done by those who can adapt themselves to the needs of the field. In our work we miss the laborers of Elder Simpson; but we must not leave the work undone because some of the faithful workers fall by the way.

PC.259.004

In Loma Linda we have an advantageous center for the carrying on of various missionary enterprises. We can see that it was in the providence of God that this sanitarium was placed in the possession of our people. We should appreciate Loma Linda as a place which the Lord foresaw we should need, and which He gave.

PC.259.005

The cities in the San Bernardino Valley were presented before me as places where the truth should go with power. The small printing press that Brother H. W. Kellogg has furnished should prove a blessing to the work in that part of the field, by printing publications that will be needed for the furtherance of the work in the Southern California cities. Our publications must now be greatly multiplied. Papers and leaflets containing the best discourses preached by our ministers are to be published and scattered widely throughout the regions where meetings are being held.

PC.259.006

It was the Lord who placed in our possession the sanitariums at Loma Linda, Glendale, and Paradise Valley.

PC.259.007

We have been indolent in regard to our duty to Southern California. The many tourists who visit the cities in this conference should be given opportunity to hear the truth for this time. Let us do all in our power to enlighten the people in this large field. It is the privilege of every believer to let the light shine forth. We are drawing near to the close of this earth’s history; we have not one hour to devote to needless matters. Our ministers in the Southern California Conference should now devote their best efforts to proclaiming the message of truth in all these large resorts. The Lord will impart His grace to all who will work in Christ’s lines. And hope and faith will strengthen as the workers for God put their trust in Him. —

PC.260.001

B.-90-’08 Sanitarium, California March 14, 1908 Elder J. A. Burden and Others Bearing Responsibilities at Loma Linda Dear Brethren: I feel a deep interest that careful study shall be given to the needs of our institutions at Loma Linda, and that the right moves may be made. In the carrying forward of the work at this place, men of talent and of decided spirituality are needed.

PC.260.002

We may, in the work of educating our nurses, reach a high standard of the knowledge of the true science of healing. That which is of most importance is that the students be taught to truly represent the principles of health reform. Teach the students to pursue this line of study faithfully, combined with other essential lines of education. The grace of Jesus Christ will give wisdom to all who will follow the Lord’s plan of true education.

PC.260.003

Let the students follow closely the example of the One who purchased the human race with the costly price of His own life. Let them appeal to the Saviour, and depend upon Him as the One who heals all manner of diseases. The Lord would have the workers make special efforts to point the sick and suffering to the great Physician who made the human body. He would have all become obedient children to the faith, that they may come with confidence and ask bodily restoration. Many who come to our sanitariums will be blessed as they learn the truth concerning the word of God, many who would never learn it through any other medium.

PC.260.004

It is well that our training schools for Christian workers should be established near to our health institutions, that the students may be educated in the principles of healthful living. Institutions that send forth workers who are able to give a reason for their faith, and who have that faith that works by love and purifies the soul, are of great value.

PC.260.005

I have clear instruction that wherever it is possible, schools should be established near to our sanitariums, that each institution may be a help to the other. But I dare not advise that steps be taken at this time to branch out so largely in the educational work at Loma Linda that a large outlay of means will be required to erect new buildings. Our faithful workers at Loma Linda must not be overwhelmed with such great responsibilities that they will be in danger of becoming worn and discouraged.

PC.261.001

I am charged to caution you against building extensively for the accommodation of students. It would not be wise to invest at this time so large a capital as would be required to equip a medical college that would properly qualify physicians to stand the test of the medical examinations of the different states.

PC.261.002

A movement should not now be inaugurated that would add greatly to the investment upon the Loma Linda property. Already there is a large debt resting upon the institution, and discouragement and perplexity would follow if this indebtedness were to be greatly increased. As the work progresses, new improvements may be added from time to time as they are found necessary. An elevator should soon be installed in the main building. But there is need of strict economy. Let our brethren move cautiously and wisely, and plan no longer than they can handle without being overburdened.

PC.261.003

In the work of the school maintain simplicity. No argument is so powerful as is success founded upon simplicity. And you may attain success in the education of students as medical missionaries without a medical school than can qualify physicians to compete with the physicians of the world.

PC.261.004

Let the students be given a practical education. And the less dependent you are upon worldly methods of education, the better it will be for the students. Special instruction should be given in the art of treating the sick without the use of poisonous drugs, and in harmony with the light that God has given. Students should come forth from the school without having sacrificed the principles of health reform.

PC.261.005

The education that meets the world’s standard is to be less and less valued by those who are seeking for efficiency in carrying the medical missionary work in connection with the work of the third angel’s message. They are to be educated from the standpoint of conscience; and as they conscientiously and faithfully follow right methods in their treatment of the sick, these methods will come to be recognized as preferable to the method of nursing to which many have been accustomed, which demands the use of poisonous drugs.

PC.261.006

We should not at this time seek to compete with worldly medical schools. Should we do this, our chances of success would be small. We are not now prepared to carry out successfully the work of establishing large medical institutions of learning. Moreover, should we follow the world’s methods of medical practice, exacting the large fees that worldly physicians demand for their services, we would work away from Christ’s plan for our ministry for the sick.

PC.261.007

There should be at our sanitariums intelligent men and women, who can instruct in Christ’s methods of ministry. Under the instruction of competent, consecrated teachers, the youth may become partakers of the divine nature, and learn how to escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust. I have been shown that we should have many more women who can deal especially with the diseases of women, many more lady nurses who will treat the sick in a simple, way and without the use of drugs.

PC.262.001

There are many simple herbs which, if our nurses would learn the value of, they could use in the place of drugs, and find very effective. . . .

PC.262.002

I write these things that you may know that the Lord has not left us without the use of simple remedies which when used will not leave the system in the weakened condition in which the use of drugs so often leaves us. We need well-trained nurses who can understand how to use the simple remedies that nature provides for restoration to health, and who can teach those who are ignorant of the laws of health, how to use these simple but effective cures.

PC.262.003

He who created men and women has an interest in those who suffer. He has directed in the establishment of our sanitariums and in the building up of schools close to our sanitariums, that they may become efficient mediums in training men and women for the work of ministering to suffering humanity. In the treatment of the sick, poisonous drugs need not be used. Alcohol or tobacco in any form must not be recommended, lest some soul be led to imbibe a taste for these evil things. There will be no excuse for the liquor-dealers in that day when every man shall receive according to his works. Those who have destroyed life will by their own life have to pay the penalty. God’s law is holy and just and good.

PC.262.004

We have seen the poor wrecks of humanity come to our sanitariums to be cured of the liquor habit. We have seen those who have ruined their health by wrong habits of diet, and by the use of flesh-meats. This is why we need to lift up the voice like a trumpet, and «show my people their transgression and the house of Jacob their sins.»

PC.262.005

The Lord will judge according to their works those who are seeking to establish a law of the nations that will cause men to violate the law of God. In proportion to their guilt will be their punishment. The Lord would have us lift up the Sabbath of the Lord our God. We have a sacred work to do in opening blind eyes in regard to the day that the Lord has set apart and sanctified as the rest day of mankind. He declares, «The seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God.» He has placed His own signature upon that day that He has set apart to be observed as long as time shall last. We should have much to say upon this subject just now.

PC.263.001

Let Seventh-day Adventist medical workers remember that the Lord God omnipotent reigneth. Christ was the greatest Physician that ever trod the sin-cursed earth. The Lord would have his people come to Him for their power of healing. He will baptize them with His Holy Spirit, and fit them for a service that will make them a blessing in restoring the spiritual and physical health of those who need healing. —

PC.263.002

B.-132-’08 Sanitarium, California April 23, 1908 To the Brethren in Southern California Dear Brethren: I am instructed to say to you, Let every soul earnestly seek the Lord. We all need to understand clearly what is our duty, that we may make no false moves. We need to hold fast the experiences which in the past the Lord has given us. I have a great desire to see success attend every movement we shall make.

PC.263.003

There is a very precious work to be done in connection with the interests of the sanitarium and school at Loma Linda; and this will be done when we all work to that end. The word of God is to be our lesson book. In the unity that is coming in among our people we can see that God is working in our midst.

PC.263.004

«Wherefore be ye not unwise, but understanding what the will of the Lord is.» Let us walk and work circumspectly. Let humble prayers go up to God, and let us seek Him with the whole heart. Then the Lord will open the way for us to lay wise plans. My brethren, speak to yourselves in psalms, and hymns, and spiritual songs, «singing and making melody in your hearts to the Lord, giving thanks always for all things unto the Lord.»

PC.263.005

Ever bear in mind that heaven is interested in every question that agitates your mind in regard to your school and sanitarium. Both are to be strengthened. The Lord is our helper and our God; let us look to Him to open the way for the carrying out of our plans.

PC.263.006

We must have a church at Loma Linda, that those in the sanitarium and school may have a suitable place in which to meet for worship; but this should not be an expensive building. We shall build a neat, modest, but roomy chapel, that will show that we believe that we are living in the closing days of this earth’s history, in a time when many of the cities because of their sins will be cast down and their lofty buildings destroyed.

PC.264.001

In our school at Loma Linda many can be educated to work as missionaries in the cause of health and temperance. The best teachers are to be employed in this educational work, — not men who esteem highly their own capabilities, but men who will walk circumspectly, depending wholly upon the Lord.

PC.264.002

Small cottages will have to be built at little cost to accommodate the teachers and students; for these are to gain all the advantages possible from the lectures given at the sanitarium. This work should go forward as fast as means for it be obtained.

PC.264.003

If the teachers in medical lines will stand in their lot and place, we shall see a good work done. My soul is drawn out in earnest prayer to God that He will preserve the honest in heart from being led astray by those who are themselves in confusion and darkness.

PC.264.004

Teachers are to be prepared for many lines of work. Schools are to be established in places where no efforts have been made. Missionaries are needed to go to other States where little work has been done. Truth, Bible truth, is to be presented in many places. Christ is represented as identifying Himself with all the needy upon earth when He says, «Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these, My brethren, ye have done it unto Me.»

PC.264.005

All should put forth efforts to enlarge their experience. We are in a most critical situation; but Christ identifies Himself with our necessities. Christians are to learn daily of Christ. Spiritual sinew and muscle are now needed to work out right principles in every city and town and village. Varied talents are to be appreciated and cultivated, and with all we need true wisdom. We may not see our need of counseling with God; but the true Christian in every place will inquire what is the will of the Lord concerning his individual work.

PC.264.006

All heaven is interested in the work of preparation to be done in our schools. Let the talent that is among us be combined wisely for the accomplishment of the greatest good. «Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.» Then link up the powers that God has given for the doing of the special work he designs to have done. If self, is kept humble, the transforming grace of Christ and His wisdom will blend heart to heart. Let us make our gifts and offerings with a single heart. Let us draw upon our talents remembering that for this purpose they were given. To every man God has given His work; and He would have this work done intelligently. The Lord will make it possible for each to do a work that can be accepted by Him.

PC.265.001

The Lord expects all, by acts of self-denial, to help in the upbuilding of His work. In the house of worship to be erected, and the additional schoolrooms that will be needed, let all be willing to do their best, willing to deny themselves the unnecessary expenditure for display, that they may have means to give to the cause of God. The work in promulgating the principles of health reform, which the Lord has outlined to us, must be accomplished. When we study the self denial of Christ, and make His life our example, truth and righteousness will prevail among us. We will esteem as of highest value the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price. —

PC.265.002

D.-196-’08 Sanitarium, California June 20, 1908 Elder A. G. Daniells Tacoma Park Station Washington, D. C. Dear Brother: I have been reading letters from you concerning the Bible teacher needed at Union College.

PC.265.003

I will say that Elder Owen is needed just where he is, and he is where the Lord would have him be. God has a work of special importance to be done in Southern California, and I know from the light given me that this work must now be perfected.

PC.265.004

Loma Linda has been specified to me as a very important place, and one which demands the best Bible teacher we can supply. There are promising youth here who are to be qualified to fill important positions in the work. They should have the best class of instructors, and capable Bible teachers who understand the truths of the word. The truth and righteousness revealed in the word of God is to be the stronghold of our workers.

PC.265.005

There has been given to me an outline of the work that must be done at Loma Linda, and I know that we must give to that place our best labors. The Lord wants the wisest talent there, for by means of our very best educational talent we are to train our ministerial laborers. The work is to be carried after the Lord’s order, and not according to the supposition of man.

PC.265.006

The Lord has given us a wonderful advantage in enabling us to secure Loma Linda for the establishment of the work in progress there. A school is to be built up at Loma Linda that will train Bible workers and missionary nurses for efficient service. The Lord calls for the best talents to be united at this center for the carrying on of the work as He has directed, not the talent that will demand the largest salary, but the talent that will place itself on the side of Christ to work in His lines.

PC.266.001

We must have medical instructors who will teach the science of healing without the use of drugs. If physicians refuse to give their services unless they can be paid the highest wage, we shall not bribe them. We are to prepare a company of workers who will follow Christ’s methods.

PC.266.002

There has been a dearth of means for our educational work because we have neglected to follow fully the Lord’s directions. The Lord now asks that energy and zeal be given to the carrying out of His methods. The books «Christ’s Object Lessons» and «Ministry of Healing» are the Lord’s specified agencies for the financial aid of our institutions. By following the plan that He has laid down, a continual work of education may be carried on. I pray that God may teach us to understand His ways, and help us to learn daily of Christ. —

PC.266.003

K.-94-’09 January 14, 1909 Dear Brother and Sister D. H. Kress: Soon after the Paradise Valley Sanitarium had been secured, the brethren at Los Angeles, after long search, decided to purchase a hotel property at Glendale, eight miles from the city. This property was offered at a price below its original cost, and within the reach of the conference. As everything seemed favorable, it was secured, and has since been refitted and opened as the Glendale Sanitarium. Some additions have been made to the old building.

PC.266.004

When we first saw the Glendale property, so unlike some other properties we had visited in the vicinity of Los Angeles, we believed that this was a place that had been providentially reserved for us, and we have had no reason since for changing our minds.

PC.266.005

In less than a year after the establishment of the Glendale Sanitarium, the Loma Linda property was purchased. Thus, within a comparatively short period of time, God wrought marvelously in the establishment of three sanitariums within the territory of the Southern California Conference. —

PC.267.001

April 20, ’09-5 Loma Linda, California M.-70-’09 April 12, 1909 Eliza Morton: We are about to leave Loma Linda for our journey to College View, Nebraska. I have spoken once while here. Last Sabbath the patients and church members assembled on the beautiful grounds of the sanitarium, and I spoke to them from the 58th chapter of Isaiah.

PC.267.002

We hope that in the school established at Loma Linda many will be qualified to go forth and impart the knowledge of truth they have here received. A quick work will the Lord do in our world, for Satan is preparing his forces to seek to overcome the remnant people who love God and keep His commandments. He points to the smallness of their numbers, and flatters his followers that his larger army can out number the believers. We know how powerful are the hosts of Satan; but God is more powerful than they. Our risen Saviour is all sufficient for our needs. —

PC.267.003

B.-100-’09 Washington, D. C. June 9, 1909 Elder J. A. Burden Loma Linda, California In the night season I seemed to be conversing with you, and encouraging you to go forward in the name of the Lord, preparing your school to give the education most needed at this time. The education that is to be given by our people in the large cities of Southern California is set before me day and night. The people in these cities are to be made to understand what constitutes «higher education.» Higher education means conformity to the plan of salvation.

PC.267.004

Obtain facilities for your school work. Let the means that shall come to you be used very economically. Do not spend one dollar unnecessarily.

PC.267.005

Endeavor to place yourself where you will not be confused by the representations and forbiddings of human agencies who would misinterpret the true meaning of the higher education. Lift up the Man of Calvary. By the work of teaching and by earnest prayer, endeavor to place the students where they will receive the inspiration of heaven. Jesus Christ is to be presented before them as the Source of all light and knowledge. Let none dishonor Him by choosing to accept the world’s interpretation of what the higher education means. Let us leave that to those who do not acknowledge the truths of the word of God as the source of all true knowledge.

PC.268.001

Give to the teachers all the advantages possible, to secure a clear understanding of what constitutes the essential education.

PC.268.002

Teach the students to look for wisdom to the One who gave His life for the salvation of the world. Now is your time to work. That same Jesus who walked with His disciples on earth, and who taught them from day to day, will teach His servants in this age.

PC.268.003

I would call your attention to the eighth chapter of Acts, in which is related Philip’s experience with the Ethiopian seeker after truth. The record states:

PC.268.004

«And the angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert. And he arose and went: and, behold a man of Ethiopia, a eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians, who had the charge of all her treasure, and had come to Jerusalem for to worship, was returning, and sitting in his chariot read Esaias the prophet.

PC.268.005

«Then the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself to this chariot. And Philip ran thither to him, and heard him read the prophet Esaias, and said, Understandest thou what thou readest? And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him.

PC.268.006

«The place of the Scripture which he read was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer, so opened He not His mouth: in His humiliation His judgment was taken away: and who shall declare his generation? for His life is taken from the earth.

PC.268.007

«Then Philip opened his mouth, and began at the same scripture, and preached unto him Jesus.

PC.268.008

«And as they went on their way, they came unto a certain water: and the eunuch said, See, here is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized? And Philip said, if thou believest with all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.

PC.268.009

«And he commanded the chariot to stand still: and they went down both into the water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he baptized him. And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip that the eunuch saw him no more: and he went on his way rejoicing. But Philip was found at Azotus, and passing through he preached in all the cities, till he came to Caesarea.»

PC.268.010

The whole of the book of Acts should receive careful study. It is full of precious instruction; it records experiences in evangelistic work, the teachings of which we need in our work today. This is wonderful history; it deals with the highest education, which the students in our schools are to receive. —

PC.269.001

M.-53-’09 Talk by Mrs. E. G. White before the General Conference Committee, June 11, 1909: When Brother Burden was leaving for Southern California at the close of this conference, he inquired of me, «What shall we plan to do for Loma Linda?» «Go straight ahead,» I replied; «let the truth shine forth in every possible way. Continue to work with all your zeal in the territory surrounding your sanitarium. Help your students to learn how to labor, and keep sending them out into Redlands, and Riverside, and San Bernardino, and the smaller towns and villages round about. Introduce our publications, and do thorough work. Let your light shine as a lamp that burneth. Encourage the students to greater activity in missionary labor while taking their course of study.»

PC.269.002

Our brethren at Loma Linda are in need of funds with which to carry on their work. But notwithstanding their present necessity, I have encouraged them not to falter, but to go forward in the name of the Lord. And now I appeal to my brethren in Washington not to allow them to suffer. While we are planning to support the educational work in such places as Washington, we must not forget the important work that must be done at Loma Linda, and in other centers of training. —

PC.269.003

MS-7- September 23, 1909 The Relation of Loma Linda College to Worldly Medical Institutions Report of interview at the home of Mrs. E. G. White, Sanitarium, California, September 20, 1909. Present Mrs. E. G. White, W. C. White and J. A. Burden. E. G. White: We want none of that kind of «higher education» that will put us in a position where the credit must be given, not to the Lord God of Israel, but to the god of Ekron. The Lord designs that we shall stand as a distinct, sanctified, and holy people, so connected with him that he can work with us. Let our physicians realize that they are to depend wholly upon the true God.

PC.270.001

I felt a heavy burden this morning when I read over a letter that I found in my room, in which a plan was outlined for having medical students take some work at Loma Linda, but to get the finishing touches of their education from some worldly institution. God forbid that such a plan should be followed. I must state that the light I have received is that we are to stand as a distinct, commandment-keeping people. The Sabbath is a great distinguishing line, and its observance will separate us from the world. As God’s peculiar people we should not feel that we must acknowledge our dependence upon men who are transgressing God’s law to give us influence in the world. It is God that gives us influence. He is out exceeding great reward. He will give us advantages that are far beyond all the advantages we might receive from worldlings, by uniting with those who do not recognize the law of God.

PC.270.002

J. A. Burden: I know that these thoughts are what you have presented to us before. We do not want to cause you to carry a heavy burden. We simply wanted to know if we were moving in right lines. If the Lord gives you light, well and good, we will be glad to receive it; if not, then we will wait.

PC.270.003

E. G. White: If we follow on to know the Lord, we shall know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. There are some who may not be able to see that here is a test as to whether we shall put our dependence on man, or depend upon God. Shall we by our course seem to acknowledge that there is a stronger power with unbelievers than there is with God’s own people? When we take hold upon God, and trust in Him, He will work in our behalf. But whatever the consequences may be, we are in regard to our faith to stand distinct and separate from the world.

PC.270.004

I feel a decided interest in the work at Loma Linda, and I desire that it shall exert a powerful influence for the truth. Your success depends upon the blessing of God, not upon the ideas and views of men who are opposed to the requirements of the law of God. When people see that God blesses us, and gives success to our work as we make Him supreme, then they will be led to give consideration to the truths we teach. Many will be compelled to recognize that our methods are superior to those employed in the schools of the world, as they are commonly conducted.

PC.270.005

We need not tie to men in order to secure influence. We need not think that we are dependent upon the knowledge and experience of men who do not recognize the Lord as their Master. Our God is a God of knowledge and understanding, and if we will take our position decidedly on His side to be wholly influenced by His spirit, He will give us wisdom. I would that all our people might see the inconsistency of those who profess to be God’s commandment-keeping people, a peculiar people zealous of good works, thinking that they must copy after the world’s pattern, in order to make their own successful. Our God is stronger than any human influence. If we will accept Him as our educator, if we will make Him our strength and righteousness, He will work in our behalf.

PC.271.001

The following out of these principles may result in a condition of things that is not just as we would desire it to be. We might like to see certain conditions, for the attainment of which we would be dependent on the world, but the result would be an experience that means weakness rather than strength. We should realize a bondage that we do not anticipate.

PC.271.002

Jesus Christ is our saviour today, and He is willing to work in our behalf, if we will not put our dependence upon some other power. If we are sustained by the living God, the superiority of His power will be manifested in His people. This is the testimony that I have borne all the way along, and it is the testimony that I shall continue to bear. We must exalt God who is our wisdom, our sanctification, and our exceeding great reward.

PC.271.003

J. A. Burden: We love to hear the truth over and over again, that we may be sure it is the truth.

PC.271.004

E. G. White: You have the Word which tells you that God’s commandment-keeping people are to have His special favor, and that they are to be sanctified through obedience to the truth. Shall we unite ourselves with those that are full of error, who have no respect for God’s commandments, and shall our students go forth to obtain the finishing touches of their education from men who, unless they are converted will not be honored with a place in the councils of heaven.

PC.271.005

W. C. White: What is to be the final outcome? Will all our medical missionaries be simply nurses? Shall we have no more physicians, or shall we have a school in which we can ourselves give the finishing touches?

PC.271.006

E. G. White: Whatever plan you follow, take your position that you will not unite or be bound up with those that do not respect God’s commandments.

PC.271.007

W. C. White: Does that mean that we are not to have any more physicians, but that our people will work simply as nurses, or does it mean that we shall have a school of our own where we can educate physicians?

PC.271.008

E. G. White: We shall have a school of our own. But we are not to be dependent upon the world, we must put our dependence upon a power that is higher than all human power. If we honor God, He will honor us, because we observe all His commandments, which mean eternal life.

PC.272.001

J. A. Burden: The governments of earth provide that if we conduct a medical school, we must take a charter from the government. That in itself has nothing to do with how the school is conducted. It is required, however, that certain studies shall be taught. There are ten subjects required. Physiology is one of these. It is required that those who labor as physicians shall be proficient in these subjects. In starting our sanitariums for the care of the sick, we must secure a charter from the government; our printing offices must do the same. Would the securing of a charter for a medical school, where our students might obtain a medical education, militate against our depending upon God.?

PC.272.002

E. G. White: No, I do not see that it would, if a charter were secured on the right terms. Only be sure that you do not exalt men above God. If you can gain force and influence that will make your work more effective without tying yourselves to worldly men, that would be right. But we are not to exalt the human above the divine.

PC.272.003

J. A. Burden: That is the vital point, where we have been hanging for three years. The only thing that we have asked for in this matter is to take advantage of the government provision that would give standing room to our students when they are qualified.

PC.272.004

E. G. White: I do not see anything wrong in that, as long as you do not in any way lift men above the Lord God of Israel, or throw discredit upon His power. But enter into no agreement with any fraternity that would open a door of temptation to some weak souls to lose their souls on God.

PC.272.005

J. A. Burden: In planning our course of study, we have tried to follow the light in the Testimonies, and in doing so it has led us away from the requirements of the world. The world will not recognize us as standing with them. We shall have to stand distinct, by ourselves.

PC.272.006

E. G. White: You may unite with them in certain points that will not have a misleading influence, but let no sacrifice be made to endanger our principles. We shall always have to stand distinct. God desires us to be separate, and yet it is our privilege to avail ourselves of certain rights. But rather than to confuse our medical work, you had better stand aloof and labor with the advantages that you yourselves can offer.

PC.272.007

J. A. Burden: Now the proposition in this letter was to deviate from that, so that standing as we do, would enable us to stand with them and to have their advantage. From the instruction that has come, it has seemed to me from the very first, that we were to stand by ourselves in a distinct light, following the light that God has given with reference to physical healing, and that when we do that, God will open the way before us, and give us prestige with the people. But if we deviate and connect with these other schools, we would find ourselves being thrown more and more into the very things that they are doing, and our students would be molded after their similitude instead of after the similitude of truth.

PC.273.001

E. G. White: That is what I am trying to guard against all the time. As we read our Bible we see that God is dishonored when His people go to any worldly power, or put their trust in a worldly power. That is where God’s people again and again became ensnared, and spoilt their history. You must arrange this matter the best you can, but the principle that is presented to me is that you are not to acknowledge any power as greater than that of our God. Our influence is to be acknowledged of God, because we keep His commandments, and His commandments are not grievous. Here is our standard. Keep God’s commandments as the apple of your eye.

PC.273.002

W. C. White: Jesus said at one time, «The scribes and the Pharisees sit in Moses’ seat: all therefore whatsoever they bid you observe, that observe and do; but do not ye after their works.» Now the law says that a man shall not practice medicine unless he has a diploma from a college, and unless he has passed the examination of the state board, and has a certificate. The law would not recognize the diplomas of our physicians unless they have studied some things that we do not think are really essential. For instance, in their preparation they have to study a number of things that we think they might get along without, but we can teach them. We do not have to teach these subjects in their way; we can teach them in our way. When it comes to the study of drugs, they teach how to give them. We can teach the dangers of using them, and how to get along without them. In some other schools they teach geology on the evolution basis. We can teach geology, and show that the theory of evolution is false.

PC.273.003

E. G. White: Well, you must plan these details yourselves. I have told you what I have received, but these details you will have to work out for yourselves.

PC.273.004

J. A. Burden: It seems clear to me that any standing we can lawfully have without compromising, is not out of harmony with God’s plan.

PC.273.005

E. G. White: No, it is not. All I can say is that I have had very distinct light, however, that there is danger of our limiting the power of the Holy One of Israel, in connection with certain plans for connecting our schools with worldly methods. He is the God of the universe, and our influence is dependent upon our carrying out the precepts of His word. We weaken our powers by not placing our dependence upon God, and taking hold of His strength. This is our privilege. —

PC.274.001

H.-358-’07 Loma Linda, California November 3, 1907 Dear Brother and Sister Haskell: We thank you for your letters, and for the news that they contain. . .

PC.274.002

For more than a year the light has been coming to me that here at Loma Linda we should have a school of the highest order, and that the very best talent should be obtained, in order to prepare young men and young women for medical missionary work. This work we are desirous of seeing accomplished. It should not be necessary for students to be placed under the influence of teachers who do not obey the law of God.

PC.274.003

I wish that you might have been present at this meeting. I think it would be well for you to be here as soon as possible. The instruction you might give would just now be very timely. You should be here with us to help in molding and fashioning the work. We are all doing the best we can to take advanced steps in the right direction.

PC.274.004

There should be a different mold placed upon the work in this Southern California Conference. The president of this field has not had the experience that one should have who occupies such an important position. He seems to be unable to understand the Lord’s plans for the carrying forward of the work.

PC.274.005

A man lives unto God when he continually recognizes Him as a present Helper. When there is a recognition of the Lord Jesus Christ, there will be a holy fear lest he shall make mistakes. The soul will be drawn out continually in earnest prayer as he realizes his need. As he draws night unto God, God will draw night unto him, the love of God will be kindled in his heart, and he will be able to speak the words of God. The language of the heart will then be, «Whom have I in heaven but Thee, and who on earth do I desire besides Thee?»

PC.275.001

We must give evidence of a spiritual relationship to God, in all our ways acknowledging Him. Others will be able to detect Christ as all and in all. When we have the fear of the Lord ever before us, our experience will not be tame and spiritless. Christ formed within will be the hope of glory.

PC.275.002

The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom. In Him there is a hope that «maketh not ashamed.» The joy of the Lord will break forth from lips that are sanctified. We must now receive rich experiences in the service of God.

PC.275.003

Our faith is to be expressed in thanksgiving. «Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God.» «In everything give thanks.» «Bless the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me, bless His holy name.» Let expressions of praise flow forth from human lips. We are to rejoice in the Lord more than we have done. Let not the heart remain cold and dull and unimpressive.

PC.275.004

There are some who think that in matters of practical Christianity, they have a superior intelligence. Whether or not this is so, will be demonstrated by the life actions. Are they self centered, or are they moved by the Holy Spirit of truth and righteousness? Religion is to become a living, active principle. The one all absorbing motive of the true Christian is to give an expression of the goodness and love of Christ.

PC.275.005

We need you here, Brother Haskell, to exert your influence against the presumption of men who feel that their brethren must ask permission of them, before engaging in the Lord’s service where and in the manner that He indicates. Such presumption should find no place in the cause of God. We hope that there may be such changes here that the work of the Lord may move on more smoothly. . .

PC.275.006

The Lord sends His messages to correct the erring, however highly they may regard themselves. He asks that they submit their judgment to His control. Every soul must be under discipline to God. To occupy an exalted position is not always evidence that the Lord has placed an individual in that position. It is the works, not position, that testify to the value of a man. Hereditary traits of character need to be overcome. A man cannot safely be entrusted with the control of others. unless he himself is under the sanctification of the Holy Spirit.

PC.275.007

In the spirit of meekness and lowliness of heart, all methods and plans should be submitted to wise counsellors for their prayerful consideration and their endorsement. Otherwise, a restless, speculative energy and ambition may make an evil mark upon the cause of God, and subvert and hinder the very work that the Lord has declared should be done in this Conference.

PC.276.001

In order that the great work of sanctification that needs to be carried forward in the churches of Southern California, may be accomplished, the minds and wills of our ministers, and physicians, and teachers should be united, their hearts blending in one spirit to give the trumpet a certain sound. Let every voice proclaim distinctly the third angel’s message. In word and act let those who are proclaiming the message, reveal that they are numbered among those «that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.»

PC.276.002

If this had been done faithfully, with the word of the living God as the great lesson book, the third angel’s message would have gone with greater power. Had all God’s ministers, as faithful stewards of the grace of God, called upon the world to hear the last note of warning, giving the trumpet a certain sound, thousands more might have been converted, and added their voices in proclaiming the message to the world. In distinct notes of solemn warning is to be given the closing message that will prepare a people to receive the seal of the living God.

PC.276.003

Satan is working to fill minds with the spirit of ambition and of commercialism. Those whose minds are thus diverted, will lose their opportunity of giving the last message to the world.

PC.276.004

If a faithful work had been done during the last few years that have gone into eternity, thousands of souls would now be found with Bibles in their hands, reading the Word of God, and praying for light and guidance. Many of these would be engaged in the work of hunting for souls, and fitting up a people to stand in the great day of God. But some who ought to be missionaries, are filled with the spirit of commercialism, and with an ambition to secure for themselves certain advantages. The truth becomes to them a dead letter, not practiced nor obeyed.

PC.276.005

Jehovah is the true God. Let Him be feared and reverenced. —

PC.276.006

MS.-73 August 15, 1907 Jehovah Is Our King God has revealed many things to me which He has bidden me give to His people by pen and voice. Through this message of the Holy Spirit, God’s people are given sacred instruction concerning their duty to God and to their fellow-men.

PC.277.001

A strange thing has come into our churches. Men who are placed in positions of responsibility that they might be wise helpers to their fellow workers, have come to suppose that they were set as kings and rulers in the churches, to say to one brother, Do this, to another, Do that, and to another, Be sure to labor in such and such a way. There have been places where the workers have been told that if they did not follow the instruction of these men of responsibility, their pay from the conference would be withheld.

PC.277.002

It is right for the workers to counsel together as brethren; but that man who endeavors to lead his fellow workers to seek his counsel and advice regarding the details of their work, and to learn their duty from him, is in a dangerous position, and needs to learn what responsibilities are really comprehended in his office. God has appointed no man to be conscience for his fellow man, and it is not wise to lay so much responsibility upon an officer that he will feel that he is forced to become a dictator.

PC.277.003

A Constant Peril For years there has been a growing tendency for men placed in positions of responsibility to Lord it over God’s heritage, thus removing from church members their keen sense of the need of divine instruction and an appreciation of the privilege to counsel with God regarding their duty. This order of things must be changed. There must be a reform. Men who have not a rich measure of that wisdom which cometh from above, should not be called to serve in positions where their influence means so much to church members.

PC.277.004

In my earlier experience in the message I was called to meet this evil. During my labors in Europe and Australia, and again at the San Jose camp meeting I had to bear my testimony of warning against it, because souls were being taught to look to man for wisdom, instead of looking to God who is our wisdom, our sanctification, and our righteousness. Recently the same message has again been given me, more definite and decisive, because there has been a deeper offence to the Spirit of God.

PC.277.005

An Exalted Privilege God is the teacher of His people. All who humble their hearts before Him, will be taught of God. «If any man lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally and upbraideth not, and it shall be given him.» The Lord wants every church member to pray earnestly for wisdom, that he may know what the Lord would have him do. It is the privilege of every believer to obtain an individual experience, learning to carry his cares and perplexities to God. It is written, «Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you.»

PC.278.001

Through His servant Isaiah God is calling His church to appreciate her exalted privilege in having the wisdom of the infinite at her demand: «O Zion, that bringest good tidings, get thee up into the high mountain; O Jerusalem, that bringest good tidings, lift up thy voice with strength; lift it up, be not afraid; say unto the cities of Judah, Behold your God! Behold, the Lord will come with a string hand, and His arm shall rule for Him: behold, His reward is with Him, and His work before Him. He shall feed His flock like a shepherd: He shall gather the lambs with His arm, and carry them in His bosom, and shall gently lead those that are with young.» (Isa. 40:12-17, 28-31)

PC.278.002

In the forty-first to the forty-fifth chapters of Isaiah, God very fully reveals His purpose for His people, and these chapters should be prayerfully studied. God does not here instruct His people to turn away from Him and look to finite man for wisdom. (Isa. 44:21-23; 45:21-25)

PC.278.003

I wrote this fully because I have been shown that ministers and people are tempted more and more to trust in finite man for wisdom, and to make flesh their arm. To conference presidents and men in responsible places I bear this message: Break the bands and fetters that have been placed upon God’s people. To you the word is spoken, «Break every yoke.» Unless you cease the work of making man amenable to man, unless you become humble in heart, and yourselves learn the way of the Lord as little children, the Lord will divorce you from His work. We are to treat one another as brethren, as fellow laborers, as men and women who are, with us, seeking for light and understanding of the way of the Lord, «and who are jealous for His glory.

PC.278.004

God declares, «I will be glorified in My people;» but the self confident management of men has resulted in putting God aside, and accepting the devisings of men. If you allow this to continue, your faith will soon become extinct. God is in every place, beholding the conduct of the people who profess to represent the principles of His word. He asks that a change be made. He wants His people to be molded and fashioned, not after man’s ideas, but after the similitude of God. I entreat of you to search the Scriptures as you have never yet searched them, that you may know the way and will of God. O that every soul might be impressed with this message, and put away the wrong! Paul’s Experience

PC.279.001

We would do well to study carefully the first and second chapters of First Corinthians. «We preach Christ crucified,» the apostle declared, «unto the Jews a stumbling block, and unto the Greeks foolishness; but to them which are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the power of God, and the wisdom of God.» (1 Cor. 1:24-2:8.) -2:16

PC.279.002

Read also the third chapter of this book, and study and pray over these words. As a people of our faith and practice need to be energized by the Holy Spirit. No ruling power, that would compel men to obey the dictates of the finite mind, should be exercised. «Cease ye from man, whose breath is in his nostrils,» the Lord commands. By turning the minds of men to lean on human wisdom, we place a veil between God and man, so that there is not a seeing of Him who is invisible.

PC.279.003

In our individual experience we are to be taught of God. When we seek Him with a sincere heart, we will confess to Him our defects of character; and He has promised to receive all who come to Him in humble dependence. The one who yields to the claims of God will have the abiding presence of Christ, and this companionship will be to him a very precious thing. Taking hold of divine wisdom, he will escape the corruptions that are in the world through list. Day by day he will learn more fully how to carry his infirmities to the One who has promised to be a very present help in every time of need.

PC.279.004

This message is spoken to our churches in every place. In the false experience that has been coming in, a decided influence is at work to exalt human agencies, and to lead some to depend on human judgment and to follow the control of human minds. This influence is diverting the mind from God, and God forbids that any such experience should deepen and grow in our ranks as Seventh-day Adventists. Our petitions are to reach higher than erring man, to God. . . God does not confine Himself to one place or person. He looks down from heaven upon the children of men; He sees their perplexities, and is acquainted with the circumstances of every issue of life. He understands His own work upon the human heart, and He needs not that any man should direct the workings of His Spirit.

PC.279.005

«This is the confidence that we have in Him, that if we ask anything according to His will, He heareth us. And if we know that He hear us, we know that we have the petitions that we desire of Him.» God has appointed the angels that do His will to respond to the prayers of the meek of the earth, and to guide His ministers with counsel and judgment. Heavenly agencies are constantly seeking to impart grace and strength and counsel to God’s faithful children, that they may act their part in the work of communicating light to the world. The wonderful sacrifice of Christ has made it possible for every man to do a special work. When the worker receives wisdom from the only true source, he will become a pure channel of light and blessing; for he will receive his capability for service in rich currents of grace and light from the throne of God. —

PC.280.001

B-200. August 29, 1907 Dear Brother and Sister Burden: I have been very anxious to learn something of the meetings you have been holding. W. C. White has written us no particulars. I would be glad if you would bear in mind that I am intensely interested in this meeting, and desire to know about it. Has it meant victory or defeat?

PC.280.002

One night this week, I think it was Sunday, I did not sleep any through the entire night; and again on Wednesday I had a wakeful night. I slept for a short time before three o’clock. While I lay awake, I spent the time in prayer that God would give to His people sanctified and converted minds, that individually they might comprehend their duty, and learn to reveal the power of the truth in sound speech that cannot be condemned.

PC.280.003

The talent of speech is a precious talent. The riches of the grace of Christ which He is every ready to bestow upon us, we are to impart in true, hopeful words. «Rejoice in the Lord always, and again I say, Rejoice.» If we would guard our words, so that nothing but kindness shall escape our lips, we will give evidence that we are preparing to become members of the heavenly family! In words and works we shall show forth the praise of Him who has called us out of darkness into His marvelous light. O what a reformative influence would go forth if we as a people would value at its true worth the talent of speech and its influence upon human minds.

PC.280.004

The Sabbath meetings, the morning and evening worship in the home, the services held in the chapel, all should be vitalized by the Spirit of Christ. Each member of the Sanitarium family confess Christ openly and with gladness, expressing the joy and comfort and hope that is written in the soul. Christ is to be set forth as the chiefest among ten thousand, the one altogether lovely. He is to be set forth as the Giver of every good and perfect gift. the one in whom our hopes of eternal life are centered. If we would do this, all narrowness must be set aside, and we must call into exercise the love of Christ. The joy we experience in this love will be a blessing to others.

PC.280.005

I am bidden to say to the sanitarium family, let your social meetings, and all your religious exercises be characterized by a deep earnestness and a joy that expresses the love of God in the soul. Such meetings will be profitable to all; for they will bind heart to heart. Let there be earnest seasons of prayer; for prayer will give strength to the religious experience. Confess Christ openly and bravely, and manifest at all times the meekness of Christ.

PC.281.001

The Lord would have the family of workers at Loma Linda channels of light. If we will keep the heart and mind opened heavenward, cherishing the comfort of His grace in the heart, the presence of Christ will be revealed. Let earnestness and zeal come into your lives. Make no backward movements. The Lord is our Helper, our Guide, our Shield, our exceeding great Reward. Do not allow levity to come into your experience, but cultivate cheerfulness; for this is an excellent grace. We cannot afford to be unmindful of our words and deportment.

PC.281.002

During the past night I seemed to be standing before a large congregation, speaking to the people the words of life. I long to understand more perfectly about this meeting that was presented to me. I seemed to hear the sweet melody of praise to God, and expressions of gratitude were coming from souls that were the recipients of the grace of Christ. The voice of praise and thanksgiving was heard, and countenances were aglow with the light of the love of God. It seemed that angels’ voices united with those in the meeting who were offering praise to God.

PC.281.003

My father was a very cheerful Christian. No doleful testimony was ever suffered to go forth from his lips. When those about him were giving doleful testimonies, his voice would be heard, «What doth much increase the store? When I thank Him, He gives me more.»

PC.281.004

We all have very much to be thankful for; let us open our lips in praise and thanksgiving to God. Let us come nearer to the Lord Jesus, and acknowledge our daily obligations to Him. He has made it possible for us to secure for ourselves a very happy life even in this world of sin, and holds out the hope of being continually in His presence in the kingdom He is preparing for His people. Should not these thoughts call forth from us praise and thanksgiving? May the Lord bless you, and bless the sanitarium family, is my prayer. —

PC.281.005

-97- September 19, 1907 In Humility and Faith Special instruction has been given me for God’s people, for perilous times are upon us. In the world, destruction and violence are increasing. In the church man power is gaining the ascendency; those who have been chosen to occupy positions of trust think it their prerogative to rule.

PC.282.001

Men whom the Lord calls to important positions in His work are to cultivate a humble dependence upon Him. They are not to seek to embrace too much authority; for God has not called them to a work of ruling, but to plan and counsel with their fellow laborers. Every worker alike is to hold himself amenable to the requirements and instructions of God.

PC.282.002

To our brethren in Southern California I bear this message: The president of your conference has the lesson to learn that he is not to endeavor to rule his fellow laborers who have occupied positions of trust under God in the work; neither is he to consider himself capable of carrying all things after his own ideas. He has thought that it was his right to rule in every branch of the conference work, and this has led him to judge and criticize fellow laborers who were better able than he to do the work. He must first rule himself before he can hope to rule others wisely, or to plan wisely for the advancement of the work. Position will not give to any man an all-round education.

PC.282.003

Because of the importance of the work in Southern California, and the perplexities which now surround it, there should be selected no less than five men of wisdom and experience to consult with the presidents of the local and union conferences regarding general plans and policies. The Lord is not well pleased with the disposition some have manifested to rule those of more experience than themselves. By this course of action, some have revealed that they are not qualified to fill the important positions which they occupy. Any human being who spreads himself out to large proportions, and who seeks to have the control of his fellows, proves himself to be a dangerous man to be entrusted with religious responsibilities.

PC.282.004

Upon the Union Conference President should rest the greater responsibilities, and I am instructed that he needs other helpers to advise him in his work. He should not cling to the idea that unless money is in hand no move should be made that calls for the investment of means. If in our past experience we had always followed this method, we would often have lost special advantages, such as we gained in the purchase of the Fernando School property, and in the purchase of the sanitarium properties at Paradise Valley, and Loma Linda.

PC.282.005

To make no move that calls for the investment of means unless we have the money in hand to complete the contemplated work, should not always be considered the wisest plan. In the up building of His work, the Lord does not always make everything plain before His servants. He sometimes tries the confidence of His people by having them move forward in faith. Often He brings them into strait and trying places, bidding them go forward when their feet seem to be touching the waters of the Red Sea. It is at such times, when the prayers of His servants ascend to Him in earnest faith, that he opens the way before them, and brings them out into a large place.

PC.283.001

The Lord wants His people in these days to believe that He will do as great things for them as He did for the children of Israel in their journey from Egypt to Canaan. We are to have an educated faith that will not hesitate to follow His instructions in the most difficult experiences. «Go forward,» is the command of God to His people.

PC.283.002

Faith and cheerful obedience are needed to bring the Lord’s designs to pass. When He points out the necessity of establishing the work in places where it will have influence, the people are to walk and work by faith. By their godly conversation, their humility, their prayers and earnest efforts, they should strive to bring the people to appreciate the good work that the Lord has established among them. It was the Lord’s purpose that the Loma Linda Sanitarium should become the property of our people, and He brought it about at a time when the rivers of difficulty were full and overflowing their banks.

PC.283.003

The working of private interests for the gaining of personal ends is one thing. In this men may follow their own judgment. But the carrying forward of the Lord’s work in the earth is entirely another matter. When He designs that a certain property should be secured for the advancement of His cause and the building up of His work, whether it be for sanitarium or school work, or for any other branch, He will make the doing of that work possible, if those who have experience will show their faith and trust in His purposes, and will move forward promptly to secure the advantages He points out. While we are not to seek to wrest property from any man, yet when advantages are offered, we should be wide awake to see the advantage, that we may make plans for the upbuilding of the work. And when we have done this, we should exert every energy to secure the free will offerings of God;s people for the support of these new plans.

PC.283.004

Often the Lord sees that His workers are in doubt as to what they should do. At such times, if they will put their confidence in Him, He will reveal to them His will. God’s work is now to advance rapidly, and if His people will respond to His call, He will make them the possessors of property willing to donate of their means, and thus make it possible for His work to be accomplished in the earth. «Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.» Faith is the word of God will place His people in the possession of property which will enable them to work the large cities that are waiting for the message of truth.

PC.284.001

The cold, formal, unbelieving way in which some of the laborers to their work is a deep offense to the Spirit of God. The apostle Paul says, «Do all things with out murmurings and disputings: that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world; holding forth the word of life, that I may rejoice in the day of Christ, that I have not run in vain, neither labored in vain. Yea, and if I be offered on the sacrifice and service of your faith, I joy and rejoice with you all.»

PC.284.002

We are to encourage in one another that living faith that Christ has made it possible for every believer to have. The work is to be carried forward as the Lord prepares the way. When he brings His people into straight places, then it is their privilege to assemble together for prayer, remembering that all things come of God. Those who have not yet shared in the trying experiences that attend the work in these last days, will soon have to pass through scenes that will severely test their confidence in God. It is at the time when His people see no way to advance, when the Red Sea is before them, and the pursuing army behind, that God bids them «Go forward.» Thus He is working to test their faith. When such experiences come to you, go forward, trusting in Christ. Walk step by step in the path He marks out. Trials will come, but go forward. This will give you an experience that will strengthen your faith in God, and fit you for truest service.

PC.284.003

A deeper and wider experience in religious things is to come to God’s people. Christ is our example. If through living faith and sanctified obedience to God’s word, we reveal the love and grace of Christ, if we show that we have a true conception of God’s guiding providence in the work, we shall carry to the world a convincing power. A high position does not give us value in the sight of God. Man is measured by his consecration and faithfulness in working out the will of God. If the remnant people of God will walk before him in humility of faith, He will carry out through them His eternal purpose, enabling them to work harmoniously in giving to the world the truth as it is in Jesus. He will use all, men, women, and children, in making the light shine forth to the world, and calling out a people that will be true to His commandments. Through the faith that His people exercise in Him, God will make known to the world that He is the true God, the God of Israel.

PC.284.004

«Let your conversation be as becometh the gospel of Christ,» the apostle Paul exhorts, «that whether I come and see you, or else be absent, I may hear of your affairs, that ye stand fast in one spirit; with one mind striving for the faith of the gospel; and in nothing terrified by your adversaries; which is to them an evident token of perdition, but to you of salvation, that of God. For unto you it is given in the behalf of Christ, not only to believe on Him, but also to suffer for His sake.»

PC.285.001

I have been instructed to present these words to our people in Southern California. They are needed in every place, where a church is established; for a strange experience has been coming into our ranks. It is time now for men to humble their hearts before God, and to learn to work in His ways. Let those who have sought to rule their fellow workers study to know what manner of spirit they are of. They should seek the Lord by fasting and prayer, and in humility of soul. Christ in His earthly life gave an example that all can safely follow. He appreciates His flock and he wants no power set over them that will restrict their freedom in His service. He has never placed man as a ruler over His heritage. True Bible religion will lead to self control, not to control of one another. As a people we need a larger measure of the Holy Spirit, that we may bear the solemn message that God has given us without exaltation.

PC.285.002

Brethren, keep your words of censure for your individual selves. Teach the flock of God to look to Christ, not to erring man. Every soul who becomes a teacher of the truth must bear in his own life the fruit of holiness. Looking to Christ and following Him, He will present to the souls under His charge an example of what a living, learning Christian will be. Let God teach you His way. Inquire of Him daily to know His will. He will give unerring counsel to all who seek Him with a sincere heart. Walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called, praising God in your daily conversation as well as in your prayers. Thus, holding forth the word of life, you will constrain other souls to become followers of Christ. —

PC.285.003

R.-182-’07 Glendale, California May 22, 1907 Elder A. T. Robinson Dear Brother Robinson: At our request Brother Burden has consented to visit important gatherings of our people in the Middle West, and to endeavor to secure gifts or loans for some of our Southern California Sanitariums. We desire that wherever he goes, he may be given opportunity to present the word and needs of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium and the Loma Linda Sanitarium. We need help in both these places. Both at Loma Linda and at Paradise Valley it has been necessary to build additions to the main building for bathrooms. This has left us with debts that must be met shortly, and we greatly need financial assistance.

PC.285.004

At Loma Linda, a school is being conducted for the training of medical missionary evangelists, and we want this school to be of the highest order. Both the sanitarium and the school can be a help one to the other.

PC.286.001

Elder Burden has felt an earnest interest in the advancement of the sanitarium work along right lines. He and Sister Burden have put their whole soul into an effort to make the work at Loma Linda a success. They have put into the institution all the means they could spare to keep the enterprise moving. We have the utmost confidence in the integrity of Brother Burden, and have no reason to doubt that the Lord selected him as the manager of the Loma Linda Sanitarium.

PC.286.002

Will you, Brother Robinson, assist Brother Burden in his mission in behalf of these institutions? You may introduce him to some of our loyal brethren who have means, or you may permit him to speak before gatherings of our people, and raise donations or loans in your conference. We trust that our brethren in Nebraska may be able to assist in relieving the pressure for means that exists at present in these two sanitariums that the Lord has providentially placed in our hands. —

PC.286.003

B.-186-’07 Sanitarium, California May 29, 1907 Elder G. I. Butler 24th Avenue North Nashville, Tennessee My dear Brother: I received your letter, for which I thank you. I am always glad to hear from you.

PC.286.004

For nearly six weeks I have been absent from St. Helena, traveling in Southern California . . Sabbath and Sunday, April 20 and 21, I spent at Fernando. Our school this year at Fernando has been greatly blessed. Many of the students have offered themselves for service in the Master’s vineyard. On Monday I left for Loma Linda. I remained there a little over a week, and returned again to Loma Linda after a visit to Paradise Valley, San Diego, San Pasqual, and Escondido.

PC.286.005

On Sabbath, May 18, the members of several churches gathered at Loma Linda, and we held meetings under the pepper trees on the lawn at the back of the sanitarium. In the forenoon I spoke for one hour, and the Lord helped me wonderfully. Before closing my remarks, I presented to those present the needs of the sanitarium, and expressed the desire that sufficient money be received to complete the payments on the additions that have been made to the main building. Before we purchased the property, the main building had been used mostly as a hotel, and the bathroom facilities were limited. In order to do efficient work in the sanitarium, it was necessary to make additions to the buildings already standing. Dr. White, Brother and Sister Burden, and the sisters of Sister Burden, invested in the sanitarium at Loma Linda all that they could possibly spare, but there still remains an indebtedness that must be cleared off.

PC.287.001

After the morning service, a lunch was provided by the sanitarium for the visitors, and served on the lawn. Brother Burden felt that the sanitarium would not be a loser by this entertainment, and I agreed with him; for I remember the experiences we have had in the past in making similar provision. Such acts of hospitality are sometimes the means of sowing seed in the hearts of those who are inquiring after truth.

PC.287.002

In the afternoon Elder Luther Warren gave an excellent discourse. Brother Warren is an able worker, and we hope that he may labor for a time in this needy field. At present he is resting somewhat on account of the condition of his own and his wife’s health. After his service, the visitors left for their homes; and all were agreed that they had spent a pleasant day, and had been blessed by the discourses.

PC.287.003

After the Sabbath, Brother Nichols came to my room, his face glowing with happiness, and said, «I want to tell you what your words today have accomplished.» He then told me that one sister had come to Brother Burden and given him ten dollars and that a gentleman had offered to lend him one thousand dollars for a year without interest. I felt to praise the Lord at this response.

PC.287.004

Later, Brother Burden gave me some particulars concerning this man who has loaned the money. He was brought to the sanitarium in such a distressed condition that his case was thought to be hopeless. But he was carefully treated, and the crisis was safely passed. He is one of the most grateful patients they have had. He has become interested in the truth, and by his loan he has shown his appreciation of what has been done for him.

PC.287.005

I had promised to speak at Los Angeles on Sunday afternoon, so it was necessary for us to hasten away by the early train from Loma Linda. We had about sixty miles to travel. On our arrival at Los Angeles, we went up to our restaurant and treatment rooms on Hill Street, and while waiting there before the service, I prayed to the Lord for strength for the work before me.

PC.287.006

At the church we found that a large crowd had gathered. Every foot of room was occupied, even the aisles being filled, and I was told that some were unable to find entrance to the building. Among those present were a large number not of our faith.

PC.288.001

I presented the importance of obedience to the commandments of God, dwelling upon the instruction given in connection with the proclamation of the law from Mt. Sinai. Never before had these Scriptures appealed to me so forcibly. I spoke for a full hour, and the interest was marked throughout. As I felt my voice weakening, I paused to send a prayer to heaven for help. Then the power of the Holy Spirit strengthened me, and I knew that angels of God were by my side. At the last I became somewhat hoarse, but I felt very thankful that the Lord has permitted me to speak for so long and so distinctly. —

PC.288.002

B.-276-’07 Dear Brother Burden: I have read with much interest your letter regarding the camp meeting.

PC.288.003

I have a message to bear to some who hold positions of responsibility in the Southern California Conference. They have lost from their experience that true fervor which the presence of the Holy Spirit gives, and which would teach them to subdue self and walk humbly in the way of Christ. The responsible worker who will not become a humble follower of Christ will do great harm to the cause of God, by molding and fashioning the experience of the conference to a common, cheap standard. The sacred work that we handle will never, if performed in a spirit of consecration, cheapen the experience of a single soul.

PC.288.004

That man is unfit to be the president of a conference or a leader among God’s people, who has not broad ideas and views. It is the privilege and duty of those who bear responsibilities in the cause to become learners in Christ’s school. The professed follower of Christ must not follow the dictates of his own will; his mind must be trained to think Christ’s thoughts, and enlightened to comprehend the will and way of God. Such a believer will be a learner of Christ’s methods of work.

PC.288.005

A mistake was made in the methods that were adopted to clear the schools in California from debt. The book, «Christ’s Object Lessons» was given to relieve the indebtedness of our schools. But this plan has not been presented in our schools as it should have been; the students and teachers have not been educated to take hold of this book and push its sale for the benefit of the educational work. The plan that has been followed of calling on our people to support these schools must not be continued; for this is giving to our teachers and students, and to our people in general a wrong education. They must not be so instructed that they will forget the needs of other fields outside their own.

PC.289.001

In the cities of Riverside, Redlands, and San Bernardino a mission field is open to us that we have as yet only touched with the tips of our fingers. A good work has been done there as far as our workers have had encouragement to do it; but there is need of means to carry the work successfully. It was God’s purpose that by the sale of «Ministry of Healing» and «Christ’s Object Lessons» the necessary means would be raised for the work of our sanitariums and schools, and thus our people be left free to donate of their means for the opening of the work in new fields. If our people had engaged in the sale of these books as God purposed they should, we would now have the means to carry the work in the way the Lord designed.

PC.289.002

Wherever the work of selling «Christ’s Object Lessons» has been taken hold of in earnest, the book has had a good circulation. And the lessons that have been learned by those who have been engaged in this work have well repaid their efforts. Our people should all be encouraged to take part in this missionary effort. Light has been given me that in every possible way instruction should be given to our people in the best methods of presenting this book to the people. We have been instructed that at our large gatherings, workers should be present who will teach our people how to sow the seeds of truth. This means more than instruction in how to sell the Signs of the Times and other periodicals. It includes such books as «Christ’s Object Lessons» and «Ministry of Healing». These are books which contain precious truths, and from which the reader can draw lessons of highest value.

PC.289.003

At your recent camp meeting, was anyone appointed to present the interests of this line of work to our people? If this was not done, you lost a precious opportunity of placing large blessings within the reach of the people, and an opportunity of raising means for the relief of our institutions. My brother, let us encourage our people to take up this work without further delay. Let those who have had experience in the sale of health foods interest themselves in the sale of «Christ’s Object Lessons» and «Ministry of Healing»; for here is food unto eternal life. Los Angeles has been presented to me as a very fruitful field for the sale of these books. I know that every household in the land would be benefited by their presence in the home.

PC.289.004

Those who bear responsibilities in our sanitariums and schools should act wisely in this matter, encouraging all by this means to gather the money required to meet the expenses of the different institutions. We have need of workers in Southern California who have clear spiritual eyesight, men who will weigh matters wisely, and can see afar off. If our workers were more fully consecrated to the cause of God, a much more effective work would be done.

PC.290.001

God’s Spirit is grieved because His people are so slow to understand that which the Lord requires of them. Our workers should present these books to our people at our large and small gatherings, and call for volunteers who will engage in the sale of them. When this work is entered into with the earnestness which the times in which we live demand, the indebtedness that now rests upon our schools and sanitariums will be wiped out, and the people who are now being called on to give of their means to support these institutions, will be free to donate their offerings to missionary work in other needy places.

PC.290.002

Great good will result by bringing these books before the women of the W.C.T.U. Invite these workers to your meetings, and give them an opportunity to become acquainted with our people. Place these books in their hands, and tell them the story of their gift to the cause and its object. Explain how by the sale of «Ministry of Healing», patients will be brought to the Sanitarium for healing who could never get there unaided, and how through this means also sanitariums will be established in places where they are needed. If our sanitariums are managed wisely by men and women who have the fear of God before them, the workers in the temperance cause will not be slow to see the advantage of this branch of the work. If you will in earnestness and faith work out the plan that God has laid down, angels of God will attend your steps, and the blessing of heaven will be upon your efforts.

PC.290.003

I send you these lines because I see that there is need of a deeper intuition, a wider perception, on the part of our sanitarium and educational workers if they would get all the benefit that God intends shall come to them through these books. I ask you, Brother Burden, to read these words to our people, that they may learn to show the wisdom of a sound mind. The Lord gave me His Holy Spirit to enable me to write the manuscript for this book, the Review and Herald and the Press donated the labor required to prepare it for the public; and God now calls upon our people, men and women and youth, to make the most of this gift to His cause. Let the students, under wise directors, be set to work to sell the books, and let all understand why they are engaged in this missionary enterprise. The blessing and approval of God will rest upon those who make the effort.

PC.291.001

306 Sanitarium, California September 30, 1907 Dr. C. C. Nicola Hinsdale, Illinois Dear Brother and Sister Nicola: Brother Burden has informed me that you have been considering again going to Loma Linda. I thank the Lord for this, for I know that Loma Linda is the place where you should go. I trust that the snare of the enemy is broken.

PC.291.002

A message has been given me for you. I am charged to say to you, Do not go to Battle Creek. You do not understand how the enemy is working to place you in opposition to the truth and the work of God.

PC.291.003

A. T. Jones, Dr. Kellogg, and Elder Tenney are all working under the same leadership. They are classing themselves with those of whom the apostle writes, «Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.» In the case of A. T. Jones, I can see the fulfilment of the warnings that were given me regarding him.

PC.291.004

I want this message to come to you before you shall make a wrong move. I do not want you to imperil your souls. Heed the message that the Lord sends, and have nothing to do with those at Battle Creek who are opposing the messages of the Spirit of God. Clear light has been given me regarding those who are thus departing from the faith.

PC.291.005

I want you to understand that you are both in positive danger. I plead with you to break this influence that would lead you into wrong paths. It proceeds from the one who, if it were possible, would deceive the very elect. Free yourselves from the influence prevailing at Battle Creek, and place yourselves fully on the Lord’s side. I do not want you to lose your souls. I beg of you to resist the devil. Make your calling and election sure. Christ gave His precious life for you. Do not let him make this sacrifice in vain.

PC.291.006

My brother and sister, this is a life and death question with you. As the Lord’s messenger, I urge you to free yourselves from the snare of Satan, and place yourselves on the platform of eternal truth. I cannot let you take this step without warning you of your danger. If I should do this, I could not be clear before God.

PC.291.007

The world is fast becoming as it was before the flood. Wickedness of every description is abroad in the land. Very soon the earth will be ripe for destruction. It is time now for those who believe that Jesus is soon coming to take their stand fully on the Lord’s side. I have an earnest desire that you shall stand with God’s loyal people.

PC.292.001

I believe, Brother and Sister Nicola, that you will heed these words, and decide to connect with the Loma Linda Sanitarium. Will you not write to me as soon as you receive this, and set my mind at rest? May the Lord give you His Holy Spirit to guide and direct you, is my prayer. —

PC.292.002

B.312 October 2, 1907 Elder J. A. Burden Loma Linda, California Dear Brother and Sister Burden: I have just written a letter to Brother and Sister Nicola. I have sent you a copy of this. We should use every opportunity we have to save these souls.

PC.292.003

The apostle Paul writes, (Jude 3, 4, 20-23)

PC.292.004

We shall have more decided opposition to meet from those who have departed from the faith. Those who were once strong teachers, but who have forsaken the way of the Lord, will be just as strong in their opposition of the truth. There is need now that our people be educated to put their trust in God alone. They must learn that their trust is not to be placed in any human voice or arm of flesh. We need ever to keep in mind the experiences of the children of Israel, and learn the lesson that the record of their failures is intended to teach us. . . .

PC.292.005

The Lord wants you to understand your individual responsibility for the salvation of your soul. With the word of God as your guide and instructor, you are to personally work out your own salvation. You are to strive to secure eternal life, when you may dwell forever with the Lord. In studying how you may gain this, seek for that wisdom which God alone can impart. Accept the invitation, «If any man lack wisdom, let him ask of God that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given.» «My brethren,» the apostle James writes, «Count it all joy. . .» James 1:2-8

PC.292.006

There is an individual work for all to do before our labors can accomplish anything for others. Blessed is the man who endures temptation, who when he is tried, takes the word of life as his own, brings the promises to the Lord, and claims them as his. This man relies not on any human power, but on the strength of the Lord.

PC.292.007

Faith in the word of God will bring to us the fulfilment of His promises. «Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do,» the Saviour declares. «If ye shall ask anything in My name, I will do it.» «And all things whatsoever ye shall ask in faith, believing, ye shall receive.» When we learn to place our reliance, not on the words of man, but in God, He will make that word yea and Amen to us in Christ Jesus.

PC.293.001

Brother and Sister Burden, study the Word. You are not to go to any man to learn your duty. Take the Bible as your guide; live its teachings. «Ask, and ye shall receive.» We all need a deeper spirituality; we should each seek God for ourselves. Let us ever remember that while we seek to follow one pattern Christ Jesus, we are to maintain our individuality.

PC.293.002

(James 1:16-20) When the word of God is received and obeyed, your light will shine forth in good works. (James 1:22-27) —

PC.293.003

October 22, 1907 Sanitarium, California MS. 117-’07 October 11, 1907 The Work Hindered by Lack of Faith How shall we obtain means for our sanitariums, is a question that must be solved. Some of our institutions are prospering; some seem to have come to a standstill; and others are running behind. As I present our perplexities to the Lord, there comes to my mind with considerable force this scripture, «Although the fig-tree shall not blossom, neither fruit be in the vine; and the labor of the olive shall fail, and the flock shall be cut off from the fold; and there shall be no herd in the stall; yet I will rejoice in the Lord, and joy in the God of my salvation.»

PC.293.004

In the word of God I find these promises, «Behold, the days come, saith the Lord of Hosts, that I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel, and with the house of Judah. Not according to that which I made with their fathers when I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt; which my covenant they brake, although I was an husband unto them, saith the Lord. But this shall be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel: After those days, saith the Lord, I will put My law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts; and will be their God, and they shall be My people. And they shall teach no more every man his neighbor; for they shall all know Me, from the least of them even unto the greatest, saith the Lord; for I will forgive their iniquity, and I will remember their sin no more.» I thank the Lord for these words of comfort and encouragement. I will put my trust in the Lord, and will wait patiently for Him. He will work in our behalf, and make us to rejoice in His mercies. He will surely be the help of His people.

PC.294.001

Unbelief is finding an entrance in our churches, in our sanitariums, and in our publishing houses. There are some who have committed the error of turning away from the source of their strength to follow devices and plans of men, plans that are not after the order of the Lord; and because of this, they are weak when they should be strong. This is the reason that God has not wrought more mightily for His people. Had he done more for us, human beings would have taken to themselves the glory that should be given to God.

PC.294.002

God has a purpose in leaving men in their weakness when they turn from Him to follow the dictation of human minds. He wants them to learn where only true light and wisdom dwells. The Lord pities our weakness; he is grieved because of the error that has come in, because of the education that has been given to believers to look to men for wisdom and help. He wants his people to learn lessons of faith and trust in Him, and to stand the strength of Israel’s God. —

PC.294.003

Our sanitariums should all be in running order, so that they may act their part in influencing that class of people who can be reached in no other way than by the work of the sanitarium. Our physicians are to rebuke in decided terms the sins which are the cause of sickness and disease. We have need of men who, under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, will rebuke gambling and liquor drinking, which are such prevalent evils in these last days. We need men who will bear their message against the selfishness that is eating out the very vitals of godliness. God calls for men of faith and prayer. «Pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest that He will send forth laborers into His harvest.»

PC.294.004

Tremendous responsibilities are ours; and men are called for who will not misinterpret their responsibilities, but will do their appointed work in a spirit of humility and in the fear of God. We should ever be afraid of a spirit that would lead us to place restrictions on the work of others, lest we hinder the advance of the message of truth. Those who have in the past allowed such a spirit to control them have sadly hurt the work. They need to repent and be converted; for the Holy Spirit can not work with them while they refuse to acknowledge His counsel and control. He cannot use the men who employ the trust He has imposed upon them as an oppressive power to close the lips that He has opened.

PC.294.005

This age demands that the servants of God be men of faith and prayer, who realize the responsibilities that rest upon them as bearers of the last message of mercy to a perishing world. «Ye are the light of the world,» Christ declared. «Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.» Many, many souls will be brought to a knowledge of the truth if intelligent labor is put forth in their behalf. —

PC.295.001

360-’07 Loma Linda, California October 30, 1907 Mrs. Mabel Workman My dear granddaughter: I have just read a letter that you wrote to your father, and will now begin a letter to you. . .

PC.295.002

Last Sunday night we were on the cars, and I was unable to sleep well. The next night we spent at Loma Linda. I had a good bed, but was wakeful, and had but a short period of rest. At the early morning meeting on Tuesday, I spoke to the people. After breakfast I rode out for an hour.

PC.295.003

Tuesday afternoon I met with the stockholders of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. Their council-meeting was held in the bowling alley. In coming out, we had to pass through the assembly room, where there was a large audience. Brother Burden asked me to stay, as they were speaking of the work of higher education that should be carried on in medical lines, but I thought it best not to do this. After I had climbed the long flight of stairs to my room on the third floor, which was the third time for that day. I found an article that I had written about a year ago, in reference to the establishment of a school of the highest order, in which the students would not be taught to use drugs in the treatment of the sick. With this I went down stairs again, and returned to the meeting.

PC.295.004

Elder Burden was reading some extracts from letters that I had written about the school work. When he had finished I read the article I had with me, which was right to the point. It spoke of the school that should be operated here at Loma Linda. Here there are wonderful advantages for a school. The farm, the orchard, the pasture land, the large buildings, the ample grounds, the beauty, all are a great blessings. If all will now take hold intelligently of the work that should be done here, there will be success.

PC.295.005

For some weeks before this meeting, I had been feeling very poorly. But the Lord has greatly blessed me here, and for this I am very thankful. The Lord has imparted to me strength as the occasion has demanded.

PC.295.006

Thursday morning, Sara came to my room, and told me it was time to go to the early meeting. I had been writing since three o’clock. I attended the meeting, and spoke for about three-quarters of an hour, and then there was a testimony meeting. I could not hear what was said, but I was told that it was an interesting meeting. In all my talks I have tried to present Christ as our wisdom, our sanctification, and our righteousness. —

PC.296.001

December 24, 1909 Sanitarium, California -178-’09 December 6, 1909 To The Leading Ministers In California Dear Brethren: In the night watches of November 22, I seemed to be bearing my testimony in a meeting where believers and unbelievers were assembled. I spoke to them in regard to the short work to be done in the earth, and our need of keeping before the world the evidences that the Lord is in our midst. This evidence may be given in words of praise and thanksgiving. «Whosoever offereth praise glorifieth God.» The Lord calls for faithful witnesses. With our lips and in our works we should praise Him. As a people we have received special advantages from the Lord, but we do not render to Him sincere thanksgiving. Daily His praise should be spoken by every one of us.

PC.296.002

My attention was called to these words, which are profitable for our study:

PC.296.003

«I am the Lord and there is none else, there is no God beside me: I girded thee, though thou hast not known Me: that they may know from the rising of the sun, and from the west, that there is none beside Me. I am the Lord, and there is none else. I form the light, and create darkness: I make peace, and create evil: I the Lord to all these things. Drop down, ye heavens from above, and let the skies pour down righteousness: let the earth open and let them bring forth salvation, and let righteousness spring up together; I the Lord have created it.»

PC.296.004

«Thus saith the Lord, in an acceptable time have I heard thee and in a way of salvation have I helped thee: and I will preserve thee, and give thee for a covenant of the people, to establish the earth, to cause to inherit the desolate heritages; that thou mayest say to the prisoners, Go forth; to them that are in darkness, Show thyselves. They shall feed in the ways, and their pastures shall be in all high places. They shall not hunger nor thirst; neither shall the heat nor sun smite them; for He that hath mercy on them shall lead them, even by the spring of water shall He guide them. And I will make all my mountains a way, and my highways shall be exalted. Behold these shall come from far: and lo, these from the north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim.

PC.297.001

«Sing, O ye heaven, and be joyful; and break forth into singing, O mountains: for the Lord hath comforteth His people, and will have mercy on His afflicted. But Zion said, The Lord hath forsaken me, and my Lord hath forgotten me. Can a woman forget her sucking child, that she may not have compassion on the son of her womb? yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee. Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of my hands; thy walls are continually before me.»

PC.297.002

«Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and he that hath no money; come ye, buy and eat; yea, come buy wine and milk without money and without price. Wherefore do ye spend money for that which is not bread? and your labor for that which satisfieth not? hearken diligently unto me, and eat ye that which is good, and let your soul delight itself in fatness. Incline your ear, and come unto Me, hear, and your soul shall live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you, even the sure mercies of David. Behold, I have given Him for a witness to the people, a leader and a commander to the people. Behold thou shalt call a nation that thou knowest not; and nations that know not thee shall run after thee, because of the Lord thy God, and for the Holy One of Israel; for he hath glorified thee.

PC.297.003

(Isa. 55:6-13) Let the instruction given in the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah be studied in connection with these scriptures. Wonderful would be the results if ministers and church members would be converted, and adopt Christ’s manner of witnessing to the power of the Lord.

PC.297.004

In many places, and especially in Southern California, plans and methods of labor have been followed that have hindered the Lord’s work, so that those upon whom the Lord has laid special burdens could not do the work to which they were appointed. In some cases watchers were sent to restrict the work and to hedge up the way of some who were laboring most earnestly for advancement. Unsanctified plans were laid that worked counter to the plans of God. All this was displeasing to the Lord, and it was work which He repudiated. There were cities that might have been entered and a good work begun, but through lack of faith there developed a counter working influence. With unbelief, jealousies arose, and with sacred missionary enterprises were linked up men who themselves needed to experience the converting power of God, and to learn to walk humbly with Him.

PC.297.005

To those who had kept the way hedged up, I wrote out the instruction given me, and trusted the result with the Lord. The burden was heavy, and I feared I should not live to see the results of my efforts to break the yokes which men were placing upon their fellow workers. The Lord presented before me in decided representations that it would take years to root out the evil resulting from placing in the hands of finite men the power to hinder and delay the work of God. Repeated messages of reproof and counsel were necessary, that capable men whom the Lord had specified as the ones to do a special work might be set free to follow the light that God was giving.

PC.298.001

There were strong men in Southern California who stood decidedly against the light the Lord was giving His messenger regarding the work to be done. They were following their own counsel and judgment, and were imperiling the cause of God. I was instructed that the only way to counterwork this evil was to have placed in positions of trust men who would be guided by the counsel of the Lord, and who would not be turned aside by those who were deficient in faith.

PC.298.002

The Lord has wrought in a remarkable manner to uphold the messages sent to correct the strange work that was being done. The evil has been checked, but it has not yet been fully rooted out, and if there were not a continuation of the messages from the Lord to His people, the will and ways of men would yet prevail to bring in strife and contention, and a deformed work would be the result. I was shown that human power is constantly working to weave itself into the work of God. This brings in disjointed and inharmonious action. The messages of pure and unadulterated truth are in danger of being trampled under feet by self-willed, unconverted men who work to destroy confidence in the warnings that God would speak to the hearts of His people to correct error, and to encourage righteousness.

PC.298.003

A great many of the difficulties that have come into our work in California and elsewhere have come in through a misunderstanding on the part of men in official positions concerning their individual responsibility in the matter of controlling and ruling their fellow laborers. Men entrusted with responsibilities have supposed that their official position embraced very much more than was ever thought of by those who placed them in office, and serious difficulties arose as the result.

PC.298.004

Simple organization and church order are set forth in the New Testament Scriptures, and the Lord has ordained these for the unity and perfection of the church. The man who holds office in the church should stand as a leader, as an advisor and a counselor and helper in carrying the burdens of the work. He should be a leader in offering thanksgiving to God. But he is not appointed to order and command the Lord’s laborers. The Lord is over His heritage. He will lead His people if they will be led of the Lord in the place of assuming a power God has not given them. Let us study the twelfth and thirteenth chapter of First Corinthians, and the fifteenth chapter of Acts.

PC.298.005

Let the men carrying responsibilities treat those who labor with them with the same consideration that they would wish to receive, were they the helpers, and others the leaders. «All ye are brethren,» the Saviour declares. Position does not give a man kingly authority. The meekness of Christ is a wonderful lesson given to the fallen world. Learning this meekness from the great Teacher, the worker will become Christlike.

PC.299.001

For several years there have been leading men in the Northern California Conference who exercised an authority which they supposed was theirs by virtue of their office, to control the work according to their own disposition and judgment. The work was becoming confused, and the Lord gave me a message regarding the movements that should be made. Because of the strange conditions in the conference, Elder Haskell was to be called to take the presidency.

PC.299.002

Elder Haskell and his wife have been engaged in the work for years, and their faith in the truth and in the Testimonies given by the Holy Spirit is strong. They have unitedly served according to the Lord’s appointment, and we have sought to sustain them in their work. Conditions in the churches have changed decidedly, but the Lord has shown me that some in responsible positions are not yet converted, and without thorough conversion, they cannot conduct the work in right lines. Some who have been reproved and warned are not established and settled, and fully yielded to the guiding power of the Holy Spirit. Satan is not yet fully cast out of the minds of some, and it would take very little to produce again the conditions that existed ten years ago.

PC.299.003

The cause of God in Oakland, San Francisco, and the surrounding places needs men of solid Christian character, who fear God and take counsel of God, or believers will be misled by those who attach themselves to the work, and who desire to guide and control according to human judgment and plans. The Lord desires to work through men of clean purposes and decided experiences, men who will learn from the Testimonies of His Spirit where they have not been in harmony with the Lord’s will, and who will be converted. Then decided changes will be made. The perils threatening the work will be seen conversions will be experienced, and our people will be preparing to stand firmly and unitedly with God to build up His kingdom in the earth.

PC.299.004

Men who repudiate the teachings of the Spirit of God are not the proper persons to be placed in office as leaders in the church. There is danger that the teachings of men who are not soundly converted may lead others into bye and forbidden paths. In our efforts to secure consecrated leadership, we may expect to encounter opposition, for the enemy is seeking through unconverted men in positions of trust to mold the work, and he has too much at stake lightly to lose their influence.

PC.299.005

Many have refused to see and adopt the light, because they would not humble themselves before God, and be daily converted to Christ. Yet this must be the experience of all who overcome by the blood of the lamb and the word of their testimony. When men humble their hearts, and are daily converted, following the example of the meek and lowly Jesus, then there is hope that they will become wise in their religious experience. . . .

PC.300.001

I see a crisis before us, and the Lord calls for His workmen to come into line. Every soul should now stand in a position of deeper, truer consecration to God, than during the years that are past.

PC.300.002

God corrects His people when they are in danger of being corrupted by those who obey not the truth. I have been charged to stand faithfully in the position in which the Lord has placed me among His people, that they might be instructed and counseled.

PC.300.003

I have been shown that there are men helping to form committees, and men filling important positions in the churches, who are self-righteous, men walking after the counsel of their own hearts. Neither these self-righteous men nor those who have been influenced to hurt the work of God, should now be out in places of large responsibility; for the work of God will be marred by such steps. There are some who will always be deceived. We are living amid the perils of the last days. Let the word of God teach righteousness. Let the chaff be separated from the wheat.

PC.300.004

The work of Elder Haskell and others who have labored in Oakland and the near-by places might have been a much greater blessing, had they not been obliged to meet wrong influences in opposition to the counsels that God has given to build up and prepare a people for the final conflict that is before us.

PC.300.005

It is not in harmony with the plan of God that men who are working counter to the spirit of the messages that the Lord gives to bless and strengthen His people, should be given places of large influence in our churches. Such men are not a help, but a hindrance. Their work is to unsettle minds, and they sow the seed which will spring up and bear its fruit to make of none effect the counsels that the Lord has so graciously given to His people. —

PC.300.006

November 5, 1909 Sanitarium, California B.-140- November 5, 1909 Elder J. A. Burden Loma Linda, California Dear Brother Burden: Some questions have been asked me regarding our relation to the laws governing medical practitioners. We need to move understandingly, for the enemy would be pleased to hedge up our work so that our physicians would have only a limited influence. Some men do not act in the fear of God, and they may seek to bring us into trouble by placing on our necks yokes that we could not consent to bear. We cannot submit to regulations if the sacrifice of principle is involved; for this would imperil the soul’s salvation.

PC.301.001

But whenever we can comply with the law of the land without putting ourselves in a false position, we should do so. Wise law have been framed in order to safeguard the people against the imposition of unqualified physicians. These laws we should respect, for we are ourselves by them protected from presumptuous pretenders. Should we manifest opposition to these requirements, it would tend to restrict the influence of our medical missionaries.

PC.301.002

We must carefully consider what is involved in these matters. If there are conditions to which we could not subscribe, we should endeavor to have these matters adjusted so that there would not be strong opposition against our physicians. The Saviour bids us be wise as serpents and harmless as doves.

PC.301.003

The Lord is our leader and teacher. He charges us not to connect with those who do to acknowledge God. «Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep, for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations.» Connect with those who honor God by keeping His commandments. If the recommendation goes forth from our people that our workers are to seek for success by acknowledging as essential the education which the world gives, we are virtually saying that the influence the world gives is superior to that which God gives. God will be dishonored by such a course. God has full knowledge of the faith and trust and confidence that His professed people have in His providence.

PC.301.004

Our workers are to become intelligent in regard to Christ’s life and manner of working. The Lord will help those who desire to cooperate with Him as physicians, if they will become learners of Him how to work for the suffering. He will exercise His power through them for the healing of the sick.

PC.301.005

Intemperance and ungodliness are increasing everywhere. The work of temperance must begin in our own hearts. And the work of the physicians must begin in an understanding of the works and teachings of the great Physician. Christ left the courts of heaven that He might minister to the sick and suffering of earth. We must cooperate with the chief of physicians, walking in all humility of mind before Him. Then the Lord will bless our earnest efforts to relieve suffering humanity. It is not by the use of poisonous drugs that this will be done, but by the use of simple remedies. We should seek to correct false habits and practices, and teach the lessons of self denial. The indulgence of appetite is the greatest evil with which we have to contend.

PC.301.006

The truth brought to light by Christ teaches that humanity through obedience to the truth as it is in Jesus, may realize power to overcome the corruptions that are in the world through lust. Through living faith in the merits of Christ the soul may be converted and transformed into Christlikeness. Angels of God will be by the side of those who in humbleness of mind learn daily the lessons taught by Christ.

PC.302.001

B.122-’09 Sanitarium, California October 11, 1909 Elder J. A. Burden Dear Brother: I am instructed to say that in our educational work, there is to be no compromise in order to meet the world’s standard. God’s commandment-keeping people are not to unite with the world, to carry various lines of work according to worldly plans and worldly wisdom.

PC.302.002

Our people are now being tested as to whether they will obtain their wisdom from the greatest Teacher the world ever knew, or seek to the god of Ekron. Let us determine that we shall not be tied by so much as a thread to the educational policies of those who do not discern the voice of God, and who will not hearken to His commandments.

PC.302.003

We are to take heed to the warning: «Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.» Those who walk in the narrow way are following in the footprints of Jesus. The light from heaven illuminates their path.

PC.302.004

Shall we represent before the world, that our physicians must follow the pattern of the world, before they can be qualified to act as successful physicians? This is the question that is now testing the faith of some of our brethren. Let not any of our brethren displease the Lord, by advocating in their assemblies the idea that we need to obtain from unbelievers a higher education than that specified by the Lord.

PC.302.005

The representation of the great Teacher is to be considered an all-sufficient revelation. Those in our ranks who qualify as physicians are to receive only such education as is in harmony with these divine truths. Some have advised that students should, after taking some work at Loma Linda, complete their medical education in worldly colleges. But this is not in harmony with the Lord’s plan. God is our wisdom, our sanctification, and our righteousness. Facilities should be provided at Loma Linda, that the necessary instruction in medical lines may be given by instructors who fear the Lord, and who are in harmony with His plans for the treatment of the sick.

PC.302.006

I have not a word to say in favor of the world’s ideas of higher education in any school that we shall organize for the training of physicians. There is danger in their attaching themselves to worldly institutions, and working under the ministrations of worldly physicians. Satan is giving his orders to those whom he has led to depart from the faith. I would advise that none of our young people attach themselves to worldly medical institutions in the hope of gaining better success, or stronger influence as physicians.

PC.303.001

«When Israel was a child then I loved him, and called My son out of Egypt. As they called them, so they went from then: they sacrificed unto Baalim, and burnt incense to graven images. I taught Ephraim also to go, taking them by their arms; but they knew not that I healed them. I drew them with cords of a man, with bands of love: and I was to them as they that take off the yoke on their jaws, and I laid meat unto them.»

PC.303.002

The Lord gave to His people advantages which they failed to recognize. «My people,» he says, «are bent to backsliding from Me: though they called them to the Most High, none at all would exalt Him. How shall I give thee up, Ephraim? how shall I deliver thee, Israel? how shall I make thee as Admah? how shall I set thee as Zeboim? Mine heart is turned within Me, My repentings are kindled together.» Read also the promises of blessing to Israel on condition of their repentance, recorded in the fourteenth chapter of Hosea. These scriptures were written in times past, but they have also a present-day application.

PC.303.003

The enemy has worked in Southern California, and has tried to thwart the purposes of God. Messages of reproof have been sent to leading men whose work was not done in righteousness. Reformations have been called for. What is now needed is that the leaders in the Lord’s work shall be fully converted. It is time that the Lord’s voice was heeded, and that men should put away the spirit of self confidence and self sufficiency. Should the ideas of some who are wise in their own estimation be carried out, there would result a condition of things that would demand a most thorough reformation.

PC.303.004

Let none think that they can pass safely through the perils of these last days, while puffed up with self sufficiency. Some would unsettle minds by urging the carrying out of false plans. False theories are taught as truth, and I am charged to meet these errors decidedly. We should heed the instruction found in the third and fourth chapters of second Timothy, especially the solemn charge given by Paul to Timothy:

PC.303.005

«I charge thee therefore, before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at His appearing; preach the word, be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all long suffering and doctrine. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they keep to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables. But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of the ministry.»

PC.304.001

«I am now ready to be offered, and the time of my departure is at hand. I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith: henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge shall give me at that day; and not to me only, but unto all them also that love His appearing.»

PC.304.002

I am intensely in earnest that our people shall realize that the only true education lies in walking humbly with God. The teachings of the word of God are opposed to the ideas of those who think that our students must receive the mold of an education that is according to human ideas. Some are departing from the faith, as a result of receiving from the world what they regard as a «higher education.» The word of God just as it reads contains the very essence of truth. The highest education is the keeping of the law of God.

PC.304.003

«Therefore, my brethren dearly beloved and longed for, my joy and crown, so stand fast in the Lord, my dearly beloved, Let your moderation be known unto all men. The Lord is at hand. Be careful for nothing; but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanks giving let your requests be made known unto God. And the peace of God which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus.

PC.304.004

«Finally brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things. Those things which ye have both learned, and received, and heard, and seen in me, do: and the God of peace shall be with you.» —

PC.304.005

MS.-7-’10 A Statement Regarding the Training of Physicians (The statement given below, was called forth by a question submitted by Elders I. H. Evans, E. E. Andross, and W. H. Cottrell, reading as follows: «Are we to understand, from what you have written concerning the establishment of a medical school at Loma Linda, that, according from the light you have received from the Lord, we are to establish a thoroughly equipped medical school, and the graduates from which will be able to take State Board examinations and become registered, qualified physicians?»)

PC.304.006

The light given me is, we must provide that which is essential to qualify our youth who desire to be physicians, so that they may intelligently fit themselves to be able to stand the examinations essential to prove their efficiency as physicians. They are to be prepared to stand the essential tests required by the law, and to treat understandingly the cases of those who are diseased, so that the door will be closed for any sensible physician to fear that we are not giving in our school the instruction essential for the proper qualification of a physician. Continually the students who are graduated are to advance in knowledge; for practice makes perfect.

PC.305.001

The medical school at Loma Linda is to be of the highest order, because we have a living connection with the wisest of all physicians, from which there is communicated knowledge of a superior order. And whatever subjects are required as essential in the schools conducted by those not of our faith, we are to supply so that our youth need not go to these worldly schools. Thus we shall close the door that the enemy could be pleased to have left open; and our young men and young women, whom the Lord would have us guard religiously, will not then need to connect with worldly medical schools conducted by unbelievers. —

PC.305.002

January 27, 1910 Elder H. W. Cottrell Those who have the responsibility of locating and keeping in operation our sanitariums and schools, are ever to bear in mind that these institutions are to be regarded as divinely appointed agencies for the restoration of the entire man, physical, mental, and spiritual. In planning for the establishment of sanitariums in places where God has designated we should do a special work, we are to allow no selfishness, no personal ambition to mar the work. Over and over again I have repeated that the establishment and maintenance of sanitariums is ordained of God for the advancement of His cause in the earth. While Christ was on this earth, He ministered to the needs of suffering humanity. He is our example. We are to labor intelligently; and in planning for the extension of Sanitarium work, we are to seek to secure the very places that God indicates are most suitable for carrying forward this line of our work.

PC.305.003

In the providence of God, there come to His people, times of need, favorable opportunities to secure valuable facilities for the rapid advancement of the cause. At times, the Lord has specified that we should come into possession of properties in certain localities where we needed to gain an entrance for the proclamation of the third angel’s message. The idea that we are not to purchase any such properties, unless first the money is in hand, is not in accordance with the mind of God. Again and again, in years past, the Lord has tested our faith by opening the way for us to secure places possessing advantages, at a cost far below their real value, and at a time when we had no money. We have, at such times, met the situation by borrowing money on interest, and advancing in harmony with the command of our divine Leader who made us advance in faith. These experiences have been attended with many perplexing problems, but the Lord has helped us through them all, and His name has been glorified. Had we hesitated, the precious cause would have been retarded rather than advanced, and, in many cases, opportunity would have been given our enemies to triumph over our failure to secure these advantages placed within our reach. In such matters as these, we are to learn to walk by faith, when necessary, as some have walked in the past.

PC.306.001

Light has been given that it is best to establish our sanitariums outside the cities. Some of our physicians have spoken in favor of locating our sanitariums in the cities. It is difficult to understand why any one should plan to establish a large sanitarium in a city. The very atmosphere of the cities is objectionable. We must conduct our sanitarium work in places suitable for the recovery of the sick. The more attractive the surroundings, the better. In the gardens of nature, the sick rapidly find something to please. Their thoughts are uplifted to the Creator. Let us thank God that so many of our sanitariums are established in pleasing country locations, and yet within easy reach of important centers of population where there are many people to whom we are to communicate a knowledge of saving truth.

PC.306.002

It is the favorable situation of the property, that makes Loma Linda an ideal place for the recovery of the sick, and for the warning of many who might otherwise never hear the truth for this time. It is God’s plan that Loma Linda shall be not only a sanitarium, but a special center for the training of gospel medical missionary evangelists. —

PC.306.003

B.-60-’10 Sanitarium, California June 28, 1910 April 27, 1910 Elder J. A. Burden Dear Brother: I wish to express to you some thoughts that should be kept before the sanitarium workers. That which will make them a power for good is the knowledge that the great Medical Missionary has chosen them to this work, that He is their chief instructor, and that it is ever their duty to recognize Him as their Teacher.

PC.306.004

The Lord has shown us the evil of depending upon the strength of earthly organizations. He has instructed us that the commission of the medical missionary is received from the very highest authority; He would have us understand that it is a mistake to regard as most essential the education given by physicians who reject the authority of Christ, the greatest Physician who ever lived upon the earth. We are not to accept and follow the views of men who refuse to recognize God as their teacher, but who learn of men, and are guided by man-made laws and restrictions.

PC.307.001

During the night of April 26, many things were opened before me. I was shown that now in a special sense we as a people are to be guided by divine instruction. Those fitting themselves for medical missionary work should fear to place themselves under the direction of worldly doctors, to imbibe their sentiments and peculiar prejudices, and to learn to express their ideas and views. They are not to depend for their influence upon worldly teachers. They should be «looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith.»

PC.307.002

The Lord has instructed us that in our institutions of education, we should ever be striving for the perfection of character to be found in the life of Christ, and in His instruction to his disciples. Having received our commission from the highest authority, we are to educate, educate, educate, in the simplicity of Christ. Our aim must be to reach the highest standard in every feature of our work. He who healed thousands with a touch and a word is our Physicians. The precious truths contained in His teachings are to be our front guard and our reward.

PC.307.003

The standard set for our sanitariums and schools is a high one, and a great responsibility rests upon the physicians and teachers connected with these institutions. Efforts should be made to secure teachers who will instruct after Christ’s manner of teaching, regarding this of more value than any human methods. Let them honor the educational standards established by Christ, and following His instruction give their students lessons in faith and in holiness.

PC.307.004

Christ was sent of the Father to represent His character and will. Let us follow His example in laboring to reach the people where they are. Teachers who are not particular to harmonize with the teachings of Christ, and who follow the customs and practices of worldly physicians, are out of line with the charge that the Saviour has given us.

PC.307.005

It is not necessary that our medical missionaries follow the precise track marked out by medical men of the world. They do not need to administer drugs to the sick. They do not need to follow the drug medication in order to have influence in their work. The message was given me that if they would consecrate themselves to the Lord, if they would seek to obtain under men ordained of God, a thorough knowledge of their work, the Lord would make them skilful. Connected with the divine Teacher, they will understand that their dependence is upon God and not upon the professedly wise men of the world.

PC.307.006

Some of our medical missionaries have supposed that a medical training according to the plans of worldly schools is essential to their success. To those who have thought that the only way to success is by being taught by worldly men, and by pursuing a course that is sanctioned by worldly men, I would now say, Put away such ideas. This is a mistake that should be corrected. It is a dangerous thing to catch the spirit of the world; the popularity which such a course invites, will bring into the work a spirit which the word of God cannot sanction. The medical missionary who would become efficient, if he will search his own heart and consecrate himself to Christ, may be diligent study and faithful service, learn how to grasp the mysteries of his sacred calling.

PC.308.001

At Loma Linda, at Washington, at Wahroonga, Australia, and in many other sanitariums established for the promulgation of the work of the third angel’s message, there are to come to the physicians and to the teachers new ideas, a new understanding of the principles that must govern the medical work. An education is to be given that is altogether in harmony with the teachings of the word of God.

PC.308.002

In the first chapter of Ephesians, beginning with verse 2, we read: «Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ: according as he hath chosen us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love: having predestinated us unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to Himself, according to the good pleasure of His will, to the praise of the glory of His grace, wherein he hath made us accepted in the beloved. In whom we have redemption through His blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of His grace, wherein He hath abounded toward us in all wisdom and prudence; having made known unto us the mystery of His will, according to His good pleasure which He hath purposed in Himself.» Study the whole of this chapter, and grasp the assurances that are given again and again for your acceptance.

PC.308.003

It is a lack of faith in the power of God that leads our physicians to lean so much upon the arm of the law, and to trust so much to the influence of worldly powers. The truly converted man and woman who will study these words of inspiration spoken by the apostle Paul may learn to claim in all their depths and fulness the divine promises.

PC.308.004

I am charged to present these scriptures to our people, that they may understand that those who do not believe the word of God cannot possibly present to those who desire to become acceptable medical missionaries, the way by which they will become most successful. Christ was the greatest physician the world has ever known; His heart was ever touched with human woe. He has a work for those to do who will not place their dependence upon worldly powers.

PC.308.005

God’s true commandment-keeping people will be instructed by Him. The true medical missionary will be wise in the treatment of the sick, using the remedies that Nature provides. And then he will look to Christ as the true Healer of disease. The principles of health reform brought into the life of the patient, the use of nature’s remedies, and the cooperation of divine agencies in behalf of the suffering, will bring success.

PC.309.001

Satan will try to place barriers in the way of the true medical missionary. He will seek to bring discouragement upon those who recognize the commandments of God, and are determined to obey them. We must be careful not to carry our views of health reform to extremes, thus making it «health deform.» Our food should be plain and free from all objectionable elements, but let us be careful that it is always palatable and good.

PC.309.002

A time will come when medical missionaries of other denominations will become jealous and envious of the influence exerted by Seventh-day Adventists who are working in these lines. They will feel that influence is being secured by our workers which they ought to have. We should have in various places, men of extraordinary ability, who have obtained their diplomas in medical schools of the best reputation, who can stand before the world as fully qualified and legally recognized physicians. Let God-fearing men be wisely chosen to go through the training essential in order to obtain such qualifications. They should be prudent men who will remain true to the principles of the message.

PC.309.003

These should obtain the qualifications, and the authority to conduct an educational work for our young men and women who desire to be trained for medical missionary work.

PC.309.004

Now while the world is favorable toward the teaching of the health reform principles, moves should be made to secure for our own physicians the privileges of imparting medical instruction to our young people who would otherwise be led to attend the worldly medical colleges. The time will come when it will be more difficult than it is now, to arrange for the training of our young people in medical missionary lines. —

PC.309.005

B. 20-1911 Sanitarium, California May 22, 1911 -5- April 30, 1911 Elder J. A. Burden Loma Linda, California Dear Brother and Sister Burden: On Wednesday evening we took the train at Los Angeles. We had good accommodations, and nothing in particular transpired to cause any unpleasantness. It was a very long train of cars. We had a good lunch, and were all very comfortable.

PC.310.001

My letter must be a short one, as my head is easily wearied. As soon as I begin to use it, I am troubled with disagreeable pains. I have not yet recovered from the severe affliction I suffered at Glendale. After our trip to Fernando my heart and arm were seriously painful. Sara gave me most thorough treatment, and after a long time relief came. I was urged to visit Long Beach, to see how they were situated, in the work there; but I was in such pain that I had to refuse. I dared not venture to go.

PC.310.002

In the afternoon of the day that we left for home, Elder Andross took us in an automobile to visit the several churches and the Bible workers’ home in Los Angeles. We did not get out of the conveyance, but stopped and spoke to some of those engaged in the work. It was a very pleasant trip, and I was very glad to see so much of the work in Los Angeles. The automobile was an easy-riding machine that did not jolt me, so I was spared any increased suffering.

PC.310.003

We reached home in safety, and on Friday I got relief from the pain I had endured for two days and nights. I felt that the Lord had blessed me; and on the next day, Sabbath, I consented to speak in the Sanitarium chapel. I was surprised to meet so large a congregation there, and was thankful for the opportunity of speaking to them.

PC.310.004

My mind is settled in regard to the purchase of the land in front of the Loma Linda Sanitarium. We must have that piece of land. I will pledge myself to be depended upon for one thousand dollars. I hope to be favored with an opportunity to hire some money soon; but I shall not worry in regard to this, or I shall not be able to do anything. The effort of speaking on Sabbath and of reading my letters today is all I have been able to do to the present time. But as soon as I can I will make some movement concerning the raising of the one thousand dollars. The piece of land we must have; for it will never do to have buildings crowded in there. Do not fail to carry through the purchase of it. Do your best, and I will do my best. The money from me you may depend upon. We shall be able to send it soon. —

PC.310.005

B. 18, 1911 Sanitarium, California May 22, 1911 -5- May 18, 1911 J. A. Burden: I wish to say to Elder Burden that the money which I pledged to help purchase the eighty-five acres will be sent without fail. Please let me know if a couple of weeks delay will trouble you seriously. I am truly glad that I gave my promise to help to purchase this land, under the influence of the Spirit of God. I felt that the land must be secured; otherwise that we should have reason to regret that we did not obtain it. —

PC.311.001

K. 32-1911 Sanitarium, California June 7, ’11-5- June 5, 1911 Dr. D. H. Kress: I realize that a place like Loma Linda needs experienced men and women to conduct the work in its different departments. But the Lord is willing to work with all who will commit their ways to Him, and who will be led by the Holy Spirit. All are to be workers with Christ. He commits to His true followers the power of persuasion, the power of His grace and truth, a deep and constant love for His work in home and foreign fields. He gives them hearts that are in earnest and gathering with Christ. With helpers possessing such gifts as these, the medical missionary work cannot be without fruit.

PC.311.002

The power of persuasion is a wonderful gift. It means much to those who would win souls to Christ. Let us keep our souls in the love of God. If Christ is working with His messengers, fruit will be seen as the result of their efforts. —

PC.311.003

B. 34-1911 Sanitarium, California July 7, ’11-5- June 7, 1911 Elder J. A. Burden Loma Linda, California Dear Brother and Sister Burden: I want to say to you both that I am thankful I was moved to speak as I did concerning the piece of land in front of the Loma Linda Sanitarium. I was urged by the Spirit of God to make the pledge of one thousand dollars; and I did so hoping that others, who were better able to give than I, would follow my example. I dared not leave the meeting without following the conviction I had; and now I feel that I have done my duty, showing my faith by my works.

PC.311.004

I am glad that we were able to send you a part of the first payment a few days ago.

PC.311.005

I would like to inquire what progress has been made in the raising of the means for the purchase of the land. My investment was not made in order to lessen the responsibility of others who should help. Do what you can to encourage those who have money that they can use in the cause, to use it wisely and not let it slip away into speculation. Secure pledges from those who have not the money in sight. We need special wisdom to move out at the right time. I thank the Lord that He encouraged me to walk by faith, and I pray that He will help you to show others their privilege in this matter.

PC.312.001

True faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen. Thus far the Lord has led us as we have moved under the guidance of His Spirit. He will continue to work for us if we are careful to follow the counsel He gives.

PC.312.002

Medical missionary work is the pioneer work of the gospel, Let us seek to understand the scope of the work to be done in our sanitariums for the saving of the souls and the healing of the bodies of those who come to us for relief. My soul is drawn out to encourage men and women to see in Christ the great Physician. If they will be drawn to Him, He will be their helper. He understands their every need. He stands ready to heal both body and soul. Let physicians and nurses learn to tell of the One who has power and who is willing to do a marvelous work for human beings. Talk of His love, tell of His power to save every sinful soul who will cast himself upon Christ’s merits. His power will save to the uttermost all who truly accept Him.

PC.312.003

I am glad that your wife is wholeheartedly united with you in the work. Let her stand by you to give help and encouragement.

PC.312.004

I have written to you the instruction that has been given me regarding the special work to be done by the lady physicians in our sanitariums. It is the Lord’s plan that men shall be trained to treat men, and the women trained to treat women. In the confinement of women, midwives should take the responsibility of the case. In Bible times it was not considered a proper thing for men to act in this capacity; and it is not the will of God that men should do this work today. Very much evil has resulted from the practice of men treating women, and women treating men. It is a practice according to human devising; and not according to God’s plan. Long has the evil been left to grow, but now we lift our voice in protest against that which is displeasing to God. —

PC.312.005

MS.-13-1911 Regarding the Purchase of Land Adjoining Loma Linda Loma Linda is an important center. We needed this place and all its advantages. We were successful in obtaining it, and we have had success in operating it, notwithstanding the opposition shown by some who should have been acting as helpers in the effort to equip the sanitarium properly. I have a deep interest in Loma Linda. It is a beautiful place. For sanitarium work, we could not have a more favorable situation. And it is well adapted for the other lines of work that we desire to see done there.

PC.313.001

Recently the question arose about securing some more of the nearby land that is for sale. One piece, a tract of 86 acres, has already been purchased, and there is another of 47 acres joining the Loma Linda property, which is now for sale. Because this piece of land is so near to our Loma Linda buildings, we do not want to see it sold to outsiders, who will divide it up, and sell it to those who may desire to crowd into this neighborhood. In the night season I was talking to our brethren, telling them that this must not be allowed, and pointing out what unfavorable results would follow. If this piece of land should be purchased by outsiders, and divided up and sold to those who would be no help to our work, the injury to Loma Linda would be serious and lasting. I cannot bear the thought of this. Cannot a group of individuals who are alive to the vital interests of the Lord’s work, unite together and make this land our property? Then if we wish to sell a portion of it, let it be sold to our people. There is an orange orchard on the place, and this could be handled to advantage by the sanitarium. The institution is hardly complete without the control of this orchard.

PC.313.002

As the number of patients and students increases, more land will be needed. Grape vines could be planted, thus making it possible for the institution to produce its grapes.

PC.313.003

Families and institutions should learn to do more in the cultivation and improvement of land. If people only knew the value of the products of the ground, which the earth brings forth in their season, more diligent efforts would be made to cultivate the soil. All should be acquainted with the special value of fruit and vegetables fresh from the orchard and garden.

PC.313.004

Will not some of our brethren who thus far have invested but little in Loma Linda, help the Lord’s cause by assisting in the purchase of this piece of land? I place this matter before you, feeling sure that you will not allow the land to pass into the hands of unbelievers. We ought not to place ourselves where we shall become unfavorably associated with those who could make it hard for us if they chose to do so, and restrict us to certain limits.

PC.313.005

We must have room to keep ourselves distinct as a Sabbath keeping people. The Lord has given directions that we are to make provision which will prevent our being harassed and inconvenienced by having to crowd in with unbelievers. I wish I might make on your minds the impression that has been made on mind regarding this matter.

PC.313.006

If a portion of this land must be sold, we can sell it to the friends of the institution. (Stamp) Ellen G. White —

PC.314.001

H. 78-1911 Sanitarium, California September 28, 1911 -5- September 28, 1911 Elder S. N. Haskell: I have made some investments for Loma Linda to enable that institution to secure land adjoining the sanitarium that was for sale. Had this land been sold to unbelievers, and they had crowded in, the institution would have been placed at a disadvantage. I felt that we could not afford to run this risk. The land is now purchased, and to that extent we are safe from elements that might work trouble and confusion to our medical school. I could not rest until I had the assurance that we were safe from this possibility. This purchase may mean the keeping away from the institution a class of people who might have proved burdensome. Now that we have this land a burden is rolled off my heart. —

PC.314.002

Union with Christ Talk given at Riverside, December 11, 1904 Christ had been giving his disciples the instruction contained in the fourteenth chapter of John. Then he led them from the upper chamber out through the city to the Mount of Olives. On their way they passed a beautiful vine, and the disciples charmed with its loveliness, called the Saviour’s attention to it. As they looked upon it, Christ said, «I am the true vine, and my Father is the husbandman. Every branch in me that beareth not fruit, he taketh away; and every branch that beareth fruit, he purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit.»

PC.314.003

God allows trouble to come upon us, that he may test and try us. The pruning will cause pain, but it is God who applies the knife. The divine husbandman prunes away the harmful growth, that the fruit may be richer and more abundant.

PC.314.004

«Abide in me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine, no more can ye, except ye abide in me. I am the vine, ye are the branches. He that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit; for without me ye can do nothing.»

PC.314.005

«Abide in me, and I in you.» How are we to abide in Christ? By a daily, hourly faith. We are not safe in any other position. A man may have his name on the church books, and make a high profession, but this avails nothing unless he has a living connection with Christ, unless his spirit, his words, his deportment, his business transactions with believers and unbelievers, reveal the virtues that come from such a union. A man who is thus united with Christ has a living faith, which takes hold upon divine power; and he is enabled to escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.

PC.315.001

«If a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather them and cast them into the fire and they are burned. If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you.»

PC.315.002

In thought, word, and deed show that you are abiding in Christ. Let your speech reveal this. Speech is a precious talent. Our words are to be words that God and the holy angels can hear with approval. Our minds are to be storehouses filled with the treasures of the Bible. Let the walls of memory’s hall be hung with the treasures of God’s word, with his precious promises. Store up these promises, that in time of need you may be able to give them to the weary and heavy laden. You are God’s missionary just as soon as you take your stand under his banner. You are to be a laborer together with him.

PC.315.003

«Herein is my Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be my disciples.» What is the fruit that ye are to bear? — The fruit of the Spirit, — «Love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance.»

PC.315.004

«As the Father hath loved me, so have I loved you; continue ye in my love. If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in my love, even as I have kept my Father’s commandments, and abide in his love.» He keeps us in connection with him as he is in connection with the Father. What possibilities, what strength, there are in that promise! Why do we not believe it? If there are hindrances in our way, and if we meet with difficulties, let us not give up in despair, but keep fast hold of the promises.

PC.315.005

«These things I have spoken unto you,» — That you may be sad and discouraged, refusing to believe that you can live the Christian life? No. «These things have I spoken unto you, that my joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.»

PC.315.006

Although you may be in trouble, you can go forward with confidence. Knowing that you have an abiding Christ. He tells those who are in trouble and perplexity to bring their burdens to him. He does not tell them to go to their neighbors and talk the matter over. To those who are weary and heavy laden, he says, «Come unto me, and I will give you rest.» «Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.»

PC.316.001

Do not wear a yoke of human manufacture; such yokes are heavy and galling. When we learn Christ’s meekness and lowliness, and lay our burdens upon him, rest will come to us. He is ever ready to help us. The Lord is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to those that ask him than parents are to give good gifts unto their children. How full, how broad, this statement!

PC.316.002

But often we take ourselves in our own hands, thinking that we can arrange matters in a way that will bring us peace and rest. Do we succeed? No. We get into more trouble than before. When things arise to perplex our minds, we fret and worry, and begin to accuse others, and to find fault with them. What ought we to do? Christ tells us. «Verily, verily, I say unto you,» He declares, «except ye eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of man, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth my flesh and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me and I in him. As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father, so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me.» «It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life.» These words are clearly explained in John 5:24; «Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth My word, and believeth on Him that sent Me, hath everlasting life, and he shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life.»

PC.316.003

Do not talk of the faults of others. Take care of your own garden. See that your own heart is cleansed by the power of God. When trouble comes, instead of getting out of patience instead of fretting and worrying, go to the Lord, and tell Him all about it. Has He not said, «Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you?» Go right to the Lord, and in humility of mind, tell him about your trouble. Do not go to human friends; for they have all the burdens they can bear. Go to the One who gave his life for you. You have been bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are his. Do not walk in self-sufficiency, thinking that you are capable of guiding yourself aright. «Learn of me,» Christ says, «For I am meek and lowly in heart.»

PC.316.004

Kneel before the Lord, and ask him to be a help to you. Tell him your heart is burdened, and ask him to remove the load. Night after night I have told him this, when for hours I have been unable to sleep, because of the thought of what must be done here and elsewhere to lead our people to realize the glorious probabilities and possibilities before those who engage wholeheartedly in the Lord’s work, and to get them to take up this load.

PC.316.005

«Then answered Jesus and said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, the Son can do nothing of himself, but what he seeth the Father do: for what things soever he doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise. For the Father loveth the Son, and showeth him all things that himself doeth; and he will show him greater works than these, that ye may marvel. For the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them, even so the Son quickeneth whom he will. For the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment to the Son; That all men should honor the Son, even as they honor the Father. He that honoreth not the Son honoreth not the Father which hath sent him.»

PC.317.001

Do not think that by placing your burdens on others, you can find relief. Come right to the Burden-bearer, and tell him about them. Believe that he is able and willing to meet the circumstances of your case. When in contrition you come to the foot of the cross, when you have faith in the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour, you will receive power through him. As you cast your helpless soul upon him, he gives you peace and joy and strength and courage. Then you are able to tell someone else how precious Christ is to you. You can say, «I sought him, and found him precious to my soul.»

PC.317.002

«Ye shall find rest.» How? By living experience. Because God’s yoke is a yoke of patience and gentleness and long-suffering. He, the Prince of the heavenly host, humbled himself. He took upon himself human nature, and stood at the head of humanity that he might teach fallen man how to be a partaker of the divine nature. Those who learn his meekness and lowliness learn also how to love one another as he has loved them. They will reach the place where they refuse to criticize and condemn others. They learn that there is committed to them a work that no one else can do for them, the work of learning of Christ. When we place ourselves in his hands, he shows us the possibilities and probabilities before us, and bids go for help to One infinitely higher than erring human beings.

PC.317.003

Christ is our efficiency. How do I know this? I know it by experience. For a while, many years, ago, I was in despair. Then I cast myself on the mercy and love of the Saviour, and his power came upon me. At one time those who were working over me thought me dead. But all at once I raised my voice in prayer. The power of God was upon me all night long, and henceforth I understood that I must look to Christ, and not to any human being for relief. I had been praying and praying for help, and all the time my Saviour was by my side, waiting for me to recognize him as my sufficiency, my strength, my grace. I learned the lesson, and after that, when I kneeled down to pray, I believed that I would receive an answer, whether I felt as if I would or not. Feeling is not to be our guide. Feeling is not faith, but it is as widely separated from faith as the east is from the west.

PC.317.004

Why should we have a question as to whether we shall receive the promised blessing? God does not alter the word that has gone forth out of his mouth. When we trust in him, our hearts will be filled with peace and joy. When irritating words are spoken to us, we do not retaliate, but, when opportunity offers, we tell how good the Lord is, and what he is willing to do for those who trust in him.

PC.318.001

God wants every one of us to come to him as little children come to their parents. He wants us to ask him in faith, nothing doubting, for grace to supply our needs. «If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him.»

PC.318.002

We are God’s little children, but let us not forget that he expects us to grow up to the full stature of men and women in Christ. Let us talk of God’s goodness and tell of his power, putting away gloom and unbelief. Let us talk faith. God wants us to be strong in his strength. He died to save us, and he wants us to reach the high standard that he holds before us.

PC.318.003

We are not to stand still in the Christian life. There is an advancement for us to make. We are to lay hold of him who has all power, remembering that every hour, every moment, we need his help. We are to be always ready to speak to others in regard to the grace and the saving power of our Lord Jesus Christ. It is the privilege of every one to grow in grace, daily reaching higher attainments in the Christian life.

PC.318.004

Oh, how I wish that we would honor Christ by realizing what he wants to do for us, and taking him at his word. If we would do this, we should be sunshiny Christians. By beholding Christ, we would be changed into his likeness. But we shall never grow in grace by beholding the faults and mistakes and defects of someone else. Instead, we will become spiritually dwarfed and enfeebled. Let us keep looking to Christ, thinking of what he has done for us and of what he has promised to do. Thus we shall be changed into his likeness. This is true religion. In the future we shall have to contend with difficulties tenfold greater than any we have yet had. Do you ask why I say this? Do you not realize that his time is short? He is working and planning with intensity of effort to place obstacles in the way of God’s people, and to hinder their progress. We have the powers of darkness to meet. At this time, more than ever before, willing, unquestioning, obedience is needed, if we come off conquerors.

PC.318.005

«This is my commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you.» My dear friends, for Christ’s sake take your stand on higher ground. Every feature of our faith is to be tested in the way that is the most trying. The pillars of our faith are to be tested. Sophistry will be brought in as it was to Adam and Eve. You will be strongly tempted, and unless you have firm faith in the principles of the truth for this time, you will be led astray. Look to Christ as your helper. Take him into your heart as an abiding friend. As you do this, his blessing will rest upon you in large measure. You will be kept by the power of God. The enemy will not be able to lead you to swerve from your allegiance.

PC.319.001

My dear friends, I want to ask you in conclusion to do what you can to help in the establishment of Glendale Sanitarium. You may have to make sacrifice in order to respond to this call, but God will richly bless you in so doing. Those who have the work in hand are doing their best, but they are in great need of funds. This institution must be furnished. First give yourselves to the Lord, and then bring your offerings to him. We want to see the Glendale Sanitarium put in working order, so that the sick who come for treatment may hear the truth. Often we meet those who first heard and became interested in the truth while at one of our sanitariums, and who have been keeping the Sabbath ever since. (Stamped) Ellen G. White —

PC.319.002

P.-75-’05 Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California February 20, 1905 Dear Brethren Palmer and Ballenger: We are well pleased with the reports that Brother Ballenger has sent us of the work of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. What we see being accomplished there is a fulfillment of what I have been instructed we might expect. For this we thank the Lord, and take courage for the future, believing that the Lord will bless and guide.

PC.319.003

The patronage you are receiving, even before you are fully prepared to accommodate patients, has exceeded my expectations. The Lord has been good to us, and we must ever bear in mind that this sanitarium is to be made a means of communicating truth to those who know it not.

PC.319.004

Treatment rooms should be fitted up soon. Let them be, as we suggested when we were there, outside the main building. Were they inside the sanitarium, the steam from them would make an unhealthful atmosphere, which would pervade the rooms of the patients. Let us take every precaution to make everything connected with the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, healthful and wholesome.

PC.319.005

We are made sad as we see in many places so much left undone that should be done. But the Lord will use in the accomplishment of His work means that we do not now see. He will raise up from among the common people, men and women to do His work, even as of old He called fishermen to be his disciples. There will soon be an awakening that will surprise many. Those who do not realize the necessity of what is to be done, will be passed by, and the heavenly messengers will work with those who are called the common people, fitting them to carry the truth to many places. Now is the time for us to awake and do what we can.

PC.320.001

I have received a letter from Brother Burrill of Canada, in which he speaks of the Sunday question that is soon to be met there. He says that they especially need Brother Robinson to help them in meeting this issue. He is a native-born Canadian, and can be a great help to them at this time.

PC.320.002

Brother Burrill has written to me because he understood that I had encouraged Brother Robinson to come to San Diego. At first I could remember nothing in regard to the matter. But after I received Brother Ballenger’s letter stating that Brother Robinson was expected in San Diego soon to act as business manager of the Sanitarium, I remembered that Brother Robinson was one whose name had been mentioned in some of our councils. I think he was presented as one who was not well, and who needed a change of climate. I asked if he were qualified to act as manager. When it was stated that he seemed to have the qualifications necessary for the place, I think I said, «Then by all means let him come.» But I did not present this as light that had been given me by the Lord. It was merely my personal judgment, formed from your presentation of the case.

PC.320.003

Brother Burrill also stated that Elder W. W. Simpson is a Canadian, and that such men as he are needed in Canada. He seemed to think that it is not right that Elder Simpson should be held in Los Angeles. I know nothing in regard to Elder Simpson’s case, except that he has been used by the Lord in His work in Los Angeles, and that he has been greatly blessed. Over one hundred have taken their stand for the truth as a result of his labors. At the close of his last series of tent meetings he thought of changing his field of labor, but he received a petition signed by many of the citizens of Los Angeles, asking him to remain and continue his meetings. The Lord has given Brother Simpson a spirit of adaptability, with wisdom to plan and carry out his work, and He has blessed him in the bringing out of leaflets, notices, and charts that have aroused the interest of the people.

PC.320.004

I would say, Let Brother Simpson labor where his message is evidently accomplishing great good. Those who have come to his meetings have given freely of their means to sustain the work that he has carried forward. At this time, when there is such urgent need of workers in Los Angeles, when the brethren are seeking to establish a sanitarium there, I dare not say to Elder Simpson, You must go back to Canada. And besides, such a move might not be best for his health. For the present let him remain in Los Angeles; for the Lord is giving him marked success in bearing the message to the people. Let him give the trumpet a certain sound, arousing those who have never heard the truth. May the Lord encourage him to remain in Los Angeles until the church members are aroused to gird on the armor, and show that they have a burden to give the message. Our ministers are not to hover over the churches. They are to proclaim the truth, as Elder Simpson is doing. Let those who know not the truth be given as opportunity to hear the reasons of our faith.

PC.321.001

I believe that Brother Simpson is presenting the truth as God would have many others present it. Some of the brethren in Los Angeles felt that he should do more in the church there. When this was suggested to me, I thought of the answer that Christ gave when the priests and rulers reproached Him for eating with publicans and sinners. «I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance,» he declared. Let the work now being accomplished for those who have never before heard the truth, lead our ministers and church members in Los Angeles to arouse. Let them take hold, as they see that God is working. Let them make diligent work in repenting of their coldness and indifference and selfishness. As the church is by repentance cleansed from this neglect, and the members are converted, they will heartily engage in laboring from house to house. By teaching those who are seeking for the light of truth, they themselves will receive a valuable education.

PC.321.002

Let no one, by precept or example, seek to draw Elder Simpson from his God-appointed work. Let all take hold with him in an effort to carry the work in clear lines. The members of the Los Angeles church need to heed every message that comes to them bidding them arouse from their stupor. If they will earnestly seek the Lord, he will give them light and life, and the quickening power of the Holy Spirit.

PC.321.003

The message that I have to bear to the church in Los Angeles is, Awake, and put on the whole armor of God. There is selfishness in the church that must be rooted out. The Next Page Missing in Manuscript bring the truth before unbelievers.

PC.322.001

Let the older members be an example to those who have recently come into the truth. I entreat those who have been long in the truth not to hurt the new converts by living irreligious lives. Lay aside all murmuring, and do thorough work in your own hearts. Break up the fallow ground of your hearts, and seek to know what you can do to advance the work in Los Angeles.

PC.322.002

Temptations are being brought in by men who have been long in the truth. The truths that we received in 1841, ’42, ’43, and ’44 are now to be studied and proclaimed. The messages of the first, second, and third angels will in the future be proclaimed with a loud voice. They will be given with earnest determination and in the power of the Spirit.

PC.322.003

The members of the Los Angeles church need to have a deep work of grace done in their own hearts. Let every one build over against his own house. The messages given by Elder Simpson, which convert sinners, should be sufficient to arouse you also. Awake, awake, and give to the unconverted evidence that you believe the truth of heavenly origin. Unless you do awake, the world will not believe that you practice the truth that you profess to hold.

PC.322.004

Pray earnestly. Read and study the prayer of Christ, as given in the seventeenth chapter of John, and then seek to live lives that will answer that prayer. Read also the messages given in the third chapter of Revelation. God sent his angel from heaven to give these messages. The message to the Laodicean church belongs to the church in Los Angeles, and to our churches generally. Will they arouse, and do the work that God has given them to do? —

PC.322.005

February 26, 1905 Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California February 26, 1905 Dear Brother Ballenger: I received your letter on Friday, and we feel deep sympathy with you in your emergency. I wish that Sister Hall could spend some time with you, but she is under engagement to leave us in two or three weeks to stay with her relatives for a while.

PC.322.006

I have been trying to think of some one who could go to your assistance. But we do not know exactly what you want. Sister Hall has been telling me of a friend of hers, a Miss Webber, who worked with her for a time in the Battle Creek Sanitarium. Miss Webber has had a long experience in sanitarium work, and has diplomas from two schools at least. She is thorough in all that she does, and is as firm as a rock to duty and principle. I think she would answer your purpose. She would come to California if we asked her to.

PC.323.001

But even though we should decide to send for Miss Webber, I suppose it would be necessary to get some one to fill the place till she could get here. If necessary I could spare my matron, Mrs. Nelson, who is an excellent cook and caretaker, and who has taken part of the nurses’ course in Battle Creek.

PC.323.002

I have asked Mrs. Ings to consider the matter, and see if there is any one at the Sanitarium here who could fill the bill. I could barely mention the matter to her, as it was Sabbath, and I had only a few minutes in which to talk with her before going to the Chapel to speak. I asked her to report to me after the Sabbath, and I shall doubtless hear from her soon.

PC.323.003

Please let me know whether you have any one in mind who could fill the vacancy. Of course, you will stand by, and your wife might be able to help until we can make other arrangements. Perhaps Sister Howard could come in for a while, until a suitable matron could be found.

PC.323.004

I can think of no one more competent than Miss Webber. I know her to be a faithful woman, one who will show a care for things in doors and out of doors. Sister Hall has just received a letter from her, saying that she will be coming to California in about two months.

PC.323.005

Brother Ballenger, I am very desirous that the buildings and land that we designed to purchase shall not be allowed to pass into other hands. I think we ought to obtain this property, even if four thousand dollars are asked for it. If we had only purchased it before the rain came, what a good thing it would have been. We must ask the Lord so to arrange matters that we can obtain this property. We shall need every foot of the land.

PC.323.006

I hope, Brother Ballenger, that when you see a suitable place in Redlands, which could be used as a sanitarium, offered for sale at a reasonable price, you will let us know about it. We shall need a sanitarium in Redlands. Unless we start an enterprise of this kind, others will. I understand that the property-owners are afraid that consumptives will come in, and thus the reputation of the place be spoiled. But, of course, we should make it clear that we were not going to establish a consumptives’ home.

PC.323.007

I merely mention this matter so that you and Brother Burden may keep it in view. We shall not take any steps to establish a sanitarium in Redlands until we can be assured that we are doing the right thing. Brother Burden and you can visit the place from time to time, and see what openings there are. And in all that you do, be as wise as serpents and as harmless as doves.

PC.324.001

Our sanitarium work is one of the most successful means of reaching such people as live in Redlands, and bringing the truth before them. We must educate, educate, educate, pleasantly and intelligently. We must preach the truth, pray the truth, and live the truth, bringing it, with its gracious, health-giving influences within the reach of those who know it not. As the sick are brought into touch with the Life-giver, their faculties of mind and body will be renewed. But in order for this to be, they must practice self-denial, and be temperate in all things. Thus only can they be saved from physical and spiritual death, and restored to health.

PC.324.002

When the human machinery moves in harmony with the life-giving arrangements of God, as brought to light through the gospel, disease is overcome and health springs forth speedily. When human beings work in union with the life-giver, who offered up His life for them, happy thoughts fill the mind. Body and mind and soul are sanctified. Human beings learn of the great Teacher, and all upon which they look ennobles and enriches the thoughts. The affections are drawn out in gladness and thankfulness to the Creator. The life of the man who is renewed in the image of Christ is as a light shining in darkness.

PC.324.003

Adam listened to the specious sophistry of Satan, and received it as truth. He had originally the wonderful gift of a sinless nature. But he listened to the falsehoods of the one who fell from his first estate. Satan exercised his hypnotism upon him, and Adam, listening to him, sinned, and thus opened the door through which the enemy could ever after gain access to human beings. Adam and Eve lost the spiritual life that would have been theirs by continual endowment.

PC.324.004

Christ came to this world bearing a message freighted with redemption. To all who receive him as a personal Saviour he gives power to become the sons of God. «The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us. . . full of grace and truth. . .And of his fulness have all we received, and grace for grace.»

PC.324.005

All who become the sons of God are possessed of his nature. They are the objects of his love and special affection. They dwell in Christ as Christ dwells in God. Knowing the power of his grace, they are commissioned and qualified to bear the message of salvation to a sinful world, to make known his grace and truth. As they consecrate themselves wholly to God, the grace they impart will be continually renewed in increased measure. Converted to the truth, imbued with the Holy Spirit, they are under the transforming influence of divine grace. The life of self-indulgence they once lived has been changed to a life of service. They become sons of God, spiritual children, adopted into the Lord’s family. (Stamped) Ellen G. White —

PC.325.001

The Loma Linda Training School (Extract from «Review and Herald,» June 21, 1906) One of the chief advantages of situation at Loma Linda is the pleasing variety of charming scenery on every side.

PC.325.002

But more important than magnificent scenery and beautiful buildings and spacious grounds, is the close proximity of this institution to a densely populated district, and the opportunity thus afforded of communicating to many, many people a knowledge of the third angel’s message. We are to have clear spiritual discernment, else we shall fail to understanding the opening providences of God that are preparing the way for us to enlighten the world. The great crisis is just before us. Now is the time for us to sound the warning message, by the agencies that God has given us for this purpose. Let us remember that one most important agency is our medical missionary work. Never are we to lose sight of the great object for which our sanitariums are established, the advancement of God’s closing work in the earth.

PC.325.003

Loma Linda is to be not only a sanitarium, but an educational center. With the possession of this place comes the weighty responsibility of making the work of the institution educational in character. A school is to be established here for the training of gospel medical missionary evangelists.

PC.325.004

Much is involved in this work, and it is very essential that a right beginning be made. The Lord has a special work to be done in this part of the field. He instructed me to call upon Elder and Mrs. S. N. Haskell to help us in getting properly started a work similar to that which they had carried on in Nashville and at Avondale. They came, and are now laboring with all the powers of their being to do a solid work. They conduct classes regularly in the institution, and have established a Bible training-school at San Bernardino, from which center is extending an influence throughout this district. Prof. W. E. Howell and his wife have consented to unite with the forces at Loma Linda in an effort to develop the school that must be carried on there. As they go forward in faith, the Lord will go before the, preparing the way. —

PC.326.001

March 15, 1905 Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California B. 97’05 March 14, 1905 To the Workers in the Glendale Sanitarium: We are glad that notwithstanding some delay, the property at Glendale has been secured for a sanitarium. Years ago the Lord gave me instruction that there should be a sanitarium near the city of Los Angeles. Instruction was also given that we should find properties for sale on which there would be buildings suitable for sanitarium purposes, and that we might secure such properties at a very low cost. The location of the Glendale Sanitarium meets the representation given me of places God has reserved for us. The electric cars running close by the institution make access to it very convenient.

PC.326.002

Let all connected with this sanitarium keep in mind the purpose for which this property has been secured. The institution is to act a special part in bringing souls to Christ, leading them to love God and keep His commandments. Unless the workers have a living connection with God, unless there is seen in the institution a spirit of kindness and compassion, establishment of the sanitarium will have been in vain. Spiritual as well as physical healing is to be brought to those who come for healing.

PC.326.003

Brother and Sister Burden, I am glad that you have a part in the work of the Glendale Sanitarium. May the Lord increase your wisdom and courage and faith. I am glad that Dr. Simpson and her husband can unite with you. You and Dr. Abbott and the other workers may do a precious work in letting the light of present truth shine forth in clear rays. Remember that you are doing a work for time and for eternity. You should have an ever-increasing faith in the promises of God’s word. It is your privilege to seek wisdom and help from God. Come to the Saviour in humility, confessing your sins, and asking for strength and grace.

PC.326.004

The Holy Spirit enlightens the mind of the one who depends on the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour, and indites a prayer of confession and repentance that is acceptable to the Lord. «We know not what we should pray for as we ought; but the Spirit itself maketh intercession for us, with groanings that cannot be uttered,» «He that searcheth the heart knoweth what is the mind of the Spirit, because he maketh intercession for the saints according to the will of God.»

PC.327.001

Let no man boast that he does not confess the sins that the Lord has pointed out to him. If he makes no confession, he receives not forgiveness and pardon from God. He must go forth in sorrow, to work in his own strength. The enemy finds him in this position, a subject to be deceived.

PC.327.002

There are many, many of this class. May the Lord open their eyes, that they may see the danger of their self-sufficiency. A superficial work is always a snare to every professed Christian. Satan finds easy access to the heart of the one who is careless and slack in his experience, and beguiles him with seducing theories that will destroy his faith in God. «He that cometh to God must believe that He is, (as He has declared Himself in His personality) and that He is a rewarder of those who diligently seek Him.»

PC.327.003

In every sanitarium there must be kept before all in the institution the principles of true service. From the institution is to go forth light and knowledge. All connected with it are to act their part intelligently, as representatives of the truth for this time. It is that they may be trained to do true missionary work, that young people are brought to our sanitariums.

PC.327.004

If you will co-operate with God, He will go before you, and the glory of the Lord will be your reward. Heavenly angels will break forth into singing as souls receive the great gift of God through Jesus Christ. You may assure the sick and afflicted that Christ is the great Healer. They may believe on Him, and trust in His word; for it will never fail.

PC.327.005

«Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice; for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and keepeth his hand from doing any evil.»

PC.327.006

What a representation is here given! «My salvation is near to come,» — that great salvation wrought out for each soul through Jesus Christ, the salvation for which the prophets have inquired and searched diligently. Our Lord is soon to come to us in mercy and compassion and love. We must go forth to receive Him as a welcome guest.

PC.327.007

The Lord Jesus calls upon every one to become interestedly engaged in the work of becoming a channel of light through which the grace of Christ may flow. Jesus has said, «Ye are the light of the world. . . Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.» In the great salvation wrought through Jesus Christ, the unbelieving world is to be helped through the work of believers. In the work you do in the sanitarium, many may become convinced that you are indeed the children of God.

PC.328.001

«Seek ye the Lord while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near: let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon.»

PC.328.002

«For My thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways My ways, saith the Lord, For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways higher than your ways, and My thoughts than your thoughts. For as the rain cometh down, and the snow from heaven, and returneth not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud, that it may give seed to the sower, and bread to the eater; so shall My word be that goeth forth out of My mouth: it shall not return unto Me void, but it shall accomplish that which I please, and it shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it.»

PC.328.003

All the promises of God’s word are made on gospel terms. If we on our part will fulfill the conditions, if we will seek the Lord, while He may be found, we may claim the promise:

PC.328.004

«For ye shall go out with joy, and be led forth with peace: the mountains and the hills shall break forth before you into singing, and all the trees of the field shall clap their hands. Instead of the thorn shall come up fir tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree: and it shall be to the Lord for a name, for an everlasting sign, that shall not be cut off.»

PC.328.005

Let this message be sounded to all people, Seek the Lord while He may be found. Seek Him against whom you have been in rebellion. Let us make every effort to check the seducing sentiments that would come into our ranks. Let every soul be wide-awake to close every avenue of the soul to the sophistry of Satan, as revealed in heaven and in Eden. Let us be armed with that vigilance that shall resist his enchantments. —

PC.328.006

February 16, 1904-7- Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California February 15, 1904 Elder Daniells and Prescott and Dr. Hare: My dear Brethren: The instruction that has been given me in regard to the buildings to be erected in Washington is that it is not the Lord’s will for an imposing display to be made. The buildings are to show, to believers and to those not of our faith, that not one dollar has been invested in needless display. Every part of the buildings is to bear witness that we realize that there is before us a great, unworked missionary field, and that the truth is to be established in many places.

PC.329.001

If the buildings erected correspond to the truth that we are proclaiming, a telling influence will be exerted on minds. Actions speak louder than words. Say frankly, God has charged us not to invest a large amount of means in one place, and He has charged us also not to invest means in gratifying the desire for display. The principles that we are to follow in our work are exemplified in the life of Christ. He was the Majesty of heaven, and yet He worked at a carpenter’s bench.

PC.329.002

A few words more in regard to buildings. In reference to the question of building with wood, or brick, or stone, the instruction given me in the past is that brick buildings are not the most healthful, and that wooden buildings, while properly put up, are preferable to brick or stone buildings. And while we are under the keeping power of God, a wooden building is as safe from fire as a stone building.

PC.329.003

In planning for the erection of the buildings that you propose to put up, do not follow the counsel of those who would invest means for the sake of display. Do not launch out into expensive investments. In laying plans for the sanitarium building, remember that this is to be a building for the sick and suffering. To those who plead for buildings of brick or stone, say, «We believe that the Lord is soon to come, and we cannot consent to launch out into the erection of expensive buildings.» For years the erection of such buildings has borne the rebuke of God, but His warnings were not heeded, and at last He permitted His judgments to fall upon the Sanitarium and the publishing house in Battle Creek.

PC.329.004

The buildings that you erect must be solid and well constructed. No haphazard work is to be done. The buildings are to be thoroughly presentable, but no extravagance is to be seen. We are not to make it possible for worldlings to say that we do not believe what we preach — that the end of all things is at hand.

PC.329.005

The buildings should be put up at as little cost as possible. No money is to be spent on them merely for show. We are living in a time of fearful depravity. The whole world has thrown off the restraints of religion. Worldlings and church members are making void the law of God. We are to bend every energy to the proclamation of the message of warning.

PC.330.001

There are many other places where memorials for God are to be established, many other places in which sanitarium work is to be started. In many countries gospel medical missionary work is to be done. God’s agencies are to act their appointed part. In all that is done, in all the institutions that are established, the example of economy that Christ has set in His life is to be followed.

PC.330.002

On no account is the course followed in the erection of the Boulder Sanitariums to be followed in the erection of the Washington Sanitarium. If this course were followed places in which sanitariums should be established, would be left destitute.

PC.330.003

My brethren, in your work at the capital of the nation, let the principles of unselfishness revealed in Christ’s life be carried out. Remember that in many other places, as well as in Washington, gospel medical missionary work is needed, to open doors for the entrance of the truth. Ellen G. White —

PC.330.004

Extracts from Recent Letters from Mrs. E. G. White Re B.C. In a letter of September 19, 1906, to G. W. Amadon: I wish to say to you and to the leading men in the church: and to the trustees of the Tabernacle, that light has been given to me very distinctly that Elder A. T. Jones has taken a position that divorces him from the privileges of the use of the Tabernacle. He does not know what spirit is leading him. Efforts are being made in an underhand way to get possession of the Tabernacle.

PC.330.005

Brethren, be on guard. Keep burnished for action the weapons of your warfare, which is the Word of God. Pray, believe, and walk humbly with God, and let all your prayers be without ceasing that God shall be glorified. Make a most earnest effort to call to Battle Creek the very best ministerial talent, men of experience in the early days of the message, men who will give the trumpet a certain sound. Hold the fort. Do not let it be taken by those who have placed themselves decidedly in a position of apposition to the truth which God has given us for these last days.

PC.330.006

Our call is, Come out from among them and be ye separate; and the Tabernacle should be set apart decidedly to those who are true and loyal.

PC.330.007

Those who have denied their faith, and who would now tear down that which is past years they have laboured to build up, should understand that they have no lot nor part in the faith that has firmly held the people of God in unity. You do not know how earnestly they will work to bet possession of the Tabernacle. But this must not be permitted. In no case should a decidedly opposing element be permitted in the Tabernacle. —

PC.331.001

In a letter to Dr. and Mrs. Kress, written July 27, 1906 I feel intensely sorrowful when I see some of our brethren in Battle Creek taking a course that is leading them away from the truth: for I have had a presentation of the first apostasy in the heavenly courts. The warnings of the Holy Spirit have been disregarded, and there has been persistent work of deception. A. T. Jones has permitted himself to be used as the voice of Dr. J. H. Kellogg.

PC.331.002

It is our privilege to believe in a personal Father, who has made a gift of His only Begotten Son, that a fallen world might repent, and accept of a personal Saviour, and be permitted to eat of the leaves of the tree of life. Thank God, we may uplift the Saviour before the people, as had been done at these meetings. The work will advance more and more, as we humble our hearts, and bring our wills in submission to God. Some will place themselves under Satan’s rule, but we will not fail nor become discouraged.

PC.331.003

Brother Kress, I am thankful that you have not been deceived by the representations of Dr. Kellogg. At the Berrien Springs meeting, the Lord showed me what He was willing to do for Dr. Kellogg. The most blessed invitation was given to Him. But the doctor wrenched himself away from the outstretched hand of Christ. It seemed that in the agony of my soul I should die.

PC.331.004

I have seen how Dr. Kellogg has united with the arch deceiver in using hypnotic influence upon souls to deceive them. Those who sustain him in his course are guilty with him of resisting the Spirit of God. Such blindness of understanding seems strange in one who has known the truth for this time.

PC.331.005

A. T. Jones has a theory of the truth, as expressed in his books. He does not repudiate these, but he virtually goes back upon their teachings, by the course of action he is following.

PC.331.006

Dr. Kellogg places himself before the world in the position of one who is greatly abused. He writes many letters, as he has to you, making such a representation as would call forth sympathy. But he is still at work with all subtlety. I have felt compelled to warn our people: for they do not understand his cunning.

PC.332.001

I have seen that the leaders in the medical work in Battle Creek will try to secure possession of the Tabernacle. Their scheming is so subtle, that I greatly fear that this may be accomplished.

PC.332.002

If Dr. Kellogg can destroy the faith of any of our people in the testimonies, he will do it. He sometimes takes the nurses and others, sometimes alone in the night season, and talks with them for hours framing a tissue of falsehood, to make them believe himself a much abused man. Some of these poor souls have heard the truth, and they wish to get out of Battle Creek. They realize that their safety consists in leaving the place where they are so deceived. The doctor will take advantage in every way to make an impression upon human minds in destroying all confidence in the testimonies. If we are not constantly on guard, he will destroy by his sophistries, if possible, the very elect. And those associates who have upheld him will have to answer before God for their individual course of action.

PC.332.003

The messages of encouragement given to Dr. Kellogg have been many. They have been tender and true, but there have always been conditions involved. We might say much more than we do, but we do not wish to expose before the world the things we might say. But we should so far as possible overcome the impression that we sustain and honor one who follows such a course as has the doctor and his associates. Our only object in publishing any of those things has been to save some of our own people from being destroyed. —

PC.332.004

In a letter to Elder G. I. Butler dated October 30, 1906, she says «Recently I have written letters to different ones who are in danger of being misled by the deceptive influence that prevails at B. C. The disaffected ones will make every effort possible to secure the Tabernacle, and to gain other advantages by which to disseminate their wrong theories and carry forward their apostasies. But the Lord lives and reigns. I am writing out the cautions He gives me. I will not give up. I must relieve my soul of its burden. It may be that I shall have to visit Battle Creek.

PC.332.005

I have been pleading with the Lord to help His people on every point: for He alone can control the elements of wickedness in B. C. He will shortly bring something to pass. What a privilege it is to be able to bring our perplexities to the Lord in prayer. He has invited us to do this, and why should we not avail ourselves of this privilege. «Ask, and it shall be given you: seek and ye shall find: knock and it shall be opened unto you.» We need much more faith and much more earnest prayer. We need to humble our hearts before God, and put all selfishness out of the way. We must have that strength, that wisdom that cometh from our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. With the hand of faith we must grasp the hand of infinite power, and hold on believing with the whole heart the promises God has made. Our will and way are to be submerged in the Lord’s will and way. Self must surrender not to discouragement, though difficulties be piled mountain high, but to God. —

PC.333.001

R. & H. Extra December 24, 1889 An Address in Regard to the Sunday Movement Dear Brethren and Sisters: I have been much burdened in regard to movements that are now in progress for the enforcement of Sunday observance. It has been shown to me that Satan has been working earnestly to carry out his designs to restrict religious liberty. Plans of serious import to the people of God are advancing in an underhand manner among the clergymen of various denominations, and the object of this covert maneuvering is to win popular favor for the enforcement of Sunday sacredness. If the people can be led to favor a Sunday law, then the clergy intend to exert their united influence to obtain a religious amendment to the Constitution, and compel the nation to keep Sunday.

PC.333.002

There are many who, if they understood the spirit and the result of religious legislation, would not do anything to forward in the least the movement for Sunday enforcement. But while Satan has been making a success of his plans, the people of God have failed at their post. God had an earnest work for them to do; for the honor of his law and the religious liberty of the people are at stake. God would have us see and realize the weakness and depravity of men, and put our entire trust in him; «For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand.»

PC.333.003

There are many who are at ease, who are, as it were, asleep. They say, «If prophecy has foretold the enforcement of Sunday observance, the law will surely be enacted/» and having come to this conclusion, they sit down in calm expectation of the event, comforting themselves with the thought that God will protect his people in the day of trouble. But God will not save us if we make no effort to do the work he has committed to our charge. We must be found faithfully guarding the outposts, watching as vigilant soldiers, lest Satan shall gain an advantage which it is our duty to prevent. We should diligently study the word of God; and pray in faith that God will restrain the powers of darkness; for as yet the message has gone to comparatively few, and the world is to be lightened with its glory. The present truth — the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus — has not yet been sounded as it must be. There are many almost within the shadow of our own doors for whose salvation no personal effort has ever been made. We are not prepared for the time when our work must close. We must take a firm stand that we will not reverence the first day of the week as the Sabbath, for it is not the day that was blessed and sanctified by Jehovah, and in reverencing Sunday we should place ourselves on the side of the great deceiver. The controversy for the Sabbath will open the subject to the people, and an opportunity will be given that the claims of the genuine Sabbath may be presented. Blindness, disloyalty to God, so prevails that his law is made void, but the psalmist says of such a condition, «It is time for thee Lord to work; for they have made void thy law.»

PC.334.001

It is time for God’s people to work as never before, because of the increase of wickedness. The God-fearing, commandment-keeping people should be diligent, not only in prayer, but in action: and this will bring the truth before those who have never heard it. The world is over-borne with falsehood and iniquity and those whom God has made the depositaries of his law, and of the pure religion of Jesus, must be determined to let their light shine. If they do nothing to disabuse the minds of the people, and through ignorance of the truth our legislatures should abjure the principles of Protestantism, and give countenance and support to the Roman fallacy, the spurious sabbath, God will hold his people who have had great light, responsible for their lack of diligence and faithfulness. But if the subject of religious legislation is judiciously and intelligently laid before the people, and they see that through Sunday enforcement the Roman apostasy would be re-enacted by the Christian world, and that the tyranny of past ages would be repeated, then whatever comes, we shall have done our duty.

PC.334.002

The man of sin thinks to change times and laws. He is exalting himself above God, in trying to compel the conscience. But God’s people should work with persevering energy to let their light shine upon the people in regard to the law, and thus to withstand the enemies of God and his truth. When the law of God has been made void, and apostasy become a national sin, the Lord will work in behalf of his people. Their extremity will be his opportunity. He will manifest his power in behalf of his church.

PC.334.003

My brethren, you must have Jesus enthroned within, and self must die. We must be baptized with the Holy Spirit, and then we shall not sit down, saying unconcernedly, «What is to be will be; prophecy must be fulfilled.» O awake, I pray you, awake! for you bear the most sacred responsibilities. As faithful watchmen, you should see the sword coming, and give the warning, that men and women may not pursue a course through ignorance that they would avoid if they knew the truth. The Lord has enlightened us in regard to what is coming upon the earth, that we may enlighten others, and we shall not be held guiltless if we are content to sit at ease, with folded hands, and quibble over matters of minor importance. The minds of many have been engrossed with contentions, and they have rejected the light given through the Testimonies, because it did not agree with their own opinions.

PC.335.001

God does not force any man into his service. Every soul must decide for himself whether or not he will fall on the Rock and be broken. Heaven has been amazed to see the spiritual stupidity that has prevailed. You need individually to open your proud hearts to the Spirit of God. You need to have your intellectual ability sanctified to the service of God. The transforming of power of God must be upon you, that your minds may be renewed by the Holy Spirit, that you may have the mind that was in Christ.

PC.335.002

If the watchmen sleep under an opiate of Satan’s and do not recognize the voice of the true Shepherd, and do not take up the warning, I tell you in the fear of God, they will be charged with the blood of souls. The watchmen must be wide awake, men who will not slumber at their post of duty, day nor night. They must give the trumpet a certain sound, that the people may shun the evil, and choose the good. Stupidity and careless indifference cannot be excused. On every side of us there are breakers and hidden rocks which will dash our bark in pieces, and leave us helpless wrecks, unless we make God our refuge and help. Every soul should now be distrustful of self. Our own ways, our own plans and ideas, may not be such as God can approve. We must keep the way of the Lord to do his will, making him our counselor, and then in faith work away from self.

PC.335.003

Light must come to the people through agents whom God shall choose, who will give the note of warning, that none may be in ignorance of the purposes of God or the devices of Satan. At the heart of the work, Satan will use his hellish arts to the utmost. He will seek in every possible way to interpose himself between the people and God, and shut away the light that God would have come to his children. It is his design to keep them in ignorance of what shall come upon the earth. All should be prepared to hear the signal trumpet of the watchmen, and be ready to pass the word along the walls of Zion, that the people may prepare themselves for the conflict. The people must not be left to stumble their way along in darkness, not knowing what is before the, and unprepared for the great issues that are coming. There is a work to be done for this time in fitting a people to stand in the day of trouble, and all must act their part in this work. They must be clothed with the righteousness of Christ, and be so fortified by the truth, that the delusions of Satan shall not be accepted by them as genuine manifestations of the power of God.

PC.336.001

Years have been lost, but will you now awake? Will those in responsible positions take in the situation, or will they by their indifference and inactivity, say to the people, «Peace and safety»? May God help every one to come up to the help of the Lord now. The watchmen have been asleep, but may God grant that they may not sleep the sleep of death. Let all who are standing upon the walls of Zion give the trumpet a certain sound. It is a solemn time for God’s people, but if they stand close by the bleeding side of Jesus, he will be their defense. He will open ways that the message of light may come to great men, to authors, and law makers. They will have opportunities of which you do not dream, and some of them will boldly advocate the claims of God’s downtrodden law.

PC.336.002

Instead of increased power as we enter the perils of the last days, weakness, dissension, and strife for supremacy, are apparent. But if we had a connection with the God of heaven, we should be mighty in him, and yet we would walk with all lowliness of mind, having self hid in Jesus. But now both spiritual and natural feebleness and death are depriving us of workers. God alone, by his Holy Spirit, can arouse us from the slumber of death. There is now need of earnest working men and women who will seek for the salvation of souls; for Satan as a powerful general has taken the field, and in this last remnant of time he is working through all conceivable methods to close the door against light that God would have come to his people. He is sweeping the whole world into his ranks, and the few who are faithful to God’s requirements are the only ones who can ever withstand him, and even these he is trying to overcome. Much upon these things has been shown to me, but I can only present a few ideas to you. Go to God for yourselves, pray for divine enlightenment, that you may know that you do know what is truth, that when the wonderful miracle working power of Satan shall be displayed, and the enemy shall come as an angel of light, you may distinguish between the genuine work of God and the imitative work of the powers of darkness. Ministers may do a great work for God if Jesus abides in the heart by faith. «Without me,» says Christ, «ye can do nothing.» I would that I had the power to present before you your sacred responsibility.

PC.336.003

It is now too late in the day for men to please and glorify themselves. Ministers of God, it is too late to be contending for the supremacy. The solemn time has come when ministers should be weeping between the porch and the altar, crying, «Spare thy people, O Lord, and give not thine heritage to reproach.» It is a day when instead of lifting up their souls in self-sufficiency, ministers and people should be confessing their sins before God and one another. The law of God is made void, and even among those who advocate its binding claims, are some who break its sacred precepts. The Bible will be opened from house to house, and men and women will find access to these homes, and minds will be opened to receive the word of God; and when the crisis comes, many will be prepared to make right decisions even in the face of the formidable difficulties that will be brought about through the deceptive miracles of Satan. Although these will confess the truth and become workers with Christ at the eleventh hour, they will receive equal wages with those who have wrought through the whole day. There will be an army of steadfast believers who will stand as firm as a rock through the last test. But where in that army are those who have been standard bearers? Where are those whose voices have sounded in proclaiming the truth to the sinning? Some of them are not there. We look for them but in the time of shaking they have been unable to stand, and have passed over to the enemy’s ranks.

PC.337.001

Brethren and sisters, the Lord wants to impart to us increased light. He desires that we shall have distinct revealings of his glory; that ministers and people shall become strong in his strength. When the angel was about to unfold to Daniel the intensely interesting prophecies to be recorded for us who are to witness their fulfillment, the angel said, «Be strong, yea, be strong.» We are to receive the very same glory that was revealed to Daniel, because it is for God’s people in these last days, that they may give the trumpet a certain sound. God help us to work unitedly and as we never have worked before, is my prayer. There is need now of faithful Calebs, whose voices will be heard in clear, ringing notes, saying of the immortal inheritance, «Let us go up at once and possess it, for we are well able.» We need now the courage of God’s faithful servant of old; not one wavering, uncertain note should come from the watchers’ trumpets. They must be true to the sacred, solemn work that has been entrusted to them, and lead the flock of God in right pathways. (Signed) Mrs. E. G. White —

PC.337.002

Camp Meeting Appeal «The Lord has seen our backslidings, and he has a controversy with his people.» Their pride, selfishness, their opening of the mind to doubt and unbelief, are manifest in his sight and grieve his heart of love. Many gather darkness about their souls as a garment, and virtually say, We want not a knowledge of thy way, O God; we choose our own way. These are the things which separate the soul from God. There is in the soul of man an obstacle which he holds there with stubborn persistency, and which interposes between his soul and God. It is unbelief. God gives sufficient evidence, but man with his unsanctified will refuses to receive evidence unless it comes in his own way, to favor his own ideas. With a spirit of bravado he cries, «Proof, proof, is what we want,» and turns away from the evidence that God gives. He talks doubt, unbelief, sowing the seeds of evil, which will spring up and yield their harvest. He is separating his soul farther and farther from God.

PC.338.001

Why is it that men do not believe upon sufficient evidence — because they do not want to be convinced. They have no disposition to give up their own will for God’s will. They are willing to acknowledge that they have cherished sinful unbelief in resisting the light of God has given them. They have been hunting for doubts, for pegs upon which to hang their unbelief. They have been willing to accept testimony which is weak and insufficient, testimony which God has not given them in his word, but which pleases them because it agrees with their ideas and is in harmony with their disposition and will. These souls are in great peril. If they will bow their proud wills and put it on God’s side of the question, if they will, with humble, contrite hearts, seek for light, believing that there is light for the, then they will see the light because the eye is single to discern the light which comes from God. They will acknowledge the evidence of divine authority. Spiritual truths will shine forth from the divine page. But the heart must be open for the reception of light, for Satan is ever ready to obscure the precious truth which would make them wise unto salvation. If any do not receive it, it will forever remain a mystery of mysteries to them.

PC.338.002

«We should earnestly seek to know and appreciate the truth, that we may present it to others as it is in Jesus. We need to have a correct estimate of the value of our own souls; them we would not be as reckless in regard to our course of action as at present. We would seek most earnestly to know God’s way; and we would work in an opposite direction from selfishness, and our constant prayer would be that we might have the mind of Christ, that we might be molded and fashioned after his likeness. It is in looking to Jesus and beholding his loveliness, having our eyes steadfastly fixed upon him, that we become changed into his image. He will give grace to all who keep his way and do his will and walk in truth. But those who love their own way, who worship their ideas of opinion and do not love God and obey his word, will continue to walk in darkness. Oh, how terrible is unbelief! As well let light be poured upon the blind as to present truth to these souls; the one cannot see; the other will not see.

PC.338.003

«I beseech you whose names are registered on the church books as worthy members, to be indeed worthy through the virtue of Christ. Mercy and truth and the love of God are promised to the contrite soul. The displeasure and judgments of God are against those who persist in walking in their own ways, loving self, loving the praise of men. They will certainly be swept into the Satanic delusions of these last days because they receive not the love of the truth. Because the Lord has in former days blessed the honored them, they flatter that they are chosen and true, and do not need warning, instruction, and reproof. The True Witness says, «As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore and repent! The professed people of God have the charge against them. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou hast fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of its place, unless thou repent.

PC.339.001

«The love of Jesus that once burned in the heart has become dim and almost extinguished. Spiritual strength has become enfeebled. The displeasure of the Lord is against his people. In their present condition it is impossible for them to represent the character of Christ. And when the True Witness has sent them counsel, reproof, and warning because he loves them, they have refused to receive the message; they have refused to come to the light, lest their deeds should be reproved. Jesus said, «I lay down my life for the sheep. . .Therefore doth my Father love me.» By taking your sins upon myself, I am opening a channel through which his Grace can flow to all who will accept it. In giving myself for the sins of the world, I have prepared a way for the unrepressed tide of his love to flow to men.

PC.339.002

«All heaven is filled with amazement that when this love, so broad, so deep, so rich, so full, is presented to men who have known the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, they are so indifferent, so cold and unmoved. What does it mean that such amazing grace does not soften our hard hearts? Oh, it is because of the power of unbelief — because «thou hast left thy first love.» This is why the Word of God has so little influence. It is as a fire, but it cannot penetrate nor warm the ice bound heart that cherishes unbelief.

PC.339.003

«The infinite treasures of truth have been accumulating from age to age. No representation could adequately impress us with the extent, the richness of those vast resources. Whey are waiting the demand of those who appreciate them. These gems of truth are to be gathered up by God’s remnant people, to be given by them to the world; but self confidence and obduracy of soul refuse the blessed treasure. God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth on him should not perish, but have everlasting life.» Such love cannot be measured, neither can it be expressed. John calls upon the world to «Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us that we should be called the sons of God.» It is a love that passeth knowledge. In the fulness of the sacrifice nothing was withheld. Jesus gave himself. God designs that his people should love one another as Christ love us. They are to educate and train the soul for his love. They are to reflect this love in their own character, to reflect it to the world. Each should look upon this as his work. In his prayer to the Father, Jesus said, «As thou hast sent me into the world, even so have I sent them into the world.» Christ’s fullness is to be presented to the world by those who have become partakers of his grace. They are to do that for Christ which Christ did for the Father, represent his character.

PC.340.001

«There is a lack of moral and spiritual power throughout our Conferences. Many churches do not have light in themselves The members do not give evidence that they are members of the True Vine by bearing much fruit to the glory of God, but appear to be withering away. Their Redeemer has withdrawn his light, the inspiration of his Holy Spirit, from their assemblies; for they have ceased to represent the self denial, the sympathy and compassionate love of the world’s Redeemer; they have not love for the souls for whom Christ died. They have ceased to be true and faithful. It is a sad picture — the lack of consecration and devotion to God. There has been a separation of the soul from God; many have cut off the communication between him and the soul by refusing his messengers and his message.

PC.340.002

«In our largest churches the greatest evils exist because these have had the greatest light. They have not a true knowledge of God and of Jesus Christ whom he has sent. The leaven of unbelief is working, and unless these evils which bring the displeasure of God are corrected in its members, the whole church stands accountable for them. The deep movings of the Spirit of God are not with them. Many come to the assembly as worshippers like a door upon its hinges. They understand not the true application of the Scriptures nor the power of God. They have eyes but they see not; ears have they but they hear not; they continue in their evil ways yet regard themselves as the privileged obedient people, who are doers of the word. A carnal security and ease in Zion prevail. Peace, peace, is sounded in her boarders when God has not spoken peace. They have forfeited the terms of peace; there is reason for an alarm to be sounded in all my holy mountain. The sinners in Zion should be afraid; in a time when they do not expect it, sudden destruction will surely come upon all who are at ease.

PC.340.003

«The Holy Spirit strives to make apparent the claims of God, but men pay heed only for a moment and turn their minds to other things. Satan catches away the seeds of truth; the gracious influence of the spirit of God is effectually resisted. Thus many are grieving away the Holy Spirit for the last time and they know it not.

PC.340.004

Will the church see where she has fallen? A coldness, a hardness of heart, a want of sympathy for the brethren exists in the church. An absence of love for the erring is manifested. There is a withdrawing from the very ones who need pity and help. A severity, an overbearing spirit, such as existed among the Pharisees, exists in our churches, and especially in those entrusted with sacred responsibilities. They are lifted up in self-esteem and self-assurance. The widow and the fatherless have not their sympathy or their love. This is entirely unlike the spirit of Christ. The Lord looks with displeasure upon the coarse, harsh spirit that has been manifested by some — a spirit so devoid of sympathy, of tender appreciation of those whom he loves. Brethren, you who close the heart against Christ’s suffering ones, remember that as you deal with them, God will deal with you. When you call, he will not say, «Here am I;» when you cry, he will not answer. Satan is watching, preparing his delusions to ensnare those who are filled with self-importance while they are spiritually destitute.

PC.341.001

«The road to Paradise is not one of self-exaltation but of repentance, confession, humiliation, of faith and obedience. The message to the Laodicean church is appropriate to the church at this time: «And unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write: These things saith the Amen, the Faithful and True Witness, the beginning of the creation of God: I know thy works that thou are neither cold nor hot; I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou are lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spew thee out of my mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou are wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eye salve that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent.» There are many who are priding themselves upon their spiritual riches, their knowledge of the truth, and are living in guilty self-deception. When the members of the church humble themselves before God by zealous, not half-hearted, lifeless action, the Lord will receive them. But he declares, «I will come unto thee quickly and remove thy candlestick out of its place except thou repent.» How long shall this warning be resisted? How long shall it be slighted?

PC.341.002

«The True Witness declares: «I know thy works,» «Repent, and do the first works.» This is the true test, the evidence that the Spirit of God is working in the heart to imbue with his love. «I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.» The church is like the unproductive tree, which, receiving the dew, and rain, and the sunshine, should have produced an abundance of fruit, but on which the divine Searcher finds nothing but leaves. Solemn thought for our churches, solemn indeed for every individual. Marvelous is the patience and forbearance of God, but «except thou repent,» it shall be exhausted; the churches, our institutions, will go from weakness to weakness, from cold formality to deadness while they are saying, «I am rich and increased in goods, and have need of nothing.» The True Witness says, «And knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked. Will they ever see clearly their true condition?

PC.342.001

«There is to be in the churches a wonderful manifestation of the power of God, but it will not move upon those who have not humbled themselves before the Lord and opened the door of the heart by confession and repentance. In the manifestation of that power which lightens the earth with the glory of God, they will see only something which in their blindness they think dangerous, something which will arouse their fears, and they will brace themselves to resist it. Because the Lord does not work according to their ideas and expectations they will oppose the work. «Why,» they say, «should not be know the spirit of God when we have been in the work for so many years?» Because they did not respond to the messages, the warnings, and entreaties of the Lord, but persistently said, «I am rich and increased in goods, and have need of nothing.» Talent, long experience, will not make men channels of light, unless they place themselves under the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness, and are called and chosen and prepared by the endowment of the Holy Spirit. When men who handle sacred things will humble themselves under the mighty hand of God, the Lord will lift them up. He will make them men of discernment, men rich in the grace of his Spirit.

PC.342.002

«The end is near. We have not a moment to lose. Light is to shine forth from God’s people in clear, distinct rays, bringing Jesus before the churches and before the world. God will give additional light, and old truths will be recovered and replaced in the framework of truth; and wherever the laborers go they will triumph. As Christ’s ambassadors, they are to search the Scriptures to seek for the truths that have been hidden beneath the rubbish of error, and every ray of light received is to be communicated to others. One interest will prevail, one subject will swallow up all others, Christ our Righteousness. This is life eternal, «That they might know thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom thou hast sent.» «Thus saith the Lord, Let not the wise man glory in his wisdom, neither let the mighty man glory in his might, let not the rich man glory in his riches; but let him that glorieth, glory in this, that he understandeth and knoweth me, that I am the Lord which exerciseth loving kindness, judgment, and righteousness in the earth; for in these things I delight, saith the Lord.»

PC.343.001

«As the Saviour came to glorify the Father by the demonstration of his love, so the Spirit came to glorify Christ by revealing to the world the riches of his love and grace. If the Holy Spirit dwells in us, our work will testify to the fact. We will lift up Jesus. Not one can afford to be silent now. The Burden of the work is to present Christ to the world. All who venture to have their own way, who do not join the angels who are sent from heaven with a message to fill the whole earth with its glory, will be passed by. The work will go forward to victory without them, and they will have no part in its triumph.» T. Oakland, Cal. Aug. 1, 1891.

PC.343.002

«There has been an abundance of slipshod work done. The only conclusion that the world can come to is that those who profess to believe that the end of all things is at hand, do not really believe the tremendous truth that Christ is at the door. Do they believe the mission of Christ was to save the lost and perishing; that Christ is the only remedy for sin; that the world’s Redeemer came to the world all seared and marred with the curse to lift up fallen man, to reveal to the perishing the love of the Father, and bring them to look and live, and thereby bring many sons and daughters to glory. . . .

PC.343.003

The most grievous sin of idolatry exists in the church. Anything that interposes between the Christian and the whole hearted service to God, takes the form of an idol, and the most grievous sin of idolatry is idolatry itself. The testimonies of God’s word are plain and clear in regard to the snares of the devil. But these are not only church members on the devil’s ground, but those who are opining the Scriptures to others, practice evil, and defile soul and body. They are guilty before God because they are unholy. Were the church living by faith and had they the oil of grace in their vessels with their lamps, the guilty repose would end. Those who believe the sacred, elevating truths for this time, they cannot sleep over them. . .

PC.343.004

Is this exclusively addressed to the few individuals who have been ordained to the ministry? No; but to every Christian young or old, rich or poor. If Christ has forgiven them of their sins, if the truth has made them free, have they not a work to do for the Master? If they are Christians, they will present the truth to others. They will not consider that all they have to do is to serve themselves, live to please and glorify themselves.

PC.343.005

Sins of a grave character are in our borders, and unless there is an awakening such as we have not seen for some time which will convict and convert professed Sabbath keepers, they will die in their sins; and the punishment of Sodom and Gomorrah will be light in comparison with those who have had great light and precious opportunities, but have been worldly minded, corrupt in thoughts and practices, and have not purified their souls by obeying the truth.

PC.344.001

Now we see need of workers in the opening fields before us, but where are the men who can be trusted, men who have been year by year growing into a better knowledge of God and his ways, and the movings of his providence? I want to sound in the ears of these sleepy, half paralyzed souls the words spoken to Nicodemus, «Except a man be born again he cannot see the kingdom of God.» There is need to ask God with all the heart, to elevate the standard. The commonness, the cheapness of conversation reveal the measure of spirituality of the members of the church. Now, those who have lived years in this same experience know not God nor Jesus Christ whom he hath sent; and should such go forth as representatives of Jesus Christ? These men will never give the right mold to other minds. They have not grown up to the full stature of men and women in Jesus Christ. They simply live the name of Christian, but are not fitted for the work of God, and never will be until they are born again, and learn their A.B.C.’s in the religion of Jesus Christ. There is hope in one direction. Take the young men and women and place them where they will come as little as possible in contact with our churches, that the low grade of piety which is current in this day shall not leaven their ideas of what it means to be a Christian. The worshippers of God are in need of transforming grace to subordinate the world to religion. In the place of making the temporal interest first, exhausting soul, body, and spirit to secure temporal advantages, Jesus points us to the heavenly treasure, and tells us not to lay up our treasure in earth which will perish, but to lay up for ourselves treasure in heaven which will not perish, for where our treasure is there will our heart be also. Jesus would have all that profess to believe in him deal in the currency of heaven, handling those things upon which God has stamped his image and superscription. These he presents before us of infinite value. We see the need of a deep and thorough work in our churches; but the Lord alone can by his Holy Spirit make the hearts that are as steel, soft and sympathetic, and true to the service of Christ. We are far behind because the churches have folded their hands in a peace and safety attitude, and are at ease in Zion, doing almost nothing when the living zeal should be in their hearts as never before. Satan is stirring the powers from beneath to make one last desperate effort to convert the world to his own principles. He has his plans laid with Satanic subtlety, and destruction cometh suddenly while these that have the light, the warnings that such a crisis is before us are almost unmoved. . .

PC.344.002

Those who quibble over the authenticity of the Scriptures, and question the authenticity of Revelation will not be influenced. Their hearts are not sound. They are not at enmity with Satan. The heart is the treasure house of sin. Not being expelled, it is hidden until an hour of opportunity, and then is revealed and springs into action. The first work is with the heart. Truth, the love of Jesus must supply the vacuum, Saith Christ, Make the tree good and the fruit will be good. . . .

PC.345.001

We must as a people rise up from our formality. We must enter the straight gate. Satan has placed his active agents all along the passage to dispute the way of every soul. Christ has encouraged his followers not to be intimidated, but to press, urge your way through. Strive to enter in at the straight gate, «For many I say unto you, shall seek to enter in, but shall not be able.» Darling cherished idols will have to be given up, the sins that have been indulged in, even if it comes as close as the plucking out of the right eye, or cutting off the right arm. Arouse! Force your way through the very armies of hell that oppose your passage.

PC.345.002

Oh, we must be terribly in earnest to impress every soul that there is a hell to shun and a heaven to be won. Every energy of the soul must be aroused to force their passage, and seize the kingdom of heaven by force. Satan is active, and we must be active. Satan is untiring and persevering, and we must be. This is no time now to make excuses and blame others for our backslidings; no time now to flatter the soul: if circumstances had only been more favorable, how much easier for us to work the work of God. We must tell even those who profess the truth that they must cease to offend God by their sinful excuses. Jesus has provided for every emergency. If they will walk where he leads the way, he will make rough places plain. He, with his presence, will create an atmosphere for the soul. He closes the door and brings the soul into seclusion with God, and the needy soul is to forget everyone and everything but God. Satan will walk with him; but speak aloud to God, and he will drive back the hellish shadow of Satan. With humble, subdued, thankful hearts, they will come forth saying, Thy gentleness hath made me great. The sincere seeker comes forth from the audience with God, rich in the assurance of his love to go forth to distill a heavenly fragrance wherever he goes. He can talk of the righteousness of Christ; he can talk the love of God with sincerity. He has tested, and he knows the Lord is good. This work is to be done in all our churches. Christ his love, his forgiveness, his purity is to be the theme upon which we dwell. The charms of Jesus are to be kept ever before our minds, charged with the elevated character of the true model that every soul should copy. Let us turn our hearts from everything that would dishearten and discourage. Satan will seek to distort everything to our vision, and make a mountain of a mole hill. Our eyes must be steadily fixed on Jesus. The Lord Jesus is our leader. We must follow where he leads the way. We are not to commence to plan for the second step. We are not to say, Lord, after I have taken this step, what shall I do, for I shall meet with difficulties? But by faith we must take that one step, come what will, and trust in Jesus.

PC.346.001

The reason why our ministers are to inefficient is, that they go to their labors and come from their labors, if they have any success, full of themselves. The disciples of Christ did this when they came and said, «Even the devils are subject unto us.» Jesus could discern their danger, and he said, «Come ye yourselves apart into a desert place, and rest awhile — come out of the din of the battle, away from the conflict, and hold communion with God.» Thus it is with many workers, they are too strong, too full of self. The Lord cannot lead them or teach them, or use them to his glory, for they are wise in their own conceit, and vainly imagine that the Lord cannot do without them. Self must be buried. We must educate the people to seek the Lord. We must speak plain words to the ministers who are walking in the sparks of their own kindling. The praise and flattery of men make ministers hungry for more, until they think as did Elder Daniels, the praise and flattery of men of more value than the approval of God.

PC.346.002

We must, if saved, imbibe the spirit and power of Christ, self must be hidden in Christ, and Christ alone appear. Our work is to elevate, not by praising any one, but by upholding Jesus, bringing the mind to Jesus. Lift him up, the Man of Calvary, before the people, and he can do all things for the humble, trusting, believing soul. E. G. White, Preston, Melbourne, Victoria, May 9, 1892 —

PC.346.003

«But of how many will Christ say in the judgment, «Good and faithful servant.» I think of how the angels must feel seeing the end approaching and those who claim to have a knowledge of God and Jesus Christ whom he hath sent, huddle together, colonize, and attend the meetings, and feel dissatisfied if there is not much preaching to benefit their souls, and strengthen the church while they are doing literally nothing. If they are branches really and truly of the true vine, nourished by the sap which flows from the vine to the branches, they are indeed partakers of the divine nature. They have moral power from Christ to overcome Satan, to hate sin; and these cannot be silent. Souls are perishing for the light and knowledge of the truth which they have. It is their duty to put that knowledge to use to save souls.

PC.347.001

What self denial have our churches as a whole manifested? They may have given donations as a whole in money, but have withheld themselves. The heavenly agencies are waiting to cooperate with human agencies in a grand work of reflecting light to the world. Wherever there is even one soul converted on earth, there is a response of joy circulated through-heaven. Whenever one soul is snatched from Satan’s hand and given as a trophy to Jesus Christ, there is joy in the presence of God, Jesus Christ and Holy angels, because the lost is found. I send my appeal to the churches to «Arise, shine, for the light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee.» «Ye have not,» said Christ, «chosen me, but I have chosen you and ordained you, that you should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain: that whosoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, he may give it to you.»

PC.347.002

Have you tasted of the powers of the world to come? Have you been eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God? Then if ministerial hands have not been laid upon you in the world, Christ has laid his hands upon you, and said, «Ye are my witnesses» go trade on the talents I have given you. . . .

PC.347.003

Let us ask why there are so few martyrs now? What is the reason that Christians and the world confederate together in confidence. Has the world become converted, or has the church lost her holy and peculiar character and assimilated to the world? They do not come out and separate from the world, and do not maintain her high and holy character. Many of the professed followers of Christ feel no more burden for souls than does the world. The lusts of the eye, and the pride of life, the love of display, the love of ease has separated the professed Christians from God, and the missionary spirit in reality exists in but few. What can be done to open the eyes of these sinners in Zion, and make hypocrites tremble?

PC.347.004

I have been alarmed for some years because I have seen the line of demarkation between the church and the world almost obliterated. The design of God in the formation of the church, was that the very action of the separation from the world, is itself sufficient to attract attention.

PC.347.005

It is a solemn statement that I make to the church that not one in twenty whose names are registered upon the church books are prepared to close their earthly history, and would be as verily without God and without hope in the world as the common sinner. They are professionally serving God, but they are very earnestly serving mammon. This half and half work is a constant denying of Christ rather than a confessing of Christ. So many have brought their own unsubdued spirit, unrefined, their spiritual taste is perverted by their own immoral, debasing corruptions, symbolizing the world in spirit, in heart, in purpose, confirming themselves in lustful practices, and are full of deception through and through in their professed Christian life; living as sinners claiming to be Christians. Those who claim to be Christians and will confess Christ, should come out from among them and touch; not the unclean thing and to be separate. There is a Satanic policy that is practiced by those who are spirit-blind, that they can mingle safely with the worldly element, confederate with them, be in co-operation with them, but it will not require a great length of time to discern that they are no longer with Christ, or place the least value upon living one with their brethren. They have left the cool snows coming from Lebanon for the putrid stream of the valley. The words of God, «Come out from the world, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean thing» has to a great extent lost its effect upon many. The words of the great deceiver are, you will greatly augment your influence if you confederate with the world. Your influence in receiving their knowledge will greatly increase your popularity, and will by connection with them be much larger. Let all who are not completely deluded pray as never before that they may be kept from the bewitching snares of Satan to delude unwary souls in these last days. The work of every Christian has every been to sprinkle the door posts with blood, gather their children into their houses with the, that the destroying angel might see the mark of God pointing to the only begotten Son of the Father.

PC.348.001

«He is the rock, his work is perfect; for all his ways are judgment; a God of truth, and without iniquity, just and right is he. They have corrupted themselves, their spot is not the spot of their children; they are a perverse and crooked generation.» Is he not thy Father that hath brought thee? Hath he not made thee and established thee?»

PC.348.002

I lay down my pen and lift up my soul in prayer, that the Lord would breathe upon his backsliding people, which are as dry bones, and they shall live. The end is near, stealing upon us stealthily, so imperceptibly, no noiselessly, like the muffled tread of the thief in the night to surprise the sleepers off guard and unready. May the Lord grant to bring his Holy Spirit to bear upon the hearts of all who are now at ease, that they may no longer sleep as others but watch and be sober.

PC.348.003

Who will consent even now, after wasting much of your lifetime, to give your will as clay into the hands of the potter, and you cooperate with God in becoming in his hands molded a vessel unto honor. — L. T.

PC.349.001

«As Christ was riding into Jerusalem, on the crest of Olivet, He broke forth in uncontrollable grief, exclaiming in broken utterances, as he looked upon Jerusalem, «If thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy peace! but now they are hid from thine eyes. » He wept not for himself, but for the despisers of his mercy, long suffering and forbearance. The course taken by the hardhearted and impenitent inhabitants of the doomed city, is similar to the attitude of churches and individuals toward Christ at the present time. They neglect his requirements and despise his forbearance. There is a form of godliness, there is ceremonial worship, there are complimentary prayers; but the real power is wanting. The heart is not softened by grace but is cold and unimpressionable. Many like the Jews are blinded by unbelief, and know not the time of their visitation. So far as the truth is concerned, they have had every advantage; God has been appealing to them for years, in warnings, in reproofs, corrections, and instructions in righteousness but special directions have been given only to be disregarded and placed on a level with common things.» T. 32, p. 14

PC.349.002

«The only hope for our churches of today is to repent and do their first work. The name of Jesus does not kindle the heart with love. A mechanical, formal orthodoxy has taken the place of deep, fervent charity and tenderness to one another. Will any give heed to the solemn admonition, «Turn ye, turn ye; for why will ye die?» Fall upon the rock and be broken; then let the Lord Jesus prepare you, mould and fashion you, as a vessel unto honor. Well may the people fear and tremble under these words: «Except thou repent, I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place.» What then? «If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness!»

PC.349.003

One matter burdens my soul; the great lack of the love of God, which has been lost through continued resistance of light and truth, and the influence of those who have been engaged in active labor, who in the face of evidence piled upon evidence, have exerted an influence to counteract the message God has sent. I point them to the Jewish nation and ask, Must we leave our brethren to pass over the same path of blind resistance, till the very end of probation? If ever a people needed true and faithful watchmen, who will not hold their peace, who will cry day and night, sounding the warning God has given, it is the Seventh-day Adventists. Those who have had great light, blessed opportunities, who like Capernaum have been exalted to heaven in point of privileges, shall they, by nonimprovement, be left to darkness corresponding to the greatness of the light given?» T. to Ministers No. 2 pp. 25-28, September 1892.

PC.349.004

We have been plainly told that the standard of the ministry must be raised, and also that if we do not come where we will meet the mind of God; we will be severed from the work. These are very solemn words to me, and I desire that they shall have their full effect upon my own heart. Nothing can be more certain than that if we do not take heed to the counsel from the Lord, we shall be left to go into a still greater darkness. O.A. Olsen 1892.

PC.350.001

Leaving Pitcairn, Tahiti was reached August 25. The boar remained just long enough to take on needed supplies. . . Those connected with the enterprise feel that the cruise has been a successful one in every respect. No accident or harm has come to the ship, and wherever she has touched prejudice has been disarmed. The workers were very careful not to press upon the people the peculiar views held by Seventh-day Adventists, but to preach Christ Jesus and Him crucified. Clipping from article published in Oakland Times, January 18, 1893, furnished by our people. —

PC.350.002

Forwardness and Consolidation Sunnyside, Cooranbong, N. S. W., MAY 31, 1896 Elder O. A. Olsen Battle Creek, Michigan, U. S. A. My dear Brother: Scenes that were a shame to Christians, have been presented to me, as taking place in the council meetings held after the Minneapolis meeting. The loud voice of dispute, the hot spirit, the harsh words, resembled a political meeting more than a place where Christians were met for prayer and counsel. These meetings should have been dismissed as an insult to heaven. The Lord was not revered as an honored guest by those assembled in council, and how could they expect divine light to shine upon them; how could they feel that the presence of Jesus was molding and fashioning their plans? The place of meeting was not held as sacred, but was looked upon as a common business place. Then how could those assembled receive an inspiration which would lead them to enthrone truth in their hearts, to speak words in the tender, loving spirit of the Master?

PC.350.003

In your council meetings and committee meetings, decisions are made, plans devised and matured, which, when put into practice, leave an impression on the work at large; and no vestige of a spirit of harshness should appear. Loud, impatient words should never be heard. Remember that in all your council meetings, there is a heavenly Watcher. Do not allow one word of vanity to be spoken; for you are legislating for God, and he says to you, «Be still, and know that I am God.»

PC.351.001

If your committee meetings and council meetings are not under the direct supervision of the Spirit of God, your conclusions will be earth-born, and worthy of no more consideration than are any man’s expressions. Christ says, «Without me ye can do nothing.» If he is not honored in your assemblies as chief counsellor, your planning comes from no higher source than the human mind.

PC.351.002

Brother Olsen, you speak of my return to America. For three years I stood in Battle Creek as a witness for the truth. Those who then refused to receive the testimony given me by God for them, and rejected the evidences attending these testimonies, would not be benefited should I return.

PC.351.003

I shall write to you; but should I return to Battle Creek, and bear my testimony to those who love not the truth, the ever ready words would rise from unbelieving hearts, «Somebody has told her.» Even now unbelief is expressed by the words, «Who has written these things to Sister White?» But I know of no one who knows them as they are, and no one could write that which he does not suppose has an existence. Someone has told me, He who does not falsify, misjudge, or exaggerate any case. While at Minneapolis he bade me follow him from room to room that I might hear what was spoken in the bed chamber. The enemy had things very much his own way. I heard no word of prayer, but I heard my name mentioned in a slurring, criticising way.

PC.351.004

I shall never, I think, be called to stand under the direction of the Holy Spirit as I stood at Minneapolis. The presence of Jesus was with me. All assembled in that meeting had an opportunity to place themselves on the side of truth by receiving the Holy Spirit, which was sent by God in such a rich current of love and mercy. But in the rooms occupied by some of our people, we heard ridicule, criticism, jeering, laughter. The manifestations of the Holy Spirit were attributed to fanaticism. Who searched the Holy Scriptures as did the noble Bereans, to see if the things they heard were so? Who prayed for divine guidance? The scenes which took place at this meeting made the God of heaven ashamed to call those who took part in them, his brethren. All this the heavenly Watcher noticed, and it is written in the book of God’s remembrance.

PC.351.005

The Lord will blot out the transgression of those who, since that time, have repented with a sincere repentance, but every time the same spirit wakens in the soul, the deeds done on that occasion are endorsed, and the doers of them are made responsible to God, and must answer for them at his judgment throne. The same spirit that actuated the rejectors of Christ, rankles in their hearts and had they lived in the days of Christ, they would have acted toward him in a manner similar to that of the godless and unbelieving Jews.

PC.352.001

God’s servants have no tame testimony to bear at this time, whether men will hear or whether they will forbear. He who rejects the light and evidence God has been literally bestowing upon us, rejects Christ; and for him there is no other Saviour.

PC.352.002

The Work at Battle Creek The spirit of the Lord has outlined the condition of things at the Review and Herald Office. Speaking through Isaiah God says, «I will not contend forever, neither will I be always wroth, and he went on frowardly in the way of his heart.»

PC.352.003

This is precisely what has been done in the office of publication at Battle Creek. Covetousness has been woven into nearly all the business transactions of the institution, and has been practiced by individuals. This influence has spread like the leprosy, until it has tainted and corrupted the whole. As the publishing house has become corrupted, the General Conference Association has stepped in, and proposed to take the diseased child off its hands, and care for it. But it is a snare for the General Conference Association to take the publishing work on its shoulders. This puts no special sanctity upon the work, but upon the General Conference Association a burden which will weigh it down, cripple it, and weaken its efficiency unless men who have firm principle, mingled with love, shall conduct the business lines.

PC.352.004

In this step there has been a change of responsibility, but the wrong principles remain unchanged. The same work that has been in the past will be carried forward under the guise of the General Conference Association. The sacred character of this association is fast disappearing. What will then be respected as pure, holy, and undefiled? Will there be any voice that God’s people can regard as a voice they can respect? There certainly is nothing now that bears the divine credentials. Sacred things are mixed and mingled with earthly business that has no connection with God.

PC.352.005

To a large degree the General Conference Association has lost its sacred character, because some connected with it have not changed their sentiments in any particular since the Conference held at Minneapolis. Some in responsible positions go on «Frowardly» in the way of their own hearts. Some who came from South Africa and from other places to receive an education which would qualify them for the work, have imbibed this spirit, carried it with them to their homes, and their work has not borne the right kind of fruit. The opinions of men which were received by them, still cleave to them like the leprosy; and it is a very solemn question whether the souls who became imbued with the spiritual leprosy in Battle Creek, will ever be able to distinguish the principles of heaven from the methods and plans of men. The influences and impressions received in Battle Creek have done much to retard the work in South Africa.

PC.353.001

As things now exist in Battle Creek, the work of God can not be carried forward on a correct basis. How long will these things be? When will the perceptions of men be made clear and sharp by the ministration of the Holy Spirit? Some there do not detect the injurious effects of the plans which for years have been working in an underhanded manner. Some of the managers at the present time are walking in the light they have received, and are doing the best they can, but their fellow workers are making things so oppressive for them that they can do but little. The enslaving of the souls of men by their fellow men are deepening the darkness which already envelopes them. Who can now feel sure that they are safe in respect the voice of the General Conference Association? If the people in our churches understood the management of the men who walk in the light of the sparks of their own kindling, would they respect their decisions? I answer, No, not for a moment. I have been shown that the people at large do not know that the heart of the work is being diseased and corrupted at Battle Creek. Many of the people are in a lethargic, listless, apathetic condition, and assent to plans which they do not understand. Where is the voice, from whence will it come, to whom the people may listen, knowing that it comes from the true Shepherd? I am called upon by the Spirit of God to present these things before you, and they are correct to the life, according to the practice of the past few years. . . . —

PC.353.002

Consolidation of the Publishing Work The Lord has presented before me matters that cause me to tremble for the institutions at Battle Creek. He has laid these things before me, and I shall not be consistent if I do not seek to repress the spirit in Battle Creek, which reaches out for more power, when for years there have not been men who were qualified to preside, with Christian faithfulness, over the charge they already have.

PC.353.003

The scheme for consolidation is detrimental to the cause of present truth. Battle Creek has all the power she should have. Some in that place have advanced selfish plans, and if any branch of the work promised a measure of success, they have not exercised the spirit which lets well enough alone, but have made an effort to attach these interests to the great whole. They have striven to embrace altogether too much, and yet they are eager to get more. When they can show that they have made these plans under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, then confidence in them may be restored.

PC.354.001

Twenty years ago, I was surprised at the cautions and warnings given me in reference to the publishing house on the Pacific Coast, that it was ever to remain independent of all other institutions; that it was to be controlled by no other institution, but it was to do the Lord’s work under his guidance and protection. The Lord says, «All ye are brethren;» and the Pacific Press is not to be envied and looked upon with jealousy and suspicion by the stronger publishing house at Battle Creek. It must maintain its own individuality, and be strictly guarded from any corruption. It must not be merged into any other institution. The hand of power and control at Battle Creek must not reach across the continent and manage it.

PC.354.002

At a later date, just prior to my husband’s death, the minds of some were agitated in regard to placing these institutions under one presiding power. Again the Holy Spirit brought to my mind what had been stated to me by the Lord. I told my husband to say in answer to this proposition, that the Lord had not planned any such action. He who knows the end from the beginning, understands the matter better than erring man.

PC.354.003

At a still later date the situation of the publishing house at Oakland was again presented to me. I was shown that a work was to be done by this institution which would be to the glory of God if the workers would keep his honor ever in view; but that an error was being committed by taking in a class of work which had a tendency to corrupt the institution. I was also shown that it must stand in its own independence, working out God’s plan under the control of none other but God.

PC.354.004

The Lord presented before me that branches of this work would be planted in other places, and carried on under the supervision of the Pacific Press, but that if this proved a success, jealousy, evil surmisings, and covetousness would arise. Efforts would be made to change the order of things, and embrace the work among other interests at Battle Creek. Men are very zealous to change the order of things, but the Lord forbids such a consolidation. Every branch should be allowed to live, and do its own work.

PC.354.005

Mistakes will occur in every institution, but if the managers will learn the lessons that all must learn to move guardedly, these errors will not be repeated, and God will preside over the work. Every worker in our institutions needs to make the Word of God his rule of action. Then the blessing of God will rest on him. He can not with safety dispense with the truth of God as his guide and monitor. If man can take one breath without being dependent upon God, then he may lay aside God’s pure, holy, word, as guide book. The truth must take control of the conscience and the understanding in all the work that is done. It is to direct in all temporal and spiritual actions.

PC.355.001

It is well pleasing to God that we have praise and prayer, and religious services, but Bible religion must be brought into all we do, and give sanctity to each daily duty. The Lord’s will must become men’s will in everything. The Holy One of Israel has given rules of guidance to all, and these rules of guidance are to be strictly followed, for they form the standard of character. No one can swerve from the first principles of righteousness without sinning. But our religion is misinterpreted and despised by unbelievers because so many who profess to hold the truth, do not practice its principles in dealing with their fellow men.

PC.355.002

To my brethren at Battle Creek, I would say, You are not in any condition to consolidate. This means nothing less than placing upon the institutions at Battle Creek the management of all the work, far and near. God’s work cannot be carried forward successfully by men who, by their resistance to light, have placed themselves where nothing will influence them to repent or change their course of action. There are men connected with the work at Battle Creek whose hearts are not sanctified and controlled by God.

PC.355.003

If those connected with the work of God will not hear his voice and do his will, they should be separated entirely from the work. God does not need the influence of such men. I speak plainly, for it is time that things were called by their right name. Those who love and fear God with all their hearts are the only men that God can trust. But those who have separated their souls from God, should themselves be separated from the work of God, which is so solemn and so important. E.G. White

PC.356.001

Criticising, Condemning and All Evil Speaking to be Put Away — It is the duty of God’s servants to work constantly with an eye single to his honor and glory. No man’s person is to be respected or looked upon with admiration if his heart and soul is not enlisted in the work of God, unless he seeks to carry forward that work with self-sacrificing efforts. There are those who think more highly of themselves than they ought to think. They speak evil of their brethren because after a thing is done, they can look back and tell how differently they would have done it. But their forethought would not have been any better than that of their brethren had they been in their place. God sees that faults and imperfections have characterized the lives of the very ones who speak evil of their brethren.

PC.356.002

Keep yourselves off the judgment seat. All judgment is committed unto the Son of God. Your words and your works will not be judged according to the light in which you view them, but according to God’s unerring standard. By uniting and talking with those who have grievances, by emptying your heart of all the hard feelings and wounds and bruises you have sustained, you have made great blunders. God will hold you accountable for every seed of that kind which you have sown in human hearts. Satan will water that seed, and inspire you with all the bitterness and evil speaking and wrath and malice that he can.

PC.356.003

O how can anyone suppose that he can be in harmony with Christ and indulge in this cruel and wicked work? All who do so are departing from the word of God, disregarding that word, and failing to act out the lessons of Jesus Christ. Talking with solemn earnestness the Counsellor has said: «There are many who, when their own ideas and will is crossed, reveal a bitterness of spirit. They cherish the same feelings as an unconverted man. They watch for an opportunity to complain, and thus set a wrong example for others. In that day, declares the word of God, «shall the deaf hear the words of the book, and the eyes of the blind shall see out of obscurity, and out of darkness. The meek shall also increase their joy in the Lord, and the poor among men shall rejoice in the Holy One of Israel. For the terrible one is brought to nought, and the scorner is consumed, and all that watch for iniquity are cut off; that make a man an offender for a word, and lay a snare for him that reproveth in the gate, and turn aside the just for a thing of nought.»

PC.356.004

Here is one man professing to be a Bible Christian. But if everything does not harmonize with his ideas, he looks upon himself as abused. He feels justified in making a great fire out of a spark. Another brother in connection with the work of God thinks that he has been treated unjustly. What if he has? Does not the Lord know all about that? It would not be surprising if the human agent did not know himself; for the heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked; who can know it?

PC.357.001

A condition of things has been coming into existence that is not after the order of Christ. Those who look for evil, who are ready to charge those who do not meet all their expectations by accommodating them and carrying out their ideas with evil, who feel at liberty to judge their brethren and misconstrue their motives, are not Christians. Those who encourage and sustain persons who are not walking in the ways of the Lord, are aiding Satan by doing his work. They are not feeding on Christ, the bread from heaven. They have ever lived for self. Self has been their center. As long as they can be first, all goes well.

PC.357.002

I wish all my brethren who shall read the words I am placing on paper to carefully consider that which I present before them. No man liveth for himself. Whatever course of action the human agent may pursue, others are influenced. God alone knows the extent of this individual responsibility. Apparent influence may be deceiving; real influence requires all that there is of a man. Whatever the position of surroundings of old or young, they carry with them an influence. Their responsibility is great. No one can be lax, self-indulgent, self-serving, and be counted worthy of eternal life.

PC.357.003

Never let your tongue and voice be employed in discovering and dilating upon the defects of your brethren; for the record of heaven identifies Christ’s interests with those he has purchased with his own blood. «Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren,» he says «ye have done it unto me.» We are to learn to be loyal to one another, to be true as steel in the defence of our brethren. Look to your own defects. You had better discover one of your own faults than ten of your brother’s. Remember that Christ has prayed for these, his brethren, that they all might be one as he is one with the father. Seek to the uttermost of your capabilities to be in harmony with your brethren to the extent of Christ’s measurement, as he is one with the Father. Then your evil thinking and evil speaking will cease. You will not become bitter and hard against them because they do not make enough of your merits and show special partiality to you. Those who are missionaries for the Master will have the spirit of truth and righteousness.

PC.357.004

«Love as brethren; be pitiful; be courteous.» True moral worth does not seek to have a place for itself by evil thinking and evil speaking, by demeriting others. All envy, all jealousy, all evil speaking, with all unbelief, must be put away from God’s children.

PC.358.001

Satan works zealously to cause men to offend on this point. Those whose tongues are so free to utter words of criticism, the adroit questioner, who draws out expressions and opinions which have been put into the minds by sowing seeds of alienation, are his missionaries. They may repeat the expressions they draw from others as originating with the ones they so slyly led on to forbidden ground. These persons seem always to see something to criticise and condemn. They treasure up everything of a disagreeable nature, and then leaven others. Their tongues are ready to exaggerate everything evil. What a great matter a little fire kindleth. They scatter their fire brands, putting doubts and mistrust into other minds, falsifying because they view everything in a false light. Thus neighbors and churches are leavened.

PC.358.002

Jesus said to his disciples, «Take heed and beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadducees.» His voice comes sounding down the lines of our time, «Beware of that misrepresenting tongue, which is not content unless leagued with the disaffected, with those who are tempted to think that they have been misused.’ Self, self, self is their theme. They have become envious and jealous, and Satan has helped them, putting his magnifying glass before their eyes, until a mote looks to them like a mountain, and they thing themselves the most abused persons in the world. With a beam on their own eye, they are very much interested in pulling the mote out of their brother’s eye.

PC.358.003

It is Satanic to be an accuser of the brethren, to delight to tell of the imperfections and wrongs of others. Those who suppose themselves to be God’s missionaries and yet work upon the minds of those who are weak and inexperienced in the faith, may see the time, if they are converted, when they will wish to counteract their past work. But it is not an easy matter to do this. Eternity alone will reveal on whose side everyone has been working, and the good or ill they have wrought.

PC.358.004

Shall the attributes of the enemy be revealed in the life practice of professed Christians? Shall men who put on the armour and stand as faithful sentinels for God, refusing to favor any man, and seeking to do the work God has given them to do with humble faith and sincerity, be despised by men who know not that they have given themselves to do the work of Satan? O how much better it would be if those who thus judge others would themselves feed on the flesh and blood of the Son of God, studying and practicing the word of God.

PC.358.005

Men who have large opinions of themselves are often in error, but they will not confess this. Envy and jealousy are diseases which disorder all the faculties of the being. They originated with Satan in Paradise. After he had started on the track of apostasy, he could see many things that were objectionable. After he fell he envied Adam and Eve in their innocency. He tempted them to sin, and to become like himself, disloyal to God. Those who accept of his attributes will demerit others, misrepresent and falsify in order to build up themselves. These persons are generally incurable, and as nothing that defileth can enter heaven, they will not be there. They would criticise the angels. They would covet another’s crown. They would not know what to do, or what subjects to converse upon unless they could be finding some errors, some imperfections, in others. O that such ones would be changed by following Christ. O that they would become meek and lowly of heart by learning in the school of Christ. Then they would go forth, not as missionaries for Satan, to cause disunion and alienation, but as missionaries for Christ, to be peacemakers to work with Christ in restoring, not to bruise and mangle character. Let the Holy Spirit of God come in and expel this unholy passion, which cannot in the slightest degree survive in Heaven. Let it die. Let it be crucified. Open the heart to the attributes of Christ, who was pure, holy, undefiled, without guilt.

PC.359.001

«Keep thy heart with all diligence; for out of it are the issue of life.» The word of God tells us that the heart is to be kept as a temple holy unto God. The unconverted heart is represented as a habitation for the evil one, who brings in a whole brood of unholy thoughts, and stirs up the natural passions. But the Spirit of God must cleanse the soul from its defilement. Every room must be purified. The conscience must be quickened by the Holy Spirit. Truth must take hold of the thoughts and actions. Holy vigilance must keep guard to spy out the approach of the enemy. Woe unto that man who falls asleep and lets the enemy take possession of his house.

PC.359.002

Genuine conversion is needed, not once in years, but daily. This conversion brings a man into new relation with God. Old things, his natural temper, natural passions, and hereditary traits of character pass away, and the man is renewed, converted, sanctified. But this work needs to be continued, or else the heart will become estranged from God; for just as long as Satan lives, he will make an effort to carry out his will. The human agent will constantly encounter a strong current undercurrent. His heart needs to be barricaded by faithful watchfulness and unceasing prayer, else the embankment will give way, and like a mill stream, the undercurrent of natural and cultivated tendencies will sweep away the safeguard. Then the old objectionable traits of character will assert their sway. No renewed heart can keep in a condition sweetness and grace without the application of the salt of the word. Divine grace must be applied daily, else no man will stay converted.

PC.360.001

It is the sufferings of our Redeemer in his life and death that makes it possible for fallen man to become refined and elevating. As the divine substitute and surety, he elevates the fallen race in character, and brings their minds into healthful sympathy with the divine mind. Those who are partakers of the divine nature see that true-heartedness means continual humiliation, self-denial, and self sacrifice. Those who have spiritual eyesight will discern that God does not honor those who are honored by the world, but those who are true to principle. December 26, 1896 L.E.H. —

PC.360.002

The Use of Flesh Foods I have been calling to mind the light God has given me on health reform. Have you carefully and prayerfully sought to understand the will of God in this matter?

PC.360.003

The use of meats is entirely out of harmony with health reform principles. If we would allow reason to take the place of impulse and love of sensual indulgence, we should not taste the flesh of dead animals. What is more repulsive to the sense of smell than a shop where flesh meats are kept for sale? The smell of the raw flesh is offensive to all whose senses have not been depraved by culture of the unnatural appetites. What more unpleasant sight to a reflective mind than the beasts slain to be devoured? If the light God has given in regard to health reform is disregarded, he will not work a miracle to keep in health those who pursue a course to make themselves sick.

PC.360.004

You may think, you cannot work without meat. I thought so once, but I know that in his original plan, God did not provide for the flesh of dead animals to compose the diet of man. It is a grossly perverted taste that will accept such food. Then the fact that meat is largely diseased should lead us to make strenuous efforts to discontinue the use entirely.

PC.360.005

My position now is to let meat altogether alone. It will be hard for some to do this — as hard as for the rum-drinker to forsake his dram — but they will be better for the change.

PC.360.006

You know how you would answer a tobacco devotee if he urged, as a plea for the use of tobacco, the arguments some advance as a reason why they should continue the use of the flesh of dead animals as food. The weakness some experience without the use of meat is one of the strongest arguments that can be presented why they should discontinue its use. Those who eat meat feel stimulated after eating this food, and they suppose they are made stronger. After one discontinues the use of meat, he may for a time feel a weakness, but when his system is cleansed from the effect of this diet, he no longer feels the weakness, and will cease to wish for that which he had pleaded for as essential to his strength.

PC.361.001

I have a large family which often numbers sixteen. In it there are men who work at the plow and who fell trees. These men have vigorous exercise, but not a particle of flesh of animals is placed upon our table.

PC.361.002

I have felt urged by the Spirit of God to set before several the fact that their suffering ill health was caused by a disregard of the light given them upon health reform. I have shown them that their meat diet, which was supposed to be essential, was not necessary, and that, as they were composed of what they ate, brain, bone and muscle were in an unwholesome condition because they lived on the flesh of dead animals; that their blood was being corrupted by this improper diet; that the flesh which they ate was diseased, and their entire system was becoming gross and corrupted.

PC.361.003

There is an alarming lethargy shown on the subject of unconscious sensualism. It is customary to eat the flesh of dead animals. This stimulates the lower passions of the human organism. In the preparation of food, the golden rays of light are to be kept shining, teaching those who sit at the table how to live. Physicians are not employed to prescribe a flesh diet for patients, for it is this kind of diet that has made them sick. Seek the Lord. When you find him, you will be meek and lowly of heart. Individually, you will not subsist upon the flesh of dead animals, neither will you put one morsel in the mouth of your children. Physicians will not prescribe flesh, tea or coffee for their patients, but will give talks showing the necessity of a simple diet. They will cut away injurious things from their bill of fare. To have the physicians of our institutions educating by precept and example those under their care to use a meat diet, after years of instruction from the Lord, disqualifies them to be superintendents of our health institutes. The Lord does not give light on health reform that it may be disregarded by those who are in positions of influence and authority. The Lord means just what he says, and he is to be honored in what he says. Light is to be given upon these subjects. It is the diet question that needs close investigation and prescriptions should be made in accordance with health principles.

PC.362.001

The Lord intends to bring his people back to live upon simple fruits, vegetables, and grains. He led the children of Israel into the wilderness, where they could not get a fresh diet, and he gave them the bread of heaven. Men did eat angels’ food, but they craved the fleshpots of Egypt, and mourned and cried for flesh, notwithstanding that the Lord had promised them if they would submit to his will, he would carry them into the land of Canaan and establish them there, a pure, holy, happy people, and there should not be a feeble one in all their tribes, for he would take away all sickness from among them. But, although they had a plain thus saith the Lord, they mourned and wept and murmured and complained until the Lord was wroth with them, and because they were so determined to have the flesh of dead animals, he gave them the very diet he had withheld from them. The Lord would at first have given them flesh if it had been essential for their health; but he created and redeemed them, and led them a long journey in the wilderness to educate and discipline and train them into correct habits. The Lord understood what the influence of flesh eating is upon the human system. He would have a people that would, in their physical appearance, bear the divine credentials notwithstanding their long journey.

PC.362.002

When I hear those who profess to believe the truth for this time pleading for the use of flesh meats, I am forcibly reminded of the complainings of the children of Israel because they were not favored with a meat diet. The diet of animals generally used for food is vegetables and grains. Must the vegetables be animalized before we can eat them? Must they be incorporated into the system of an animal before we can digest them? Must we obtain our vegetable diet by eating the flesh of dead creatures? God provided fruit in its natural state for our first parents. He gave Adam charge of the garden to dress it and to care for it, saying, «To you it shall be for meat.» The plan was not for one animal to destroy another animal for food. After the fall, the eating of flesh was suffered in order to shorten the period of the existence of the long-lived race. It was allowed because of the hardness of the hearts of men. One of the great errors that many insist upon is, that muscular strength is dependent upon animal food. But the simple grains, fruits of the trees, and vegetables have all the nutritive properties necessary to make good blood. This a flesh diet cannot do.

PC.362.003

When a limb is broken, physicians recommend their patients not to eat meat, as there will be danger of inflammation setting in. Condiment and spices used in the preparation of food for the table aid in digestion in the same way that tea, coffee and liquor are supposed to help the laboring man perform his tasks. After the immediate effects are gone, they drop as correspondingly below par as they were elevated above par by these stimulating substances. The system is weakened, the blood is contaminated, and inflammation is the sure result.

PC.363.001

After all the light that has been given on the diet question, for the people of God to lament because they cannot exercise freedom in meat eating is very similar to the complainings, lamentations and weeping of the children of Israel in the ears of the Lord.

PC.363.002

Our sanitariums should never be conducted after the fashion of the hotel. A meat diet changes the disposition and strengthens animalism. We are composed of what we eat, and eating much flesh will diminish intellectual activity. Students would accomplish much more in their studies if they never tasted meat. When the animal part of the human agent is strengthened by meat eating, the intellectual powers diminish proportionately. A religious life can more successfully be gained and maintained if meat is discarded, for this diet stimulates into intense activities lustful propensities, and enfeebles the moral and spiritual nature. «The flesh warreth against the spirit, and the spirit against the flesh.»

PC.363.003

We greatly need to encourage and cultivate pure, chaste thoughts and to strengthen the moral powers rather than the lower and carnal powers. God help us to break from our self indulgent appetites! The idea of eating dead flesh is abhorrent to me; the thought of one living animal eating the flesh of another animal is shocking. There is no call for it.

PC.363.004

Cancers, tumors, and all inflammatory diseases are largely caused by meat eating. From the light God has given me, the prevalence of cancers and tumors is largely due to gross living on dead flesh. I sincerely and prayerfully hope that our physicians and our people will not forever be blind on this subject, for blindness is mingled with a want of moral courage to deny appetite, to lift the cross, which means, to take up the very duties which cut across the natural passions.

PC.363.005

The juices and fluids of what we eat pass into the circulation of the blood, and, as we are composed of what we eat, by feeding on flesh we become animalized; thus a feverish condition is created, because the animals are diseased, and by partaking of their flesh we plant the seeds of disease in our own tissue and blood. Then when exposed to the changes in a malarious or poisonous atmosphere, these are more sensibly felt; also when we are exposed to prevailing epidemics and contagious diseases the system is not in condition to resist disease.

PC.363.006

I have the subject presented to me in different aspects. The mortality caused by meat eating is not discerned; if it were, we would hear no more arguments and excuses in favor of the indulgence of the appetite for dead flesh. We have plenty of good things to satisfy hunger without bringing corpses upon our tables to compose our bill of fare.

PC.364.001

I might go to any length upon this subject, but I forbear. I do hope that our physicians will not, by precept and example, counterwork that which the Lord has given me to enlighten minds and bring in thorough reforms. I am working earnestly along these lines, and shall never cease working against the practice of meat-eating. I have had opened before me the stumbling block which this diet question has been in the spiritual advancement of some, and what a stumbling block they in turn have placed in the paths of others, and all because their own sensibilities were blunted through the selfish gratification of the appetite. For Christ’s sake, look deeper, study deeper, and act in accordance with the light God has been pleased to give on this subject. —

PC.364.002

Basle, Switzerland, March 1, 1886 Dear Brother: Your letters have been received. Your last in reference to the College came this morning. I was not aware that our College was in debt twenty thousand dollars. This must make it a necessity to call for donations.

PC.364.003

The evils of centering so many responsibilities in Battle Creek have not been small. The dangers are great. There are unconsecrated elements that only wait for circumstances to put all their influence on the side of wrong. I can never feel exactly safe in regard to B. C. or Battle Creek College. I can not at this time state all my reasons. That which led me to write as I did was the great need of business managers — godly, devoted men to take hold of the work and push it in a God fearing manner.

PC.364.004

Whatever may have been the object in placing the tuition of students at so low figures, the fact that the College has been running behind so heavily is sufficient reason for changing the price, that this shall not be the showing in the future. The low price is not in its favor, even if at higher rates the College is not so largely patronized. Those who really want the advantages to be obtained at B. C. will make extra exertions to receive these advantages, and a large class who would be induced to come because of the low tuition would be of no benefit to other students or to the church. The larger the number, the more tact, skill, and vigilance are required to keep them in order, and from becoming demoralized.

PC.365.001

Some provision should be made to have a fund raised to loan to the worthy poor students who desire to give themselves to the missionary work; and in some cases they should receive donations. Then these youth should have it plainly set before them that they must work their way as far as possible and partly defray their expense.

PC.365.002

The churches in different localities should feel that a solemn responsibility rests upon them to train youth and educate talent to engage in missionary efforts. When they see any in the church who give promise of making useful workers, but who are not able to educate themselves, they should lift that responsibility and send them to the College to be instructed, and developed, with the object in view of becoming workers in the cause of God. There is material that needs to be worked up, and that would be of good service in the Lord’s vineyard; but they are too poor to obtain the advantages of the College. The churches should feel it a privilege to take the responsibility of defraying their expenses.

PC.365.003

The tuition should be placed higher, and if there are some who need help, let them be helped as above stated. When the College was first started there was a fund placed in the Review and Herald office for the benefit of those who wished to obtain an education but had not the means. This was used by several students until they could get a good start, and earn enough to replace what they had drawn, so that others could be benefited by it. That which costs little will be appreciated little, but that which costs something near its real value will be estimated accordingly.

PC.365.004

If there were fewer students, and they were of a hopeful character, it would be a blessing to Battle Creek. If there are more as teachers in the College and associated with it, who are well balanced, and have a strong moral influence, who know how to deal with minds, and possess the true missionary spirit; then if the College was crowded so as to necessitate the building of another equally as large, that would be the best missionary field in the world. It is this ability that is greatly needed in the College.

PC.365.005

If these superior qualities were found in the men connected with the office at Battle Creek, the outlook would be more encouraging. Great and important interests are in danger of being misshaped, and of coming forth defective from their hands. If some felt their ignorance more, and would depend less on self, be less self-sufficient, they might learn of the Great Teacher meekness and lowliness of heart.

PC.365.006

In regard to the College I would say, Raise the price of tuition and have a better class of students. But provision should be made to do the very best for those who come, to secure for them every healthful, intellectual, and moral advantage. I see the need of still another boarding house, and there may be need of another building for the students. I cannot see how you can do better than you have in calling for means while this debt is against the College. It ought not to be there, and if there had been the right kind of planning it would not exist; that is, if those especially employed in the College were all enterprising men of broader ideas. They would constantly be exercising ingenuity and tact, and devising means whereby the College should not become burdened with debt.

PC.366.001

If we only had devoted, spiritually-minded workers connected with our important institutions, who relied upon God more than upon themselves, we might certainly look for far greater prosperity than we have had hitherto. But where there is a decided want of humble trust, and of an entire dependence upon God, we are sure of nothing. Our great need today is men who are baptized with the Holy Spirit of God. Men who walk with God as did Enoch; men who are not so narrow in their outlook that they will bind about the work in place of enlarging it; men who will not say, «Business is business, religion is religion.» We need men who can take in the situation; men who are far seeing; men who can reason from cause to effect.

PC.366.002

I will here give some extracts from a letter written November 8, 1880:

PC.366.003

«The interest of every part of the cause is as dear to me as my life. Every branch of the work is important. I was shown that there is great danger not of making the tract and missionary work so absorbing that it will become intricate through a multiplicity of plans: that it will become perplexing and absorb every other interest. It was also brought before me that there was too much machinery in the tract and missionary, and in the Sabbath school work. There was a form and arrangement, but little of Christ-like simplicity felt or practised by the workers. We want less machinery and mechanical arrangement, and more heart work, more real piety and true holiness; especially in the missionary work everywhere. There needs to be piety, purity, and wise generalship, and then far greater and much better work would be done with less expenditure of means.

PC.366.004

There is a broad field to be covered, and a getting above the simplicity of the work. Now is the time to work, and to work in the wise counsel of God. If you connect unconsecrated persons with mission fields and with the Sabbath schools, our work will take on a formal mold and be without Christ. The workers must study carefully, prayerfully, in every part of the field, how to work with the simplicity of Christ, and in an economical manner; to plan and devise the most successful manner of reaching hearts.

PC.367.001

We are in danger of spreading over more territory, and starting more enterprises than we can possibly attend to properly. There is danger of overdoing some branches of the work, and leaving some important parts of it to be neglected. To undertake a large amount of work and do nothing perfectly, would be a bad plan. We are to move forward, but must not get so far above the simplicity of the work that it will be impossible to look after the enterprises entered into without sacrificing our best helpers to keep things in order. Life and health must be regarded.

PC.367.002

While we should ever be ready to follow the opening providence of God, we should lay no larger plans, nor occupy more ground than there is help and means to bind off the work well, keep up and increase the interest already started. While there are broader plans and fields constantly opening for the laborers, our ideas and views must broaden in regard to the workers who are to labor to bring souls to the truth. Our young ministers must be encouraged to take hold of the work with energy, and labor in educating, as well as encouragement must be given to these men. They must be trained and disciplined to carry forward the work in simplicity. I am astonished to see how little some of our young ministers are appreciated, and how little encouragement they receive. Yet some of them cling to the work and do anything and everything with unselfish interest; but some will yet be lost to the cause because they are not receiving proper encouragement.

PC.367.003

There must be more of Christ’s ways and less of self. Sharp criticisms should be repressed. Sympathy, compassion, and love should be cultivated in every workers. Unless Jesus comes in and takes possession of the heart; unless self is subdued, and Jesus exalted, we shall not prosper as a people. I testify that which I have seen. I beseech of you brethren, to labor wholly in God. Do not have too many plans, but strive to have the work carried on healthfully, circumspectly, and with such thoroughness that it will not ravel out.

PC.367.004

There is another subject which I wish to mention to you. It is the matter of royalties on books. W. C. W. has received letters since he returned from America, from A. R. Henry of a very decided character on this point. W. C. W. has stated the positions taken by your board in B. C. I am very sorry that they are not far seeing in judgment. They evidence that they are narrow in their views and comprehension. They will arouse much unpleasantness of feeling in the bookmakers, and will not accomplish that which they have undertaken. This movement will create a want of harmony. God will not sanction any such means as they have in view, because they are not just. Here is the danger of depending on unsanctified men to make decisions.

PC.367.005

Selfish policy is not heaven-born, but earthly. The leading maxim is, «The end justifies the means.» And in pursuing the course entered upon, it stops at nothing, but seeks its own success. This may be traced in every department of business; it is the prevailing element in every class of society; in the grand councils of nations, and in every meeting where the Spirit of Christ is not the ruling principle. Prudence and caution, tact and skill, need to be cultivated by every one who is connected with our institutions. But the laws of justice and righteousness must not be left to one side, nor the all-prevailing principle to be to make their own branch of the work a success regardless of other branches. The interests of others should be investigated to see that no one’s right is invaded.

PC.368.001

The policy plan is a snare. While the council may pride themselves in the thought that they are doing a very nice thing, they show a shortsighted wisdom which will cripple their own efforts for success. The structure must be built upon a right foundation in order to stand. When the Board of the Publishing Association takes it upon themselves to urge that all the profits from books shall go to the Publishing Association, they are seeking to control matters which do not come under their jurisdiction. They are taking upon themselves a work which they can not carry out.

PC.368.002

These brain-workers have as much interest in the cause of God as those who compose the Board, which is willing to be conscience for them. Some of these have had a connection with the work almost from its infancy. God has not placed upon this Board the work of being conscience for others. They should not seek so persistently to force men to their terms. The policy plan is not to be classed with discretion; although it is too often mistaken for this. It is a species of selfishness in whatever cause it is exercised, and stops at nothing which promises success: but discretion uses judgment, and is never narrow in its workings, and has broad ideas, and the eye of the mind is capable of taking in more than one object, and views questions from all sides. While policy has a short range of vision, seeing every object near at hand, but failing to discover those at a distance. It is ever watching to obtain advantages which do not belong to it; and would build itself up by pulling out the foundation from another’s building.

PC.368.003

Let it not be necessary for God to send rebuke to men in responsible positions, who should be guardians of the people, especially of the interests of those who have long served in the cause of God; whose pen and voice have been active in bringing up the work to its present proportions. I wish I could lay these matters before these men in their true light. Ever since the Publishing Association was formed, light has been given in cases of perplexity. The Lord has often spoken, laying down principles and rules which must be carried out by all the workers. The grave responsibilities resting upon those in positions of trust have been continually kept before us, and we have sought the Lord from three to five times a day to give us heavenly wisdom that we might sacredly guard the interests of the cause, and of his chosen people. I have been repeatedly shown that we must do this. It was shown me that those who preside over these institutions should ever bear in mind that there is a Chief Director, even the God of Heaven. There should be strict honesty in the business transactions in every department of the work. While there should be firmness in preserving order, there should also be compassion, mercy and forbearance incorporated into the character. Justice has a twin sister — love — and they should stand side by side.

PC.369.001

It has been repeatedly presented before me that God is observing every transaction in that office. «Thou God seest me,» should be ever in mind; courtesy and Christian politeness should be exercised by every one who bears responsibilities in the office. They should have a sense of the encroachment upon others’ rights which is so common in the world’s practice, but which is an offense to God. The board of directors should ever act as under the divine eye, with a continual sense that they are finite men, and are liable to make mistakes in judgment, decisions, and plans, unless they are closely connected with God, and seeking to have every deficiency removed from their characters. As they are only weak and erring men themselves they should feel kindness and pity for others who may err. The divine standard must be met. You should take the Lord with you into every one of your councils. If you sense that God is in your assemblies every transaction will be conscientiously carefully and prayerfully considered. Every unprincipled act will be repressed, and uprightness will characterize the dealings in small as well as in large matters. There should be cultivation of universal kindness with the workers. First seek counsel of God, for this is necessary for you to properly counsel together.

PC.369.002

There should be a watchcare lest the busy activities of life, the accumulating business, should so engross the workers that it would lead them to neglect prayer when the strength it would give them is most needed. Here comes in all the evils, because they deprive their souls of the strength and wisdom of heaven which is waiting their demand upon it. We need that illumination which God alone can give, and we are unfitted to transact business unless we have this wisdom. There are a few words of prayer uttered at the commencement of the meetings, but the heart is not brought into sympathy and harmony with God by earnest, importunate prayer, offered by broken hearts and contrite spirits, in living faith. If they divorce themselves from the God of wisdom and power, they can not preserve that high integrity in dealing with their fellow men which God requires. Without divine wisdom, the objectionable traits of their characters will be woven into the decisions they make. And if these men are not in communication with God, Satan will just as surely be one in their councils, and take advantage of their unconsecrated state in their decisions. There will be acts of injustice because God is not presiding in their councils. The spirit of Christ must be an abiding, controlling power over the hearts and mind. In the world the god of traffic is the god of fraud. It must not be so with those who are dealing with God’s cause. The worldly principle and standard is not to be the standard of those who are connected with sacred things.

PC.370.001

Some years ago the matter of publication of books came up, and plans were laid which I cannot now fully call to mind. A decision was made something like this: that no one individual was to be benefited by the publication of his own book. A proposition was then made to us which my husband, without ability to fully consider, assented to, that the Publishing Association should have the benefit of his books. I was considering the matter, and thought like this: I wish the Testimonies to go to as many as possible: they are a message from God to this people, and I wish no personal benefit from this work. Thus we stated the matter. But shortly after I was shown that this was not wisdom, to relinquish our right to control our own writings: for we would know better how to use the profits of these books, than would those who had far less experience; publications were to be multiplied, and the profits we would receive would enable us to lead out in the advancing work, to build up the interests of the cause, and to carry others with us in the work. There was a principle to be maintained to guard the interests of the true workers. We were not the only ones who would be affected by this decision. Justice must be maintained: the cause of God would be continually widening, it would embrace the whole world as its field: the wants of the cause would not be determined by one man’s mind and one man’s obscure vision: there would be important work done in God’s moral vineyard, and no man should feel that that part of the work over which he presides is to swallow all other interests.

PC.370.002

I have been shown that brain workers have a God-given capital. The improvement of their brain belongs to God, and not man. If the worker gives the time to his employer for which he receives his pay, the employer has no further claim upon him. But if by close and diligent economy of moments he prepares matter for publication, it is his to do with as he, in the fear of God, thinks he can serve the cause of God the best. If he gives up all except a small royalty, he should not be urged to do more: he has already done a good work for those who handle the books; but if the publishers want it all, and cannot see that they are exceeding their rights in the demand, it would be the worst thing that could be done for the author to accede to their grasping, avaricious spirit, even though the plea be that it is for God’s cause. The authors are responsible for the manner in which they use means received. They will be many calls for it. It was shown me that there would be many interests to build up, and that my husband and myself would be called upon to invest in meeting houses that would have to be erected which would never be built unless some one should feel and know the needs of the cause, and lead out in investments themselves.

PC.370.003

I was also shown that there would be mission fields to be entered, and this would require means. Those to whom God has entrusted talents are to trade upon these talents according to their ability, for they are to act their part in carrying forward these interests. And that we would not be working for the best and most successful interests of the cause of God to have our income barely enough to sustain life, as our experience would enable us to set many ways and opportunities of helping the cause which others would not discern. God, in his wise providence, gives the ability to write, and he designs that means should come into our hands to be used wisely, as his stewards, unrestricted by compromise. It is not our duty to shift our stewardship upon any man or set of men, but to invest our means in his cause when and where the Spirit of God shall indicate. God himself has given us the ability to write, and calls upon us to use this entrusted talent for the advancement of his cause.

PC.371.001

It was presented to me that there were poor men whose only means of obtaining a livelihood was their brain work. There are men who have not grown up with our institutions, and been benefited by the instruction which God has given from time to time, business men who will not incorporate in their business management the religion and spirit of Christ. They would separate religion, in a large degree from their business; therefore, even the Publishing Association should not be an all-controlling power. Individual talent and individual right must be respected. Should rules be established and arrangements entered into to invest the benefits of personal talent in the Publishing Association, other important interests would be crippled. Men would at times have a controlling power in connection with the Publishing Association who would not have compassion, and guard the interests of those in poverty and distress. There would be one iron rule, after the policy of the world rather than after the spirit of Christ, to bear upon all. The principles established would mean more to others than to us, therefore, we must be guarded in every decision.

PC.371.002

Years ago it was shown me that my husband and myself should not be dependent upon others, because there would be men connected with our institutions who have been educated and trained as business men of the world, and they would work, acting our their spirit to make us feel our dependence if they had the chance; for all men are not, in character, as God would have them, tender, compassionate, and Christlike. He would have us guard the means entrusted to us, and use it in different branches of his work; stimulating others by our example to invest in the different enterprises, We should not invest largely in any one institution, for our message is a worldwide one, and there are necessities continually arising that demand means. To every man he has given his work, and talents of means and influence, and those who have the cause of God at heart will understand the voice of God telling them what to do. They will have a burden to push the work where it needs pushing, but others will only see the needs of their own respective branches, and other branches will be left to suffer for want of far seeing judgment.

PC.371.003

It has several times been pointed out to me that there has been a close, ungenerous spirit exercised toward Brother _____, from the very first of his labors in Battle Creek. It makes me sad to state that the reason is that he came to them in poverty, and a stranger. Because of this poverty he has been placed in unpleasant positions and made to feel his poverty. Because men connected with our institutions have thought they could bring him to their terms, he has had a very unpleasant time. There are unpleasant chapters in his experience which would not have been recorded if his brethren had been kind and dealt with him after the manner of Christ. The record in heaven is of such a character as some will not be proud to meet in the day of final settlement of all accounts. The Lord’s cause should always be free from the slightest act of littleness, injustice, or oppression.

PC.372.001

There were some men and women who invested means in the Publishing Association as a donation. Afterwards, through misfortune they were brought to actual distress and want. When my husband was stricken down by disease they came to the ones who occupied his place, and begged that some of the means which they had invested in good faith should be returned to them. The matter was treated on the policy plan, that business is business, religion is religion. The managers reasoned that nothing donated to the cause should be returned to the donors under any circumstances, and they took no measures to relieve the situation of those in distress. When my husband returned to his position in the office, these persons laid the matter before him. In the case of means donated by widows, my husband had objected when it was freely offered, and had entered upon the books the statement that the money should be repaid when donors needed it. Notwithstanding this, their cases were passed by with indifference. Such management may be dictated by worldly policy, but it is not in accordance with the character of Christ. We can best serve the cause of God by ever considering in tenderness the needs of suffering humanity.

PC.372.002

In the cause of God, Christ’s Spirit and manner of working are to be carried out in every particular. Mercy and justice will be the ruling principles where Christ abides. In order to be qualified for their positions of trust, men who are connected with the work of God, must be Christ like in all their dealings with each other. These principles we have labored to have maintained from the very first in our Publishing Association. We have had to fight the battle over and over with men connected with the Publishing Association. This is God’s institution, and we prize it too highly to allow one blot or stain to rest upon this instrumentality, if we can do or say anything to prevent it.

PC.372.003

The policy which worldly business men adopt is not to be chosen or carried out by men connected with out institutions. I think it was in 1881 that the precious light was given me upon the scenes of the judgment. The books registering the deeds of men revealed the dealings of those professing godliness in our institutions, showing that it was after the world’s standard, and not in strict accordance with God’s great standard of righteousness. That which bears a close relation to the question of dealing with others, especially with those connected with the work of God, was opened to me quite fully. The Spirit of Christ did not enter into and control the brethren’s business arrangements. Their dealings were too much after the sharp policy plan, and not according to God’s rule of right and justice. Some were suspicious and jealous, imagining that others were trying to gain advantages at their expense. Their attitude toward each other was not such as should exist between Christians.

PC.373.001

I saw that there should be no close, sharp dealing between these brethren who were representatives of two important institutions of a different character, but branches of the same work. They should ever maintain a noble, generous, Christlike spirit; the spirit of grasping avarice should have no place in their dealings with each other. God’s cause cannot be advanced by any acts which are contrary to the Spirit and character of Christ. Men should show an unselfish interest, seeking to advance one another’s interest; for the cause of God can afford to be fair. Even a single instance of sharp dealing is an offense to God; and that which is sown will be reaped again. A selfish manner of dealing will provoke the same spirit in others. So with the manifestation of a Christian gentleman in spirit and word and deed; liberality, courtesy awaken the same spirit in others.

PC.373.002

There is a spirit of worldly policy coming into the council and board meetings; a critical spirit in which personal feelings mold in a greater of less degree, decisions that are being made. A hard, unsympathetic spirit is ruling out the spirit of kindness, compassion, and love. Those who compose our councils need to sit daily at the feet of Christ, learning in his school to be meek and lowly of heart. They are not prepared to deal justly, to love mercy, and to exhibit that true courtesy which characterized the life of Christ, unless they see the necessity of yoking up with Christ and bearing the burdens of his cause. The love of Christ must be incorporated into the work of the several departments in the office, not only to do justice to the work, but to the workers also.

PC.373.003

Your council and board meetings in 1886 need this instruction just as much, and even more, than in 1881. Let men receive a mold of character in the school of Christ; learning meekness and lowliness of heart from Jesus, and they will be less self-sufficient, less self-confident, and will not have to high an opinion of their own ability, but will be regarded by those in the office as Christian brethren, walking humbly with God, trying to serve in whatever capacity they can do the most good without trying to exalt themselves. This lesson has not been learned by some. Therefore, they have a new character to form, a new experience to gain, which shall fit them to come close to the hearts of their brethren, and to deal with those who have a part to act in the work. They will have to guard themselves closely, or they will be dictatorial and officious, ready to give orders, to speak of, and to take the oversight of, things of which they are ignorant, and will thus disgust the workers in the office. If they take hold in a humble way, trying to learn as much as they can, maintain the position of learner rather than a director, they will make themselves friends in the office. Every one that serves in the board meetings, needs to seek most earnestly the wisdom from above. The influence of the Spirit of Christ upon their hearts will then place a right mold upon the work. The transforming grace of Christ will be manifest in every board meeting, quelling tumultuous actions, and charming away the unhallowed effects of business, and checking the sharp critical, worldly policy which makes men overbearing and ready to accuse. There will have to be most earnest reformation in the characters of those who are now connected with our important institutions. Some of these men possess valuable talents, but they must fashion their lives after the divine character of Christ. Every one must remember that they have not yet «attained» — the work of character building is not yet finished. If they will improve every ray of light God has given, and walk in this light, they will learn lessons from Christ. By comparing their lives with Christ’s character, they will be able to discern where they have failed to meet the requirements of God’s holy law; and will seek to make themselves perfect in their sphere even as God is perfect in his sphere. If men of today had realized the importance of their positions, they would have been far in advance, far better qualified to fill positions of trust than they are.

PC.374.001

In these hours of probation we are to seek for perfection of character. We must learn daily of Christ. We are connected with the cause of Christ, not because we are perfect and unerring, but notwithstanding these defects, and God expects those connected with his work to be constantly studying how to copy the pattern.

PC.374.002

Jesus connected John, Peter, and Judas with him in his work, making them colaborers with him, and at the same time they were to be constantly learning lessons of Christ gathering from the divine Teacher instructions that would correct their wrong ideas and incorrect views of what constituted a Christian character. John and Peter were not perfect, but they improved every opportunity to learn. Peter did not learn to be jealous and distrustful of himself, until he was overcome by the devil and denied the Lord. Judas had the same opportunities to learn as did the other disciples, but he was a hearer only, and not a doer. The result was manifested in the betrayal of His Lord. God has connected men with his instrumentalities, and he wants them to be learners; they must not feel self-sufficient, or self-important, but must ever realize that they are treading on holy ground. Angels of God are ready to minister unto them, and they must receive light and heavenly influences daily, or they are no more fit for the work than are unbelievers. Transformation will be wrought in those who will repress unfavorable traits of character, and develop Christlike dispositions; this alone will bring them up to the highest standard of Christian character. Judas failed to be benefited because he did not see the importance of having his character molded after the example of Christ.

PC.375.001

The Lord guards every man’s interest. He was always the poor man’s friend, and would have his interests sacredly guarded. There is a most wonderful dearth of the love of Christ in the hearts of nearly all of those who are handling sacred things. I would echo from one part of the earth to the other, that the love of Christ should be cultivated; it should well up in the soul of the Christian like streams in the desert, refreshing the heart, bringing gladness, peace, and joy into their own as well as into other lives. No man liveth unto himself. If there is the least of depression practised toward the poor, or unjust dealing with them either in large or small things, God will hold the actor accountable. The very first work, my brethren, is to secure the blessing of God in your own hearts. This is where the work begins. Then take the blessing into your homes; let the atmosphere of cheerfulness and kindness prevail; put away your criticisms, overcome your exacting spirit. The atmosphere that surrounds you in your homes will also envelop you in the office. Wherever the love of Jesus reigns, there is pity, tenderness, and thoughtful care for others. The most precious work that my brethren can engage in is that of forming a Christlike character that they may enter into the mansions which Christ has gone to prepare for them. I cannot be a party to any unjust dealing with any of God’s children.

PC.375.002

Do not seek to make with Elder Smith, Professor Bell, or any other brain-worker terms that are not perfectly just and fair. Do not urge nor compel them to accept terms dictated by those who do not know what it is to make books. They have a conscience and are accountable to God for the use and improvement of their entrusted talents; and they want the privilege of investing the means which they acquire by hard labor, when and where the Spirit of God shall indicate. My brethren must remember that the cause of God includes more than the publishing house, and other institutions established at Battle Creek. No one understands better than Brother Smith the difficulties through which the Publishing Association was brought into existence, for he has been connected with it from its earliest years when it was oppressed by poverty, and self-denial had to be carried into our practical life. The table was hardly supplied with sufficient food to sustain our lives; there was economy in dressing and in wages paid. This was positively necessary in order that the paper might live. Those who passed through these experiences would be ready, under similar circumstances, to undergo the same privations again. It does not show very good grace for those who have had no part in raising the work up to its present prosperous condition, to press and urge, and even try to force the early workers to submit to terms which they can see no justice in. Brother Smith loves the cause of God. He loves the truth, and will invest his means to advance it wherever he sees that it is necessary. But leave this burden upon those with whom God has entrusted talents and means; they are responsible to him, and the Publishing Association or its chief workers, are not to assume their stewardship.

PC.376.001

If the Board should succeed in bringing the workers to their terms, would the writers feel that they had been dealt with justly, would it not rather open a door of temptation to them, and break up sympathy and harmonious action between the brethren? If they should carry out this plan to grasp all the profits for the Publishing Association, it would be worse than they can imagine. A train of evils would grow out of such an arrangement that would be disastrous to the Association. And it would encourage a spirit of intolerance, a narrow conceited spirit, which God cannot approve but which Satan enjoys, and longs to have take possession of those who are connected with God’s sacred work. The Bible precepts must be carried out in every day life. They will be a lamp to your feet and a light to your path. The greatest of all deceptions is for a man to think that he can find a better guide through difficulties than is found in the word of God. It is the worst kind of policy to leave the Lord out of your councils and put your confidence in the wisdom of men. In your positions of trust you are, in a special sense, to be the light of the world, and in order that you may be clean channels of light you should feel an intense desire to place yourselves in connection with the God of light, of wisdom and knowledge. Important interests that relate to the prosperity and advancement of present truth are to be considered; and how can you be competent to arrive at right decisions, to give wise counsels, and to make proper plans unless you are connected with the source of all wisdom and righteousness? Your councils have been regarded in altogether too cheap a light, and common talk, and comments upon others’ doings have found a place in these important meetings. You should bear in mind that the all seeing eye of Jehovah is a witness in all your councils; he measures everyone of your decisions, and compares them with his holy law, the great moral standard of righteousness. Those holding the positions of counselors should be unselfish men, men of faith, men of prayer, men that will not dare to rely upon their own human wisdom, but will seek earnestly for light and intelligence as to what is the best manner of conducting their business. Joshua, the commander of Israel, searched the books diligently in which Moses had faithfully chronicled the directions given by God; his requirements, reproofs, and restrictions, lest he should move unadvisedly. Joshua was afraid to trust his own impulses, or his own wisdom. He regarded everything that came from Christ, who was enshrouded with a pillar of cloud by day and a pillar of fire by night, as of sufficient importance to be sacredly cherished. He meditated day and night upon the words which had been spoken to Moses, the servant of God. Joshua desired to know and to do, God’s will, and he was commanded by God to study and meditate upon all the directions which had been given: «For then, shalt thou make thy way prosperous, and thou shalt have success.» The secret of Joshua’s victories was that, even amid his accumulated cares and responsibilities, he dared not trust to his own finite wisdom, but made God his counselor and guide.

PC.377.001

The Pharisee, scribes, and elders, in Christ’s days manifested an avaricious spirit which brought them under the control of Satan, and was the main cause of their hatred toward Christ; for his teaching and example rebuked everything of this character. If such a spirit should be cherished in our institutions under any pretense, God cannot abide there. There should not be a grasping spirit manifested toward brethren, for it is not born of heaven, but from beneath. Any injustice done to God’s children is registered in the books of heaven as done unto Christ. That success which is attained through taking advantage of another by sharp dealing, will prove to be a loss in the end; but that which appears to be loss through the practise of principles that represent the life of Christ, is divine success.

PC.377.002

Those connected with the work of God have not yet the crown of immortal glory upon their brows, but are still engaged in earthly battles. They are still on probation, being tried and tested by God’s great standard of righteousness and it is their business to prove themselves true men, lovers of righteousness and haters of every evil practise, which makes our world today like the world before the flood. They must be men willing to venture something in order to carry out the precious principles laid down by the word of God. They should make determined efforts to be representative men after God’s pattern, rejoicing in success only when it arises from obedience to duty and truth. They need to strive to show their wisdom by the confession of weakness and inefficiency; for this throws them on the strength and all sufficiency of Christ. They that be whole need not a physician, but they that are sick. The most deplorable lack any can suffer is that of an earnest determination to do right at whatever cost to self. The lack of humility, the loss of faith and sterling integrity, should cause intense sorrow. If the soul is filled with earthly things; if the heart has not maintained close communion with God; there is no room for heavenly intelligence to work, and there is an earthliness in every project that is devised. The communication with heaven must be kept open; clear the channel in some way. He that is to plan and devise in the interests of God’s cause must see that his connection with heaven is not cut off, before he should dare to come into the room for counsel, otherwise Satan will accompany him and manipulate his thoughts and plans to suit his satanic majesty. The atmosphere of heaven must surround you if you would have your plans and works in harmony with heaven. O, how important it is that the representative men keep themselves in the love of God, so that they may be quick to discern, and respond to the signals from heaven.

PC.378.001

March 2. My head became so weary I could not complete this in time to mail it last night. I wish to say to my brethren that Michigan has been shown to me as being bound about with too extreme caution, a determination to save means for the Conference; but while economy and caution are essential in our work, unless the mind is broad enough to take in its real needs, these elements will be a block before the wheel of its progress.

PC.378.002

There is talent in Michigan, but it needs to be discerned and educated and disciplined. There are some who have experience, who should put forth every effort, in the dying churches as well as in new places, to select suitable young men, and men of nature are, to assist in the work. Thus they will obtain useful knowledge by interesting themselves in personal efforts, and scores of helpers may be fitted up for usefulness as Bible workers canvassers, and family visitors. But his kind of work is being neglected because there is such great fear of using the Conference money, and men reluctant to bear essential responsibilities to educate men to do the work.

PC.378.003

Our brethren should always go out two and two, taking as many as they can really to engage in personal visiting, seeking to interest families. But those who would work in these lines are not encouraged; when mistakes are made, they are not corrected in tender compassion, but are disheartened. Michigan is one of the best mission fields in the world, but it needs men with far-seeing judgment to push the work.

PC.379.001

God would have those in responsible positions show tact, skill, and wise generalship in detecting, seizing upon, and putting talent to use. He will not work miracles to advance the truth, without human agents cooperating. He has material in men and women, and he wants the generals in his army to have intelligence to bring it out and act their part to put it to use, not be constantly studying how to bind about the work, so that it shall not branch out and create a demand for more means. Set men to work under those who have some knowledge of the work, and who can educate them. Thrust the workers out into the harvest field. All that come want is encouragement.

PC.379.002

Elder _____’s mind must grow with the work, or he must be replaced by some one who will take a more extensive view of what needs to be done to warn the world. Do something, do it now. Let the pull-back principle go, and the go-forward principle come in. The angel with the third message flies swiftly. (Signed) E. G. White

PC.379.003

I have spoken to you the truth because I dare not withhold it. My words are not designed to discourage, but to open before you the fact that although you may have good business qualities and tact, yet something higher than this is necessary in the work in which you are engaged. You may become men as valuable as gold, and this is why I have written as I have. Your character must reflect the character of Christ. (Signed) Ellen G. White (Copied, W.F.C., November 27, 1894) —

PC.379.004

(Recopied February 7, 1895) Christiania, Norway, October 1, 1885 Dear Brother Butler: I was more sorry than I can express, to learn that under your instruction Brother Farnsworth and Burrill sought to restrict the work at the New York camp meeting. You could not have advised them to do a worse thing, and you should not have put a work into their hands that they were not fitted to do in a wise manner. Be careful how you repress advancing work in any locality. There is little enough being done in any place, and it certainly is not proper to seek to curtail operations in missionary lines.

PC.379.005

After looking matters over carefully and prayerfully, I wrote as I did in my notes of travel. I wanted to leave the matter in such a shape as not to discourage the laborers in New York in their efforts to do something, although I desired to give them caution, so that they would not make any extreme moves in their plans. The workers were doing well, and ought to have been encouraged and advised to go on with their work. There are men in New York who should have helped them by making needed donations to invest in the cause. They will have to give to the work before they will grow in grace and the knowledge of the truth.

PC.380.001

You and your workers should have looked at this matter from different points of view than you did. You should have investigated the work thoroughly, and asked yourselves if five thousand dollars was too large a debt to incur in the important work in which these workers were engaged. Your influence should have been exerted in such a way as to cause the people to see the importance of the work, and to realize that it was their duty to rise to the emergency. You should have done as I have tried to in my notes of travel. But if our brethren feel at liberty to stop the work when they cannot see where money is coming from to sustain it, then the work will not only be contracted in Michigan and New York, but in every other State in the Union. If our workers are going forward in any place, do not put up the bars, and say, «Thus far shalt thou go and no farther.» I feel sad that you have closed up the school at Rome, N. Y. I see that the brethren sent to look after this enterprise have not taken measures to advance the work by soliciting donations from men who could give. There are rich men in the Conference who have made complaints about the debt that has been incurred, who ought to have sustained these workers. While reproach and discouragement have been cast upon the workers, the impression has been left upon those who have means that they have a perfect right to question every enterprise that calls for money.

PC.380.002

God does not require you to take such a course that the workers in New York or anywhere else shall not feel at liberty to make advance movements unless they can consult you, and ask what your judgment of the matter is before they advance. I cannot sanction the idea that you must have a personal oversight of all the details of the work. If I did the result would be that no worker would dare to exercise his own judgment in anything. The workers would have to rely upon one man’s brain and one man’s judgment, and the result would be that men would be left in inefficiency because of their inactivity. There are altogether too many of this class now, and they amount to next to nothing. I write this because I feel deeply on this point. We are not doing one half that we ought to do.

PC.380.003

It is true that the South Lancaster school must be sustained, but this need not hinder us from sustaining other schools. We should have primary schools in different localities to prepare the youth for our higher schools. It may seem to you that it is wise to close up the school in Rome, N. Y., but I fail to see the wisdom of it. To close up this school will seem to reflect discredit upon all that the people have done, and will discourage them from making further advancement. I cannot see that you have gained anything in making the move that you have, nor can I feel that it is in accordance with God’s order. It will work nothing but injury, not only to those that have complained about the debt, but also to the workers. Men who have property, and could have helped this enterprise, will breathe more freely. These moneyed men will be encouraged not to do more for the cause than they have done, but to do less. They will feel at liberty to complain concerning anything that calls for an outlay of means.

PC.381.001

O that the Lord might guide you. You should never in a single instance allow hearsay to move you to action, and yet you have sometimes done this. Never take action to narrow and circumscribe the work unless you know that you are moved to do so by the Spirit of the Lord. Our people are doing work for foreign missions, but there are home missions that need their help just as much as these foreign missions. We should make efforts to show our people the wants of the cause of God, and to open before them the need of using means that God has entrusted to them to advance the work of the Master both at home and abroad. Unless those who can help in New York are roused to a sense of their duty, they will not recognize the work of God when the loud cry of the third angel shall be heard. When light goes forth to lighten the earth, instead of coming up to the help of the Lord, they will want to bind about his work to meet their narrow ideas. Let me tell you that the Lord will work in this last work in a manner very much out of the common order of things, and in a way that will be contrary to any human planning. There will be those among us who will always want to control the work of God, to dictate even what movements shall be made when the work goes forward under the direction of the angel who joins the third angel in the message to be given to the world. God will use ways and means by which it will be seen that he is taking the reins in his own hands. The workers will be surprised by the simple means that he will use to bring about and perfect his work of righteousness. Those who are accounted good workers will need to draw night to God, they will need the divine touch. They will need to drink more deeply and continuously at the fountain of living water, in order that they may discern God’s work at every point. Workers may make mistakes, but you should give them an opportunity to learn caution by leaving the work in their hands. (Signed) Ellen G. White (Recopies February 7, 1895, H. E. R.)

PC.382.001

Orebo, Sweden, October 28, 1888 Dear Brethren Butler and Haskell: My prayer is that the Lord may be with you in great power during the coming Conference. Some may be absent that you might wish were present; but Jesus is your helper. I sincerely hope and pray that those who bear responsibilities in Michigan, New England, Ohio, Indiana, and other States, shall take broader views of the work than they have done. I hope Michigan will take a step in advance. I feel to regret the fact that there is such a dearth of breadth of mind and of far seeing ability. Workers should be educated and trained for the fields of labor. We need missionaries everywhere. We need men and women who will give themselves without reserve to the work of God, bringing many sons and daughters to God.

PC.382.002

I have been shown that there is one practise which those in responsible places should avoid; for it is detrimental to the work of God. Men in position should not lord it over God’s heritage, and command everything around them. Too many have marked out a prescribed line which they wish others to follow in the work. Workers have tried to do this with blind faith, without exercising their own judgment upon the matter which they had in hand. If those who were placed as directors were not present, they have followed their implicit directions just the same. But in the name of Christ, I would entreat you to stop this work. Give men a chance to exercise their individual judgment. Men who follow the leading of another, and are willing that another should think for them, are unfit to be entrusted with responsibility. Our leading men are remiss in this matter. God has not given to special ones all the brain power there is in the world. Men in responsible positions should credit others with some sense, with some ability of judgment and foresight, and look upon them as capable of doing the work committed to their hands. Our leading brethren have made a great mistake in marking out all the directions that the workers should follow, and this has resulted in deficiency, in a lack of the care taking spirit in the worker, because they have relied upon others to do all their planning, and have themselves taken no responsibility. Should the men who have taken this responsibility upon themselves step out of our ranks, or die, what a state of things would be found in our institutions. Leading men should place responsibilities upon others and allow them to plan and devise and execute, so that they may obtain an experience. Give them a word of counsel when necessary, but do not take away the work because you think the brethren are making mistakes. May God pity the cause when one man’s mind and one man’s plan is followed without question. God would not be honored should such a state of things exist. All our workers must have room to exercise their own judgment and discretion. God has given men talents which he means that they should use. He has given them minds, and he means that they should become thinkers, and do their own thinking and planning, rather than depend upon others to think for them.

PC.383.001

I think I have laid out this matter many times before you, but I see no change in your actions. We want every responsible man to drop responsibilities upon others. Set others at work that will require them to plan, and to use judgment. Do not educate them to rely upon your judgment. Young men must be trained up to be thinkers. My brethren, do not for a moment think that your way is perfection, and that those who are connected with you must be your shadows, must echo your words, repeat your ideas, and execute your plans. There are men today might be men of breadth of thought, might be wise men, men to be depended upon, who are not such, because they have been educated to follow another man’s plan. They have allowed others to tell them precisely what they should do, and they have become dwarfed in intellect. Their minds are narrow, and they cannot comprehend the needs of the work. They are simply machines to be moved by another man’s thought. Now do not think that these men who do follow out your ideas are the only ones that can be trusted. You have sometimes thought that because they do your will to the letter, that they were the only ones in whom you could place dependence. If any one exercised his own judgment, and differed with you, you have disconnected from him as one that could not be trusted. Take your hands off the work, and do not hold it fast in your grasp. You are not the only man whom God will use. Give the Lord room to use the talents he has entrusted to men, in order that the cause may grow. Give the Lord a chance to use men’s minds. We are losing much by our narrow ideas and plans. Do not stand in the way of the advancement of the work, but let the Lord work by whom he will. Educate, encourage young men to think and act, to devise and plan, in order that we may have a multitude of counselors.

PC.383.002

How my heart aches to see presidents of conferences taking the burden of selecting those whom they think they can mold to work with them in the field. They take those who will not differ from them, but will act like mere machines. No president has nay right to do this. Leave others to plan, and if they fail in some things, do not take it as an evidence that they are unfitted to be thinkers. Our most responsible men had to learn by a long discipline how to use their judgment. In many things they have shown that their work ought to have been better. The fact that men make mistakes is no reason that we should think them unfit to be caretakers. Those who think that their ways are perfect, even now make many grave blunders, but others are none the wiser for it. They present their success, but their mistakes do not appear. Then be kind and considerate to every man who conscientiously enters the field as a worker for the Master. Our most responsible men have made some unwise plans, and have carried them out because they thought their plans were perfect. They have heeded the mingling of other elements of mind and character. They should have associated with other men who could view matters from an entirely different point of view. Thus they would have helped them in their plans.

PC.384.001

This same character of spirit is found here in Europe. For years Elder Andrews held the work back from advancing, because he feared to entrust it to others lest they would not carry out his precise plans. He would never allow anything to come into existence that did not originate with him. Elder Loughborough also held everything in his grasp while he was in California and England, and as a result the work is years behind in England. Elder Wilcox and Sister Thayer have the same spirit of having everything go in the exact way in which they shall dictate, and no one is being trained in such a way as to know how to get hold of the work for himself. What folly it is to trust a great mission in the hands of one man, so that he shall mold and fashion it in accordance with his mind, and after his own diseased imagination. Men who have been narrow, who have served tables, who are not far seeing, are disqualified for putting their mold upon the work. Those who desire to control the work think that none can do it perfectly but themselves, and the cause bears the marks of their defects. (Signed) Ellen G. White —

PC.384.002

Prussia, 1886 In another letter I have spoken in reference to your accumulating so many responsibilities in Battle Creek, when there is so little managing talent that is consecrated to the work of God to take care of these interests. I have spoken in disapproval of the enlargement of the Sanitarium, on the ground that so large a share of its responsibilities are resting upon one man. Doctor Kellogg has to be both physician and manager. Now, my brother, these things are not as God would have them. He is not pleased that so much means should be invested in one locality. Other men should be educated to share in the responsibility that Doctor Kellogg is burdened with, in order that if he fails, another will be prepared to carry the institution forward. We feel to thank God that Dr. Kellogg has the good health that he has, but he may not always have it, and the fact that he has it now, is no reason why our people should sleep till the last moment. They should manage this matter wisely. Great interests are at stake, and unless Dr. Kellogg has less responsibilities, he will not be enabled to stand the pressure for a great while.

PC.384.003

There is great need that some one should also stand at the side of Brother C. J. Jones, in order to share the responsibility that he carries, so that if he should fail another could go forward with the work without a disagreeable break. If he were relieved of some of his burdens, he would last the longer. He should not have so great cares, and so heavy burdens to carry, and should not be obliged to work when he should rest. The children of this world are wiser in their generation than the children of light. Jesus said this, and we see that the world works on a different plan in these matters. Weighty responsibilities connected with the business of the world, are not placed wholly upon one man. In large business enterprises, responsible men choose others to share their burdens, and lift their responsibilities, so that in case one should fail, there is some one ready to step into his place. Some one should feel a burden over these matters, and a decided change should take place in the manner of our work. (Signed) ELLEN G. WHITE (Recopied February 7, 1895) —

PC.385.001

Brooklyn, New York, November 25, 1890 «John to the seven churches which are in Asia; Grace be unto you, and peace, from him which is, and which was, and which is to come; and from the seven Spirits which are before his throne; and from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood, and hath made us kings and priests unto God and his Father; to him be glory and dominion forever and forever. Amen. Behold he cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending, saith the Lord, which is and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty.» After this is given a message revealing future events; for John is commanded to write «the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter.»

PC.385.002

Matters of deep importance were opened before John which were to be given to the world to be read, understood, and appreciated, in the ages to come. Again and again the true witness says, «He that hath ears to hear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.» But it is evident from what is written that some who have ears to hear, will not hear, will not receive the message, and will not become wise in the scriptures. The Lord Jesus, the Alpha and Omega, gave a message to John in regard to the work of the churches; for he understood how great would be the danger of neglecting their God given work, and thus make a failure of diffusing light to others. The invitation of the gospel was to extend from Christ to the church, and from the church to the world. «And the Spirit and the Bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say Come. And let him that is a thirst say Come, and whosoever will, let him take of the water of life freely.» The work of diffusing the gospel is neglected by those who are specified as hearing. But when the professed people of God hear the message to some purpose, when they take on the burden of the work and say to others, «Come,» then they will become laborers together with God.

PC.386.001

During the night I have been in communion with God. I have been brought by my guide into councils in Battle Creek, and I have a message to bear to you whether you will hear or not, whether you will receive it or reject it. The people must know that they are not moving in the order of God. They have left Christ out of their councils. Leading men are giving a mold to the work that will result in a loss of many souls; for they are moving away from the safe path. Many come here from foreign countries, thinking that Battle Creek, from whence come the publications of truth, will be next to heaven. How disappointed they feel, when they hear in this place, the message of God spoken of lightly, when they hear the messengers of God, by some in responsible places, made a subject of ridicule, and why is this? It is because the message of the messengers does not coincide in every particular with the ideas of these whom the Lord names of his scorners, although it is a message sent from heaven.

PC.386.002

Where the truth is rejected, it opens up a way where false waymarks will be set up, and perils will rise on all sides. Through neglect of seeking the earnest counsel of God, men will be connected with the office, who will form themselves into a ring, to echo the sentiments of him whom they consider most influential, and who pleases their human ideas. My guide spoke slowly and solemnly, «Associate yourselves, O ye people, and ye shall be broken in pieces; and give ear all ye far countries; gird yourselves, and ye shall be broken in pieces. Take counsel together, and it shall come to naught; speak the word, and it shall not stand; for God is with us.»

PC.386.003

Men may be selected by the Conference to connect with the office of publication, but unless these men look to God, and with a transformation of character, unless they seek counsel of God in large and small matters, concerning things connected with the sacred work of God, unless they are emptied of vanity and self, they will be turned from the safe path, and will turn others from the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord. Unless these associated together are converted men, and they to walk in, see, and realize the sacredness of the work of God, for these last time, they will surely imperil the work of God, and discouragement will come upon the people. It is not enough that they assent to the truth; the question is, «Are they sanctified through the truth? Has the truth been brought into the inner sanctuary of the soul?» The past, present, and future, was plainly revealed to me.

PC.387.001

When Brother Chadwick was connected with the office at first, he needed a decided change in his character; he needed the gentleness of Christ. His connection has not been to his advantage, or to the benefit of those with whom he was connected; but the atmosphere he has breathed, the words, the precepts, and the example of strong minds and firm wills, sat in the wrong way, brought to the front objectionable traits in his character. He has become sick at heart and desperate in impulse when opposed, and he is man with another spirit. Saul became another man, because the Spirit of the Lord rested upon him, and he had another heart given him. But in the case of Brother Chadwick, the change is of a different character, and from a different source. I have no words to speak individually, to the men from whom this influence has come; my words must be spoken to them as a whole. It is not to be left to them to repeat my words as they have done, interpret them as they please, and thus transmit them to others. I wish to present the matter to them from my own lips as God has presented it to me. How long shall blindness be upon men who have evidence piled on evidence that the Testimonies are indicted by the Spirit of God to his people? How long shall men in positions of trust fail to discern how and where God is working? Eyes have they but they see not, ears have they but they hear not, understanding have they, but they understand not the things of God. Reproofs should not harden you, for «Behold, happy is the man whom God correcteth: therefore despise not the chastening of the Almighty; for he maketh sure, and he bindeth up; he woundeth, and his hands maketh whole.»

PC.387.002

Many of the old, experienced hands have fallen in death. Those who led out in the work of God, and who could tell how it came into existence, have passed away from the scene of action. In every branch of the work, men have been departing from the principles laid down by the Lord Jehovah to control the working of the cause. Inexperienced hands and unsanctified minds have been placing their mold upon the work, and self has been woven into it in every branch.

PC.387.003

Before the destruction of the old world, there were talented men, men who possessed skill and knowledge; but they became lifted up in their own imaginations; just as men are doing today, and because they left God out of their plans and councils, they became wise to do that which God had never told them to do, wise to do evil. Their wisdom would have worked destruction to those who should be born who should come in contact with them, and the Lord took the matter in hand, and cut them off from the earth. After sending them warnings for a hundred and twenty years, God’s mercy and forbearance was exhausted, and then the day of probation was ended. The probation given them in mercy, they devoted to ridiculing Noah, whom God had sent with a message. They caricatured and criticized him, just as some who thought themselves wise have done; they have laughed at the messengers just as they did in Noah’s day for his peculiar earnestness, and for his intense feelings in regard to the judgments that were sure to come. Noah warned them that God would fulfill his word; but they reasoned among themselves, they talked of science, and of the laws controlling nature, and they laughed Noah to scorn, calling him a crazy fanatic. Men who believes themselves to be wise in our day, will do good to their own souls, and to the souls for whom Christ died, if they recognize that there is a wisdom, an unsanctified wisdom, that comes from beneath, which has been in the world ever since the fall.

PC.388.001

I have been shown that there is a great want of personal piety among the workers in the office, nearly every one of them, and that their unsanctified wisdom is a result of a lack of connection with God. They take very little time to seek God’s counsel with humble contrition of soul, with earnest searching of heart; self-sufficient they walk in the sparks of their own kindling. The spiritual atmosphere which surrounds their soul, does not make manifest that they have constant reliance upon God. The most sacred truths are fast losing their preciousness and sanctity to them, because they do not have a full connection with God, and receive the things that be of God. Unless the converting power of God shall be felt upon the hearts and characters of men in positions of trust, they will not, cannot, be one with Christ, keeping the way of the Lord, but like the Pharisees in the days of Christ, they will teach the doctrines and commandments of men, and the Lord will have no more use for them. They cannot be laborers together with God, while they keep the spirit that has actuated them in the past. They have felt but little respect for those who have stood under the direction of God in seeking counsel from him who is mighty in wisdom, in founding and building up his great work in the earth. The consecration, the vital piety, the humility which God requires, does not exist among them. Self is exalted, and Jesus is not glorified. Jesus, the blessed and only potentate between God and man, is not working with them. Satan’s insinuations are credited, and plain commands of God in regard to mercy and tender compassion are ignored. Those who are handling sacred truths in the publishing work or in any branch of the cause of God, are invited of God to put forth their highest mental and moral energies, to study continually, in their business line, not the will of men, but the will of God.

PC.388.002

The office is fast losing its peculiar character of the Lord directed in its establishment, and it is never to take a worldly mold. Those who are welded together to sustain each other, determined to carry out certain plans without the counsel of the church or the people, any succeed for a time, but not long; for God will not permit it. There is too much self, too much confidence in what men can do, too little confidence and dependence upon God, the divine ruler. Men handling sacred things, are not to speak lightly, but with trembling of the work of God. God’s grace must be manifested in all the work, of whatever kind it may be. The proud heart must be humbled every day before God, lest he shall humble it. Success of the right kind will attend your efforts in proportion to your consecration, self-denial, and self-sacrifice.

PC.389.001

I was instructed that the Lord’s will was not fulfilled when the leaders in the office were willing to take such large wages; but how quickly was the bribe taken, how quickly selfishness was manifested. This is greatly at variance with the principles upon which the publishing house was established; and it is not in harmony with the spirit and work of God. There have been serious mistakes made in exalting business above the service and worship of God. Here is where thousands have made shipwreck of faith, and made the greatest possible mistake. The Lord says we are to be «Not slothful in business; fervent in spirit; serving the Lord.» The Lord has left a wide door open for those who would go into his work, but energy must be mingled with another element, with living zeal in the service of God. We must be not only diligent in business, but «fervent in spirit, serving the Lord.» Devotion and piety and godliness must be interwoven with every transaction. Without this in your business, you will commit robbery toward God, while professing to serve him. We see family and home religion neglected, altars broken down, first love abandoned, and the religion of Christ expelled from the soul, to give place to engaging in speculation and business enterprises, and these things are constantly multiplying. Men are leaving God and Heaven out of their calculations, and time spent in searching the heart is considered wasted. The Bible is neglected, and a multitude of cares overbalance the precious truth of God in the heart, and spiritual eyesight is put out. How much men need the heavenly anointing! (Signed) Ellen G. White —

PC.389.002

(Copy for Elder O. A. Olsen) Brighton, Victoria, Australia, January 13, 1894 Dear Brethren in Responsible Positions in the Review and Herald Office: I am much pleased that you have restored Henry Kellogg to his old position, who I trust is born again, not of the flesh but of the Spirit of God. I greatly feared that his long separation from the work would disqualify him to stand in the position he is now occupying; but if the Lord has indeed accepted him, and I know he is always ready to accept any soul who will return from his wanderings and accept of Jesus Christ, he will be qualified to do the work to which God has called him. The arms of Jesus are open to accept him, and he is willing to bless and to teach him. He will realize the force of the word that Christ spoke to Joshua, the high priest, «And the angel of the Lord protested unto Joshua, saying Thus saith the Lord of Hosts; for if thou wilt keep my charge, (the Lord has in his messages shown what this charge is) then thou shalt also judge my house, and shalt also keep my courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by.

PC.390.001

I long to see the righteousness of Christ upon every one who has any official standing in the office, For a long time warnings, invitations, entreaties, reproofs have been given of God in order that decided reforms should be made in those who were not revealing the life of Christ in their characters. God has sent messages in order that there might have been a transformation of the natural temperament. So that men, leaning on Christ, might be laborers together with God. Men should heed the instruction, «Learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.» Many moves have been made, many decisions have been carried out in your counsels, that have not been after Christ’s likeness. Why? Because self has not been under the control of the Spirit of Christ. You have too often revealed in your counsels a hard, harsh, iron like spirit, to those who differ with you, that has been as unlike the meekness and gentleness of Christ, as Satan is unlike Christ. The Spirit of Christ has been grieved, and his great heart of love has been wounded, because souls have been torn and bruised that might have been healed and bound up, and saved, that might today have been doing acceptable service in the Lord’s army.

PC.390.002

What great need there is of cultivating tenderness and gentleness. None should be ashamed to manifest a tender, compassionate spirit for those who err; for those who think they make no mistakes, are far from being without fault before God. No one needs to think that the manifestation of compassion is something for which they need be ashamed, Thorough and decided reformation must be made that this hard, iron like spirit which has been so often and easily brought to the front and made manifest in words and measures that savor more of the attributes of Satan than of the Spirit of Christ, should be overcome. I have a message for the workers in both high and low position in the office to each one of them in their several departments. It is that unless the transforming grace of Christ conforms you to his character, you will never be numbered with the family of God in heaven. Now is the testing tim-. Angels of God are watching the development of character. Angels of God are weighing moral worth and nothing can make a man truly great in God’s estimation except being truly good, being a partaker of the divine nature, escaping the corruption of the world through lust. The world’s Redeemer demands that those who are called by his name, who claim to stand under his banner shall represent his character; Christianity is intensely practical. When Christianity is brought into the circumstances of actual life, it is a safeguard to the soul in all daily cares, perplexities, and annoyances, and then it is that the sympathy, tenderness, and gentleness of Christ is manifested in the deportment, and revealed in the character of those in whose heart God abides; and then it is that the kingdom of God comes in through his representatives into the world.

PC.391.001

The whole man is then molded after the divine likeness, and he manifests the character of Christ in the home, in the office, and in the congregation where saints assemble to worship God. Christianity then becomes a working power, and has a transforming effect upon the agents in a working world; for then men cooperate with divine agencies in their daily occupations whatever they may be, or wherever they may be. At the present time there is not a thorough, correcting, transforming power circulating through the publishing institution, such as God requires. A deeper and more thorough work is needed in the hearts of those who hold positions, from the lowest to the highest. «And whatsoever ye do in work or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by him.» Again comes the requirement, «Whether ye eat or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God.»

PC.391.002

The truth of God revealed in his word is to be a living, abiding principle. It is not to be looked upon as an influence among many others. It will exercise a power over the life and conduct until the whole being is assimilated to the image of the perfect pattern, and the human agent is complete in Jesus Christ. «As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in him, rooted and built up,» not in self, not after man’s ideas, but «in him established in the faith as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanksgiving. Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit, after the traditions of men, after the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ.» Your greatest danger will be that you will not see the need of contemplating the character of Christ with a set purpose to imitate his life, and conform your character to his character. You are to show a marked difference between your character and that of the world. «For in him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily, and ye are complete in him, which is the head of all principality and power.» «Epaphras who is one of you, a servant of Christ, saluteth you always laboring for you in prayers, that ye may stand perfect and complete in all the will of God.»

PC.392.001

The grand truths of the Bible are for us individually, to rule, to guide, to control our life; for this is the only way in which Christ can be properly represented to our world in grace and loveliness in the characters of all who profess to be his disciples. Nothing less than heart service will be acceptable with God. God requires the sanctification of the entire man, body, soul, and spirit. The Holy Spirit implants a new nature, and molds through the grace of Christ the human character, until the image of Christ is perfected; this is true holiness. Will the workers in the office give heed to the light which God has sent you in the lines which I trace this morning?

PC.392.002

You are handling sacred things, and the spirit and word and influence you carry are making impressions upon the minds of others. The atmosphere which surrounds the soul, if it is evil, will be like a spiritual malaria, which will be poisoning to those around. But it is profitable for the soul to have an atmosphere that will be as a savor of life unto life to others. When the soul is weighted with the truth which works by love and purifies the soul, a heavenly atmosphere will pervade the soul. «He that walketh with wise men, shall be wise; but a companion of fools shall be destroyed.» Every one who claims to believe the truth should manifest uprightness of character, devotion to God, steadfastness of purpose, and represent the character of Christ in a well-ordered life and godly conversation, you should render service to God with an eye single to his glory. You should cultivate true respect for every soul with whom you come in contact, because the soul is of great value with God. Saints and sinners are to be treated with courtesy, with kindness, with love, that Christ has manifested for all souls. He died that we might live.

PC.392.003

Satan uses human agents to bring the soul under the power of temptation, but the angels of God are searching for human agents through whom they may cooperate to save the tempted ones. Angels are looking for those who will work in Christ’s lines, who will be moved by the realization that they belong to Christ. They are looking for those who will feel that those who fall under temptation, whether high or low, are the ones who need their special labors, and that Christ looks on those who are passed by, neglected, wounded and bruised by the enemy, and ready to die, and is grieved at the hardness of men, who refuse to exercise the faith that works by love, which will purify the soul. Angels of God will work with, and through, and by those who will cooperate with the heavenly agencies for the saving of a soul from death, and the hiding of a multitude of sins. That will lead them to consider themselves, lest they also be tempted. It is the sick that need a physician, not those who are whole. When you expend labor on those who do not need it, and take no notice of the very ones that your words and actions could bless, you are forming a character that is not after the likeness of Christ. Christ says, «I come not to call the righteous but sinner to repentance.» Let none dream that these obligations do not belong to this time; for they do rest upon all. «Moreover it is required of stewards that a man be found faithful.» Those who are making it manifest that they are not faithful in doing the very work that God has enjoined upon them, are working in an exactly opposite direction to Christ. «First cast out the beam out of thine own eye, and then thou shalt see clearly to cast out the moat of thy brother’s eye.» Be careful yourselves not to become tempters in evil things.

PC.393.001

When a soul is in peril, one who knows little of sympathy and has little of the meekness and lowliness of Christ, by unadvised words, may bruise where he should bind up, and fail to draw to Christ. They are likely to fail to give the words of tenderness and love that they should, to stand back in cold dignity, which is most hateful in the sight of God, and drive souls into the very snare that Satan has laid for their feet. Those who do this will have the blood of souls on their garments, because they obeyed the orders of Satan and disregarded the words of Christ.

PC.393.002

When a crisis comes in the life of any soul, and another attempts to give advice, that advice and counsel will have only the weight of influence for good that the example and spirit of the adviser has accumulated for him. It is the consistent life, the revelation of a sincere, Christlike interest for the soul in peril, that will make counsel effectual to persuade and win int o safe paths. Those who are quick to advise others, who speak words that cut and bruise the already wounded soul, are doing Satan’s work, and are laborers with the prince of darkness. But the True Witness says: «I know thy works,» every work shall be brought into Judgment with every secret thing whether it be good or whether it be evil.» They will have to give an account for their neglect of those whom they might have blessed, strengthened, upheld, and healed.

PC.393.003

«And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith he that hath the seven spirits of God, and the seven stars. I know thy works that thou hast a name that thou livest, and are dead. Be watchful and strengthen the things that remain that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come unto thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I shall come unto thee.» How many times the human agent fails and, when the urgency arises, is all unprepared to do service for Christ. Had he watched, he would have proved himself a friend indeed, and an ambassador of Jesus. But the Spirit of Christ is not in him, it is another Spirit.

PC.393.004

Let the tempted and tried souls remember that when chastisement comes upon them, it is the Lord who would save them from death. Let the souls to whom reproof comes, remember that «As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten.» The human agent imbued with the Spirit of Christ will watch for souls as they that must give an account. The The claims of Christ are upon us, and we must understand our duty, and do it in the fear of God, with an eye single to his glory, and not prove unfaithful. Let no thought of self or of natural feelings be cherished to keep the lips silent. Speak, and be not afraid, with the heart full of tenderness and love for souls, care, exhort, and entreat. Never cease to labor for a soul while there is one ray of hope. Your words may cut to the soul. Oh, then be cautious and clothe them with the love and tenderness of Jesus. Soften every accent with love and sympathy, remembering that you are not to be ignorant of the plague of your own heart, and that if Christ should mark your every word and action, there would be an array of figures written in his book, showing that you yourself are greatly out of harmony with his holy will. As you deal with others, as you judge others, so the Lord will judge and deal with you. Let the agent who claims to be a child of God, practise the lessons of Christ. If he is compelled to wound, let him feel the duty of healing as compulsory upon him. The truth is ever to be spoken in love, with the Spirit of God abiding in the soul.

PC.394.001

God calls upon you to conquer your own spirit, to correct your own mistakes, to confess your sins before God that pardon may be written off against your own names. With earnest prayer seek wisdom of God, and be careful how you judge and pass sentence upon your brother. God has not placed you on the judgment seat. Great and grand truths for this time are to be brought into practical life. Christ says, «I will sanctify myself, that as head and representative of the human family, the soul may believe on me, and may be sanctified.» A religion that does not touch the heart, cannot transform the character, and sanctify the life. Religious vigilance can never be laid to rest. We must stand as faithful sentinels over the mind and soul, lest Satan steal away the heavenly gifts. Dare not to cast the first stone at your neighbor, lest Christ shall say to you, as you parade the sins of others, presenting them in an aggravated light, «Let him that is without sin cast the first stone.» Would you not then be covered with confusion of face, as you consider the daily record of sins in your practical life, and remember what is written in the books of heaven? It is these things that are bringing the wrath of God on the children of disobedience. The discrepancy of profession and practise is doing a baleful work, and misrepresenting the character of Christ. Oh that all would realize what great harm is done to souls by little acts, and by sinful inconsistencies! Oh that all might see this and be converted!

PC.394.002

The Lord is soon to come and the perils of the last days are upon us. Probation will soon close. Will you fall upon the rock and be broken? Self must die . Your heart can be made tender only by the grace of Jesus Christ. Redeem the time, and no longer pull down with one hand what you are striving to build up with the other, The influence of your words is too often destroyed by the inconsistency of your example. The power of your principles is neutralized by your practise. The unsubdued passions of the human heart, the hard judgment that if meted out to others in your manner and words, does not reveal the meekness of Christ, and in the records of heaven you are judged as you have judged others, and your hard heart has become more unfit for heaven. Take away the stumbling blocks for the sake of your own soul and for the sake of the souls of others for whom Christ died. Open the door of the heart to the love and gentleness of Christ. Let it pervade the soul, and brighten the lives of others, and you will know what the blessing of God is. (Signed) Ellen G. White —

PC.395.001

Qualifications Essential For the Work of God In his word the Lord enumerates the gifts and graces that are indispensable for all who connect with his work. He does not teach us to ignore learning or despise education, for when controlled by the love and fear of God, intellectual culture is a blessing; yet this is not presented as the most important qualification for the service of God. Jesus passed by the wise men of his time, the men of education and position, because they were so proud and self sufficient in their boasted superiority, that they could not sympathize with suffering humanity, and become colaborers with the Man of Nazareth. In their bigotry they scorned to be taught by Christ. The Lord Jesus would have men connected with his work who appreciate that work as sacred; then they can cooperate with God. They will be unobstructed channels through which his grace can flow. The attributes of the character of Christ can be imparted to those only who distrust themselves. The highest scientific education cannot in itself develop a Christlike character. The fruits of true wisdom come from Christ alone.

PC.395.002

Every worker should test his own qualifications by the word of God. Have the men who are handling sacred things a clear understanding, a right perception of things of eternal interest? Will they consent to yield to the working of the Holy Spirit, or do they permit themselves to be controlled by their own hereditary and cultivated tendencies? It becomes all to examine themselves, whether they be in the faith.

PC.395.003

Those who occupy positions of trust in the work of God should ever bear in mind that these positions involve great responsibility. The right performance of the solemn work for this time, and the salvation of the souls connected with us in any way, depend in a great degree upon our own spiritual condition. All should cultivate a vivid sense of their responsibility; for their own present, well being, and their eternal destiny will be decided by the spirit they cherish. If self is woven into the work, it is as the offering of strange fire in the place of the sacred. Such workers incur the displeasure of the Word. Brethren, remove your hands from the work, unless you can distinguish the sacred fire from the common.

PC.396.001

Those who have stood as representative men are not all Christian gentlemen. There is prevalent a spirit that seeks the mastery over others. Men regard themselves as authority, they express their opinions, and pass resolutions about matters of which they have no experimental knowledge. Some who are connected with the publishing house at _____, pass through the office, speaking with different ones, giving directions which they suppose it proper for them to give, when they do not understand what they are talking about.

PC.396.002

Great injustice and even dishonesty have been committed in the board meetings, in bringing matters before those who have not an experience that will enable them to be competent judges. Manuscripts have been placed in the hands of men for criticisms, when the eyes of their understanding were so blinded that they could not discern the spiritual import of the subject with which they were dealing. More than this, they had no real knowledge of bookmaking. They had had neither study nor practise in the line of literary productions. Men have sat in judgment upon books and manuscripts unwisely placed in their hands, when they should have declined to serve in any such capacity. It would have been only honest for them to say, «I have had no experience in this line of work, and should certainly do injustice to myself and to others, in giving my opinion. Excuse me, brethren; instead of instructing others, I need that some one should teach me.» But this was far from their thoughts. They expressed themselves freely in regard to subjects of which they knew nothing. Conclusions have been accepted as the opinions of wise men, when they were simply the opinions of novices.

PC.396.003

The time has come when, in the name and strength of God, the church must act for the good of souls and for the honor of God. A lack of firm faith and of discernment in sacred things should be regarded as sufficient to bar any man from connection with the work of God. So also the indulgence of a quick temper, a harsh, overbearing spirit, reveals that its possessor should not be placed where he will be called to decide weighty questions that affect God’s heritage. A passionate man should have no part to act in dealing with human minds. He cannot be trusted to shape matters which have a relation to those whom Christ has purchased at an infinite price. If he undertakes to manage man, he will hurt and bruise their souls; for he has not the fine touch, the delicate sensibility which the grace of Christ imparts. His own heart needs to be softened, subdued by the Spirit of God; the heart of stone has not become a heart of flesh.

PC.396.004

Those who are thus misrepresenting Christ, are placing a wrong mold upon the work; for they encourage all who are connected with them to do as they do. For their souls’ sake, for the sake of those who are in danger from their influence, they should resign their position; for the record will appear in heaven that the wrongdoer has the blood of many souls upon his garments. He has caused some to become exasperated, so that they have given up the faith; others have been imbued with his own Satanic attributes, and the evil done, it is impossible to estimate. Those only who make it manifest that their hearts are being sanctified through the truth, should be retained in positions of trust in the Lord’s work.

PC.397.001

Let all consider that whatever their employment, they are to represent Christ, with steadfast purpose, let every man seek to have the mind of Christ. Especially should those who have accepted the position of directors or counselors feel that they are required to be in every respect Christian gentlemen. While in dealing with others we are always to be faithful, we should not be rude. The souls with whom we have to do are the Lord’s purchased possession, and we are to permit no hasty, overbearing expression to escape the lips. Brethren, treat men as men, not as servants, to be ordered about at your pleasure. He who indulges a harsh, overbearing spirit, might better become a tender of sheep, as did Moses, and thus learn what it means to be a true shepherd. Moses gained in Egypt an experience as a mighty statesman, and as a leader of the armies, but he did not there learn the lessons essential for true greatness. He needed an experience in more humble duties, that he might become a caretaker, tender toward every living thing. In keeping the flocks of Jethro, his sympathies were called out to the sheep and lambs, and he learned to guard these creatures of God with the gentlest care. Although their voice could never complain of mistreatment, yet their attitude might show much. God cares for all the creatures he has made. In working for God in this lowly station, Moses learned to be a tender shepherd for Israel.

PC.397.002

The Lord would have us learn a lessons also from the experience of Daniel. There are many who might become mighty men, if, like this faithful Hebrew, they would depend upon God for grace to be overcomers, and for strength and efficiency in their labors. Daniel manifested the most perfect courtesy, both toward his elders and toward the youth. He stood as a witness for God, and sought to take such a course that he might not be ashamed for heaven to hear his word of to behold his works. When Daniel was required to partake of the luxuries of the king’s table, he did not fly into a passion, neither did he express a determination to eat and drink as he pleased. Without speaking one word of defiance, he took the matter to God. He and his companions sought wisdom from the Lord, and when they came forth from earnest prayer, their decision was made. With true courage and Christian courtesy, Daniel presented the case to the officer who had them in charge, asking that they might be granted a simple diet. These youth felt that their religious principles were at stake, and they relied upon God whom they loved and served. Their request was granted, for they had obtained favor with God and with men.

PC.398.001

Men in every position of trust need to take their place in the school of Christ, and heed the injunction of the Great Teacher; «Learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.» We have no excuse for manifesting one wrong trait of character. «Not by might nor by power, but by my Spirit, saith the Lord of Hosts.» In your dealing with others, whatever you see or hear that needs to be corrected, first seek the Lord for wisdom and grace, that in trying to be faithful, you may not be rude. Ask him to give you the gentleness of Christ; then you will be true to your duty, true to your position of trust, and true to God, a faithful steward, overcoming natural and acquired tendencies to evil.

PC.398.002

None but a whole hearted Christian can be a perfect gentleman, but if Christ is abiding in the soul, his Spirit will be revealed in the manner, the words, and the actions. Gentleness and love cherished in the heart, will appear in self denial, in true courtesy. Such workers will be the light of the world. (Signed) Ellen G. White (April 23, 1896) —

PC.398.003

Right Relations in the Work of God Men, fallible men, are not to think it is their prerogative to control, to mark out, or to prescribe the labors of their fellow men. When God works upon the human instrumentality, let men be very careful how they intermeddle; for it is its process, the work of God is divine. The work of God has often been hindered by men considering that they had power to say, «Go here» or «Go there» «Do this» or «Do that,» without consulting the individual himself, or respecting his convictions as a laborer together with God. God has promised his presence to every believer; and let those who are in positions of authority, presidents of conferences and board councils, and everyone who has to do with the human mind, respect the individuality of mind and conscience. These workers are in copartnership with Jesus Christ, and you may interpose yourself so as to interfere with God’s plans; for the human agent is under his special authority and dictation.

PC.398.004

When men composing boards and councils, are themselves walking at a distance from God, of what value is their discernment and wisdom to decide in reference to the work of God’s delegated servants? The human mind is open to jealousies, evil surmisings, and selfish considerations, and God’s plans are often turned aside by the caprice and by the plans of unconsecrated men. If the door is not closed to the enemy, he will enter and will figure largely in human inventions. The Lord requires the men who have a directing influence in his work, to be wholly consecrated to him. He wants them to have hearts of flesh, and not of steel.

PC.399.001

Men who do not control their own impulses are not chosen by the Lord to deal with human minds. For this work, there is need of much prayer, much humiliation before God, much deep sensibility of the value of the human soul, for whom Christ has paid so great a price. It was to seek for the pearl of great price that he left the enjoyments of heaven. And when the pearl is found, all heaven rejoices. When this is the case, why do not men tremble when they see the pearl in danger of being lost? Why are they not working conscientiously to secure that pearl for Jesus Christ? God sees that men in official positions are lifted up by self confidence and self importance. He sees that they are speaking and acting wrongly toward those who need wise instruction, and who need to come in contact with men who have hearts of flesh and not of steel.

PC.399.002

Christ is our example, and everyone placed in a position of trust, needs the subduing influence of the Spirit of God upon the heart day by day. Christ wept with those that wept. In all their afflictions he was afflicted, and was touched with the feeling of their infirmities. He is a tender and faithful High Priest. He considers the cases of the tried and tempted ones as verily his own, and he ministers unto them. These weak ones of the flock are to be carefully nourished with the manna Christ has supplied. They are to be educated not to look to men and trust in men, whatever may be their calling.

PC.399.003

God would have all such confederacies broken to stone and remodeled upon Christlike principles. The foundation stone must be mercy. Human minds are not to be trampled, and bound and driven by human hands. The Lord Jesus must hold the reins in his own hands that were pierced to bring peace and comfort and hope to every soul who will believe on him. He gives to the purchase of his blood the guardianship of his grace; they shall move in his light, clad in the robes of his righteousness. To every man is given his work; and while souls are brought into church capacity, work is assigned them of God. They are to move as winds that are under the controlling influence of God.

PC.399.004

Men are educated to look to men, and to depend on men. One man, by virtue of his position, exercises authority over others as if they were to be led by lines, this way and that, as dumb animals. God has not directed in this way. God is our chief, God is our instructor, and to him we must look. We must ask the Holy Spirit’s guidance, and expect to be led and controlled by it. The church organization is to be respected, but it is not to be made in any way a galling yoke. Men are not to assume the prerogative of God, and think to rule and coerce and oppress the souls of God’s purchased possessions. All heaven is indignant at what men, with complacency, will do to their fellow men, claiming at the same time to be representatives of Jesus Christ. They too often represent the spirit and character of Satan.

PC.400.001

Christ has found his pearl of great price in lost, perishing souls. He sold all that he had to come into possession, even engaged to do the work, and run the risk of losing his own life in the conflict. How then should man regard his fellow man? Christ has demonstrated the way. He says, «A new commandment I give unto you, that ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another.»

PC.400.002

When these words are heeded and obeyed in the spirit and in the letter, we will be doers of the word, and not hearers only. When these words are practised by those who claim to have wisdom to guide the sheep of the Lord’s pasture, there will be far less selfishness, far less boasting, far less putting forth the finger and speaking vanity. Jesus is to superintend all events in the present and future of his church. John was instructed to write the things which he had seen «and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter; the mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in my right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches; and the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are the seven churches.»

PC.400.003

Oh, that men would revere the great Head of the Church, and would manufacture less human methods, bringing down spirituality to the very dust with human inventions. God has been left out, and the church is not prepared to advance to the conflict under the banner of Jesus Christ. It is not doing the work for suffering souls, which Christ owns as if done to himself. But the church, defective as it is, and enfeebled with so much chaff, is the only object on earth upon which He bestows His highest regard. In His estimation, the church in heaven and the church on earth are identical. He has promised to come personally into the midst of his church. He says to everyone holding a position of trust, «Learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.»

PC.400.004

Men in official position must realize that their position gives them no license to be unkind or uncourteous, no license to be oppressive, and to let their tongues, which should be sanctified, speak words which will open a door of temptation, and help the great adversary in his work of discouraging souls. God has given us a work to do in saving souls from the companionship of Satan. (Signed) Ellen G. White

PC.401.001

General Interests of the Cause Dear Brother: At half past two in the morning, while the house is locked in slumber, I commence penning these lines to you. I think of the large church at Battle Creek, and of the important interests centered there, which makes it a missionary field in the highest sense. People are coming from all parts of the world to the Sanitarium, and many youth from the different States are attending the College. That field requires the very best methods of labor, that the strongest religious influence may be constantly exerted upon all. God would have men cultivate their abilities, that they may have broader ideas in planning and executing his work. When this is done, the saving power of the grace of Christ will be manifested by those who believe present truth.

PC.401.002

As the work grows, if the workers will rely firmly upon the wisdom and power of God, their minds will expand to keep pace with his opening providence. Those who possess piety and ability should be encouraged to obtain the necessary education, that they may assist in the great work of spreading the light of truth. Progress will then be seen in the great closing message for these last days.

PC.401.003

God has different sets of work men for the different branches of his cause. When those whom he has called to do a certain work, have carried that work along as far as they can with the ability he has given them, the Lord in his providence will call and qualify other men to come in and work with them, still making advance moves, that together they may carry it still farther, and lift the standard higher. He will never allow his work to diminish in strength for efficiency, if those to whom he has given their work will act their part with unswerving fidelity. There must be no (belittling) the men whom God has accepted as his workmen.

PC.401.004

This great and solemn work is not to be carried to its completion by a few men who have been selected as opportunity has offered, to bear responsibility. There are some minds which do not grow with the work, but allow the work to grow far beyond them, and they find themselves tired and worn before they comprehend the circumstances. Then when those whom God is qualifying to assist in the work, take hold of it in a little different way from that in which these responsible men have tried to do it, they should be very careful not to hinder these helpers, or to circumscribe the work. Since they did not see the work in all its bearings, and did not have the burden which God has specially laid upon others, why should they say just how that work should be done? Those who do not discern and adapt themselves to the increasing demands of the work, should not stand blocking the wheels, and thus hindering the advancement of others.

PC.402.001

The case of David is to the point. He made large provisions for building a temple for the Lord; but the Lord told him that he was not the one to do that work; it must devolve on Solomon, because of his large experience; but the younger man must do the work.

PC.402.002

The weary, worn minds of all the older brethren do not take in the greatness of the work in all its bearings, and are not inclined to keep pace with the opening providences of God. Therefore, the responsibilities of the work should not rest wholly with them, as they would not bring into it all the elements essential for its advancement, and thus the work would be retarded.

PC.402.003

The work in Battle Creek, and in the State of Michigan is far, far behind. For several years there has been on the part of the Conference Committee and the laborers, a want of wise planning and discreet management in regard to it. While the President of the General Conference was willing to do much work he did not see the necessity of training the powers of mind and qualifying himself to plan to discern the talents of young men and set them to work, associating with himself those who could help him. It is well to see and understand the situation, and the needs of foreign missions, so as not to neglect them, we should also be able to comprehend the needs of the work at our very doors. Home missions should not be neglected. There has been an oversight in doing this.

PC.402.004

There is a sad neglect at Battle Creek in not using the many advantages right at hand, to keep the heart of the work in a healthy condition. Vigorous heart beats from the center should be felt in all parts of the body of believers. But if the heart is sickly and weak in its action, its inefficiency affects all branches of the work. A sound, healthy, working power at the center of the work, is positively essential, in order that the truth may be carried to the world. It must be diffused through families and communities. This will require wise generalship in devising plans, and educating others to assist in the work. Persons of talent must be sought out, and encouraged to labor in various places, according to the capabilities God has given them. Let every instrumentality of God that is brought within the reach of those older in experience, be encouraged by them to find a place in the work, and these to be educated with the advancing work.

PC.402.005

Much ability has been lost to the cause of God; because many in responsible positions were so narrow in their ideas, that they did not discern the increasing responsibilities. They did not have extended vision to see that the work was becoming altogether too large to be carried forward by the workers then engaged in it. The work had outgrown them. Much, very much is now left undone which should have been done because men have held things in their own finite hands, instead of proportioning the work to a larger number of workers and trusting that God would help them. They have tried to take all branches of the work upon themselves, fearing others would not prove as efficient. Their wills have therefore controlled in everything, and through some unwise decisions, made because of their inability to grasp all the wants of the cause in its various parts, and as the result, great losses have been sustained. The work has been bound about, not from design, but from not discerning the necessity of a different order of things to meet the demands for the time. This is largely due to the feeling of Elder Butler that position gave unlimited authority. Greater responsibilities were pressed upon him and accepted, than one person could carry; and the consequence was a demoralized condition of affairs, notwithstanding he may have done the very best he himself could do under the circumstances. But the infinite God saw there was different kind of qualifications needed to place a different mold on the work. On the part of his brethren there was a fear that others desired Brother’s place, which has caused suspicions, and has resulted in keeping in the background those men whom God would have used, could they have had sufficient encouragement, and an opportunity to work. God has not wrought as he would, because of surmisings and suspicions, and because there was not discernment and planning to let every man do the work that God is fitting him to perform, in an understanding, intelligent manner. The lesson must be learned, that when God appoints means for a certain work, we are not to neglect these means, put them aside, and then pray and expect that he will work miracles to supply our neglect. To every man God has appointed his work, according to his capacities and capabilities. Wise planning is needed to place each one in his proper sphere in the work, in order that he may obtain an experience which will fit him to bear increased responsibility.

PC.403.001

In God’s dealings, in temporal as well as spiritual things, blessings come to man through the use of means. If the husbandman neglects to till his ground, God works no miracle to make up for his neglect; and when the harvest time comes, he has no crops to gather. As in the natural world, so in the spiritual; God always honors the use of the means he has ordained to do his work. It is by practise that men must be qualified for any emergency that may arise. Men need to become better acquainted with themselves and be discerning in regard to their own weak points of character, and then make every effort to strengthen these points, for God makes this their duty.

PC.403.002

No one should lean wholly upon another’s mind; but as God’s free agent, each should ask wisdom of him. When the learner depends in a large degree upon another man’s thoughts and goes no farther than to accept his plans, he sees only through that man’s eyes, and is so far only an echo of the other. God will, by his own Spirit, work directly through the mind he has put in man, if the man will only give him a chance to work, and will recognize his dealings with him. God designs that men shall use their minds and consciences for themselves. He never designed that one man should become the shadow of another, and utter only another’s sentiments. But this error has been coming in among us, that a very few are to be mind, conscience, and judgment for all God’s workers. The foundation of Christianity is «Christ, our Righteousness.» Men are individually responsible to God and must act as God acts upon them, not as another human mind acts upon their mind; for if this method of indirect influence is kept up, souls cannot be impressed and directed by the great I Am. They will, on the other hand, have their experience blended with another, and will be kept under a moral restraint, which allows no freedom of action or of choice.

PC.404.001

God deals with his creatures as with responsible beings. He has issued no command that the leaders of the Battle Creek church shall remain anchored, until by some mighty miracle-working power the church is sent forward and upward to the harbor God has appointed. If we would be wise, and use diligently, prayerfully, and thankfully the means whereby light and blessings are to come to his people, then no voice nor power upon earth would have authority over us to say, «This shall not be.»

PC.404.002

The Lord has presented before me that men in responsible positions are standing directly in the way of the workings of God upon his people, because they think that the work must be done and the blessings must come in a certain way they have marked out, and they will not recognize that which comes in any other way. «We are laborers together with God.» Copy the ways of the Lord Jesus. He was a perfect character.

PC.404.003

May the Lord place this matter before you as it is. God works, not as men plan, nor as men wish, but «in a mysterious way, his wonders to perform.» Why treat God’s ways as worthless, because they do not coincide with our private ideas? God has appointed channels of light, but these are not necessarily through the minds of any particular man or set of men. When all shall take their appointed places in God’s work, and not allow others to mold them at will, then one great advance will have been made toward letting the light shine upon the world.

PC.404.004

The efforts made here to close every avenue to light and truth which is supposed to disagree with the opinions of some leading men, are very unreasonable. Are these men infallible? Has God appointed them supreme judges of how light shall come to his people? I answer, No.

PC.404.005

During the Conference at Battle Creek, when the question of the law in Galatians was being examined, I was taken to a number of houses, and heard the unchristian remarks and criticisms made by delegates. Then these words were spoken: «They must have the truth as it is in Jesus, else it will not be a saving truth to them.» «Without me,» says Christ, «ye can do nothing.» When finite men shall cease to put themselves in the way, to hinder, then God will work in our midst as never before.

PC.405.001

It was shown me that broader plans should be laid but at the same time the work in each branch of the cause should be harmoniously united with that in every other branch, all making a perfect whole; but now, selfish ideas and principles are interwoven with the plans of the workers, which makes the work defective. One man, who has the oversight of a certain line of work, magnifies his responsibilities until that one branch, in his mind, is above every other branch, when in reality all are equally important. When this narrow, selfish idea is received, all his energies are set to imbue the people with the same idea. This is human nature, but not after Christ’s order. Just in proportion as this policy is followed, Christ is pushed aside, and self appears prominent. When the Saviour is allowed his part in the work, none will become entirely absorbed in any one branch of it, but all will have broad ideas, and will attribute to all parts of the work their due importance.

PC.405.002

The Jews, in Christ’s day, in the exercise of their own spirit of self exaltation, brought in rigid rules and exactions, and so took away all chance for God to work upon minds, until mercy and the love of God were entirely lost sight of in their work. It was this which caused rulers to lay upon the people the heavy burdens of which they justly complained, which our Saviour condemned. Do not follow in their track. Leave God a chance to do something for those who love him, and do not impose upon them rules and regulations, which, if followed, will leave them as destitute of the grace of God as were the hills of Gilboa, without dew or rain. Your very many resolutions need to be reduced to one third their number, and great care should be taken as to what resolutions are framed. Ours is missionary ground, having many advantages; and if wisely improved, a much larger number of workers would be fitted to go out into the field, as pastors and evangelists; but shortness of vision, and the narrowness of mind in some, have circumscribed the work. There is need of having vigorous efforts put forth in the churches in every conference. A living message, showing the living features of our times should be presented to them, not in a tame, lifeless style, but in the demonstration of the Spirit, and in the power of God. Responsibilities must be laid upon individual members of the church . A missionary spirit should be awakened, and wise workers appointed as they are needed, who will be active pastors , making personal efforts to bring the church up to that condition where spiritual death will not be seen in all her borders.

PC.406.001

There was much said to me in reference to other departments of the work, which I will not at this time write. When I came to know where I was, I was sitting up in bed, weary, and my heart very, very sad. I arose and prayed, and tried to write. The knowledge, Brother, communicated to me at that time and since then in regard to your positions and feelings, has distressed me beyond measure. The positions and ideas also which are entertained by Elder — are of that character to lead you both to occupy incorrect positions, where it would be impossible for me to stand with you; and if you maintain these positions, I shall be compelled, not only to differ with you in some things, but to withstand your ideas and your influence. I was never more conscious of this than during the experience I have had here at this meeting. I have not the least hesitancy in saying that a spirit has been brought into this meeting, not of seeking to obtain light, but to stand barricading the way, lest a ray should come into the hearts and minds of the people, through some other channel than that which you had decided to be the proper one.

PC.407.001

Personal Appeal God calls upon you who are connected with his instrumentalities, to do his work according to his plans, not your own. He calls for an entire consecration of yourselves to him. If you heed the requirement, it will be a blessing to you in this life and the inheritance of life eternal. There is now a precious period, though short, allotted to you for repentance and improvement.

PC.407.002

Brethren A. R. Henry and Harmon Lindsay, God is in earnest with you. Your duty is plain and imperative. Your minds need cultivation, that you may discern heavenly things, and choose them above the common and the earthly. Let not the present opportunity pass unimproved. Unless the warnings that God in his mercy is sending to you, are heeded, before a long time shall elapse you will make shipwreck of faith. You have sown the seeds of unbelief all along the line. And you have so long refused the evidence of the operation of the Holy Spirit that it is questionable whether you will ever again recognize the light from heaven. It may even appear as darkness to you, until the time shall come when every knee shall bow, and every tongue shall confess to God. Instead of regarding it as your imperative duty to cultivate personal piety, with a zeal proportionate to the preciousness of the holy faith you profess and the responsibility of your position, you have suffered yourselves to drift along, your impulses controlled by unholy imaginations and prejudices, until your course is an offense to God. What wonder that you lead the minds of others into the same channels? What wonder that some, following you, turn away from the rock foundation of eternal truth, to build, as you are building, upon the sand? It is a grievous robbery of God to become so blinded as you are today because you have refused heaven’s light, slighted the appeals that God has sent you, and have done your best to prove them inconsistent, and have declared them untrue. Your assertions have not made them untrue, but by your resistance against God your hearts have become hard and stubborn.

PC.407.003

Again I appeal to you: Will you now be zealous and repent? You have shown your zeal in strong words and oppressive measures towards your brethren. Now I beseech you to give evidence of earnest repentance before it shall be forever too late.

PC.407.004

Those who, notwithstanding the light given, have yoked up with you as men imbued with the Spirit of God, and actuated by a self denying interest in his cause, make yourselves responsible for the influence you have exerted and will exert contrary to the truth. Guilt will rest upon those who have placed increasing responsibilities upon you, when you have no living connection with God.

PC.408.001

A condition of things has been brought about that, unless God in mercy shall interpose, will work disaster to his cause. Inexperienced minds are being troubled at the outlook. For reasons that you can give, God is not moving upon the hearts of his people to supply the treasury. When you shall receive the Holy Spirit’s unction by returning unto the Lord with full purpose of heart, you will see yourselves in a new light altogether. You who are finite, erring, and unsanctified, have supposed that God’s children were put under your jurisdiction, for you to plan for them, and bring them to your terms. The policy you have labored so hard to establish in your connection with the work is an offense to God. He has never justified any arrangement, through organization, discipline, or laws, whereby men who have evidenced that they are not susceptible to the Holy Spirit’s moving, shall use their power to sustain others in a like disregard of the Spirit’s work. But such has been the arrangement that has prevailed. You have made it hard for those whom you do not especially like, while others who are self serving have been favored and exalted. Partiality and hypocrisy have excluded the Spirit of God from many hearts, and left them as destitute of his grace as the hills of Gilboa were destitute of dew or rain. Let is no longer be regarded as your privilege to control God’s heritage.

PC.408.002

The Lord himself will turn and overturn, and set things in order. He has the responsibility of his own work, and he has not entrusted the management of his people to unsanctified human minds.

PC.408.003

It is hard for men to learn their real weakness and ignorance and inefficiency. It is hard for the ambitious heart to receive God’s ideas and plans with unquestioning faith and obedience. Some have very high ideas of the importance of their own individuality, and by their headstrong course are saying, We want not God’s way, but our own way.

PC.408.004

The time is near when God by his providence will make manifest what principles have been cherished by the men connected with the management of his work. Unless these men are converted, they will be separated from the work. But the appeals and warnings given have had no more effect upon their hearts than the messages of Christ had upon the Pharisees, and I greatly fear in their behalf, lest they shall continue to walk in the same path, manifesting the same exacting and intolerant spirit, as did the ruling Pharisees. I fear that the same judgments will fall upon them because they have rejected the Lord’s reproof, and have set the stumbling block of their iniquity before their eyes.

PC.408.005

My brethren, in the name of the Lord I counsel you to seek him by repentance and confession. Let your sins of omission and commission go beforehand to judgment, that pardon may be written against your names, that you may be accounted worthy to stand before him when he shall appear. (Signed) Ellen G. White (Written May 30, 1895; copies May 6, 1896.) Recopied, Her —

PC.409.001

Granville, N. S. W. September, 1895 To Men in Responsible Positions in Battle Creek Dear Brethren: You have no right to absorb in Battle Creek the means that is sent in by our people, and leave mission fields impoverished. The funds that accumulate in Battle Creek have not been created by those who handle the means. It is the faith of the people in the cause and work of God that has brought tithes and offerings to the treasury.

PC.409.002

The efforts made to induce our people to move away from Battle Creek have not succeeded. And why? Because the enlargements constantly going forward have been encouraging people to move in. There was represented to me a mammoth vineyard, requiring much labor to tend and care for it. Men were working in one part of the vineyard, while other parts were left unworked, to grow thorns and briers. One of dignified bearing said, Why are you setting out so many plants in this part of the field? Take some of the plants to other portions of God’s vineyard. More ground may be brought under cultivation. Thus the work will be greatly extended, and new elements will be brought in. When the people are congregated together as they are in Battle Creek, it requires more labor to keep the church in a right condition than would be required to minister to the same number if they were scattered as they should be in different parts of the field.

PC.409.003

Consolidation means that all institutions are to be merged into the Battle Creek institutions. For years something of this kind has been proposed by one and another. But according to the light I have had, the plan is wrong, decidedly wrong. Let every institution stand in its own individuality, doing its respective work in its own locality. There are not in Battle Creek men of sufficient clearness of discernment, sanctified by the grace of Christ, to carry the responsibilities which they now assume. If there is any action taken to merge everything into one institution under the dictation of those now presiding, it will be one of the worst pieces of business that were ever transacted in Battle Creek in connection with the cause of God.

PC.410.001

The Pacific Press should stand in its own moral independence, carrying on its work beyond the Rocky Mountains, in a little world of its own. Its managers are responsible to God to do their work as in full view of the universe of heaven.

PC.410.002

Men are coming to trust in men, and to make flesh their arm; and when that arm is not linked in the arm of Christ, they will find that they are leaning upon a broken reed. The publishing houses were established in America in the counsel of God, under his direction and supervision, and they should stand in their own individuality, as sister institutions. Never should they be so related to each other that one shall have power to control the running of the other. If one institution shall adopt a policy which the other does not sanction, the other institution is not to be corrupted, but is to stand in its God given responsibility, true to the principles that were expressed in its establishment, and carrying forward the work in harmony with those principles.

PC.410.003

Our people do not know what they are about. In some of their movements they act like blind men. The managers at Battle Creek are taking altogether too much on their hands; but they do not understand the result of this confederacy. Every institution should work in harmony with the other institutions, but farther than this they should not go toward confederacy or merging into one. Already there are men, who, supposing themselves wise, are trying to shape matters according to their ideas. Things may for a time appear to prosper in their hands, but the result will be that which they do not now anticipate.

PC.410.004

For years a spirit of oppression has been coming into Battle Creek. The human agents are lifting up themselves unto selfishness and domination. Not a work can be published but they try to gain control of it, and if authors do not concede to their propositions, those who publish the work will exert an influence with canvassers and other agents that will hinder its sale, and this wholly irrespective of the value of the book. And when every institution is merged into the one that is greatest — that is, measured by her power of control — that one will indeed be a ruling power, and if the principles of action in the most powerful institution are corrupted, as is now the case, and as has been in the history of the past, every other institution must follow the same path, also a determined influence will be brought to bear against it. The difficulty is not in the institution, but in the members.

PC.410.005

This disposition to press men into hard places if you cannot bring them to your ideas, is not according to God’s order. Those who do this when it suits them, are bringing souls into unbelief and temptation, and driving them on Satan’s battlefield. They forget that God will deal with them as they deal with their fellow men. God’s cause is not to be molded by one man, or or half a dozen men. All his responsible stewards are to bear a share in the devising, as well as in the execution of the plans. Men must not forget that the God of heaven is a God of justice; with him is no partiality, no hypocrisy. He will not serve with men’s selfishness, nor sanction their plans to rob one soul of his rights because they can press him inconsiderately, and make statements and plans that compel surrender or leave him helpless.

PC.411.001

Shall everything pass under the control of men whom we know have not a living connection with God? He who says, «I know thy works,» hears all their suggestions, listens to all their plans. The institutions of God’s creating, which he established upon principles of justice and equity, they are seeking to make a means of oppression, forcing the Lord’s workers to accept terms which they themselves were the situation reversed, would not accept.

PC.411.002

God’s instrumentalities are not chosen of men, or under their jurisdiction. They are to prepare a people to stand in the day of the Lord. God is a party to every transaction, and He is sinned against and misrepresented. The Lord’s powerful instrumentalities are made as a cutting sword to weaken and destroy, because those who are managing these instrumentalities posses attributes that lead them to do this. When men swerve from truth and righteousness, violate justice in deal, making contracts that bind others according to their will, and violate contracts, let them remember that for all this, God will bring them into judgment. By no sharp dealing or underhand advantage is the Lord to be glorified or his truth served. Money acquired in this way to supply the treasury will benefit no one; for God will not serve with the sins of oppression and selfishness.

PC.411.003

It should be written on the conscience as with a pen of iron upon a rock that no man can achieve true success while violating the eternal principles of right. There must be a cleansing of the institutions similar to Christ’s cleansing of the temple of old. «It is written,» saith the Lord, «my house shall be called a house of prayer, but ye have made it a den of thieves.» There are in our institutions today transactions similar to those that took place in the temple court in Christ’s time; and all heaven is looking on.

PC.411.004

God is dishonored by those who are in responsible places of stewardship, yet do not realize the necessity of being, both in spirit and words, an example to those connected with them, who have learned to do as they require. Every one must have the grace of God for his own soul, he must confide in the pardoning mercy of God through the merits of Christ. Then he will not manifest a harsh zeal to bruise and wound, but a sanctified zeal to answer the prayer of Christ, which he offered before his crucifixion, zeal not for human uplifting, but for the glory of God.

PC.412.001

The change of the natural, inherited, and cultivated tendencies of the human heart, is that change of which Jesus spoke when he said to Nicodemus, «Except a man be born again, he cannot see (discern) the Kingdom of God.» Nicodemus did not understand Christ’s words. He inquired, «How can these things be?» The answer comes home to every man in responsible positions, «Art thou a master of Israel, and knowest not these things? Verily, verily, I say unto thee, We speak that we do know, and testify that we have seen: And ye receive not our witness. If I have told your earthly things, and ye believe not, how shall ye believe if I tell you of heavenly things? And no man hath ascended up to heaven but he that came down from heaven, even the Son of Man which is in heaven.»

PC.412.002

The change of heart represented by the new birth can be brought about only through the effectual working of the Holy Spirit, self love and pride resist the Spirit of God. Every natural inclination of the soul withstands and opposes the change from self importance and pride to the meekness and lowliness of Christ. It is only through receiving divine light, only through the cooperation of heavenly intelligences, that we can discern the spiritual character of the kingdom of God. Only thus can we have a lively sense of the duties due to all with whom we are connected in labor, or with whom we are brought in contact. We are under contract to God. The express requirements of the Old Testament are in perfect agreement with the teaching of the New Testament.

PC.412.003

The Lord Jesus spoke from the pillar of cloud, «And now, Israel, what doth the Lord require of thee, but to fear the Lord thy God, to walk in all his ways, and to love him, and to serve the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul, to keep the commandments of the Lord and his statutes, which I command thee this day for thy good? For the Lord your God is a God of gods, and Lord of lords, a great God a mighty, and a terrible, which regardeth not persons, nor taketh regards: he doth execute the judgment of the fatherless and widow, and loveth the stranger, and giveth him food and raiment.» Compare this with the words of Christ in the New Testament: «A certain lawyer stood up, and tempted him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life? He said unto him, What is written in the law, how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself. And he said unto him, Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt live.» «A father of the fatherless and a judge of the widow is God in his holy habitation.» «The Lord preserveth the strangers: he relieveth the fatherless and the widow: but the way of the wicked he turneth upside down.» «If thy brother be waxen poor, and falleth into decay with thee; then thou shalt relieve him; yea, though he be a stranger, or a sojourner; that he may live with thee; Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usury, nor lend him thy victuals for increase. I am the Lord your God, which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, to give you the land of Canaan, and to be your God. Thou shalt not rule over him with vigor, but shall fear thy God.» See also Deut. 15:7011; 24;14, 15, 19-21; Lev. 19:32-37. «Owe no man anything, but to love one another.» The oppression of the poor, which is nothing less than actual robbery, is not punishable by human course, except in very extreme cases; but it is marked by the God of heaven as the abhorred practise which he would in no case tolerate.

PC.413.001

The apostle James says to the rich, «Behold, the hire of the laborers who have reaped down your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth: and the cries of them which have reaped are entered into the ears of the Lord of sabbath.» God condemns injustice wherever manifested, whoever the person, whatever the business. Wherever schemes are devised to withhold money from those to whom it is due, or to deprive any man of his rights, there God’s disapprobation rests. It is for the interest of every soul connected with the work of God to receive his warnings and reproofs, and die to that stubborn will which has opposed the will of God.

PC.413.002

The publishing houses were brought into existence in a spirit of sacrifice, and no persons should have been permitted to hold a responsible position in the work, who desired to work according to the world’s policy. The consecration and purity of the worker will be evidenced by the principles manifested in him attitude toward every child of God. The publishing house was established for the purpose of doing business upon the principles of justice and equity, judging every case without partiality and without hypocrisy. In our institution the Spirit of Christ was to be a witness to the world of the character of God, a living epistle, known and read of all men. These institutions were to reveal nothing like oppression; the managers were to be those who showed decidedly that they were under the control of God. Selfishness and the love of money was not to set aside those principles of sacrifice which characterized the establishment of these instrumentalities.

PC.413.003

No one should be allowed to engage in the sacred work who could be bought or sold for money. No one is to take advantage of any man’s ignorance or necessity, in order to charge exorbitant prices for work done or for goods sold. The managers are not obeying the commandments of God when by any selfish devising they secure the benefit of the time or talents of the workmen. Such a course is robbery of your neighbor. God has given everyone of his workers certain qualifications for which he is responsible, not to any man or set of men, but to God. He is so to use them that they will be a blessing to himself by having it in his power to be a blessing to others. The practises that have prevailed in the Review and Herald office, and which are now leavening the managers of the Conferences, are not correct. I can not specify all the departures from righteousness; they are too many to be enumerated, and I am not told to do this.

PC.414.001

Some will urge that in dealing with sharpers, those who have no conscience, one must conform in a large degree to the customs that prevail; that should he adopt a course of strict integrity, he will be compelled to give up his business, or fail to secure a livelihood. Where is your faith in God? He owns you as his sons and daughters on condition that you come our from the world and be separate and touch not the unclean thing. There will be violent temptations to diverge from the straight path; there will be innumerable arguments in favor of conforming to custom, and adopting practises that are really dishonest.

PC.414.002

When one worker enters into a confederacy with another, as has been done, seeking to supply that other’s lack of aptitude or knowledge, he is doing that one an injury, and assisting in a deception. That worker receives pay for qualifications which he has not, and his failures in duties which he is supposed to perform, are many. Yet the largest wages are received, and the treasury is robbed. God has been greatly displeased by these things.

PC.414.003

These may be regarded by men as little things, but was it a little thing for Adam and Eve to eat of the fruit which God had forbidden them to eat? The smallness of the act did not avert the consequences. It was disobedience to God’s commandments, and the floodgates of woe were opened upon our world. We cannot be Christians and connive at any dishonest practise or breach of trust. The Christian will not be found spending extravagantly means that he has not earned. God requires every man to be punctual, just, and without guilt in his lips or in his heart. Be righteous in all dealings with your fellow men if you would have not only the name but the character of a Christian. Those who depart from Bible principles, and vindicate their defects as righteous, have never received the true knowledge of Christ or the experience of being in truth doers of the word. There is nothing in the word of God that glosses over or excuses one phase of selfishness, one approach to overreaching or dishonesty.

PC.414.004

God pledges his most holy word that he will bless you if you will walk in his way, and do justice and judgment. «Thou shalt not have in thy bag divers weights, a great and a small: thou shalt not have in thine house divers measures, a great and a small: but thou shall have a perfect and just weight, a perfect and just measure shalt thou have: that thy days may be lengthened in the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee. For all that do such things, and all that do unrighteousness, are an abomination unto the Lord thy God. Remember what Amalek did unto thee by the way when we were come forth out of Egypt; how he met thee by the way, and smote the hindermost of thee, even all that were feeble behind thee, when thou wast faint and weary: and he feared not God.» Notwithstanding that the children of Israel had often grieved the Lord by departing from his counsel, he still had a tender care for them. The Lord Jesus Christ saw their enemies taking advantage of their circumstances, to do them an injury; for that work was to bring suffering against the weary, who were journeying under God’s leading. Hear the judgments which God pronounced: «Therefore it shall be, when the Lord thy God hath given rest from all thine enemies round about, in the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee for an inheritance to possess it, that thou shalt blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under heaven; thou shalt not forget it.»

PC.415.001

I pen these words of God that those who profess to be his children may not receive the curse pronounced upon Amalek because they have followed the practises of Amalek. If the heathen received this denunciation from their course for overcoming the faint and weary, what will the Lord express toward those who have had light, great opportunities, and privileges, but have not manifested the Spirit of Christ toward their own brethren? The Lord sees all the dealings of brother with brother, which weaken faith, and which destroy their own confidence in themselves as men dealing with justice and equity. In the most positive language he expresses his displeasure at the iniquity practised in trade. He says, «Shall I count them pure with the wicked balances, and with the bag of deceitful weights?» The very wrong here mentioned may not have been committed in our institutions, but acts which these things represent have been, and are still being done.

PC.416.001

It has not been after God’s order to center so much in Battle Creek. The state of things now exists that was presented before me as a warning. I am sick at heart at the representation. The Lord gave warnings to prevent this demoralizing condition of things, but they have not been heeded. «Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men.»

PC.416.002

I appeal to my brethren to wake up. Unless a change takes place speedily, I must give the facts to the people; for this state of things must change; unconverted men must no longer be managers and directors in so important and sacred work. With David we are forced to say, «It is time for thee, Lord, to work; for they have made void thy law.» (Signed) Mrs. E. G. White —

PC.416.003

Norfolk Villa, Prospect St., Granville, N. S. W. November 26, 1894 Elder O. A. Olsen Dear Brother: Of late I have not addressed so many communications to you as heretofore, fearing to lay upon you responsibilities that would be a tax. When we left Michigan, I placed in your hands Testimonies in regard to matters in the office. They were important and explicit, and I enjoined upon you to have a most faithful work done in reading the Testimonies to those concerned, in order to correct the existing evils. But you did not follow the directions, and the same things went on accumulating in their objectionable features until the matter was again presented to me in an aggravated character, with these words for those in responsible positions: «Neither will I serve with your sins, nor be with you anymore, unless you put away the wrongs from among you.»

PC.416.004

I learned from letters received from you that you did not read the Testimonies to those concerned and decidedly point out their errors. Here you failed to do your duty as President of the General Conference. You were presented to me in council meetings, listening to the statements and decisions of strong minded and hard hearted men who were not under the controlling influence of the Spirit of God. You knew that these decisions were not according to God’s order, yet you did not protest against them, and thus suffered them to pass as having received your sanction. Thus things have been going according to the will and impulse of men who are opposed to God’s will, and are bringing in an order of things that God cannot accept or sanction.

PC.417.001

You thought that you would deal with these matters in your discourse, by dwelling upon general principles, and hoped that this would prove the best method of correcting the wrongs. But you should have spoken in the board and council meetings. The wrong principles advanced should not have been permitted to take form in wrong practise, because you held your peace or gave such a feeble protest that those who were pursuing the wrong course thought you were with them. The sanction which you gave by your silence strengthened their hands in an evil work.

PC.417.002

You yourself have not been able to discern clearly the right and justice, the tenderness and mercy and strict integrity, which should have been maintained in all your decisions. These matters have several times been presented before me, and I dare not withhold them. You might better have done far less preaching, and reserved your energies to take your stand personally against the wrong in spirit, in mind, in judgment, that has struggled for the mastery, and in a large degree obtained it, leading to a wrong course of action. Had you thus taken your stand, your discernment would have been a sharper, and you would have been able to give your decision against the slightest act of injustice toward God’s heritage. Those who are working contrary to the will of God, and misrepresenting his character, would have been given to understand distinctly that you could not permit these things to go on; you could not let them pass in heaven as your action. It was your duty to speak decidedly, but you kept silent.

PC.417.003

I send this to you because I do not wish you to feel that I am in harmony with your course in these things. I beseech you to serve God with your mind, might, and strength, and make straight paths for your feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. I have deep, earnest interest and love for you, and I am so anxious that you shall not in any case give your endorsement to wrong doing.

PC.417.004

I have recently sent very earnest, decided Testimonies to men in responsible positions, which they should not have occupied up to this time without evidence of a thorough transformation of character. Whatever their business tact, these men who have so long been evidently resisting light and evidence, fighting against God, should have been separated from the work, both for their own soul’s sake and for the sake of the cause. For while they are kept in positions of trust, their voice and influence sway many things in the wrong direction. When matters of the greatest importance have come up for decision, their judgment on the questions has depended on the state of mind they chanced to be in. The mind and heart are not under the influence of the Spirit of God. They are men of strong temperament, decided preferences, and much force of character, and their will and influence have decided matters under the control of another spirit than the Spirit of God. If these men had a sense of what they have been doing, of what they must meet in that great day, when all shall see as they are seen, and know as they are known, they would feel an anguish of heart, an agony of soul, that would be somewhat proportionate to the harm they have done the cause of God. At times temptations come into such minds with overpowering force, for Satan never sleeps, and never takes a vacation. He is always watching his chance to crowd into your important meetings, to reveal his own attributes through the workers, and make of no effect the spirit of testimony that has been appealing to them in reproof and warnings for many years.

PC.418.001

The only hope for these men of iron will and hearts of stone is to fall on the Rock and be broken. Contact with Christ brings currents of divine power into the soul, so that the old cherished, natural tendencies, habits, and practises, are changed by the Spirit of God. What they need is a genuine conversion . When they have this experience, these weak, tempted souls will look unto Jesus, and say, «I can do all things through Christ which strengthen me.» They need to appreciate every ray of light that comes from the throne of God into their pathway. They need to catch the Spirit and principle of the holy law of God, and conform their life to the character of Christ. A new power takes possession of the new heart. Man can never work out this change for himself. It is a supernatural work, bringing supernatural element into weak and wicked human nature. This power will cast out the devils that possessed the mind and will, and whose power has been revealed even in the words and works of those who claim to be the children of God.

PC.418.002

The truth of God has been resisted and trampled down by men who hated its pure and heavenly principles. Men have walked in the fire of the sparks of their own kindling. God wants every man who is connected with his sacred work to be a man with whom he can communicate, a man of humble, teachable spirit, and a contrite heart. Workers who possess this character will not creep and grovel in earthliness, they will not be in bondage to men not to Satanic agencies. They will quit themselves like men, and be strong. They will turn their faces to the Sun of Righteousness, rising above all baser things into an atmosphere pure from all spiritual and moral defilement.

PC.418.003

He who has become a partaker of the divine nature knows that his citizenship is above. He catches the inspiration from the Spirit of Christ. His soul is hid with Christ in God. Such a man Satan can no longer employ as his instrumentality to insinuate himself into the very sanctuary of God, to defile the temple of God. He gains victories at every step. He is filled with ennobling thoughts. He regards every human being as precious, because Christ has died for every soul.

PC.418.004

«They that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings and eagles.» The man who waits upon the Lord is strong in His strength, strong enough to hold firm under great pressure. Yet he is easy to be entreated on the side of mercy and compassion, which is the side of Christ. The soul that is submissive to God is ready to do the will of God; he diligently and humbly seeks to know that will. He accepts discipline, and is afraid to walk according to his own finite judgment. He communes with God, and his conversation is in heaven.

PC.419.001

O, how much evil has been committed by placing a high estimate on human talent, when the possessor was unconsecrated unsanctified. All human talent is valueless before God until the superscription of Jesus is placed upon it. Then in and through Christ the possessor becomes an efficient agent for good because he has a living connection with God. When truth gets full possession of a man’s conscience, it sanctifies the soul. All his sensibilities are aroused, his sympathies are not fitful. The light from the Sun of Righteousness shines into his heart, and he becomes a earnest, living representative of truth. It is not the most eloquent men or the so called great men in business matters that are essential but men who may be looked upon as having little talent, yet who are true, simple, humble great hearted men; these may attain to wide usefulness blessing humanity everywhere. Jesus says, «Ye are the salt of the earth. Would that every man in the office of publication would practise the lesson taught by this symbol, and represent the saving salt. God is not deceived; he knows every grain of pure salt.

PC.419.002

Enoch walked with God, and he was not, for God took him. The Lord would have us walk with him. If he directs the work, it will move in his way, and will bear his impress.

PC.419.003

I write you this because I dare not do otherwise. I do not want you to bear all the responsibility, therefore I will send this to others who should understand the situation and help you. We are praying for you, that God will give you his supporting grace.

PC.419.004

With sincere desire that you may be wholly and ever on the Lord’s side, I will wait and watch and pray. (Signed) Mrs. Ellen G. White —

PC.419.005

Norfolk Villa, Granville, September 10, 1895 Elder O. A. Olsen Dear Brother: For years I have carried a consuming burden for the cause of God in Battle Creek. I am now deeply troubled over the shape which matters are taking there, and the influence which is being exerted on the work everywhere. I ask you, my brother, how can you entrust A. R. Henry and Harmon Lindsay with so much responsibility in the work, and send them hither and thither to all parts of the field? They are not by precept or example giving the third angel’s message. The atmosphere which surrounds their souls, and which is revealed in spirit and influence, shows that they have lost the Spirit of God out of their hearts and their experience. They are made responsible for many, many things, while they do not feel their accountability to God.

PC.420.001

Brother Nelson who is in the office, cannot be regarded as in exactly the same position as these men; but he needs a different mold of character. He has not that kind, Christian courtesy that will have a saving, fragrant influence upon the minds of those who associate with him or do business with him. Though he may hold to right principles, his manner of representing these principles is such as to make a disagreeable impression upon the minds of those associated with him. His words, his manner of expression, creates thoughts and feelings that are very objectionable. A good man is to manifest his principles, but he can do this in a way that will not make such a disagreeable impression upon those with whom he does business. God requires Brother Nelson to learn his lessons more perfectly in the school of Christ. His principles should be kept more vividly before his own mind, that they may bring forth in him the peaceable fruits of righteousness. His unfortunate manner of expression, and his spirit of criticism, destroy his influence, that, if sanctified, might be of real value.

PC.420.002

The Lord wants Brother Nelson to clothe himself with the garments of righteousness, and to bring into his practical life the sweetness and fragrance of the character of Christ. This brother possesses qualifications of mind and character that, if sanctified daily for the Master’s use, would enable him to become a vessel of honor. But he needs the molding and fashioning of Jesus. «The love of money is the root of all evil: which while some coveted after, they have erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through with many sorrows. But thou, O man of God, flee these things: and follow after righteousness, godliness, faith, love, patience, meekness. Fight the good fight of faith, lay hold on eternal life, whereunto thou art also called, and hast professed a good profession before many witnesses.»

PC.420.003

I would say to Brother Nelson, Let your heart be joined to the heart of Infinite love; let your life be knit by hidden links to the life of Jesus. Let your life be hid with Christ in God; then because Christ liveth, you will live also. God wants you to let him manage you that you may be a lovable Christian. The Lord would have the natural and hereditary traits of character come under the pruning knife. Look steadfastly unto Jesus, that you may catch his spirit, and cherish the qualities of Christlike character. Then it will be recognized by all who have any connection wit you, that you have learned of Christ his meekness, his affection, his tenderness, his sympathy. Never rest satisfied until you possess a loving and lovable spirit. Your words may come from the good treasure of the heart, to strengthen, help, bless, and win all around you. True conscientiousness will make the religious life attractive. But your religion has altogether too much acidity to be palatable. You sour your influence by a stubborn, set determination; your critical censoriousness sets the teeth on edge. God help you, my brother, for you need melting.

PC.421.001

Others catch your spirit. The seeds we sow will bear a harvest, in goodness, patience, kindness, and love, or exactly the opposite. It is not your purpose to do wrong acts, but you do not see the necessity of doing pleasant acts, so that from you men would receive a better impression of the Christian character. More of the spirit of the beloved disciple John would make you more fragrant and lovable, and a far better example of what constitutes a true Christian life.

PC.421.002

Many, many need melting over. Be sound in principle, true to God, but do not manifest one stern, ungenial phase of character. God does not want you to incur contempt by manifesting a disposition like a ball of putty, but he does want you to be a principle as sound as a rock, yet with a healthful mellowness. Like the Master, be full of grace and truth. Jesus was incorruptible, undefiled, yet in his life were mingled gentleness, meekness, benignity, sympathy and love. The poorest were not afraid to approach him, they did not fear a rebuff. What Christ was, every Christian should strive to be. In holiness and winsomeness of character he is our model.

PC.421.003

«Learn of me,» says Christ; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.» We should all learn of Christ what it means to be a Christian. Let us learn of him how to combine firmness, justice, purity, and integrity with unselfish courtesy and kindly sympathy. Thus the character becomes lovable and attractive. The beauty of holiness will disarm scoffers.

PC.421.004

The workers at the Review and Herald office will not enter into the kingdom of heaven, unless their character reflects the character of Christ. The heart must receive the divine current, and let it flow out in rich streaks of mercy and grace to other hearts. All who would win souls to Christ must be winsome. A word to the wise is sufficient. (Signed) Mrs. E. G. White

PC.422.001

Authority of the General Conference The highest authority under God among Seventh-day Adventists is found in the will of the body of that people, as expressed in the decisions of the General Conference, when acting within its proper jurisdiction. — Action Of General Conference, 1877 Year Book, 1914 page 255.

PC.422.002

I have been shown that no man’s judgment should be surrendered to the judgment of any one man. But when the judgment of the General Conference, which is the highest authority that God has upon the earth, is exercised, private independence and private judgment must not be maintained, but surrendered. — Testimonies For The Church, Vol. III page 492 (1875)

PC.422.003

God has ordained that the representatives of his church from all parts of the earth, when assembled in a General Conference, shall have authority. The error that some are in danger of committing is in giving to the mind and judgment of one man, or of a small group of men, the full measure of authority and influence that God has vested in his church, in the judgment and voice of the General Conference assembled to plan for the prosperity and advancement of his work.

PC.422.004

At times, when a small group of men entrusted with the general management of the work have, in the name of the General Conference, sought to carry out unwise plans and to restrict God’s work, I have said I could no longer regard the voice of the General Conference, represented by these few men, as the voice of God. — Testimonies For The Church, Vol. IX page 260.

PC.422.005

That these men (leaders) should stand in a sacred place, to be as the voice of God to the people, as we once believed the General Conference to be, that is past. — General Conference Bulletin 1901 page 25.

PC.422.006

Let those in America who suppose the voice of the General Conference to be the voice of God, become one with God before they utter their opinions. — Testimony To Elder Haskell, November 16, 1899.

PC.422.007

Do not understand me as approving of the recent action of the General Conference Association, of which you write, but in regard to that matter it is right that I should speak to them. They have many difficulties to meet, and if they err in their action, the Lord knows it all, and can overrule all for the good of those who trust in him. — Testimony To Elder Littlejohn, August 3, 1894

PC.422.008

Who can now feel sure that they are safe in respecting the voice of the General Conference Association? If the people in our churches understood the management of the men who walk in the light of the sparks of their own kindling, would they respect their decisions? I answer, No, not for a moment. I have been shown that the people at large do not know that the heart of the work is being diseased and corrupted at Battle Creek. Many of the people are in a lethargic, listless, apathetic condition, and assent to plans which they do not understand — Special Instruction Relating To The Review And Herald Office And The Work In Battle Creek, pp. 19, 20 (1896)

PC.423.001

After the truth has been proclaimed as a witness to all nations, at a time when every conceivable power of evil is set in operation, when minds are confused by the many voices crying, «Lo, here is Christ; Lo, he is there; This is truth, I have the message from God, he has sent me with great light.» and there is a removing of the landmarks and an attempt to tear down the pillars of our faith — then a more decided effort is made to exalt the false sabbath, and to cast contempt upon God himself by supplanting the day he has blessed and sanctified. — To Brethren In Responsible Positions, 1892.

PC.423.002

There seems to be a burning desire to get up something fictitious and bring it in as new light. Thus men try to weave into the web as important truths a tissue of lies. This fanciful mixture of food that is being prepared for the flock will cause spiritual consumption, decline and death. When those who profess to believe present truth come to their senses, when they accept the Word of the living God just as it reads, and do not try to wrest the Scriptures, then they will build their house upon the eternal Rock, even Christ Jesus.

PC.423.003

There are those who say, not only in their hearts, but in all their works, «My Lord delayeth his coming.» They show the effect of error upon them by smiting their fellow servants and eating and drinking with the drunken. As in the days of Noah, those who have had great light will show their inconsistency. Because Christ’s coming has been long foretold, they conclude that there is a mistake in regard to this doctrine. But the Lord says, «If the vision tarry, wait for it: for it will surely come. It will not tarry past the time that the message is borne to all nations, tongues and people.» — Testimony To Elder A. G. Daniells, October 14, 1900.

PC.423.004

In ours, as in Christ’s day, there may be a misreading or misinterpreting of the Scriptures. If the Jews had studied the Scriptures with earnest, prayerful hearts, their searching would have been rewarded with a true knowledge of the time, and not only the time, but also the manner of Christ’s appearing. They would not have ascribed the glorious second appearing of Christ to his first advent. They had the testimony of Daniel; they had the testimony of Isaiah and the other prophets; they had the teaching of Moses; and here was Christ in their very midst, and still they were searching the Scriptures for evidence in regard to his coming. And they were doing unto Christ the very things that had been prophesied they would do. They were so blinded they knew not what they were doing.

PC.424.001

And many are doing the same things today, in 1897, because they have not had experience in the testing messages comprehended in the first, second and third angels’ messages. There are those who are searching the Scriptures for proof that these messages are still in the future. They gather together the truthfulness of the messages, but they fail to give them their proper place in prophetic history. Therefore such are in danger of misleading the people in regard to locating the messages. They do not see and understand the time of the end, or when to locate the messages. The day of God is coming with stealthy tread; but the supposed wise and great men are prating about «Higher Education.» They know not the signs of Christ’s coming, or of the end of the world — Testimony dated December 20, 1896